Skip to main content

Full text of "Natural history : [voyage of the S.S. Discovery under Capt. R.F. Scott]"

See other formats 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 

RECEIVED    BY    EXCHANGE 

Class 


PRESENTED 


'©trustees 

OF 

THE  BRITISH  MUSEUM. 


-•--"'  ''-':••  i 


. 


-'-'.'•• 

>..'-.  ,•• 

M 


NATIONAL    ANTARCTIC    EXPEDITION 

1901-1904 


NATURAL    HISTORY 


VOL.  IV. 
ZOOLOGY 

(VARIOUS    INVERTEBRATA) 


LONDON 

PRINTED    BY    ORDI.K    or   TNI.    IRIMKES  OF 
I  UK    HKITISII    MUSEUM 

1908 

(All  Rights  Reitrvat) 


SOLD  BY  LONGMANS  AND  Co.,  39  PATERNOSTER  Row,  E.G. ;   BERNARD  QUARITCH,  15  PICCADILLY,  W. 

DULAU  AND   Co.,    37    SOHO   SQUARE,    W.  ; 
AND   AT 

THE  BRITISH  MUSEUM  (NATURAL  HISTORY),  CROMWELL  ROAD,  LONDON,  S.W. 


PREFACE . 

WHKS,  in  1901,  the  Expedition  of  the  8.8.  'Discovery,'  under  Captain  Scott,  R.X., 
was  sent  to  the  Antarctic  Regions,  the  Trustees  of  the  British  .Museum  gave  their 
•ntstance  to  this  national  enterprise  by  allowing  the  cases  containing  the  natural 
history  specimens  which  might  lie  obtained  by  the  Expedition  to  be  sent  to  the 
Natural  History  Museum  for  unpacking  and  sorting.  They  further  undertook  to 
publish  a  detailed  report  on  the  collections  so  obtained,  under  the  superintendence 
of  the  Director  of  the  Natural  History  Departments. 

8ome  of  the  most  important  collections  have  l»een  dealt  with  by  naturalists  who 
were  mem  tars  of  the  Expedition.  Thus,  the  Mammals*  and  -Birds*  arc  dcscrilxxl  by 
Dr.  Edward  A.  Wilson,  tlie  Isopoda  and  Pycnogonida*  by  Mr.  T.  V.  Hodgson,  and 
the  Rocks*  (in  relation  to  Field  Geology)  by  Mr.  H.  T.  Ferrar.  Other  groups  have 
been  dealt  with  by  members  of  the  staff  of  the  Natural  History  Dcjmrtments  of 
the  British  Museum :  Mr.  Boulenger  describes  the  Fishes*  ;  Mr.  E.  A.  Smith,  the 
Qtttropoda,*  Lamcllibranchia,*  and  Brachiopoda*  ;  Mr.  Jeffrey  Bell,  the  Echinoderma*  ; 
Dr.  Caiman,  the  Crustacea  Decapoda,*  and  the  Cumacea* ;  Mr.  Kirkpatrick,  the  non- 
.  al.iireous  Sponges*;  whilst  Dr.  G.  T.  Prior  has  prepared  a  petrographical  description 
of  the  Rock-specimens.* 

It  has  been  necessary  to  obtain  the  assistance  of  other  specialists  in  order  to  deal 
with  the  rest  of  the  collections.  So  far  as  the  latter  group  of  contributors  is 
concerned,  the  following  is  a  list  of  the  subject-matters,  together  with  the  name  of  the 
naturalist  who  has  undertaken  the  work  in  each  case  :— 

EMBRYOS  OF  SEALS      .         .  .DR.  MARRETT  TIMS. 

•ANATOMY  OF  EMPKROR  PKNOUIN    .  .    MR.  W.  P.  PYCRAFT. 

TUUICATA   .  .  .     PROF.  HERDMAN. 

•CBPHALODISCt-S      .  .  DR.    RlDE^VOOD. 

•CEPHALOPODA DR.  HOYLE. 

•NUDIBRAUrHS    AM>    PTEROPODS  ..       SlR  CHARLES  ELIOT,  K.C.M.O. 

POLYZOA     .  .  .     MR.  II.  W.  BiRROwa 

•EGOS   AND   YOUNO    OF   AsTBRIA.H  .       PROF.    \l  \<  I'.!'.!  M 

•AMPHIPODA  .         .         .  .     MR.  A.  0.  WALKER. 

•SCHIZOPODA MR.  HOLT. 

•NKBALI.K    .  ....     DR.  J.  THIELE. 

•OSTRACODA  PROF.    BRADY. 

•COPBPODA  .DR.    WoLFESDW. 


iv  PREFACE. 

*CIRRIPEDIA  ......  PROF.  GRUVEL. 

*MYZOSTOMA          ......  PROF.  v.  GRAFF. 

*ACARI         .......  DR.  TROUESSART. 

*COLLEMBOLA         ......  PROF.  CARPENTER. 

POLYCH^ETA          ......  PROF.  EHLERS. 

*GEPHYRIA  ......  MR.  A.  E.  SHIPLEY. 

*CHy£TOGNATHA       ......       DR.    FOWLER. 

NEMERTINES         ......  PROF.  HUBRECHT. 

FREE  PLATYHELMINTHES         ....  MR.  F.  F.  LAIDLAW. 

*CESTODA     .......  MR.  A.  E.  SHIPLEY. 

*NEMATODA  ......  DR.  v.  LINSTOW. 

*ZOANTHARIA        .         .         .         .         .         .MR.  CLUBB. 

*ALCYONARIA  AND  PENNATULIDA       .          .         .  PROF.  HICKSON. 

HYDROMEDUS.E    ......  MR.  E.  T.  BROWNE. 

*CALCAREOUS  SPONGES    .....  MR.  FREWEN  JENKIN. 

RADIOLARIA          ......  MR.  LEWIS  H.  GOUGH. 

*  MOSSES       .......  M.  JULES  CARDOT. 

LICHENS     .......  MR.  DARBISHIRE. 

(MARINE)  ......  MRS.  GEPP. 

;  (FRESH- WATER)  .....  DR.  FRITSCH. 

(CALCAREOUS)     .  ...  DR.  FOSLIE. 

PHYTOPLANKTON  ......  DR.  LEWIS  H.  GOUGH. 

The  work  of  securing  the  assistance  of  these  specialists  and  of  distributing  the 
collections  has  been  performed  by  Mr.  Jeffrey  Bell,  of  the  Zoological  Department,  who 
has  also  acted  as  sub-editor  of  the  Zoological  and  Botanical  portions  of  the  reports. 
The  Keeper  of  Minerals,  Mr.  Fletcher,  has  superintended  the  reports  in  the  subjects 
belonging  to  his  department. 

The  Director  desires  to  acknowledge  the  ability  and  energy  which  have  been 
brought  to  bear  on  the  preparation  of  the  Zoological  reports  by  Mr.  Jeffrey  Bell. 
Owing  to  his  care,  the  reports  have  been  got  ready  by  the  various  contributors  and 
published  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  return  of  the  '  Discovery '  from  the 
Antarctic  Regions.  Neither  trouble  nor  expense  has  been  spared  in  order  to 
render  the  illustration  and  presentation  of  the  Natural  History  of  the  Expedition 
worthy  of  the  generous  efforts  both  of  Captain  Scott  and  his  fellow-explorers  and 
of  those  who  provided  the  funds  for  that  enterprise. 

E.  RAY  LANKESTER. 
October,  1906. 

*  Have  been  or  are  now  published.— 1/3/1908. 


(  ONTENTS    OF   VOL.    IV. 

MOLLUSCA. 
\II.-SoLEXooA8nuB.     By  DR.  H.  F.  NIERSTRASZ  .      (1.3  pp.,  2  Pis.) 

ARTHROPODA. 

(A)  IN8ECTA. 
APTKRA.     By  G.  H.  CARPENTER,  B.Sc.,M.R.I.A.  (5pp.,  1  PI.) 

(B)  CRUSTACEA. 
VII.—  SCHIZOPODA.     By  W.  M.  TATTBRSALL,  M.Sc.     .  .      (42  pp.,  8  Pis,) 

VIII.—  COPBPODA.     By  R  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN,  M.I).  .  .      (44  pp.,  7  Pis.) 

ECHINODERMA. 

I.  —  ECHINODERMA.     By  F.  JBFKREY  BELL,  M.A.      .         .  (16  pp.,  5  Pis.) 

II.—  ECHINODERM  LARV^.      By  E.  W.  MACBRIDE,  M.A.,  F.R&, 

and  J   C.  SIMPSON,  RSc.  .  (9  pp.,  1  PI.) 

MYZOSTOMIDAE. 
By  DR.  RUDOLF  RITTER  v.  SITMMKR-TRACNFEL.H       (26pp.,  1  I'l  ) 

BIPUNCDLOIDBA 

By  W.  F.  LANCHESTER.  .M.A.      .         .  (''•  i>|-  » 


IV.     A.TIXL*.    By  .1.  A.  CLUBB,  M.Sc.  .  .      (12  pp.,  »  Pis.) 


II      Ti-rrK.\\..Mi.A.     By  R.   KIRKI-ATRI.  K          .          .  .     (56  pp.,  19  Pis.) 

Ill      TALAUKA.     By  (      K.  JENKIX,  B.A.  .    (50  pp.,  12  Pk) 


MOLLUSCA. 

VH.    SOLENOGASTEES. 

By  l>r.  11.  F.  NIKRSTRASZ. 
(2  Plates.) 

THR  *  Discovery '  expedition  brought  back  one  specimen  of  Solenogastres  from  77°  50' 
30"  8.,  165°  40'  5"  E.,  100  fathoms,  of  which  Fig.  1,  A  gives  a  representation.  The 
length  is  23  mm.,  the  diameter  2*25  mm.,  the  index  therefore  about  10.  Proximally 
the  animal  is  blunt,  slightly  broadened,  with  a  slit-like  mouth  (Fig.  1,  B).  The  distal 
part  terminates  in  a  dorsal  prolongation.  On  the  ventral  side  the  rhomboid  opening 
of  the  cloaca  is  distinctly  visible,  as  also  the  ventral  groove,  which  runs  OH  far  as  that 
opening  (Fig.  1,  C).  The  opening  of  the  ciliated  groove  ("  Flimmerhohle  "  of  Win'-n) 
is  also  visible.  The  animal  has  no  lustre.  When  slightly  enlarged,  spicules  are  seen 
crossing  each  other  at  obtuse  angles.  The  colour  of  the  animal  in  alcohol  is  a  yellowish 
brown. 

After  being  decalcified  in  nitric  acid  (1  per  cent  in  alcohol  90  per  cent.)  nn<l 
being  stained  in  iron  carmalum  for  twenty-four  hours,  transverse  sections  won-  ma«Ir 
of  the  proximal  and  distal  portions  for  the  study  of  the  internal  organs.  The  .-]>i<  ulrs 
of  the  different  parts  of  the  body  were  isolated  in  Eau  de  Javelle.  They  are  small, 
luit  strictly  uniform.  They  belong  to  the  true  Proneomenia  type  :  hollow,  straight,  or 
more  or  less  curved  or  8-shaped  calcareous  tubes,  which  end  either  sharply  or  bluntly 
(Fig.  2).  In  some  cases  the  base  is  slightly  broadened.  I  have  not  succeeded  in 
tilling  spicules  of  different  shapes  along  the  ventral  groove,  nor  at  the  proximal  and 
distal  portions.  At  the  proximal  end,  however,  they  are  somewhat  more  curved. 

The  spicules  are  arranged  in  different  layers  upon  each  other.  The  whole  of  tin- 
strong  cuticle  is  pierced  by  numerous  papillae.  The  greater  part  of  these  are  oval,  pear- 
"i-  dub-shaped,  sometimes  round,  and  they  show  some  transparent  cells  (Fig.  4).  They 
are  placed  on  strong  multinuclear  stalks,  the  cells  of  which  are  more  or  less  fibrous. 
Amongst  the  transparent  cells  granular  supporting  cells  are  found.  It  is  worthy  of 
note  that  these  papillae  are  often  branched.  The  side-branch  never  reaches  the  length 
of  the  stalk,  though  ending  also  in  a  papilla.  In  most  cases  these  epidermal  papillae 
do  not  open  on  to  the  exterior,  but  remain  closed.  Thiele  believes  the  papillae  to  be 
sensitive,  an  opinion  which  I  share  (18,  p.  280).  In  the  stalk  a  thin  thread  may 
occur,  arising  from  the  circular  muscular  layer.  Whether  this  thread  is  of  a  nervous 
character  or  not  remains  undecided.  There  is,  however,  no  penetration  into  the  <  in-ular 

,  IT.  B 


H.    F.    NIERSTRASZ. 

muscular  layer  by  nervous  threads.  I  am  also  inclined  to  ascribe  to  the  epidermal 
papillae,  and  more  especially  to  the  granular  cells  amongst  the  transparent  ones,  a 
secretory  function,  if  not  an  excretory  function  as  well.  The  purpose  of  such  a 
secretion  is  doubtful.  Perhaps  it  prevents  the  cuticle  from  damage  by  causing  small 
particles  to  adhere  to  its  surface.  In  any  case,  it  is  remarkable  that  the  cuticle  of  the 
Solenogastres  is  nearly  always  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  mud  firmly  sticking  to  it. 

The  spicules  are  formed  in  small  cellular  accumulations  in  the  epidermis.  Such 
accumulations  frequently  occur,  and  consist  of  a  few  transparent  cells  (Fig.  3,  A).  In 
one  of  the  cells  the  spicule  is  formed.  This  cell  often  has  two  nuclei,  a  fact  which  may 
give  rise  to  the  supposition  that  there  are  two  cells  that  form  the  spicule.  The 
spicules  are  pushed  to  the  periphery  of  the  cuticle,  and  are  connected  with  the 
epidermis  by  short  stalks.  The  older  spicules  lose  their  connection  with  these  stalks, 
but  preserve  the  mother-cells,  which  surround  their  base  like  a  cap  (Fig.  3,  B).  In 
the  case  of  the  oldest  spicules,  however,  this  cap  has  also  disappeared.  Nowhere  did 
I  meet  with  a  formation  of  the  spicules  such  as  Thiele  described  in  Amphimenia 
neapolitana,  Thiele  (13,  p.  246).  Thiele  is  also  of  the  opinion  that  it  is  one  cell  only 
that  produces  a  spicule. 

•  The  ventral  groove  is  distinct  and  deep.  In  it  three  folds  of  the  epidermis  are 
found,  a  large  and  broad  median  fold  and  two  small  lateral  ones.  All  three  run  as  far 
as  the  opening  of  the  cloaca.  Close  before  the  latter  the  groove  and  the  median  fold 
broaden  considerably.  The  folds  are  formed  of  a  single  layer  of  epithelial  cells.  All 
along  the  median  fold  the  ventral  glands  open  between  its  cells.  These  glands  ("  hintere 
Bauchdriise,"  of  Wiren)  are  strongly  developed,  especially  at  the  proximal  end  of  the 
body,  where  they  entirely  surround  the  digestive  tract  (Figs.  6-11,  vg).  They  are 
conspicuous  by  their  more  or  less  distinct  vesicular  structure  and  granular  contents, 
which  stain  intensely.  At  the  proximal  part  of  the  body,  amongst  the  strongly 
developed  ventral  glands,  voluminous  anterior  glands  ("  vordere  Bauchdriise,"  of 
Wire'n)  are  also  found.  They  are  of  a  more  delicate  structure,  and  stain  much  less 
intensely  (Fig.  6,  ag).  They  open  out  between  the  epithelial  cells  which  invest 
the  ciliated  cavity  ("  Flimmerhohle,"  Fig.  6,  /).  The  latter  is  large,  and  divided  by 
a  median  dorsal  fold.  The  wall  carries  strong  cilia. 

There  are  two  dorso-terminal  sense  organs  situated  on  the  distal  lip  behind  the 
cloaca.  Fig.  5  shows  three  sections  through  the  more  proximal  of  these  organs.  The 
epithelium  (ep)  shows  an  evagination  (Fig.  5,  C)  into  which  the  muscular  layers  and  the 
connective  tissue  continue  (m).  This  evagination  separates  ventrally  from  the  epidermis 
and  pierces  the  thick  cuticle  (cut.  Fig.  5,  B).  It  forms  a  pedicle  (peel.),  upon  which  a 
round  knob  is  resting,  the  sense  organ  visible  at  the  surface  of  the  cuticle  (Fig.  5,  A, 
did).  The  external  layer  of  this  knob  consists  of  high  epithelial  cells,  amongst  which 
slender,  fine,  easily  staining  cells  are  found,  which  I  believe  to  be  sense-organs. 

The  mouth-slit  is  terminal  and  vertical.  It  leads  into  a  spacious  mouth-cavity, 
provided  with  numerous  ramified  cirri,  as  is  the  case  in  other  forms.  A  horseshoe- 


.I:N 


i]  iped  MM  orgui  it  mating,  tfcoogfc  n-mii*,  praortfaiollM  gwoii  Ib  >i;  ••  tin 
tract  opens  to  the  exterior  at  the  aamo  place  an  the  mouth-cavity,  with  which  it  has, 
however,  no  communication  (ef.  Dinomt-nin,  6,  p.  12,  PI.  2,  Fig.  43).  I  share  Thiele's 
opinion,  who  does  not  regard  the  so-railed  mouthA-avity  as  a  part  of  the  digestive 
ira.  t.  liut  considers  it  ait  imlcpcn.1.  'lit  c<  to<lcrmal  sense-cavity  (17,  pp.  308  and  314). 
A  proper  mouth-cavity  occurs  in  the  proximal  part  of  the  digestive  tract,  which  in 
slightly  dilated,  and  the  wall  of  which  presents  numerous  folds.  The  epithelial  cellM 
of  which  the  wall  of  this  part  is  composed  are  very  transparent  and  have  large  oval 
mn-lei.  The  wall  is  surrounded  by  a  thin  circular  muscular  layer.  The  folds,  as  it 
appears  to  me,  allow  this  portion  of  the  digestive  tract  to  extend  considerably  after 
tin-  taking  of  food.  I  do  not  believe  them  to  lie  sensitive  (Figs.  G  and  7,  />/<). 
*(!radually  this  portion  passes  into  the  following  part  of  the  alimentary  canal.  Tin- 
latter  is  much  wider,  and  likewise  provided  with  a  strongly  folded  wall  (Fig.  8,  re*). 
Its  cells  are  taller  than  those  of  the  first  portion,  and  have  elongated  nuclei  ;  they  arc 
covered  with  a  cuticle.  Consequently  these  two  part*  of  the  digestive  tract  arc  easily 
•  list  inguished  from  one  another.  More  distally,  however,  between  these  slender  cells 
there  occur  broader  ones  with  more  oval  nuclei,  the  cuticle  no  longer  being  easily 
discerned  throughout  Finally  the  spacious  intestine  unites  with  the  proximal  caecum 
(Fig.  8,  c). 

In  the  second  portion  of  the  digestive  tract  the  radula,  which  is  of  a  very 
peculiar  structure,  is  found.  In  the  digestive  tract  a  proximally  directed  cone  appears 
with  a  strong  ventral  fold  (Fig.  8,  en).  This  cone  is  beset  throughout  with  radula- 
teeth  (Fig.  12,  r).  For  its  further  structure  compare  figures  12-14  and  8-11.  An 
epithelial  layer  appears  (a),  which  covers  the  radula.  The  ventral  wall  of  the 
digestive  tract  (6)  unites  with  the  ventral  wall  of  the  cone  (c)  ;  the  epithelial  layer 
a  with  the  side-walls  of  the  cone.  The  two  lateral  walls  of  the  proximal  part  of  the 
alimentary  canal  unite  dorsal  from  the  cone.  By  this  complicated  process  the  cone, 
which  on  the  outside  is  beset  with  small  teeth,  is  divided  into  two  closed  pouches  ;  the 
latter  are  on  the  inner  side  closely  beset  with  teeth  and  are  situated  outside  the 
alimentary  canal.  The  dorsal  pouch  is  the  radula-sac,  the  ventral  contains  adult 
radula-teeth  and,  distally,  ends  blindly.  Consequently  the  ventral  pouch  is  but 
a  ventral  caecum  of  the  proximal  part  of  the  digestive  tract,  directed  distally  ; 
teeth  on  the  ventral  wall  are  wanting,  in  the  distal  part  teeth  only  occur  <m 
the  dorsal  wall  The  radular  teeth  are  well  developed  (Fig.  16).  They  are 
triangular,  with  a  broad  base,  and  more  or  less  strongly  curved,  often  recurved 
at  the  point  (Fig.  17,  B).  Frequently  forms  occur  as  represented  in  Fig.  17,  A  ; 
:i  other  forms  are  met  with,  which,  however,  I  consider  fragments  of  whole 
teeth.  Fig.  17,  C  shows  a  tooth  as  seen  from  the  ventral  side  :  the  base 
appears  to  be  broader  than  the  curved  part  The  teeth  are  placed  in  irregular 
rows,  and  rest  in  crypts  of  the  epithelium  (Fig.  16).  A  basal  membrane  is 
present  This  is  remarkable;  Thiele  lays.  stress  on  the  alwencc  of  such  a  membrane 

I  | 


4  H.    F.    NIERSTRASZ. 

in  different  forms  and  doubts  its  existence  (17,  pp.  268  and  315).  As  has  been 
indicated  by  me  elsewhere,  the  existence  of  a  basal  membrane  has  to  be  accepted  for 
several  forms  (9).  The  membrane  is  stained  red  with  carmalum,  consequently  its 
structure  differs  from  that  of  the  chitinous  teeth.  Probably  it  must  be  considered 
as  a  cuticle,  and  so  its  origin  is  entirely  different  from  that  of  the  radula-teeth,  which 
are  formed  in  the  distal  portion  of  the  radula-sac  by  large  odontoblasts.  In  this 
respect  Proneomenia  discoveryi  resembles  those  forms,  already  described  by  me 
elsewhere  (9).  So  we  have  to  do  here  with  a  multiserial  radula  with  basal  membrane. 
Of  any  double  character  of  the  radula,  viz.,  of  the  existence  of  a  right  and  a  left 
half,  no  trace  is  to  be  found.  The  distal  portion  of  the  radula-sac,  however,  is 
divided  into  two  parts,  a  right  and  a  left  one  (Figs.  10,  20) ;  in  both  parts  radula- 
teeth  are  formed  by  a  thick  cushion  of  odontoblasts.  Here  also  the  radula  originates* 
from  the  coalescence  of  a  right  and  a  left  portion. 

The  wall  of  the  cone  and  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  ventral  pouch  consist  of 
epithelial  cells  with  round  nuclei,  between  which  numerous  extremely  slender 
supporting  cells  occur  with  elongated  nuclei  (Fig.  16).  On  the  ventral  wall  of  the 
ventral  pouch  and  on  the  dorsal  wall  of  its  distal  end  supporting  cells  are  absent ; 
this  ventral  wall  is  formed  by  cylindrical  epithelium  with  oval  nuclei,  whilst  the 
constituent,  cells  of  the  dorsal  wall  of  the  distal  portion  are  higher  and  more 
cylindrical.  One  part  of  this  dorsal  wall  more  especially  deserves  notice  ;  the  distal 
and  median  part  is  invaginated  and  of  an  entirely  different  structure.  Here  very  long 
and  slender  cells  are  found,  with  pointed  nuclei  and  granular  contents.  It  leaves  the 
impression  that  these  cells  have  pushed  themselves  wedgewise  between  the  epithelial 
cells;  yet  no  sharp  line  can  be  drawn  between  these  two  elements  (Fig.  18).  Upon 
this  wedge-shaped  part  the  proximal  rows  of  the  radula-teeth  are  resting ;  the  basal 
membrane,  however,  fails  here.  As  to  the  significance  of  this  wedge  I  am  at  a  loss. 
There  seems  to  be  a  connection  between  the  wedge  and  the  layer  of  muscular  and 
connective  tissue  surrounding  the  radula-sac,  numerous  fibrils  pushing  themselves 
between  the  cells  of  the  wedge.  I  am  bound  to  mention  its  existence,  having  found 
in  a  similar  ventral  pouch  containing  the  proximal  portion  of  the  radula  in  Proneomenia 
weberi,  a  regeneration  either  of  the  cuticle  or  of  the  radula  (6,  p.  4).  But  in  this 
new  form  I  do  not  believe  we  have  to  do  with  a  regeneration  ;  its  significance  remains 
undecided. 

Still,  in  another  respect  the  ventral  pouch  is  of  great  importance,  as  the 
salivary  glands  open  into  it  (Figs.  11  and  15  sg).  These  are  tube-shaped,  and  extend 
a  long  way  distally  ;  they  merge  separately  into  the  ventral  wall  of  the  ventral 
pouch. 

The  connective  tissue  and  the  muscles,  which  are  in  connection  with  the  radular 
apparatus,  are  strongly  developed.  Ventrally  and  laterally  from  the  radula-sac 
numerous  crystal-clear  cells  occur ;  usually  those  are  small,  sometimes,  however,  of 
large  size  (Fig.  10  cc).  They  serve  as  a  _ support  for  the  surrounding  connective 


r.\'".  VSTIM->  5 

tissue  anil  muscle*.  The  course  of  these  muscles  is  ditficult  to  trace  ;  they  surround 
the  railula-sae  and  the  distal  portion  of  the  ventral  pouch  ;  a  very  broad  transverse 
muscle  takes  its  course  between  the  radula-sac  and  the  ventral  pouch  (Fig.  10,  m). 
Around  the  salivary  glands  a  thin  muscular  layer  likewise  occurs.  I  do  not  know 
how  to  explain  the  mechanism  of  the  radular  movement  No  doubt,  the  diverse 
muscles  allow  of  movement  in  various  directions. 

•          • 

A  Bubradular  organ,  as  found  by  Heath  (1)  in  Proneununia  and  Itlwpalomenia, 
is  wanting. 

The  spacious  intestine  is  formed  by  the  coalescence  of  the  already  described 
portion  of  the  digestive  tract  with  the  dorsal  caecum  (Fig.  8).  I  have  avoided  making 
VW  of  the  names  pharynx  and  oesophagus,  as  there  cannot  IKS  question  here  of  any 
sharp  separation  between  the  two,  even  though  the  proximal  part  is  of  a  different 
structure  from  the  following  portion.  Thiele  mentions  a  strong  fold  in  which  the 
salivary  glands  open  out,  and  which  separates  pharynx  from  oesophagus  (18,  p.  288). 
A  similar  condition  does  not  exist  here.  An  oesophagus,  in  the  sense  Thiele  ascribes  to 
it,  fails  entirely. 

The  spacious  intestine  shows  strongly  folded  walls,  with  the  exception  of  the 
dorsal  wall,  which  remains  smooth,  except  in  the  median  line,  where  a  small  fold 
occurs.  The  dorsal  wall  carries  cilia ;  the  ventral  and  lateral  walls  show  glandular 
epithelium.  Lateral  caeca  are  met  with  as  usual ;  the  transverse  sections  do  not  teach 
much  in  regard  to  their  relative  situation.  The  rectum  has  strong  cilia  (Fig.  21,  r). 

The  cloaca  with  its  strongly  folded  wall  opens  to  the  exterior  through  a  wide 
longitudinal  slit.  Gills  are  entirely  wanting.  The  wall  of  the  cloaca  is  very  thick  and 
consists  of  several  layers  of  small  transparent  cells  with  small  nuclei,  between  which 
slender  ciliated  supporting  cells  occur  with  narrow  long  nuclei,  which  stain  well 
(Fig.  19).  As  it  seems  to  me,  the  wall  of  the  cloaca  does  not  perform  any  respiratory 
function,  it  being  too  thick.  A  secretory  function  must  not  IKJ  excluded.  Oftentimes 
in  the  cloaca  and  against  its  wall  little  feebly  staining  globules  are  found,  which  I 
believe  to  be  formed  by  the  wall -cells  of  the  cloaca.  Yet  we  must  take  into 
consideration  that  the  cloaca  is  surrounded  by  extremely  loose  connective  tissue  with 
large  spaces,  filled  with  blood-corpuscles.  This  arrangement  more  especially  obtains 
in  that  part  of  the  cloaca  which  is  contiguous  with  the  dorsal  lip ;  this  part  is  entirely 
surrounded  by  blood-corpuscles,  and,  as  it  is  only  clothed  by  a  single  layer  of  epithelial 
cells,  a  respiratory  function  may  \te  ascribed  to  it  The  lateral  walls  of  the  ventral 
slit,  by  which  the  cloaca  communicates  with  the  exterior,  are  coated  with  ciliated 
cylindrical  epithelial  cells  (Fig.  19). 

Properly  speaking,  the  praecloacal  organ  does  not  open  into  the  cloaca,  but  into 
the  ventral  slit,  as  well  as  both  cloacal  spicules  (Figs.  19,  20).  The  latter  (Kloaken- 
spicula  of  Thiele)  are  well  developed,  and  consist  of  small  bars  of  about  *  75  mm.  length. 
These  bars  are  probably  calcareous.  Around  the  liars  a  strong  cuvclojM-  i.s  found, 
which  i-  not  disM ilvt-d  in  nitric  acid,  but  stains  easily  with  carmaiuni.  Probably 


6  H.    F.    NIERSTRASZ. 

this  envelope  is  of  chitinous  character  (Fig.  24).  The  two  extremities  of  the  envelope 
are  tube-shaped  (Fig.  24,  B)  ;  it  is  open  in  the  middle  portion  (Fig.  24,  A),  which  may 
have  beon  caused  by  damage.  Around  the  proper  spicule  a  cellular  envelope  is  found, 
consisting  of  transparent  epithelial  cells  with  round  nuclei,  between  which  there  are 
long  supporting  cells  with  oblong  nuclei  (Fig.  24).  Between  the  cellular  envelope  and 
the  spicule  an  almost  homogeneous  mass  occurs,  staining  pale-red  with  carmalum,  which 
I  believe  to  be  a  secretion  of  the  cells  of  the  envelope,  though  perfect  certainty  cannot 
be  obtained.  In  this  case  the  envelope  might  perform  the  duty  of  a  poison  gland,  the 
spicule  having  consequently  the  power  of  attack  and  defence.  At  the  proximal 
end  of  the  spicules  numerous  small  muscles  are  attached,  which  enable  the  animal 
to  move  the  spicules  in  various  directions. 

The  nervous  system  does  not  furnish  much  worthy  of  note.  The  cerebral 
ganglion  is  large  (Fig.  6,  eg)  ;  the  latero-ventral  ganglia  are  large  also  (Fig.  7,  gr), 
whereas  the  latero-dorsal  ones  are  very  small  (Fig.  6,  gd).  As  in  other  Proneomeniidce, 
the  cerebro-ventral  and  the  cerebro-lateral  connectives  take  their  origin  from  the 
cerebral  ganglion  separately.  The  buccal  ganglia  are  distinct,  as  well  as  the  buccal 
commissure  (sub-lingual  commissure  of  Simroth),  which  takes  its  course  dorsally  from 
the  radula-sac  (Fig.  10,  be}.  The  posterior  superior  ganglia  are  large  (Fig.  21,  gps), 
the  commissure  between  them  strong.  The  posterior  inferior  ganglia  are  much  smaller  ; 
the  connectives  between  the  posterior  superior  and  inferior  ganglia  are  strong.  From 
the  posterior  superior  ganglia  some  strong  nerves  take  their  course  distally  toward  the 
lip,  situated  behind  the  cloaca  (Fig.  19,  n). 

The  heart  shows  some  very  interesting  peculiarities.  As  far  as  can  be  observed, 
the  structure  generally  corresponds  with  that  of  the  other  forms,  of  which  I  have 
already  given  a  detailed  account  (8).  Fig.  21  represents  the  proximal  offsets  of  the 
cloaca,  which  gradually  disappear  (cl}.  Ventrally  from  these  the  distal  offsets  of  the 
pericardium  are  found  (p),  into  one  of  which — the  left — the  left  cloacal  duct  opens  (cd). 
The  medial  walls  of  these  pericardial  offsets  invaginate ;  these  invaginations  together 
fopm  the  atria.  There  exists  also  a  median  distal  offset  of  the  pericardium  (Fig.  21,  p). 
By  the  union  of  these  three  offsets  the  spacious  pericardial  cavity  is  formed ;  at  the 
dorsal  wall  the  two  atrial  invaginations  still  exist,  separated  (Fig.  22,  a) ;  more 
proximally,  however,  they  unite  and  form  together  the  atrium.  The  double  character 
of  the  atrium  remains  here  plainly  visible.  The  atrium  is  consequently  open  on  the 
distal  side ;  on  the  dorsal  side  it  is  more  or  less  closed  by  connective  tissue.  The 
ventricle  originates  similarly  to  the  atrium  by  the  coalescence  of  two  invaginations, 
viz.,  the  median  walls  of  the  pericardial  ducts.  The  unpaired  portion  of  the  ventricle 
unites  with-  the  dorsally  situated  atrium  (Fig.  23,  a,  v).  Concerning  this  we  must 
notice  the  following  differences  :  in  other  forms  the  ventricle  is  situated  dorsally  from 
the  atrium ;  it  also  arises  from  the  union  of  two  parts,  but  is  continued  as  a  dorsal 
unpaired  invagination  at  the  dorsal  pericardial  wall,  and  communicates  at  its  ventral 
side  with  the  atrium  (8).  In  this  form,  however,  the  ventricle  remains  small  and  is  not 


•DI.KX'w:. \STMI  7 

continued  along  the  dorsal  wall  «>f  the  pericardium  ;  consequently  it  is  situated  ventrally 
fn>m  the  atrium.  The  blood  of  the  atrium  in  driven  into  the  ventricle  through  one 
large  opening,  there  being  no  question  of  two  atrio-ventricular  openings.  The  wall  of 
both  parts  of  the  heart  here  also  remains  thin ;  it  is  strengthened  by  muscular  fibres 
belonging  to  the  surrounding  tissue.  The  ciliated  bands  ("  bourrclets  cilies "  of 
Pruvot)  do  not  fail,  at  least  not  in  the  distal  part  of  the  pericardium  (Fig.  22,  <•>>).  The 
irl.u  i vi-ly  very  large  blood-corpuscles  are  of  a  peculiar  shape,  oblong,  more  or  less 
[x.inted  corpuscles  of  various  forms.  They  stain  pale-red  with  carmalum  and  usually 
have  a  small  round  nucleus,  which  may  occur  at  different  points,  and  often  obviously 
protrudes  (Fig.  26,  A).  Further,  there  occur  in  the  blood  large  round  cells  with  round 
granular  nucleus  (Fig.  26,  B). 

The  animal  in  mature  ;  the  gonads  extend  to  close  behind  the  radii  la.  The  eggs 
are  formed  on  the  median  walls,  the  spermatozoa  on  the  dorsal,  ventral,  and  lateral  walls. 
Both  the  gonads  are  densely  filled  with  products,  more  especially  the  distal  part,  which  is 
entirely  filled  with  eggs,  or  rather  with  generative  epithelium.  The  latter  seems  to 
become  free  in  the  gonads  ;  in  the  pericardium,  compact  masses  of  small  round  cells  occur 
(Fig.  25,  A),  which  arc  also  found  on  the  median  walls  of  the  gonads,  and  which  prolwbly 
belong  to  the  generative  epithelium.  Amongst  these  large  cells  mature  eggs  arc 
observed,  with  granular  contents  and  of  various  sizes  (Fig.  25,  B) ;  even  very  large  eggs 
are  found,  though  they  are  of  rare  occurrence.  Such  eggs  are  often  surrounded  by  the 
small  cells  of  the  generative  epithelium,  enveloping  them  like  a  follicle.  Further, 
numerous  spindle-shaped  cells  occur,  the  extremities  of  which  are  more  transparent  and 
stain  less  obviously  (Fig.  25,  C).  Whether  there  exists  any  connection  between  the 
round  eggs  and  the  spindle-shaped  cells  cannot  lie  decided,  any  more  than  we  can  follow 
the  further  development  of  the  eggs.  Full-grown  eggs  occur  sporadically ;  they  arc 
large  and  round,  finely  granular,  with  round  nucleus.  Amongst  the  ripening  eggs 
there  are  always  found  numerous  extremely  small  globules,  the  significance  of  which  is 
perfectly  unknown  to  me.  Besides  the  female  genital  products,  numerous  spermatozoids 
occur  in  the  pericardium  (Fig.  25,  D). 

The  cloaca!  ducts  are  not  in  any  way  remarkable  (Figs.  21-23,  or/).  They  leave 
the  pericardium  as  wide  tubes  with  ciliated  epithelium  of  irregular  height,  the  inner 
surface  being  consequently  undulating.  First  they  take  a  proximal  course  ;  afterwanN 
they  bend  and  run  distally,  becoming  gradually  broader  and  having  a  more  glandular 
epithelium,  which  produces  a  granular  secretion.  The  state  of  preservation  is  imt 
MI.  h  as  to  enable  us  to  decide  whether  the  structure  is  similar  to  that  <>f 
other  forms,  vie.,  glandular  cells,  alternating  with  supporting  onea  The  two  ducts 
unite  into  a  broad  praecloacal  organ  (Fig.  22,  /*»).  Each  cloacal  duct  bears,  at 
the  point  where  it  bends  proximally,  a  spacious  pouch,  placed  on  a  snort  stalk, 
uhi'-h  I  believe  to  be  a  receptaculum  seminis ;  in  both  of  them  numerous 
spermatozoids  occur. 

Now  it  remains  to  l»c  derided  to  what  form  this  new  species,  for  \v  lii.-li  I  propose 


H.    F.    NIERSTKASZ. 

the  name  Proneomenia  discoveryi*  is  related.  In  the  first  place  we  must  mention  the 
different  forms,  which  are  now  considered  as  belonging  to  the  genus  Proneomenia.  The 
thick  cuticle  with  the  needle-shaped  spicules,  the  polystichous  radula,  the  two  tube- 
shaped  salivary  glands,  and  the  absence  of  gills  point  towards  a  relation  to  that  genus. 
The  genus  Proneomenia  includes  at  present  no  less  than  fourteen  species,  viz.,  sluiteri 
Hubr.,  acuminata  Wir.,  vagans  Kow.  a.  Mar.,  desiderata  Kow.  a.  M.&r.,gorgo)wphila  Kow. 
a.  Mar.,  weberi  Nierstr.,  longa  Nierstr.,  thulensis  Thiele,  valdiviae  Thiele,  australis 
Thiele,  amboinensis  Thiele,  gerlachei  Pels.,  liawaiensis  Heath,  and  neapolitana  Thiele. 
As  already  mentioned  by  me  (8),  the  expression  "  polystichous"  radula  has  to  be  taken 
in  a  wide  sense,  as  very  different  types  belong  to  it,  which  must  lie  kept  sharply 
separated.  The  salivary  glands  likewise  show  remarkable  differences. 

All  the  above-named  forms  have  a  thick  cuticle  beset  with  numerous  needle- 
shaped  spicules.  This  characteristic,  however,  is  not  typical  of  Proneomenia,  but  also 
holds  good  for  other  genera,  e.g.,  Rhopalomenia.  The  length-index  varies  considerably, 
from  6  (P.  desiderata)  to  50  (P.  longa). 

Epithelial  papillae  are  of  general  occurrence ;  however,  they  are  said  to  be 
wanting  in  Proneomenia  sluiteri,  though  represented  and  described  by  Heuscher  for 
P.  langi.  On  studying  Hubrecht's  sections  of  sluiteri  more  closely,  I  came  to 
the  conclusion  that  epidermal  papillae  really  are  present  in  this  form.  In  the 
outer  part  of  the  cuticle  many  of  these  papillae  are  found,  just  as  Heuscher  observed 
them  in  langi  (3,  p.  3).  Owing  to  this  fact  another  point  of  difference  between  the 
two  forms  disappears,  and  we  have  the  more  reason  to  share  Thiele's  opinion,  and  to 
consider  both  forms  as  belonging  to  one  species  (17,  pp.  261). 

All  the  forms  of  Proneomenia  have  one  or  more  dorso-terminal  sense-organs. 

The  structure  of  the  coelomoducts  (cloacal  ducts)  and  their  appendages  varies 
considerably.  The  latter  always  occur  at  the  point  where  the  proximal  directed  part 
of  the  coelomoducts  bends  to  take  a  distal  direction.  Proneomenia  sluiteri  shows 
glandular,  ramified  tubes  ;  langi,  winding  coeca  ;  weberi,  longa,  acuminata  and  gerlachei, 
one  vesicular  appendage ;  thulensis,  twenty,  often  lobate  vesicles ;  valdiviae,  a  tube ; 
australis,  thirteen  stalked  vesicles. 

The  abdominal  and  cloacal  spicules  (abdominale  Hakenbiindel  und  Kloakcnspicula, 
Thiele  (13,  p.  291) )  show  also  important  points  of  difference :  sluiteri,  langi, 
desiderata,  gorgonophila,  weberi  and  longa  have  the  so-called  abdominal  spicules  in 
great  numbers.  Thiele  found  their  homologon  in  vagans  and  australis  (13,  p.  261  ; 
17,  p.  256).  In  longa  they  even  are  numerous,  though  of  smaller  size.  In 
discoveryi  two  complicated  copulation-spicules  likewise  are  present,  which  show  affinity 
to  those  of  vagans  and  to  the  penis-spicules  of  Neomenia. 

Regarding  the  cloaca,  we  must  observe  that  gills  are  always  wanting,  the  gills  of 
the  Solenogastres  being  merely  folds  of  the  cloacal  epithelium.  It  is  a  very  remarkable 
fact  that  they  are  absent  from  all  species  of  Proneomenia. 

*  Sit  venia  verbo ;  we  have  a  precedent  in  CJiallengeri.—'En. 


9 

Aa  a  coi).T,|ii«-nre  of  these  facts,  to  which  might  }»•  added  many  others  concerning 
the  structure  <>f  the  digestive  tract,  nervous  system,  etc.,  we  must  acknowledge  that 
there  exist  great  differences  lietween  the  various  species  of  Proneomenia,  and 
consequently  it  would  be  rational  not  to  class  them  in  one  genus.  The  difference 

L'tWeeil       '    ;.          :i!i.|       /•/-'.;/-.    !',,]•    m-r.ill.  •-.     1-     •_•!•••., ;,T     li.u,     i],.,;     !..:\\,.;i     W|j  .,!.,: 

Rhopalomenia  indica  or  DJ/I.-//I. •///«/.  The  same  holds  good  for  Rliopalomenia  itself. 
This  genus  was  created  by  Simroth  on  account  of  the  presence  of  club-shaped 
•  •pi.lermal  papillae  (12,  p.  229).  It  is  with  good  reason  that  Thiele  observes,  that 
the  absence  of  a  radula  is  more  typical  of  Rhopalomenia  than  the  presence  of  the  said 
jiapillar  (13,  p.  272).  In  this  sense  the  genus  Rhopalnrnenia  was  enlarged  by  me, 
some  years  ago,  to  contain  new  species  (6,  p.  22). 

As  to  the  geographical  distribution,  nothing  confirmative  is  given.  Arctic 
are  sluiteri  and  tliulrnsu ;  both  forms  are  most  certainly  not  closely  related 
(14,  p.  115). 

Antarctic  forms :  gerlachei  and  discoveryi.  Between  these  two  forms  there  exist 
great  differences  (dimensions,  radula,  dorsal  spicules,  buccal  gland  of  yrrltichei, 
structure  of  the  proximal  portion  of  the  digestive  tract).  In  dimensions,  gerlachsi 
resembles  sluiteri ;  for  the  rest,  according  to  Pelseneer  (10,  p.  34),  these  two  forms 
do  not  correspond  in  many  respects. 

Mediterranean  forms:  neapolitana,  gorganophila,  desiderata,  vagans.  No  doubt 
neapolitana  is  a  distinct  form  (Amphimenia  of  Thiele,  18,  p.  244).  Vagans, 
desiderata  and  gorgonophila  agree  in  the  structure  of  the  pharynx  and  salivary  glands 
(5,  pp.  59,  76);  the  index,  however,  varies  from  6  to  25.  Yet  I  am  inclined  to 
consider  these  forms  related  to  each  other.  Vagans  differs  importantly  from  sluiteri, 
gerlachei  and  discoveryi,  by  the  structure  of  the  radula  ;  on  the  other  hand,  a  relation 
with  thulensis  is  very  well  possible  (radula,  salivary  glands,  abdominal  spiculcs), 
tin  nigh  in  the  latter  form  cloacal  spicules  are  wanting. 

Indo-pacific  forms :  tceberi,  longa,  amlminenxis,  australis,  valdiviae  and  haicaiensi*. 
Of  these  forms  haicaiensis  is  insufficiently  known  ;  only  the  nervous  system  has  \>een 
accurately  studied  by  Heath  (1).  Weberi  and  longa,  no  doubt,  are  related ; 
MH&0«MMM^  however,  must  be  considered  an  isolated  form,  on  account  of  the  structure 
of  the  radula  and  the  coelomoducte.  Australit  has  a  bisehal  radula,  valdiviae  a 
multiscrial  one  (9,  pp.  681,  672). 

Atlantic  forms:  acuminata  shows  a  multiserial  radula  and  two  salivary  glands, 
which  open  out  separately.  Abdominal  and  cloacal  spicules  are  wanting. 

Recapitulating   these  facts,  we  come   to   the  following  conclusion.     The  known 

-;..  •  :•  -  "'.    /'       •      ••  '   '  i    I.P-M    L'l.Ml  -liti".  -r.-n.-..,  ;   .-ill    .,('  t':..-ni.  i,..\\.  \.T.  h.iv.-  .1  IM-I  ;!.,. 

a  thick  cutii-le  with  many  layers  of  pointed,  hollow  spicules,  numerous  epidermal 
sense-organs,  and  one  or  more  dorso- terminal  sense-organs ;  gills  are  wanting.  If  no 
other  characteristics  were  considered,  we  might  keep  the  genus  Proneomenia.  In  my 

opinion,  IIOW.-V.T.  \w  ha\r  good  reason   t<>  divide  the  L'fiiu-*  into  a  nuniltrr  of  sinalli-r 

VOL.   IT.  C 


10  H.    F.    NIERSTRASZ. 

ones,  considering  in   the  first  place  the  exact  structure  of  the  radula  and  salivary 
glands.     I  propose  the  following  division  :— 

FAMILY  PRONEOMENIIDAE. 

Index — at  least— 6.  Cuticle  thick,  with  many  layers  of  spicules,  by  far  the  greater  part  of  which  is 
pointed  and  hollow.  Epidermal  papillae  present.  One  or  more  dorso-terminal  sense-organs.  Radula  and 
salivary  glands  present.  Gills  are  wanting. 

A.  Radula  multiserial.    Salivary  glands  tube-  or  bag-shaped. 

Proneomenia  Hubrecht. 

a.  Radula  with  basal  membrane.     Salivary  glands  tube-shaped,  uniting  before  opening 

out  into  the  digestive  tract.  Receptacula  seminis  strongly  folded,  glandular.  The 
spicules  remain  connected  with  the  epidermis  by  multinuclear  stems.  Abdominal 
spicules  present.  Index  9-14. 

Proneomenia  sluiteri  Hubr.   (4.) 
(=  langi  Heuscher), 

•Barent's  Sea,  Spitzbergen. 
70-160  fathoms. 

b.  Radula  with  basal  membrane.     Salivary  glands  tube-shaped,  opening  out  separately. 

Receptacula  seminis  vesicular  or  tube-shaped. 

a.  With  abdominal  'and  cloacal  spicules.  Receptacula  seminis  vesicular. 
One  dorso-terminal  sense-organ.  Index  22-50. 

Proneomenia  weberi  Nierstr.  (6,  p.  2.) 

East-Indian  Archipelago,  22-1633  M. 
Proneomenia  longa  Nierstr.  (6,  p.  7.) 

Saleyer,  East  Indian  Archipelago,  1158  M. 

ft.  Without  abdominal,  with  cloacal  spicules.  Receptacula  seminis  vesicular. 
Two  dorso-terminal  sense-organs.  Index  10. 

Proneomenia  discoveryi  Nierstr. 

77°  50'  80"  S.,  165°  40'  5"  E.     100  fathoms. 

y.  Without   abdominal  or  cloacal  spicules.    One  dorso-terminnl    sense-organ. 
Receptacula  seminis  vesicular  or  tube-shaped.    Index  9-18 '5. 
Proneomenia  valdiviae  Thiele  (16.) 
3°  7'  S.,  40°  45'  8"  E.     748  M. 
Proneomenia  oxuminata  Wircn  (18,  p.  68.) 

West  India.    300  fathoms. 
Proneomenia  hawaiemis  Heath  (1.) 
(?  insufficiently  known.) 

Hawaian  Islands. 

Proneomenia  gerlachei  Pels.  (10,  p.  16.) 
70°  S.,  80°  48'  W.     500  M. 

c.  Radula  without  basal  membrane.    Salivary  glands  tube-  or  bag-shaped,  opening  out 

separately.    Receptacula  seminis  vesicular. 

a.  With  abdominal  and  cloacal  spicules.  Salivary  glands  tube-shaped. 
1-3  dorso-terminal  sense-organs.  Index  6. 

Proneomenia  vagans  Kow.  a.  Mar.  (5,  p.  29.) 

Mediterranean. 

/3.  With  abdominal,  without  cloacal  spicnles.  Salivary  glands  bag-shaped. 
Receptacula  seminis  numerous,  often  lobate.  One  dorso-terminal  sense- 
organ.  Index  11. 

Proneomenia  thulensis  Thiele  (14.) 
80°  8'  N.,  16°  55'  E.     480  M. 


y.  With  "Mnmhft1.  without  ijoaral    •picnic*.     Salivary  glands  tnbc-thaped. 
Index  C 

Pnnuomnua  ftryomfMa  Kow.a.  Mar.  (5,  p.  75.) 

Mediterranean. 
/VMMMMNM  tltudtrata  Row.  a.  Mar.  (6,  p.  59.) 

Mediterranean. 

It.  Itadnla    biaerial      Salivary    glandt  tnbi-«hap«l    and  opening  oat  separately.      With 
abdominal  ipicnle*.    RecepUcola  •eniinu  num.  T..IM.     One  dono-toriniiial 
Index  18. 


Sjpimt*MHuutniit  (TMM)  (17,  p.  255.) 
N.W.  coast  of  Australia.     60  fathoM. 

C.  Kadula  bi-|«ctiniil.      Salivary  gland*    consulting  of   more  or   IGM  developed   mvuinu- 

hitions  of  glandular  oclb,  opening  out  through  *alivury  ductn,  which  remain  M-purated. 
Abdominal  spicnle*  prvaent.  RecvpUcula  M-tuinu  numerous  The  coclouioducta  remain 
wparated.  Index  24. 

AnamntM  Nientnv. 

Anammia  ambtuutuu  (Thiele)  (15.) 
Ambon. 

D.  Badnla    bi-pertinid  (?).      Salivary     glanda     lobod,    conaiiting    of    aocnmnlations    of 

glandular  wlU,  and  opening  ont  through  salivary  dncta,  which  remain  Kparatai. 
Without  abdominal  and  cioacal  tpicnlea.  Index  20. 

Amphiuifiiia  Thiele. 

AmpMimtttia  mapolitana  Thk-lu  (13,  p.  244.) 


The  same  holds  good  for  Rhttpalomenia.  Up  to  now,  of  this  genus  five  species 
are  known,  viz.,  aglaopheniae  Kow.  a.  Mar.  ;  euigi  Thiele  ;  indica  Nierstr.  ;  debili* 

tr.  ;  and  scanden»  Heath.  All  these  forms  resemble  the  Proneomcniidae  ;  they 
differ,  however,  in  the  absence  of  a  radula.  Traces  of  the  latter  are  found  in 
the  radula-sac.  The  structure  of  the  salivary  glands  presents  important  points  of 
difference.  R.  aglaopheniae  has  two  pairs  of  salivary  glands,  one  pair  vesicular  and 
the  other  lobate,  just  as  they  occur  in  Amphimenia.  Undoubtedly,  It.  eisiyi  in  related 
to  aglaopheniae.  R.  indica  shows  numerous  receptacula  seminis  ;  cioacal  spicules, 
however,  fail.  True  abdominal  spicules  are  absent,  though  around  the  cioacal  opening 
spicules  occur  of  special  form.  Moreover,  there  only  occur  two  tube-shaped  salivary 
glands;  relation  with  Proneomenia  t/ntlensi*  and  Epimenia  auttralis  should,  therefore, 
not  be  excluded.  Rhopahmenin  </•/•///«,  thoroughly  known  to  UH,  prol«bly  is  closely 
related  to  Rhopalomeiria  indica.  Our  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the  internal 
organs  of  Rhopalomenia  scamlrn*,  with  the  exception  of  the  nervous  system,  is 
insuth'  ient.  It  appears  to  me  that  these  forms  are  connected  with  different  genera 
of  the  Proneomeuiidae,  and,  therefore,  the  genus  Hhopalomenia  may  be  a  hetero- 
geneous one.  A  division  into  smaller  genera  is  for  the  present  not  to  be  recom- 
mended ;  in  still  stronger  degree  the  same  holds  good  for  Chaet<«l>rinn  (7,  p.  368). 


c  2 


12 


H.    F.    NIERSTRASZ. 


MEMOIRS  REFERRED  TO. 


1  1904  HEATH,  HAROLD  . 

2  1905  „  „ 

3  1892  HEUSCHER,  J. 

4  1881  HUBRECHT,  A.  A.  W. 

5  1887  KOWALEVSKY,  A.  0. 


6       1902      NIERSTRASZ,  H.  F. 


7 
8 


14 
15 


17 


1903 
1903 


9        1905  „  „      . 

10  1903  PELSENEER,  P.     . 

11  1891  PRUVOT,  G. 

12  1892-94  SIMROTH,  H. 

13  1894  THIELE,  J.  . 


1900 
1902 


16       1902 


1902 


18        1892      WIR£N,  A.  . 


The  nervous  system  and  subradular  organ  in  two  genera  of 

Solenogastres.    Zool.  Jahrb.,  Vol.  20,  Anat. 
The  Morphology  of  a  Solenogastre.   Zool.  Jahrb.,  Vol.  21,  Anat. 
Zur  Anatomie  und  Histologie  der  Proneomenia  sluiteri  Hubrecht. 

Jen.  Zeitschr.  Naturw.,  Vol.  27. 

Proneomenia  sluiteri,  gen.  et  sp.  n.   Niederl.  Arch.  Zool. 
Kowalevsky,    A.  0.,    et    Marion, 

1'histoire    des    Solenogastres  ou 

Hist.  Nat.  Marseille.    Zoologie. 


Suppl. 

A.  F.  Contributions  a 
Aplacophores.  Ann.  Mus. 
Vol.  3. 


The  Solenogastres    of  the  Siboga  Expedition,  in  Sib.   Exp., 

Monogr.  47. 

Neue  Solenogastren.     Zool.  Jahrb.,  Vol.  18,  Anat. 
Das    Herz  der    Solenogastren.      Verhand.    Kon.   Akad.   Wet. 

Amsterdam.     Sect.  2,  Vol.  10,  No.  2. 
Kruppomenia    minima    und    die    Radula    der    Solenogastren. 

Zool.  Jahrb.,  Vol.  21,  Anat. 
Mollusques    (Amphinenres,    Gastropodes    et    Lamellibrancb.es). 

Result:  Voyage  Belgica,  1897-1899,  Zoologie. 
Sur  1'organisation  de  quelques  Neomeniens  des  cotes  de  France. 

Arch.  Zool.  Exper.  Ser.  2,  Vol.  9. 
Aplacophora.    Bronn's  Klassen  u.  Ordnungen  des  Thierreichs. 

Mollusca,  pp.  128-226. 
Beitrage    znr    vergleichenden    Anatomie    der    Amphineuren. 

Zeitschr.  f.  Wiss.  Zool.,  Vol.  58. 
Proneomenia  thulensis,  nov.  spec.     Fauna  arctica  (Romer  u. 

Schaudinn).  Vol.  1,  Lief.  1,  pt.  iii. 
Proneomenia  amboinensis,  n.  sp.      Semon,  Zool.  Forschungs- 

reisen  in  Austr.  u.  d.  Mai.  Arch.,  pp.  735-737. 
Proneomenia  valdiviae,  n.   sp.    Wiss.  Ergebn.  deutsch.  Tiefs. 

Exp.  Valdivia.,  Vol.  3,  pp.  169-174. 
Die  systematische  Stellung  der  Solenogastren  nnd  die  Phylogenie 

der  Mollusken.    Zeitschr.  f.  AViss.  Zool.,  Vol.  72. 
Studien  iiber  die    Solenogastren.   II.    Kongl.    Svenska.  Vet. 

Ak.  Handl.,Vol.  25. 


PLATES  I.    AND    II. 

FIG.  1. — A.  Proneomenia  discovery!.    The  animal  (x  5),  drawn  from  spirit  specimen. 

B.  Anterior  extremity.     (  x  5.) 

0.  Posterior  extremity.    ( x  5.) 
FIG.  2.— Spicula.     (x  330.) 
FIG.  3. — Spiculum  with  mother-cells,     (x  730.) 
Fio.  4.— Epidermal  papilla.     ( x  330.) 


80LBNOGA8TRB8.  I :« 

Flo.  .V— A.  Done-terminal  sense-organ  at  the  surface  of  the  cuticle. 
l: 
C.  trf.  M  evagination  of  Uw  epidermis,    (x  124.)    n£  catide ;  «to.  dcfso~tertuiii»l 

••iso  mniii  ;  «p.  epidermis ;  M.  circular  muscular  Uy«T  ;  /«*»/.  pedicle. 
Pros).  6-1 1.— Transverse  sections  through  the  anterior  extremity.    (  x  53.) 
of.  ulterior  mncotu  gland. 
be.  boccal  commissure. 
*y.  buccal  nerve. 

e.  proximal  caecum  of  the  intestine. 
ec.  cartilaginous  cells. 
rg.  cerebral  ganglion. 
t».  cone  with  radnla-teeth.     (S*  text) 
/.  ciliated  cavity. 
i.  intotine. 

gr.  latero-ventral  ganglion. 
ffil.  Utero-donal  ganglion. 
In.  lateral  nan*. 
M.  moacle. 
<*».  oeaophagna. 
pk.  pharynx. 
n.  radnla  iac. 
•g.  salivary  gland. 
ey.  ventral  gland, 
rn.  ventral  nerve. 
M.  ventral  sac  of  the  radola. 
Fios.  12-14. — Schematic  transverse  sections  through  radula,  ventral  sac  of  the  radula,  and 

pharyngeal  wall. 

Flo.  15. — Salivary  glands  (•?.),  opening  into  the  ventral  we  of  the  radnla.    (x  124.) 
Flo.  16.— Radula-teeth,  basal  membrane  and  pharyngeal  wall.     ( x  380.) 
Fio.  17.— Radnla-teeth.    (x  780.) 

Fio.  IH.— Distal  portion  of  the  ventral  sac  of  the  radnla.     (  x  330.)    (Stt  text.) 
FIGS.  19-23. — Transverse  sections  through  the  distal  extremity,     (x  29.) 
a.  atrium. 

et>.  ciliated  bands.    (Stt  text) 
at.  cloaca!  dnct. 
el.  cloaca. 
t*.  cloacal-spicnle. 
yp».  ganglion  poster! us  snperiu*  with  commissure. 

i.  intestine. 
In.  lateral  nerve, 
n.  distal  nerves. 
p.  pericardium. 
I*,  praedoacal  organ. 
r.  rectum. 
r.  ventricle, 
r/i.  ventral  nerve. 

Fio.  2 1.— Transverse  section  through  a  cloacal-«picale.     (x  880.) 
Fio.  25.— Genital  products  in  the  pericardium.    (Stt  text)    (x  460.) 
Fio.  26.— Blood-corpuscles.    (Sw  text)    (x  780.) 


•-. 

•I. 


5" 


... 


INSECTA   APTERA. 

By  GEORGE  H.  CARPENTER,  B.Sc.  (LoND.),  M.R.I. A., 
Professor  of  Zoology  in  the  Royal  College  of  Science,  Dublin. 

(1    Plate.) 

TDK  exploration*  of  the  National  Antarctic  K\|»-diiii>n  have  established  the 
of  a  wingless  insect  of  exceptional  interest,  far  south  in  the  Continent  of  Victoria 
bind.  From  Granite  Harbour,  77°  S.  lat  ami  162°  E.  long.,  on  the  south-treinling 
i-i'iitincntal  coast-line,  almost  opposite  Ross  Island,  on  which  stand  Mounts  Erebus 
and  Terror,  and  about  100  miles  N.W.  of  the  Winter  Quarters  of  the  '  Discovery,'  a 
jar-full  of  moss  believed  to  contain  Collembola  was  secured.  Examination  of  this 
material  has  resulted  in  the  detection  of  half-a-dozen  very  imperfect  specimens  of  a  small 
dark-blue  springtail.  Unfortunately,  these  insects  are  in  a  poor  state  of  preservation  ; 
cither  the  spirit  in  which  the  moss  was  placed  was  too  strong,  or  the  insects  had  died 
and  shrivelled  before  the  moss  was  collected.  The  result,  however,  is.  that  no  really 
good  example  of  the  species  can  IK?  obtained,  and  the  following  descriptions  with  the 
accompanying  figures  have  l>een  made  from  various  fragments.  Under  these 
circumstances  the  descriptions  are  necessarily  imperfect  It  is  hoped  that  the  account 
will  not  require  correction  by  the  discovery  of  further  and  more  satisfactory  specimens 
by  some  future  expedition,  but  it  will  assuredly  need  supplementing.  The  remoteness 
of  the  locality,  and  the  difficulty  with  which  the  insects  must  have  l«een  obtained, 
render  it  a  duty  to  make  the  l>est  possible  use  even  of  such  unpromising  material. 

At  first  I  spent  many  hours  pulling  the  leaves  of  the  moss  plants  asunder  with 
the  help  of  a  dissecting  microscope,  and  this  labour  was  rewarded  by  the  discovery  of 
one  or  two  shrivelled  specimens,  almost  useless  for  study.  Afterwards  it  was  found 
that  the  bases  of  the  shoots  afforded  a  better  hunting-ground,  and  several  more  days' 
work  resulted  in  the  unearthing  of  a  few  specimens  in  a  less  shrivelled  state.  From 
these,  when  cleared  in  potash  and  mounted  in  glycerine  jelly,  it  was  possible  to  make 
out  various  details  of  structure,  and  the  systematic  position  of  the  insect  hat  been 
gradually  traced.  All  the  specimens  seen  are  referable  to  the  same  species. 
Unfortunately,  the  general  shape  of  the  body  can  only  l»e  surmised,  and  the 
segmentation  of  thorax  and  abdomen  cannot  be  clearly  distinguished  in  any  HJN-.  m,.-n. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  delicate  sense-organs  on  the  feelers  and  head,  and  some  details 
of  the  jaws,  can  be  plainly  seen  in  one  or  two  examples.  A  large  quantity  c.f  the 
moss  still  remains  unexamined,  so  that  further  light  may  yet  be  thrown  on  the  species 


2  G.   H.  CARPENTER. 

by  the  collection  already  in  hand ;  but  I  think  it  unlikely  that  any  specimens  more 
satisfactory  than  those  here  described  and  figured  will  be  found  in  it. 

Tliis  is  the  second  species  of  Collembola  known  from  the  Antarctic  Continent 
of  South  Victoria  Land.  The  first,  described  five  years  ago  (Carpenter,  1902)  was 
brought  home  by  the  '  Southern  Cross '  Expedition  from  Geikie  Land,  on  the  shores  of 
Robertson  Bay  near  Cape  Adare,  some  380  miles  north  of  Granite  Harbour.  That 
species  was  an  Isotoma,  a  member  of  the  family  Entomobryidae.  The  present  insect 
belongs  to  the  family  Poduridae,  so  that  the  two  largest  families  of  Collembola  are  both 
represented  on  the  Antarctic  Continent.  A  summary  of  the  distribution  of  the  known 
species  of  Antarctic  and  sub-Antarctic  Collembola  will  be  found  in  Wahlgren's  recent 
paper  (1906)  on  the  insects  of  this  order  collected  by  the  Swedish  Expedition.  To  the 
species  that  he  enumerates  have  now  to  be  added  the  insect  here  described  and  the  two 
new  species  brought  from  the  South  Orkney  Islands  by  the  '  Scotia '  Expedition 
(Carpenter,  1906).  The  last-named  paper  contains  arguments,  from  the  distribution  of 
Antarctic  springtails,  in  favour  of  a  former  wide  extension  of  the  Antarctic  Continent. 
The  present  species,  having  no  near  allies,  does  not  throw  any  additional  light  on  such 
geographical  problems. 


COLLEMBOLA. 

FAMILY  PODURIDAE. 
GOMPHIOCEPHALUS,  gen.  nov.* 

Cuticle  very  finely  granulate.  Abdomen  with  two  anal  spines.  Spring  and 
catch  vestigial.  Empodium  of  foot  without  appendix  ("  inferior  claw ").  Feeler 
four-segmented ;  sensory  setae  on  the  third  segment ;  a  sub-apical,  depressed  sense- 
organ,  and  a  protrusible  apical  sense-organ  on  the  fourth.  On  each  side  of  head  a 
simple  post-antennal  organ  surrounded  by  a  single  ovate  or  cordiform  rim  ;  and  a  stout 
sensory  tooth-like  spine  behind  the  post-autennal  organ.  Mandible  with  molar 
surface  close  to  base.  Maxillula  with  apical  teeth  and  a  feeble  but  distinct  molar 
area. 

This  genus  will  probably  require  a  new  sub-family  (Gomphiocephalinae)  to  express 
its  peculiar  affinities.  On  the  whole  it  comes  nearest  to  the  Hypogastrurinae  in  the 
recent  classification  of  Bb'rner  (1906).  But  the  dentiform  sense-organ  on  the  head,  the 
shortened  mandibles,  and  the  maudibuliform  maxillulae  appear  to  be  absolutely 
distinctive  characters ;  while  the  feeble  granulation  of  the  cuticle,  and  especially  the 
simple  post-antennal  organ,  show  an  approach  to  the  Anurophorini,  a  tribe  of  the 
Isotominae  which  belong  to  the  Entomobryidae.  Indeed  the  genus  GomphiocepJialus 

*  From  folios,  a  back-tooth,  and  « </mX>';.  I  have  to  thank  the  Editor,  Prof.  F.  J.  Bell,  for  kindly  proposing 
this  name  to  replace  my  suggestion  Odontorrphalus,  which  is  pre-occupicd.  The  allusion  is  to  the  peculiar 
dentiform  sense-organ  on  the  head  (fig.  I,/). 


I\M:«  i  \    \ITI:I:\  8 

seems  •  l'.»lund.  with  .ithnities  to  the  Kut<>m..lirvnlm\  just  as  tin-  Anurophorinac 
—which  include  tliiK  remarkable  Antarctic  genus  OrjfptofyytU  (Willem,  1902) — are 
Knt.itniiliryids  with  .illiiuti.  -  t<>  tin-  I'oduridM.  The  presence  of  such  ancient 

cuiiiie.  tin:;  links  i m   tin-  Antarctic  Continent   mid   Mauds  might   reasonably  ha\e   l-.cn 

'  \|>ected. 

I     have    pleasure   in   naming    the    type-species  of   Gomfthiocephnlttx  after    Mr. 

T.  V    ll..d^..i....f  the  'Discovery.' 

GOMI'HIIK  Kl'HALf.S    HOtXJSONI. 

Length,  1  mm.  Colour  dark  blue- violet  Fooler*  rather  shorter  than  head  ; 
pn>[Hirtional  length  of  segments  8  :  11  :  12  :  15.  Foot  with  three  long,  slendor 
ten.  -lit  haire ;  claw  simple  without  teeth;  cmpodium  vestigial.  Anal  spines  nearly 
as  long  as  foot-daw,  on  short  contiguous  papillae. 

Habitat,  In  moss  (Bryttm  <tl</?im,  Cardot  *),  Granite  Harlx>ur,  South  Victoria  bind. 
ri'\  |M«S  in  British  Museum.) 

The  whole  insect  is  of  a  very  deep  blue-violet  colour.  The  cuticle  is  finely 
rugose,  and  bears  numerous  bristles,  many  of  which,  especially  on  the  terminal 
alxluinmal  segments,  arc  elongate,  but  none  are  feathered.  The  general  aspect  of  the 
species  and  the  form  of  the  foot  are  suggestive  <»f  a  Xmi/lla. 

Feelers.  The  feelers  (figs.  1,  2)  have  characteristic  sense-organs  both  on  the 
third  and  fourth  segments.  On  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  extremity  of  the  third 
segment  is  a  group  of  four  short,  sharp  spines  arising  from  large  circular  depressions  in 
the  cuticle,  and  surrounded  by  a  sinuous  ridge  (fig.  1,  d).  The  two  outer  spine*  of 
this  organ  are  stronger  than  the  two  central.  At  the  tip  of  the  fourth  segment  is  ft 
long  tapering  sensory  bristle  (fig.  1,  b),  and  near  it  is  a  8ul>-apical  sense-organ  (fig.  1,  a) 
consisting  of  an  oval  depression  within  which  is  placed  a  slender  bristle.  Close  to  this 
are  two  small  rounded  papillae  with  a  bristle  at  the  tip  of  each.  At  the  apex  of  the 
fourth  segment  and  directed  ventral  wards,  a  bladder-like  protrusible  organ  (fig.  2,  c) 
can  be  seen  in  two  specimens. 

Cephalic  sense-organs.  The  most  careful  search  has  failed  to  discover  any 
trace  of  ocelli,  and  I  believe  that  they  are  absent.  In  every  specimen,  however,  the 
poet-antennal  organ  (fig.  1,  e)  is  prominent  a  simple  chitinous  ridge  of  oval  or  heart- 
shaped  form,  varying  in  the  details  of  its  outline  in  different  specimens  <•'  •").  Ik-hind 
this  is  a  structure,  which  appears  to  lie  a  sense-organ,  hitherto  undescribed,  as  I  !.<•];, -\ .-. 
in  any  s|iringt«il.  It  is  a  stout  curved  tooth-like  outgrowth  (fig.  1,  /),  probably 

•ruling  a  tactile  function  in  connection  with  the  shelters  beneath  which  those 
insect-  Inc. 

Jaws.  The  front  region  of  the  head  is  distinctly  |»n>duced  towards  the-mouth. 
producing  the  "  pmgnathou^  "  aspect  which  characterises  this  group  of  ( 

-<*  tbew)  Report*,  vol.  iii. ;  MUMU.  p.  6. 
•». 


4  G.   H.   CARPENTER. 

The  labrum  (fig.  8)  is  narrow  and  rounded  in  front,  and  bears  a  proximal  row  of  four 
and  a  distal  row  of  three  long  bristles. 

The  jaws  are  in  many  respects  highly  remarkable.  The  mandibles  (figs.  3,  4)  have 
four  strong  teeth  at  the  apex,  and  a  very  well-developed  molar  area,  the  teeth  at  its 
distal  region  being  especially  strong.  At  the  proximal  end  of  the  molar  area  are  two 
prominent  recurved  hooks  directed  dorsalwards.  On  the  outer  edge  of  the  mandible  is 
a  strong  "  shoulder,"  and  just  proximal  to  this  a  rounded  "  boss."  The  large  basal 
extension  of  the  mandible  so  characteristic  of  the  Collembola  generally  is  entirely 
wanting  in  the  present  genus.  At  first  I  could  not  believe  this  to  be  so,  supposing 
that  the  basal  region  had  somehow  got  destroyed  in  the  specimens  that  I  was 
examining.  But  on  finding  the  mandibles  in  all  the  specimens  in  exactly  the  same 
condition,  I  can  only  conclude  that  this  insect  shows  a  modification  of  the  jaws  unique 
in  the  Collembola.  As  the  muscles  are  usually  attached  to  this  missing  basal  part  of 
the  mandible,  fresh  specimens  of  the  present  genus  would  be  especially  welcome 
subjects  for  anatomical  research. 

The  maxillulae  (fig.  5)  are  also  very  remarkable  on  account  of  their  likeness  to  the 
mandibles.  I  have  not  succeeded  in  isolating  these  appendages,  but  one  of  the  heads  is 
so  transparent  that  their  shape  can  be  easily  seen.  At  its  apex  the  maxillula  has  three 
delicate  pointed  teeth,  while  the  inner  edge  of  the  base  carries,  not,  as  is  usual,  one  row 
of  spines,  but  four  rows  of  short  denticles,  forming  a  molar  area  analogous  to  that  of 
the  mandible.  I  have  not  succeeded  in  seeing  the  tongue  (hypopharynx)  so  that  I 
cannot  state  whether  the  relation  of  the  maxillulae  to  that  structure  is  of  the  usual 
nature  or  not.  In  this  genus  they  are  more  unmistakably  a  pair  of  jaws  than  in  any 
Collembolan  that  I  have  examined. 

Each  maxilla  (fig.  6)  has  a  "  head  "  of  the  usual  Collembolan  form  with  a  two- 
toothed  galea  (</)  and  three  internal  lamellae  (I) ;  on  account  of  their  delicate  texture 
these  latter  structures  are  somewhat  shrivelled,  and  the  shape  given  to  them  in  the 
figure  may  be  inaccurate.  The  base  of  the  maxilla  (fig.  6,  st]  can  only  be  traced  a 
short  distance  into  the  head  capsule,  but  I  cannot  satisfy  myself  that  the  cardo, 
with  its  usual  associated  sclerites,  is  absent.  There  is  a  blunt  palp  (fig.  6,  />)  carrying 
three  or  four  bristles  at  its  tip. 

The  second  maxillae  combine,  as  is  usual  in  the  Collembola,  to  form  a  transverse 
labium  (fig.  7)  with  alternating  narrower  and  broader  lobes,  carrying  long  bristles. 

Legs.  The  legs  (fig.  9)  are  of  the  usual  Collembolan  form.  The  tibio-tarsus 
carries  a  simpfe  pointed  claw  without  trace  of  tunica,  and  a  small  rounded  empodium 
without  appendix.  There  are  three  elongate  tenent  hairs,  without  terminal  club, 
springing  from  large  circular  depressions  of  the  cuticle. 

Ventral  Tube.  The  ventral  tube  (fig.  10)  on  the  first  abdominal  segment  is 
abrupt  t>n  its  front  and  rounded  on  its  hinder  face,  beset  with  numerous  bristles  like 
those  of  the  cuticle  generally.  It  appears  to  be  in  the  undeveloped  state  characteristic 
of  the  section  to  Avhich  this  genus  belongs. 


INSBCTA  AITI:I:\ 

Spring  and  Catch.  Most  of  ti.  m.-ns  r\.iminr.i  *li..w  no  Iran-  «>f  thm« 

structures,  luit  in  two  the  appearance  drawn  in  tig.  1 1  mn  In-  plainly  Keen.  The  spun- 
(fig.  1 1,  »)  in  clenrlv  in  a  vestigial  ••••n.litii.n,  its  manuhrium  being  merged  in  the  ventral 
regiuii  <>t  tin-  fourth  alxlniuitml  segment,  whih-  the  combined  den*  ami  mucro  terminate 
in  ii  liltuit,  li.ini'lr.l  kiiuli. 

Tli.-  <-at i-li  (ivtinarulum)  is  represented   by  a  pair  of  small  rugose   prominences 

1 1  /•)  <>n  the  tliinl  •bdoBUMl  segment. 

Anal  Spines.  The  anal  spines  are  nearly  as  long  as  the  foot-claw,  slightly  and 
•  •\nilv  nirved  (figs.  11,  12).  They  are  situated  on  short,  contiguous  papillae.  In  all 
tin-  .-|M-i-inu-iis  examined  the  spines  arc  slightly  asymmetrical  (fig.  12),  hut  thin  is 
l>r.>luil.lv  due  to  the  position  of  one  having  lieen  slightly  shifted. 


REFERENCES. 

1906.    C.  B"fl"1T"     DM  Sjstem  dcr  C'ollembolen  nebst  Itesrhreibun;;  neuer  Collembuk-n  de*  Hamburger 

naturhistoruciicn  Miun-uniK.     2  Beihcft  turn  Jahrb.  titr  Hamburg,  tritttntth.  Aimfnltni,  zxiii., 

I'JiKJ,  pp.  147-1K*. 
1902.    0.  II.  CARPKXTKR.     "  InwcU  Aptera,"   in   Report    on   Collation*,    \'oyagt    tf  Soutkern  Crott, 

pp.  221-3,  pi.  xlvii.     London  (British  Mtucnm),  1902. 
:  Keottuh  National  Antarctic  Expedition.     '.Scotia'  Collection*.     Collembola 

from  the  South  Orknej  Inlands.     I'ror.  Itoyal  Sor.  Edinl>.,  xxvi.,  HKiC,  pp.  i ;:;-  i-::.  pb.  1-2. 
1906.     F.    WAHUIKRN.     AnUrktischc  und  ralNuitarktuKhc  Collembollen  f^aammelt  von  dc>r  nchwcdiiielien 

SOdpoUn-xpfdition.       Wt*>+n»ch.  Ergtbn.  dtr  Sfkmti.  SwIpolartxptdHioit,    I'.Hil-S,  vol.  v  . 

1906,  pp.  1-22,  pk.  1-2. 
1902.    V.  WILLKM.    Collembolt* :  Ritultatt  du  Voyagt  •!•  &  Y. '  Brifica '  en  1H97,  189M,  IM-.I-.I. 

Sritntifaur*.    Anren,  19O2. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE. 

hodgtoni. 


Ki-i.  1.—  Left  feeler  with  part  of  head,  donal  aspect;  a,  saWpicai,  depreaed  •enn-drpnn  :  ^  teatorj 
brittle  ;  (I,  Benwry  »i>ine«  on  third  anU-mml  segment  ;  r,  poit-antcnnal  organ  ;  /,  dentiform 
cephalic  KMe-organ  ;  1,  f,  variations  in  form  of  pott-anU'iitml  organ  from  other  specimen*. 
Ki<..  2.—  Right  filler,  lateral  aspect  of  extremity  ;  a  and  d  as  in  fig.  1  :  e,  apical,  protrtwible  iente-organ. 
:t.  —  I*ft  mandible,  seen  from  inner  aspect. 
\.~  I  A  ft  iiiuii.iil.li-.  donal  aspect. 
5.  —  Right  maxillnla,  shoving  teeth  and  molar  area. 
.  FID.  6.  —  Left  maxilla  ;  «,  stipes  ;  y.  galea  ;  /,  lamellae  ;  />,  |*lp. 
Ki<i.  7.  —  .Second  pair  of  maxillae  forming  labium. 
l'i'..  8.  —  Labrum. 

Kit;.  9.  —  Right  hind  leg,  showing  daw,  vestigial  empodiam,  and  tenent  hairs  on  foot. 
Fie.  lc.  —  Ventral  lube  on  first  abdominal  segment,  seen  from  right  side. 

11.—  Part  of  hind  abdominal  segment*,  showing  anal  spiuea,  and  vestigial  spring  (*)  and  caU  I 

lateral  view. 
Kn;   12.—  Tip  of  abdomen,  with  papilhe  and  anal  spines  ;  postcro-ventnl  view. 

All  figures  an  magnified  GOO  diameters. 


'•'JHJJ 

•& 


Antarctic  ( l)i«cov*ry)*E\p. 


Gomphtoceptulus  hodgsoni. 


CRUSTACEA. 

VII.-SCHIZOPODA. 

By  W.  M.  TATTKRSALL,  M.Sc. 
(8  Plates.) 

THE  collection  of  '  Discovery '  Schizopoda  is  a  large  one  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
number  of  specimens  it  contains,  considerably  over  ten  thousand,  including  larva', 
having  been  collected.  By  far  the  majority  of  these  specimens,  nearly  ten  thousand, 
however,  belong  to  one  species,  and  the  total  numlwr  of  species  reaches  thirteen.  The 
collection  is  in  a  generally  excellent  state  of  preservation,  though  many  specimens  have 
undoubtedly  suffered  from  being  frozen  after  coming  out  of  the  water  and  from  the 
sulwequent  thawing  before  preservation. 

In  the  preliminary  notice  of  this  collection  (Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1)*)  ten 
species  were  noted,  of  which  five  were  absolutely  new,  two  were  only  known  under 
manuscript  names  given  to  them  by  Dr.  Hanson  from  the  collections  of  the  '  Belgica ' 
Antarctic  Expedition,  while  the  remaining  three  were  already  descrilied  forms. 

Since  the  publication  of  that  notice  further  material  has  come  to  hand,  collected 
on  the  homeward  journey  of  the  '  Discovery.'  It  contained  two  species  of  Euphauxia 
not  included  in  the  earlier  material,  one,  an  immature  form  which  was  too  young  t<> 
be  specifically  identified  ;  the  secDnd,  a  species  very  close  to  E.  lucens,  Hansen 
(=  E.  splendens,  G.  O.  Sara),  but  which  Dr.  Hansen  has  kindly  informed  me  is  distinct, 
and  will  be  descril>ed  by  him  in  a  forthcoming  paper.  A  re-examination  of  the  two 
specimens  which  in  the  preliminary  note  were  referred  to  Mysis  maxima, 
Hansen  (MS.),  has  shown  that  they  represent  in  reality  two  very  closely  allied 
species,  the  second  of  which  will  also  be  descril>ed  by  Dr.  Hansen  in  a  future  work. 

Previous  to  the  recent  activity  in  South  Polar  exploration  only  three  expeditions 
to  the  Antarctic  had  brought  back  zoological  material  from  which  Schizopoda  were 
recorded.  Dana  (1852)  in  his  great  work  on  Crustacea  records  two  species  from 
Antarctic  waters  (i.e.,  south  of  lat  60°  S.)  viz.,  Euphausia  superba  and  Eucopia  australis. 

H.M.S.  'Challenger'  in  1874  collected,  in  the  same  region,  Euphausia  superba, 
E.  murrayi,  E.  antarctica,  Thysanoessa  macrura  and  a  species  of  Pxnulommn, 
doubtfully  referred  to  P.  sarsi  by  Prof.  Sars,  who  described  the  Schizopoda  of  that 
expedition.  The  second  and  third  species  in  this  list  are,  however,  only  synonymous 
with  the  first,  so  that  the  real  total  of  'Challenger'  Antarctic  species  in  three. 

•  The*e  dates  refer  to  the  list  of  Memoirs  on  p.  88. 


W.  M.  TATTERS ALL. 

Mr.  Hodgson  (1902)  described  two  species  as  iiew,  Euphau&id  glacialis  and  E.  mistral!*, 
collected  by  the  '  Southern  Cross '  South  Polar  Expedition.  Both  species  are 
synonymous  with  E.  superba,  Dana,  so  that  previous  to  1903  only  four  Antarctic 
species  of  Schizopoda  were  known,  viz.,  Eucopia  australis,  Dana,  Euphausia  superba, 
Dana,  Thysanoessa  macrura,  G.  0.  Sars,  and  Pseudomma  sarsi,  Will.-Suhm. 

Of  the  recent  expeditions  to  the  South  Pole,  which  number  seven,  the  results  of 
the  Schizopoda  of  the  French  Antarctic  Expedition  have  been  published  in  full,  and  of 
the  'Valdivia'  Expedition  in  part  only.  M.  Coutiere  (1906)  notes  from  the  French 
Antarctic  collections,  Euphausia  superba,  Dana,  E.  similis,  G.  0.  Sars,  Thysanoessa 
macrura,  G.  0.  Sars,  and  Antarctomysis  maxima  (Hansen,  MS.),  a  species  also  recorded 
in  the  preliminary  note  on  the  present  collection. 

Preliminary  descriptions  have  been  published  of  two  Antarctic  Mysidse  collected 
by  the  'Valdivia'  (lllig,  1906),  Dactylerythrops  arcuata  and  Eckinomysis  chuni.  The 
first  of  these  is  synonymous  with  a  species  Dactylamblyops  hodasoni,  described  below. 

This  completes  the  bibliography  as  regards  purely  Antarctic  Schizopoda,  though  a 
number  of  sub-Antarctic  species  are  known^ 

Ten  of  the  thirteen-  species  collected  by  the  >'  Discovery '  were  taken  in  Antarctic 
waters,  and  when,  as  we  have  seen  above,  the  total  previously  recorded  species  number 
seven,  it  will  be  recognised  that  the  present  collection  has  added  considerably  to  our 
knowledge  of  South  Polar  species  of  this  group. 

The  most  abundant  species  in  the  collection  is  a  small  Euphausia,  E.  crystal- 
lorophias,  H.  and  T.,  which  evidently  has  its  head-quarters  under  the  ice,  since  all  the 
specimens  were  collected  from  ice-holes  at  Winter  Quarters,  and  none  were  met  with  in 
the  open  sea.  On  the  other  hand,  the  dominant  species  of  the  collections  from  open 
Antarctic  waters  are  Euphausia  superba,  Dana,  and  Thysanoessa  macrura,  G.  0.  Sars. 

The  abundant  material  of  the  first-named  species  has  afforded  opportunity  for 
some  observations  on  the  sexual  characters  and  life  history  of  the  species,  with  the 
result  that  four  other  species,  hitherto  regarded  as  distinct  from  E.  superba,  must  now 
be  allocated  to  its  synonymy,  having  been  founded  either  on  characters  which  are 
sexual  and  not  specific,  or  else  from  immature  specimens. 

The  scarcity  of  fully  grown  males  of  E.  superba  seems  worthy  of  note.  This  fact 
seems  to  be  established  by  the  results  of  the  various  collections  of  which  we  have 
knowledge,  since,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  the  only  one  recorded  is  Sars'  '  Challenger ' 
specimen.  M.  Coutiere  (1906),  it  is  true,  notes  that  male  specimens  were  more 
numerous  than  females  in  the  collection  he  examined,  but  it  is  equally  clear  that  none 
were  fully  grown,  since  the  largest  measured  only  4?>  mm.,  and  was  in  the  stage  pre- 
vious to  the  last  moult  into  completely  grown  specimens.  There  are  no  fully-grown 
males  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collections,  but  to  judge  from  the  development  of  the  copulatory 
apparatus  on  the  first  pleopods,  many  of  them  must  be  sexually  mature  at  any  rate. 

Thysanoessa  macrura,  G.  0.  Sars,  too,  seems  never  to  have  been  previously  met 
with  in  full-grown  condition,  and  but  very  few  of  the  '  Discovery '  specimens  can  be 


SCHIZOI'ODA.  3 

said  to  have  mched  that  state.  Still,  they  afford  material  for  a  rc-«lc.s.  ripti<>n  and 
figures  of  the  s{x-<  i<->  in  the  adult  state,  with  some  notes  on  the  growth  change*. 

Tin-  M\-i'lacea  consist  of  eleven  specimens,  referable  to  six  species.  The  most 
interesting  of  these  species  is  Ifanscnomysis  anttirctioi,  an  Antarctic  representative  of 
•  genus  hitherto  known  from  hut  three  specimens  from  Arc-tit-  and  Itoreal  waters. 

The  chief  interest  of  the  collection  lies  in  the  evidence  which  it  may  afford  as  to 
the  similarity  or  dissimilarity  of  the  fauna  at  the  two  poles.  There  are  no  species 
common  to  the  fauna  of  both  polar  regions  in  the  collection  ;  hut,  on  the  other  hand, 
all  the  genera  save  one,  Antarclomysi*,  are  represented  in  northern  waters  hv  species 
which  arc  quite  distinct  from  their  southern  allies. 

Exploration  of  the  bottom  fauna  of  the  deep  waters  of  the  globe,  especially  in 
tropical  and  sub-tropical  regions,  is  as  yet  only  in  its  infancy,  and  it  is  therefore 
extremely  probable  that  what  are  now  known  to  In-  bipolar  genera  and  species  will  in 
future  be  found  to  IK?  cosmopolitan  in  their  distribution.  The  Schixo|»oda  were  lonj.' 
thought  to  have  in  Lopkogatttr  typicw*  a  stock  instance  of  a  bipolar  form,  but  the 
gaps  in  ita  distribution  have  \tccn  almost  completely  filled  up  as  a  result  of  recent  dcep- 
sca  work,  and,  with  the  exception  of  the  tropical  Atlantic,  it*  range  is  known  to  be 
complete  from  Norway  to  the  Cape. 

Two  bipolar  species  of  Mysidse  are  known,  however — Boreomyisi*  Hcyplmjix,  G.  O. 
Sarn,  from  Arctic  waters,  and  Lat.  50°  8.,  near  the  Crozct  Islands,  and  J /;</»///•</<* 
crozetti,  from  the  seas  of  Greenland  and  Ian  Mayen  in  the  north  and  the  Crozet  Islands 
in  the  south.  They  are  not  known  from  the  intermediate  waters. 

Of  the  genera  of  Antarctic  Schi/opoda,  Eupluiw'ui,  T/iymtiwessti,  and  Euctip'm  are 
world-wide  in  range,  but  the  northern  and  .southern  species  are  quite  distinct,  even  the 
hitherto  supposedly  cosmopolitan  Ewwpiti  aufitralis,  Hansen  having  shown  to  contain 
at  least  two  species,  probably  three. 

P*fiuloinmnt  Hansenomysis,  DactylanMyttps,  and  Mytidetf*  are,  as  at  present 
known,  bipolar  genera,  but  Psetulomma,  at  least,  ranges  far  from  both  poles,  and 
further  exploration  will  prol>ably  extend  the  known  range  of  the  other  genera  also. 

The  most  interesting  case  is  presented  by  the  genus  Anturclninyxitt.  It  is  rlo.-«-ly 
related  in  structure  to  the  northern  species  Michtheimy*i*  mijcta  (Lilljeliorg),  a  species 
inhabiting  chiefly  the  colder  waters  of  the  northern  hemisphere.  The  two  genera  arc 
separated  only  in  the  characters  of  the  male  pleopods,  which  are  more  primitive  in  the 
Antarctic  form,  and  neither  genus  is  likely  to  he  found  to  have  a  distribution  which 
extends  very  far  from  the  poles  they  frequent 

In  the  preparation  of  this  report  I  have  received  much  valuable  help  from  many 
sources.  The  authorities  of  the  British  Museum  kindly  allowed  me  to  examine  and 
dissect  two  specimens  from  the  'Challenger'  collections  in  their  charge.  To  Dr. 
Caiman,  of  the  British  Museum,  I  have  been  much  indebted  for  information  on  many 
points  connected  with  the  'Challenger'  material,  and  he  has.  also,  at  my  request, 
furnished  me  with  drawings  of  various  species.  Mr.  E.  \V.  L  Holt  kindly  examined 


4  W.   M.   TATTERSALL. 

the  British  Museum  material,  and  provided  me  with  valuable  notes  as  a  result,  which 
I  have  freely  used  in  this  report.  The  Rev.  T.  R.  R.  Stebbing,  F.R.S.,  placed  two  of 
the  type  specimens  of  Euphausia  vallentini  at  my  disposal,  with  full  permission  to 
dissect  them  if  found  to  be  necessary,  while  Prof.  D'Arcy  W.  Thompson,  C.B., 
allowed  me  to  examine  and  retain  for  some  time  a  small  collection  of  Antarctic 
Schizopoda  from  the  collections  of  the  Museum  at  University  College,  Dundee.  I  am 
specially  indebted  to  Dr.  Hansen,  of  Copenhagen,  for  the  most  generous  and  valuable 
assistance.  Not  only  did  he  kindly  confirm  or  modify  my  determinations  of  the 
more  subtle  species  of  Euphausia,  but  he  placed  at  my  disposal  his  notes  and  drawings 
of  the  male  copulatory  apparatus  of  the  species  of  this  genus,  of  which  he  has  made 
a  special  study.  Without  his  help  I  should  have  failed  to  recognise  that  the  two 
specimens  of  Antarctomysis  belonged  to  two  distinct  species,  while  I  should  have 
recorded  as  E.  lucens  the  new  Antarctic  species  which  Dr.  Hansen  will  himself  describe. 
For  all  this  assistance  I  wish  to  express  my  best  thanks. 


ORDER  EUPHAUSIACEA. 

FAMILY  EUPHAUSIID^. 

SUB-FAMILY  EUPHAUSIN^:,  Holt  and  Tattersall. 

GENUS  EUPHAUSIA,  Dana. 

EUPHAUSIA  SUPERBA. 

(Plate  L,  Figs.  1-12.) 

Euphausia  superba,  Dana,  1852. 
Euphausia  superba,  G.  0.  Sars,  1888  and  1885. 
Euphausia  murrai/i,  G.  0.  Sars,  1883  and  1885. 
Euphausia  antarctica,  G.  0.  Sars,  1883  and  1885. 
Euphausia  ylacutlis,  Hodgson,  1902. 
Eupliausia  australis,  Hodgson,  1902. 
Euphausia  superba,  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1). 
Eupftausia  superba,  Coutiere,  1!)00. 

Localities  of  captures  :— 

Lat.  61°  46'  S.,  long.  141°  12'  E.,  16.  11.  01,  five  specimens,  14-20  mm. 

Off  Scott  Island,  26.  12.  01,  two  specimens,  15-19  mm. 

Lat.  66°  52'  9"  S.,  long.  178°  8'  15"  E.,  3.  1.  02,  eight  specimens,  12-16  mm. 

From  stomach  of  Lobodon  carcinophaga,  3.  1.  02,  eleven  specimens,  43-47  mm. 

Lat.  72°  5'  S.,  long.  172°  23'  E.,  10.  1.  02,  eleven  specimens,  15-47  mm. 

Lat.  72°  10'  33"  S.,  long.  172°  26'  2"  E.,  11.  1.  02,  ninety  specimens,  35-48  mm. 

From  River  Koettlitz,  2.  1.  03,  sixty-nine  specimens,  13-27  mm. 

Lat.  70°  29'  27"  S.,  long.  168°  51'  46"  E.,  26.  2.  04,  five  specimens,  45-47  mm. 

None  were  taken  at  Winter  Quarters  from  the  holes  dug  in  the  ice. 


BOHBOPODA. 

Tin-  .-ynoiiyniy  given  here,  whereby  five  supposed  <listinc(   species  of  En 
arc  merged   into  E.  supcrba,  Dana,  is   the  ramlt  of  n   careful   examination   of  the 
abundant    ami     valuable    'Discovery'    material,  aided    by    a    coinjtarison    with     the 

•  »'li;tll«  -II.T,.  ,- '   ;,ii«l    '  Southern   Cross'    types    (for   which    I   am    greatly   indebted    to 
Mr.  K    \V.  I.    II. .It),  and  the  small  collection  from  the  zoological  museum  of  University 
'  'iillc^e.  hundee. 

bason*  foi   !..,-.    riem   mr    brief)]    -•.•••     •    •  <    pralimiiMi      notia      I   I 

•  •••lie.  tion,  and  the  opinions  as  to  the  synonymy  of  this  species,  as  far  as  they  concern 
/•.'»//'/»'/«*/./  nntarctica  and  E.  murrayi,  have  recently  l>een  confirmed  and  adopted  by 
routii'-re    (190G)  as   a   result  of  his   examination   of  the  collection   of  the    French 
Antarctic  Expedition.     A  fuller  justification  for  these  opinions  is  given  Mow,  together 
with  some  notes  on  the  growth  changes,  and  sexual  differences. 

Female. — This  sex  has  been  very  well  descriU-d  under  the  names  E.  mwntyi  by 
G.  0.  Sara  (1885),  and  E.  auttrali*  by  Hodgson  (1902). 

The  '  Discovery  '  specimens  present  some  slight  differences  from  Sars'  description, 
but  the  examination  of  his  type  specimens  proves  them  to  be  due  to  errors  on  San* 
jwrt.  They  may  be  noted  under  their  separate  heads  as  follows  :— 

(1)  I'l-rttnal  fpine. — Sars  states  that  this  spine  is  wanting  in  /.'.  murrayi,  but  the 
type  specimen  shows  it  to  l»e  distinct,  well-developed  and  simple,  but  not  visible  from 
the  side  from  which  Sars  took  his  drawing      All  the  '  Discovery '  sjH-cimciis  show  a 
well -developed  simple  preanal  spine. 

(2)  Small  />l  n  n  f  ftpinf  on  lite  outer  ilixtttl  Cttrner  qftktjlnt  jtnnt  of  the  itnteimulur 
petlunde. — This  spine  is  not  shown  in  Sars'  figures  nor  mentioned  in  his  description. 
It  is,  however,  clearly  visible  in  the  type  in  lateral  view,  but  in  dorsal  view  is  quite 
olwcured  by  the  numerous  seta'  arming  the  lm.sal  joint  of  the  peduncle,  which  are  well 
preserved  and  very  opaque.      The   '  Discovery '   material   conforms   to   the   type   in 
possessing  this  spine  well-developed. 

(3)  Terminal  spine  on  the  outer  man/in  of  the  nntennal  xctil?.—  Sars  mentions  this 
spine  in  his  description  as  very  small,  but  docs  not  figure  it     It  is,  in  fact,  not  visible 
in  his  type  from  the  dorsal  aspect,  owing  to  its  being  slightly  vcutrally  dcflexed,  and 
the  specimen  is  so  well  preserved  and  rigid,  that  the  pressure  necessary  to  place  it 
dorsal  surface  uppermost  for  drawing  is  not  sufficient  to  straighten  out  the  spine  anil 
render  it  visible  in  dorsal  view. 

(4)  Shape  of  the  epimtral  plate  of  the  penultimate  segment  of  the  pleon, — Sars  Ix.lh 
dMcribes  and  figures  the  penultimate  epimeral  plate  as  acute  and  triangular,  but  in  the 
t\[«-  and  the  'Discovery'  material,  whereas  these  plates  have  substantially  the  same 
shape  as  depicted  by  Sars,  the  apex  in  all  is  bluntly  rounded  instead  of  acutely  pointed 

(5)  Spinutes  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  telsoii.     Sars  figures  and  describes  three 
pairs  in  E.  murrayi,  but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  number  is  subject  to  variation,  nil 
additional  |>air  anterior  to  the  three  shown  by  Sars  being  frequently  noticed.     In  all 


VOL.   IV. 


6  AV.   M.   TATTERSALL. 

other  respects  the  '  Discovery '  material  arid  the  '  Challenger '  types  are  in  perfect 
agreement,  and  the  facts  noted  above  establish  the  identity  of  the  females  here 
referred  to  E.  superba,  with  the  species  described  by  Sars  as  E.  murrayi.  It  now  remains 
to  show  that  the  differences  between  E.  murrayi  and  E.  superba  are  only  sexual. 

Male. — Under  the  name  E.  superba  Sars  has  described  and  figured  this  sex 
adequately.  The  only  point  in  which  his  description  is  deficient  is  the  structure  and 
armature  of  the  telson.  He  figures  no  dorsal  spinules  on  the  telson,  and  both  describes 
and  figures  the  apex  as  slightly  produced  and  obtusely  pointed.  Examination  of  Sars' 
type  shows  that  the  apex  of  the  telson  is  clearly  broken,  so  that  Sars'  figure  is  in  this 
respect  entirely  imaginary.  In  the  present  material  the  apex  of  the  telson  is  much 
produced  and  acutely  pointed,  and  the  number  of  dorsal  spinules  is  usually  three  pairs, 
but  may  be  four  or  two,  placed  as  in  Sars'  figure  of  the  telson  of  E.  murrayi.  One  pair 
of  spinules  still  remains  in  Sars'  type  of  E.  superba,  but  the  others  had  probably  been 
broken  off  (or  obsolete  ?). 

The  most  conspicuous  difference  between  E.  superba  and  E.  murrayi,  as  described 
by  Sars,  is  the  presence  in  the  latter  and  absence  in  the  former  of  a  lateral  denticle  on 
the  carapace.  But  both  Sars'  E.  murrayi  were  females,  and  his  single  specimen  of 
E.  superba  a  male.  In  all  the  females  in  the  present  collection,  the  largest  of  which  is 
47  mm.  in  length,  the  spine  on  the  lateral  margin  is  large  and  prominent,  and  even  in  a 
female,  50  mm.  in  length,  in  the  collection  from  University  College,  Dundee,  the  spine 
is  equally  well-developed.  I  have  figured  the  spine  of  the  latter  specimen  on  PI.  I., 
Fig.  10.  In  male  specimens,  on  the  other  hand,  only  those  which  are  less  than  42  mm. 
in  length  have  the  spine  well-developed  (cf.  PL  I.,  Fig.  12,  taken  from  a  male,  39  mm. 
in  length).  In  males  above  42  mm.  up  to  47  mm.  in  length  the  lateral  spine  on  the 
carapace  is  nearly  obsolete  and  persists  only  as  a  blunt  protuberance  (cf.  PI.  I., 
Fig.  11,  taken  from  a  specimen  45  mm.  long,  and  also  Coutiere  (1906),  PI.  II.,  Fig.  22, 
taken  from  a  male  of  the  same  size).  The  '  Discovery '  collection  contains  no  male 
specimens  exceeding  47  mm.  in  length,  but  the  '  Challenger '  type  measures  48  mm. 
It  is  well  preserved  and  shows  no  trace  of  the  lateral  spine  at  all.  Obviously,  then,  the 
absence  of  a  spine  is  a  sexual  character  confined  to  absolutely  full-grown  males  only. 
The  remaining  differences  between  E.  superba  and  E.  murrayi  given  by  Sars  are 
as  follows  :— 

(l)  E.  superba  has  the  antennules  considerably  more  robust  than  in  E.  murrayi 
and  the  lobe  from  the  second  joint  almost  obsolete.  This  difference  is,  I  think,  a 
purely  sexual  one,  affording  a  parallel  instance  to  that  seen  in  the  northern  species, 
Nyctiphanes  couchi.  PL  L,  Figs.  1  and  2  are  taken  respectively  from  male  and 
female  specimens  of  the  same  size,  viz.,  45  mm.,  and  from  the  same  bottle.  They 
indicate,  clearly,  the  difference  in  relative  stoutness  in  the  two  sexes,  and  that  of  the 
male  shows  the  lobe  from  the  second  antennular  joint  in  an  intermediate  stage  of 
reduction  between  that  of  the  female  and  that  shown  by  Sars  in  his  figure  of  the  male 
E.  superba,  48  mm.  in  length. 


(-')  1"  '•'  tin-  rostrum  is  shorter  and  blunter  than  in  K.  mumn/i,  and 

tin-    margins    lc-~    .li.|.|\    .-..n.ave.       This,  a^ain,    is   clearly    shown    to   l»e   a   s- 
•  litlcrcinT  in   I'l    I.,  Fiji's.  I  ami  •_'.     The  rostrum  of  the  male  figured  (Fig.  2)  IB  shorter 
than  that  of  the  female.  I. in  i>  still  rather  more  acute  than  in  Saw"  figure  of  K.  *i*/»rrfa. 
Redn,  ti-.M  is  probably  not  complete  till  a  size  of  at  least  48  mm.  is  attained. 

A  further  ditlcren.-e  1,,-tween  the  two  sexes  is  brought  out  by  the  figures  here 
given,  namely,  the  reduction  in  the  male  of  the  spine  on  the  outer  distal  corner  of  the 
basal  joint  of  the  aiiteiuiular  peduncle.  It  is  not  visible  in  dorsal  view,  Iwing  hidden 
l.y  the  slightly  j.mj.rtmg  anterior  margin  of  the  joint,  but  it  still  persists  as  a  small 
1-liint  protuberance.  In  the  female,  on  the  contrary,  it  is  well-developed,  distinctly 
\  isilih-  in  dorsal  view,  and  acutely  pointed  throughout  life. 

A  fourth  distinction  shown  in  the  figures,  the  absence  in  the  female  of  the  curved 
setae  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  antcnuules,  is  due  to  the  accident 
that  in  the  female  from  which  the  figure  was  taken,  these  setae  had  Iwcome  broken  off. 
They  are,  in  reality,  present,  and  equally  developed  in  lx>th  sexes. 

The  above  detailed  description  proves,  I  think,  clearly,  that  E.  su/terhi  and 
E.  murrayi  are  the  adult  male  and  female,  respectively,  of  one  species  which  must  l»ear 
the  name  E.  superba  Dana. 

I  also  give  (Plate  I.,  Figs.  5-9),  figures  of  the  mouth  organs  and  cndopods  of  the 
first  two  thoracic  limbs,  to  show  two  characters  in  which  E.  superba  differs  from  all 
other  Euphausia  yet  described.  The  first  of  these  points  is  the  narrow  and  elongate 
form  of  the  terminal  joint  of  the  mandibular  palp,  with  its  peculiar  armature  of  four  or 
five  terminal  strong  plumose  set®.  In  all  the  other  species  of  the  genus  (with  the 
exception  of  E.  antarctica,  Sars,  and  E.  fflticialis,  Hodgson),  the  terminal  joint  of  the 
mandibular  palp  Is  much  shorter  and  stouter.  In  the  two  exceptions  just  mentioned 
the  maudibular  palp  is  figured  by  Sars  and  Hodgson  respectively,  almost  exactly  as 
here  given  for  E.  superba.  This  fact  first  suggested  to  me  that  these  two  species  were 
only  developmental  stages  of  E.  superba,  a  suggestion  fully  l»orne  out  by  the  evidence 
derived  from  a  study  of  the  present  collection.  The  second  distinctive  character  of  the 
appendages  is  found  in  the  great  length  of  the  seta;  arming  the  joints  of  the  thoracic 
limlis.  They  are  very  much  longer  than  in  any  other  species  of  the  genus,  and  with 
the  character  of  the  mandibular  palp  serve  for  recognition  of  E.  superba  at  any  stage 
in  its  development. 

Euphausia  superba  is  the  giant  of  the  genus,  and  the  only  one  of  Dana's  original 
four  species  which  is  now  retained  by  Hansen  (1905  (2) ),  the  other  three  having  been 
cancelled  by  that  author  as  unrecognisable. 

Some  Notes  on  the  development  of  E.  superba. 

These  notes  were  made  chiefly  with  a  view  to  confirming  the  suspicion,  aroused 
by  the  similarity  in  mouth  organs,  that  Euptuiuttia  antnrclica  and  E.  glacialis  were 
merely  developmental  stages  of  E.  xuperba.  The  changes  which  accompany  growth  to 

E  2 


W.  M.  TATTERSALL. 

maturity  concern  chiefly  the  rostrum  and  the  antennules,  juul  these  notes  refer  to  these 
organs  more  particularly. 

The  smallest  recognisable  specimen  of  E.  superba  measured  12 '5  mm.  in  length. 
The  anterior  end  is  represented  in  Plate  I.,  Fig.  4.  The  rostrum  is  a  bluntly  rounded 
triangular  plate.  The  spine  on  the  outer  distal  corner  of  the  basal  joint  of  the 
antennule  is  still  larval  in  character,  being  much  longer  than  in  larger  specimens. 
There  is  no  trace  of  the  lobe  from  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennule,  but  the  one  from 
the  second  joint  already  shows  as  a  slight  membranous  projection  of  the  anterior 
margin.  The  antennal  scale  also  shows  larval  characters  in  that  the  outer  margin 
is  shorter  than  the  inner.  Finally,  the  telson  has  assumed  adult  form,  but  the  dorsal 
spinules  immediately  anterior  to  the  sub-apical  spines  are  still  long  and  plumose.  The 
lateral  spine  of  the  carapace  is  present,  but  small.  Between  12*5  mm.  and  15  mm. 
the  spine  on  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennule  gradually  shortens  up  and  assumes  the 
characters  seen  throughout  adult  life.  The  antennal  scale  also  assumes  adult  form, 
and  the  spinules  immediately  anterior  to  the  sub-apical  spines  on  the  telson  lose  their 
plumose  character  and  shorten  to  adult  size.  The  rostrum,  however,  still  remains 
obtusely  rounded. 

The  next  stage  is  that  described  by  Sars  as  E.  antarctica,  and  measures  17  mm. 
The  rostrum  has  now  become  a  broad,  acutely  pointed  triangular  plate,  while  the  lobe 
from  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennules  first  becomes  evident  as  a  slight  inflation  of  the 
anterior  margin.  This  is  shown  by  Sars  in  his  'Challenger'  Eeport  (Plate  XV., 
Fig.  2).  He  has,  however,  overlooked  the  lobe  on  the  second  joint  of  the  antennules, 
which  is  now  considerably  forward  in  development.  The  spine  on  the  lateral  edge  of 
the  carapace  is  now  quite  conspicuous. 

Sars  describes  E.  antarctica  as  being  without  lateral  denticles.  Examination  of 
his  type  specimen,  however,  shows  that,  while  the  side  from  which  he  took  his 
figure  is  rather  damaged  and  the  spine  not  visible,  on  the  other  side  the 
spine  is  quite  conspicuous  and  perfect.  This  removes  the  only  serious  difference 
which  existed  between  the  young  E.  superba  here  noted  and  Sars'  description  of 
E.  antarctica. 

The  transition  from  E.  antarctica  at  17  mm.  to  E.  glacialis,  Hodgson,  is  simple 
and  obvious.  I  figure  (Plate  I.,  Fig.  3)  the  anterior  end  of  a  typical  glacialis  stage 
from  a  specimen  26  mm.  in  length.  The  only  differences  to.  be  noted  from  the 
antarctica  stage  are  the  better  development  of  the  antennular  lobes  and  the  shortening 
and  broadening  of  the  rostrum,  which  is  still,  however,  pointed  at  the  apex.  The  stage 
figured  agrees  well  with  Hodgson's  figures  and  description  of  E.  glacialis. 

After  a  length  of  about  27  mm.  the  sides  of  the  rostrum  gradually  become  more 
and  more  concave  till  at  about  30  mm.  the  completely  adult  form  is  reached.  Very 
little  change  takes  place  in  either  the  form  of  the  rostrum  or  the  antennular  lobes  after 
a  length  of  35  mm.  has  been  attained,  except,  of  course,  in  the  changes  accompanying 
the  last  two  or  three  moults  in  the  male,  already  noted  above.  Examination  of  the 


0 
mouth  organ*  at  various  stages  confirms  the  iil«-ntitiuation  of  the  specimens  with  E. 


This  brief  rtswmi  of  the  development,  1  think,  justifies  the  view  that  E. 
(intarcHca  and  E.  •jlacialis  represent  stages  in  the  development  of  E.  mtjtfrba,  and  must 
therefore  be  regarded  as  synonymous  with  that  special. 

It  should  be-  mentioned  that  Hodgson's  types  of  E.  australi*  differ  in  no  way  from 
E.  superlxi  (females),  except  in  being  considerably  damaged. 

EUPHAUSIA    CRYSTALLOROPHIAS. 

(Plate  II.,  Figs.  1-10  ;  Plate  IV.,  Fig.  10.) 
Euiikaiuia  rryttallorophuu,  Holt  and  TiUU-nwll,  1900  (1). 
Localities  of  Captures  :— 
Winter  Quarters. 

26.   1.  02-8.  3.  02,  1  specimen,  24  mm. 

,,  ,,         216  specimens,  larval. 

No.  3  Hole,  52  specimens,  larval  to  25  mm. 
No.  4  Hole,  4572  specimens,  larval  to  32  mm. 
No.  6  Hole,  13  specimens,  larval  to  25  mm. 
No.  8  Hole,  4642  specimens,  larval  to  32  mm. 
No.  13  Hole,  50  specimens,  larval. 

No  specimens  were  captured  either  on  the  outward  or  homeward  journey. 

Form,  moderately  robust 

Carapace  (Plate  II.,  Figs.  1  and  2),  with  a  prominent,  rather  long  and  acute 
spine  on  its  lateral  margins,  a  little  anterior  to  the  middle,  and  just  alx>ve  the 
insertion  of  the  second  thoracic  limb  ;  nritero-lateral  angles  terminating  in  an 
acute  spine  ;  anterior  margins  inflated  al»ove  the  eyestalks  and  produced  into  a  long 
acute  rostrum  extending  to  the  visual  part  of  the  eye  and  about  half-way  along  the 
l«sal  joint  of  the  antennular  peduncle  ;  there  is  a  faint  gastro-hepatic  groove  and 
a  distinct  keel  runs  forward  medio-dorsally  from  the  latter  into  the  rostrum. 

Pli-im  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  1)  without  ridges  or  dorsal  spines;  none  of  the  epimerel 
plates  much  produced  ;  sixth  segment  about  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the 
fifth  ;  preanal  spine  well  developed  and  usually  simple,  but  in  large  examples  bifid. 

Eyes  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  1)  globose  and  rather  large;  greatest  diameter  of  the 
cornea  exceeding  half  the  length  of  the  last  pleon  segment  ;  pigment  black. 

Antennulai-  pedunck  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  2),  with  the  basal  joint  as  long  as  the  second 
and  third  joints  combined  and  much  wider  ;  no  lota  or  lappet  ;  a  row  of  altout 
twelve  long  curved  plumose  setie  set  en  a  ridge  on  the  distal  part  of  its  length  ; 
a  short  stout  spine  on  the  outer  distal  corner,  which  is  more  or  less  concealed  by 
the  numerous  seta-  which  arm  the  outer  half  of  the  anterior  margin  and  the  distal 


10 


W.   M.   TATTERSALL. 


half  of  the  exterior  margin ;  a  bunch  of  coupling  setae  on  the  inner  distal  corner  ; 
second  joint  slightly  longer  than  the  third  and  without  a  lobe,  its  anterior  margin 
a  little  oblique. 

Antennal  peduncle  about  equal  in  length  to  the  basal  two  joints  of  the  antennular 
peduncle,  the  third  joint  only  very  slightly  shorter  than  the  second. 

Antennal  scale  reaching  the  centre  of  the  third  joint  of  the  antennular  peduncle, 
about  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  outer  margin  entire  and  terminating  in  a  spine, 
apex  broadly  rounded  ;  spine  on  the  outer  corner  of  the  basal  joint  long  and  slender, 
extending  one-third  of  the  way  along  the  scale,  plumose  at  least  on  the 
proximal  part. 

The  mouth  parts  (Plate  II.,  Figs.  3,  4,  5)  are  figured  for  comparison  with  those 
of  other  species.  They  do  not  appear  to  present  any  striking  peculiarities. 

First  thoracic  limit  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  6),  has  the  penultimate  joint  of  the  endopod 
longer  than  either  the  preceding  or  ultimate  joints  ;  the  latter  has  the  lower  margin 
armed  with  a  row  of  short  fine  setae  in  addition  to  the  longer  ones  at  the  apex. 

Second  thoracic  limb  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  7),  with  the  terminal  joint  armed  with  a  row  of 
three  (sometimes  four)  short,  rather  stout  and  curved  spines  on  the  inner  face. 

The  remaining  thoracic  limbs  have  the  penultimate  joint  in  all  cases  longer  than 
the  ultimate  and  slightly  longer  than  the  antepenultimate.  The  following  table 
gives  the  lengths  of  the  joints  of  the  first  six  thoracic  limbs  in  millimetres  and  the 
total  length  of  the  limbs  from  a  specimen  27  mm.  long. 


Thoracic 
limb. 

Lengths  of  the  joints  in  mm. 

Total  length 
of  limb  in  mm. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

•50 

1-11 

1-50 

"77 

1-00 

•00 

5-54 

2 

•5d 

1-22 

1-77 

1-11 

1-22 

•50 

0-32 

3 

•00 

1-50 

1-88 

1'22 

1-28 

•72 

7-2C 

4 

•00 

1-88 

2-05 

1-28 

1-88 

•83 

7-98 

5 

•fil 

2-00 

2-11 

TOO 

1-05 

•00 

7-43 

8 

•  55 

2-00 

2'  00 

•72 

•83 

•44 

C-54 

First  pleopod  of  the  male  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  10)  with  both  movable  processes  on  the 
inner  plat*  of  the  endopod  shorter  than  the  plate  itself ;  distal  process  feebly  curved, 
bifid  at  the  tip  ;  proximal  process  expanded  at  the  tip  into  two  lobes  not  in  the 
same  plane,  the  outer  lobe  the  larger,  and  wider  than  long,  the  inner  lobe  but  little 
expanded  ;  uncinus  of  the  inner  plate  of  the  endopod  without  secondary  spiuule. 

Telson  about  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the  last  segment  of  the  pleon  ; 
apex  acutely  pointed  ;  sub-apical  spines  extending  for  half  their  length  beyond  the 


8CH 1 7.0PO D.V  1 1 

.•i|H'\  df  the  tclsoti  and  l»earing  a  few  minute  spinuK>s  un  their  inner  margins  :  <l-.r-M»l 
denticles  usually  in  two  pairs,  the  first  nltout  half-way  towards,  the  second  at  the 
base  of,  the  sub-apical  spines. 

Uropod*  reaching  to  the  level  of  the  insertion  of  the  sub-apical  spines,  the  outer 
very  slightly  longer  than  the  inner,  with  a  prominent  denticle  at  its  outer  extremity. 

Length  of  the  largest  adult  specimens  of  both  sexes,  32  mm. 

Euphaiuia  crystallorophins  approaches  most  nearly  among  the  species  of  the 
genus  to  E.  similif,  G.  0.  Sars,  but  differs  ( 1 )  in  the  different  shape  of  the  rostral 
projection,  (2)  in  the  shape  of  the  cpimeral  platen  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  segment* 
of  the  plcon,  (3)  in  the  absence  of  antennular  lobes  and  lappet*. 

From  K.  uplenden*,  G.  O.  Sars  (E.  lucent,  Hanson)  the  present  specie*  is  dis- 
tinguished by  the  greater  length  of  the  rostrum  and  by  the  a!>sence  of  antennular 
loin-*  and  leaflets,  the  types  of  E.  splendent,  G.  0.  Sars,  In-ing  possessed  of  a  small 
but  distinct  nntennular  lobe.  E.  crystallorophiit*  is  an  enormously  abundant  species 
under  the  ice,  some  ten  thousand  specimens  having  l>een  taken.  None,  however, 
were  met  with  in  any  other  locality  except  Winter  Quarters. 

Larvae  of  E.  CRYSTALLOKOPHIAM. 

The  collection  contains  individuals  in  all  stages  of  development  from  the 
Mttiniiin/iliuM  to  the  adult  condition. 

The  Calyptopis  Inrnr  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  8)  first  appear  at  the  l>cginning  of  January 
and  continue  in  the  tow-nettings  till  nearly  the  end  of  February.  The  IH..H!  of  the 
carapace  is  very  obtusely  pointed  in  front  and  has  the  margins  quite  smooth.  There 
is  no  posterior  median  spine  on  the  carapace,  while  the  telson  has  the  apical  margin 
lightly  emarginate.  I  can  see  the  Itegiuuing  of  the  lateral  spine  of  the  carapace  at 
this  stage.  The  largest  Calyptopi*  larva  measures  3  -9  mm. 

The  Furcilia  stages  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  9)  first  appear  during  the  last  week  of  February 
and  are  abundant  all  through  March.  They  cease  after  the  first  week  in  April. 
The  emargination  of  the  apex  of  the  telson  is  most  marked  during  this  Stage  and 
serves  readily  to  connect  it  with  the  early  Calyptopi*  larva;.  The  spine  on  the 
lateral  margin  of  .the  carapace  is  now  well  developed.  The  size  of  the  FurcUia  larva; 
is  from  4  •  5  mm.  to  8  mm. 

The  Cyrtopia  larvae  (Plate  II.,  Fig.  10)  first  occur  about  the  last  week  in  March, 
and  late  post-larval  stages  are  still  to  be  had  at  the  beginning  of  August.  The  size  of 
this  stage  is  from  8  to  1 1  mm.  The  rostral  projection  is  now  an  acutely  pointed 
triangular  plate,  but  the  sides  are  still  but  little  concave.  The  final  shape  of  the 
rostrum  is  not  assumed  till  the  animal  is  in  all  other  respects  like  the  adult. 

At  a  size  of  1 1  mm.  the  telson  assumes  its  adult  shape,  but  the  pair  of  spines 
immediately  anterior  to  the  sub-apical  spines  arc  still  long  and  plumose.  They 
finally  become  reduced  to  adult  size  when  a  length  of  13  mm.  is  reached.  At  this 


12  W.   M.  TATTERSALL. 

latter  size  the  species  has  all  the  adult  characters,  except  perhaps  the  rostrum,  which 
has  the  margins  hardly  as  concave  as  fully  adult  specimens.  Examples  of  13  mm. 
in  length  are  to  be  met  with  in  January,  and  so  were  presumedly  larvge  of  the 
preceding  season,  from  which  it  would  appear  that  the  species  takes  at  least  one 
year,  and  very  probably  longer,  to  reach  the  final  adult  size  of  32  mm. 

EUPHAUSIA     TRIACANTHA. 

(Plate  IV.,  Figs.  1-3.) 
Euphausia  triacantha.  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1). 

Locality  of  capture :— Lat.  66°  52'  09"  S.,  long.  178°  08'  15"  E.,  2030  fathoms; 
one  specimen,  immature  male,  23  mm. 

Carapace  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  1),  with  a  single  lateral  denticle  posterior  to  the  centre 
of  the  lower  margin  of  the  carapace  ;  antero-lateral  margins  somewhat  inflated  over 
the  eyestalks,  and  then  produced  into  a  long  and  very  acute  rostrum,  which  extends 
beyond  the  eyes  and  almost  to  the  distal  end  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennular 
peduncle  ;  a  faint  keel  is  present  on  the  carapace  behind  the  rostrum. 

Pleon  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  1)  with  the  posterior  dorsal  margin  of  the  terga 
of  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  segments  produced  into  rather  long,  slender,  very  acute 
and  slightly  curved  median  spines ;  sixth  segment  rather  long,  nearly  twice  as  long 
as  the  fifth  segment  without  the  spine. 

Eyes  somewhat  damaged  in  the  single  specimen,  but  apparently  rather  small, 
pyriform  in  shape. 

Antennular  peduncle  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  2)  bearing  on  the  inner  distal  corner  of 
the  basal  joint  a  well-developed  bifid  leaflet,  the  lappets  of  the  leaflet  of  about  equal 
size  ;  outer  corner  of  the  basal  joint  rounded  and  adorned  with  numerous  rather  long 
plumose  setae  ;  a  row  of  six  curved  plumose  setae  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  basal 
joint ;  second  joint  with  a  simple  acutely  spiniform  lappet  arising  from  the  median 
anterior  margin  ;  third  joint  slightly  narrower  and  shorter  than  the  second. 

Antennal  peduncle  shorter  than  the  scale,   the  third  joint  a  little  shorter  than 

the  second. 

Antennal  scale  reaching  very  slightly  beyond  the  distal  extremity  of  the  second 
joint  of  antennular  peduncle,  broadly "  oval  in  shape,  about  three  times  as  long  as 
broad,  apex  broadly  and  obtusely  rounded,  spine  at  the  distal  end  of  the  outer  margin 
small  but  distinct ;  spine  on  the  outer  distal  corner  of  the  basal  joint  long,  slender 
and  smooth. 

First  pleopods  of  the  male  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  3)  obviously  not  fully  metamorphosed, 
since  both  the  proximal  and  distal  movable  processes  on  the  endopod  are  small 
and  simple,  and  the  uncinus  on  the  middle  lobe  is  without  a  secondary  spinule. 

Tdson  with  the  portion  between  and  posterior  to  the  sub-apical  spines  acutely 
produced  and  smooth  ;  sub-apical  spines  extending  beyond  the  apex  of  the  telson, 


SCHIZOl'ODA.  13 

smooth ;  dorsal  denticle*  in  two  pairs,  the  first  situated  at  aboat  two-thirds  of  the 

u •«•  from  the  base  of  the  telson  to  the  insertion  of  the  sub-apical  spines,  second 
almvr  ill-' spines. 

/  /**/*  sub-equal  in  length,  rather  slender,  extending  to  the  level  of  the 
insertion  of  the  sub-apical  spines  of  the  telson. 

Preaiutl  ttpine  small  and  simple. 

A  fuller  description  of  this  species  is  not  possible,  since  the  single  specimen  is 
in  bad  condition  and  dissection  was  not  desirable. 

The  species  belongs  to  that  group  of  the  genus  with  a  posterior  median  dorsal 
spine  on  the  third  segment  of  the  pleon,  and  is  distinguished  from  the  other  meml>ers 
of  the  group  by  having  .an  equally  developed  spine  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  segments 
of  the  pleon  in  addition.  It  presents  no  very  near  kinship  with  any  dcMcribrd 
species  of  the  genus,  and  from  the  depth  at  which  it  was  captured  is  prolmbly  a  deep- 
water  form. 

K  I     I'  1 1  A  I    >  I  A        V  A  I .  I .  K  N  T  I  N  I . 

(Plate  IV.,  Figa.  4-6.) 

ni  itpltitdtn*  (part),  0.  0.  Btn,  1881. 
ralltntini,  Su-bhing,  1MB. 
valltntou.  Holt  and  TaUenoll,  1906(1). 

Localities  of  captures : — Lat.  56°  54'  S.,  long.  170°  28'  E,  two  specimens,  male 
and  female,  19  mm. 

I  have  carefully  compared  these  two  specimens  with  two  of  the  types  from  the 
Falkland  Islands  which  the  Rev.  T.  Stebbing  kindly  sent  me,  giving  me  at  the 
same  time  full  permission  to  dissect  them  if  necessary.  The  '  Discovery '  specimens 
are  in  perfect  agreement  with  the  types,  and  I  have  nothing  to  add  to  Stebbing's 
description  except  a  note  on  the  copulatory  organs  on  the  first  pleopod  of  the  male. 

In  the  course  of  working  out  this  collection  the  authorities  of  the  British 
Museum  kindly  allowed  me  to  examine  and  dissect  two  of  the  '  Challenger  '  specimens 
labelled  Euphausia,  splendent  by  Sars.  They  were  from  the  second  of  the  localities 
given  by  Sara  on  p.  82  of  his  "  •  Challenger '  Report,"  viz.,  "  October  21,  1875,  South 
Pacific."  It  became  at  once  apparent  on  examination  that  one  of  these  specimens 
did  not  agree  with  Sara'  description,  since  the  antennule  was  furnished  with  a  large 
evenly  rounded  lappet  on  the  basal  joint,  very  conspicuous  in  lateral  view.*  Further 
examination  showed  that  it  probably,  indeed  almost  certainly,  belongs  to  the  present 
species.  It  is  true  that  I  could  not  see  the  spine  on  the  third  pleon  segment,  but 
the  specimen  is  in  very  poor  condition,  and  if,  as  I  suspect  to  be  the  case,  the 
spine  has  been  broken  off,  the  scar  would  be  difficult  to  detect 

I  give  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  5)  an  outline  sketch  of  the  rostrum  and  the  basal  joint 

•  Examination  of  the  'Challenger'  type*  of  E.  ipltndtn*  shown  that  thU  cpecie*  poiieMM  a  mall 
antennnlar  lobe,  bat  it  in  nothing  like  no  well  developed  and  conxpicooai  a*  in  K.  ratlmtini  (*•<  Hunwn 
(IMS  9) ),  Holt  and  Tattenall  (1906  (1).  and  below,  p.  14.) 

vou  IT.  K 


14  \V.  M.  TATTERSALL. 

of  the  antennule  of  the  'Challenger'  specimen  and  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  4)  a  sketch  of 
the  antennule  of  one  of  the  '  Discovery '  examples  for  comparison  with  those  given 
by  Stebbing  (1900).  This  shows  clearly,  in  my  opinion,  that  all  three  specimens 
belong  to  one  species,  and  that  the  absence  of  the  spine  on  the  third  pleon  segment 
of  the  '  Challenger '  example  is  the  result  of  accident  or  possibly  an  abnormality. 
The  peculiar  shape  of  the  antennular  lobe  is  practically  the  same  in  the  '  Discovery ' 
and  '  Challenger '  individuals,  and  only  differs  from  Stebbing's  types  in  degree,  a 
result  of  more  complete  growth. 

The  rostrum  of  E.  vallentini  is  very  like  that  of  E.  splendens,  G.  0.  Sars,  but  is 
slightly  longer,  and  the  angle  formed  by  its  margins  a  little  more  acute.  Sars  may 
have  been  misled  by  the  resemblance  between  the  rostra  of  the  two  species,  which 
caused  him  to  overlook  the  marked  differences  which  exist  in  the  antennulse.  Dr. 
Hansen  has  seen  the  'Challenger'  specimen  referred  to,  and  agrees  with  my 
interpretation  of  its  specific  identity. 

One  of  the  '  Discovery '  E.  vallentini  is  a  male,  but  unfortunately  the  copulatory 
apparatus  on  the  first  pleopods  is  considerably  damaged,  so  that  I  am  obliged  to  refer 
to  the  '  Challenger '  example,  which  is  likewise  an  adult  male,  for  a  description  and 
figure  of  this  apparatus  (Plate  IV.,  Fig.  6).  The  figure  represents  the  inner  lobe  of 
the  endopodite  of  the  first  pleopod  of  the  male.  This  inner  lobe  bears  internally  two 
movable  processes,  the  inner  and  more  distal  of  which  is  feebly  curved,  slightly  over- 
reaching the  inner  lobe  and  bifid  at  the  tip.  The  external  and  more  proximal  of  the 
two  processes  has  the  distal  extremity  greatly  expanded,  the  expansion  very  much 
broader  than  long,  oblique,  and  divided  into  two  lobes,  the  more  distal  of  which  is  the 
larger.  On  the  under  side  of  the  expansion  of  the  proximal  process  as  viewed  in  the 
figure  there  is  a  small  spine-like  process.  The  inner  lobe  of  the  endopodite  itself  bears 
a  strongly  curved  uncinus  with  a  small  secondary  spine  near  the  tip. 

Distribution. — Southern  Pacific,  between  New  Zealand  and  Chili  ('  Challenger ') ; 
Falkland  Islands  (Stebbing). 

EUPHAUSIA,  sp. 

Locality  of  capture. — Lat.  57°  25'  30"  S.,  long.  151°  43'  E.,  nineteen  specimens, 
10-18  mm. 

On  first  looking  over  these  specimens  I  identified  them  with  Euphausia  splendens, 
G.  0.  Sars  (1885),  a  species  which  Hansen  (1905  (2))  considers  to  be  different  from 
E.  splendens,  Dana,  and  which  he  has  re-named  E.  lucens.  Hansen,  in  the  same 
paper,  notes  that  E.  splendens,  G.  0.  Sars,  has  the  first  joint  of  the  antennular 
peduncle  without  a  leaflet,  but  distally  produced  above.  Holt  and  Tattersall  (1906 
(1))  have  confirmed  this  statement  by  an  examination  of  Sars'  type  specimens  of  E. 
splendens,  in  which  they  found  that  in  the  female  type  the  lobe  is  quite  conspicuous 
both  in  lateral  and  dorsal  view ;  while  in  the  male  type,  which  is  considerably  smaller 
than  the  female,  the  lobe  is  less  developed,  but  still  easily  seen  in  lateral  view.  Sars 


SCHIZOPODA.  15 

was  therefore  in  error  when  he  <lc8cril>e<l  the  antennular*  peduncle  of  his  E.  splendent 
M  "more  particularly  distinguished  by  the  total  absence  of  any  dorsal  leaflet  or  lobe." 
Moreover,  it  is  apparent  from  what  has  already  been  written  above  in  dealing  with 
Euphausia  valient  ini  that  Sars  confused  at  least  two  distinct  species  under  the  name 
E.  splendent.     It  was  subsequent  to  the  publication  of  the  preliminary  notice  of  the 
'  Discovery '  collection  that  the  present  specimens  came  to  hand.     I  therefore  appealed 
to  Dr.  Caiman  for  further  information  with  regard  to  the  '  Challenger '  species,  and  he 
very  kindly  sent  me  a  sketch  of  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  anterior  end  of  both  types. 
From  these  sketches  and  Sars'  description  in  the  '  Challenger '  report  I  identified  the 
'  Discovery'  specimens  as  Euphausia  splendent,  G.  0.  Sara  =  E.  lucens,  H.  .1.  IlaiiHcn. 
Wishing,   however,   to    have   confirmation    of    my   identification,    I    submitted    the 
specimens   to   Dr.   Hansen,  who  at  first  was  inclined   to  agree  with  me  that  they 
belonged  to  E.  splendent,  G.  0.  Sara.      I    may,  perhaps,  IKJ   allowed  to  quote  Dr. 
Hansen 's  remarks.     They  read  as  follows :  "  E.  lucens  (splendent). — I  have  specimens 
from  the  southern  Atlantic  and  the  southern  Pacific,  and  in  all  these  the  leaflet  from 
first  antennular  joint  is  easily  seen,  triangular,  but  not  acuminate,  with  the  end  often 
a  little  obtuse.     In  the  material  from  the  Swedish  Antarctic  expedition  I  have  a  large 
number  of  specimens  which  differ  only  from  the  Copenhagen  specimens  in  the  feature 
that  the  antennular   leaflet  is  extremely  small  (visible  as  a  very  small    triangular 
distally  obtuse  plate  when  seen  from  in  front  .  .  .  .)or  rudimentary,  but  I  find  it 
necessary  to  consider  this  difference  only  as  a  variation  "  (Hansen,  in  lilt.).     Then, 
after  some   remarks  in  which  he  noted   that   my  specimens  agree  with    the   latter 
condition,  he  concludes  by  saying  that  he  considers   them  to  l>elong   to   the   more 
Antarctic  variety  of  E.  lucens.     In  a  later  communication  Dr.  Hansen  kindly  informed 
me  that,  after  an  elaborate  study  of  the  copulatory  organs  on  the  first  pleopodn  of  the 
males  of  the  genus  Euphausia,  he  had  found  that  these  two  varieties  were  readily 
distinguishable   in   the  characters  of  the  male   pleopods,  and   that   he   proposed   to 
consider  them  as  two  species.     At  the  same  time  he  was  good  enough  to  send  me 
sketches  of  the  first  pleopods  of  both  species  for  comparison  with  my  own  specimens. 

The  largest '  Discovery '  specimen  is  a  male  18  mm.  in  length,  and  as  far  as  I  can 
judge,  it  appears  to  be  quite  adult  The  copulatory  apparatus  on  the  first  plcopods 
agrees  exactly  with  the  sketch  which  Dr.  Hansen  sent  me  of  the  same  apparatus  in  liis 
Antarctic  form.  It  would  therefore  appear  that  these  specimens  belong  to  Han.sen's 
new  Antarctic  species.  I  have  not  attempted  to  give  a  detailed  description  with 
figures  of  this  form,  since  it  is  quite  evident  that  an  accurate  djagljoan  can  only  be 
drawn  up  from  a  close  study  of  this  species  and  the  true  E.  lucens  side  by  side,  and 
a  careful  comparison,  character  by  character.  There  are  no  specimens  of  the  true 
E.  lucens  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection,  so  I  leave  the  descriptions  of  the  two  species 
to  Dr.  Hansen,  who  has  abundant  material  for  the  purpose. 

I  may  mention  here  that  some  specimens  of  an  Euphausia  (labelled  E\  splendens, 
G.  0.  Sars)  in  the  small  collection  of  Antarctic  Schizopods  kindly  lent  me  by  Prof. 

p  2 


16  W.   M.  TATTERS  ALL. 

D'Arcy  W.  Thompson,  from  the  collections  of  the  University  College,  Dundee,  appear 
to  belong  to  this  species.  They  were  collected  in  the  Antarctic  Ocean,  the  exact 
locality  being  uncertain,  but  it  is  believed  to  be  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  South 
Shetland  Islands. 

E  u  P  H  A  u  s  I  A,  sp.  ?,  juv. 
(PL  IV.,  Figs.  7-9.) 

Localities  of  captures:— Lat  49°  40'  S.,  long.  172°  18'  30"  W.,  five  specimens, 
immature,  8-9  mm. 

Lat.  58°  49'  45"  S.,  long.  154°  48'  W.,  three  specimens,  immature,  10  mm. 

The  specimens  from  the  above  two  localities  all  belong  to  the  same  species.  They 
were  submitted  to  Dr.  H.  J.  Hansen  of  Copenhagen,  who  agreed  with  my  suggestion 
that  they  were  too  young  for  absolute  specific  determination.  I  give  here  only  a  brief 
description,  pointing  out  a  few  of  the  characteristic  features. 

Carapace  with  a  prominent  slender  denticle  on  lateral  margins  just  over  the  base 
of  the  third  thoracic  limbs ;  antero-lateral  margins  slightly  undulate,  only  partially 
concealing  the  eyestalks  and  produced  into  a  long,  narrowly  acute  rostrum  (Fig.  7) 
extending  almost  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  eye  and  about  half-way  along  the  basal 
joint  of  the  antennules. 

Pleon  having  the  third  segment  provided  dorsally  on  the  median  posterior  margin 
of  the  tergum  with  a  slender  spine  (Fig.  9) ;  sixth  segment  long  and  slender,  about 
twice  as  long  as  the  fifth. 

Antennular  peduncle  (Figs.  7  and  8),  with  a  minute  bluntly  pointed  simple  lobe 
on  the  inner  distal  corner  of  the  basal  joint ;  a  thin  oblique  lamella-like  ridge  running 
across  the  third  joint  from  the  inner  proximal  to  the  outer  distal  corner  and  partly 
continued  down  the  inner  side  of  the  second  joint. 

Antennal  scale  reaching  to  about  half-way  along  the  terminal  joint  of  the 
antennular  peduncle. 

Telson  having  the  portion  beyond  the  sub-apical  spines  produced  into  an  acute 
apex  with  smooth  margins  ;  two  pairs  of  spinules  present. 

Uropods  reaching  to  the  level  of  the  insertion  of  the  sub-apical  spines. 

This  species  belongs  to  that  section  of  the  genus  provided  with  a  spine  on  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  third  segment  of  the  pleon.  Among  members  of  this  section  it 
approaches  most  nearly  to  E.  gibboides,  Ortmann  (1893),  but  Dr.  Hansen  has  kindly 
pointed  out  to  me  that  it  differs  from  that  species  in  the  much  greater  length  of  the 
rostrum  and  its  different  shape. 

The  smallest  of  the  specimens,  i.e.  all  under  9  mm.  in  length,  have  the  spine  on 
the  third  pleon  segment  still  undeveloped,  only  the  two  largest  ones,  9*5  mm.  and 
10  mm.  in  length,  showing  it  fully  formed.  We  have  here  slight  evidence  as  to  the 
stage  in  development  at  which  this  spine  appears.  None  of  the  specimens  present  any 
larval  characters  in  the  form  of  the  telson  or  antennules.  It  would  appear,  then,  that 


BOBHOPODA.  17 

the  spine,  at  any  rate  in  this  species,  developes  late  in  life,  only  after  the  final  adult 
form  is  reached. 

The  species  was  taken  on  the  homeward  voyage  of  the  'Discovery,'  in  the 
extreme  southern  part  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  between  New  Zealand  and  Cape  Horn. 

SUB-FAMILY  NKMATOSCKLIN.K,  Holt  and  Tattcrwll. 

GENUS  THYSANOESSA,  Brandt 

THYSANOKSSA  MACRURA. 

(PI.  III.,  Figs.  1-12). 

Tkyttmtitta  mamtra,  U.   0.  San,   18*8;  id.  (1885);  Orttmimi,   1M98 ;    Htebbing,   1900;   Holland 
TaUenall,  190C  (1)  ;  Conttare,  190C. 

Localities  of  captures  :-?- 

Winter  Quarters. 

No.  4  Hole,  47  specimens,  7-18  mm. 
No.  8  Hole,  40        „  8-21  mm. 

No.  12  Hole,  2        „          7  and  20  mm. 

From  River  Koettlitz,  2.  1.  03,  G  specimens,  9-14  mm. 

Outward  or  Homeward  Journey. 

Lat  61°  46'  S.,  long.  141°  12'  E.,  16.  11.  01,  18  specimens,  14-20  mm. 

Lat  57°  25'  30"  S.,  long.  151°  43'  E,  20.  11.  01,  35  specimens,  12-22  mm. 

Lat  54°  1'  15"  S.,  long.  170°  49'  E.,  27.  12.  01,  1  specimen,  6  mm. 

Lat  61°  13'  30"  S.,  long.  173°  33'  E.,  31.  12.  01,  30  specimens,  12-19  mm. 

Lat  66°  52'  9"  S.,  long.  178°  8'  15"  E,  3.  1.  02,  3  specimens,  8-9  mm. 

Lat  70°  29'  27"  S.,  long.  168°  51'  46"  E.,  26.  2.  04,  1  specimen,  28  mm. 

Lat  49°  40'  S.,  long.  172°  18'  30"  W.,  12.  6.  04,  2  specimens,  8-12  mm. 

Lat  58°  49'  45"  S.,  long.  154°  48'  W.,  24.  6.  04,  4  specimens,  10  mm. 

Lat  59°  34'  30"  S.,  long.  106°  28'  12"  W.,  28.  6.  04,  3  specimens,  7  mm. 

Lat.  55°  44'  S.,  long.  95°  43'  30"  W.,  1.  7.  04,  3  specimens,  6-8  mm. 

• 

Form  (Fig.  1)  of  the  body  rather  slender. 

Carapace  (Fig.  1)  with  a  single  rather  long  slender  spine  on  the  lower  lateral 
margin  posterior  to  the  middle,  just  above  the  origin  of  the  sixth  thoracic  limb ; 
antero-lateral  corners  acute  and  somewhat  produced ;  anterior  margins  very  concave 
and  produced  forwards  into  a  long,  slender,  acute  rostrum  which  reaches  beyond  the 
eyes  and  far  beyond  the  middle  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  anteunules ;  there  is  a  low 
keel  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  carapace  behind  the  rostrum,  and  a  very  faint 
gastro-hepatic  groove. 

Pleon  (Fig.  1)  rather  elongate,  narrow  and  attenuate;  segments  unarmed;  sixth 
segment  equal  to  or  slightly  less  than  the  combined  lengths  of  the  preceding  two; 


18  W.  M.   TATTERSALL. 

preanal  spine  well  developed,  provided  with  an  external  strong  tooth  and  a  comb-like 
row  of  finer  teeth  up  to  twelve  in  number. 

Antennular  peduncle  (Fig.  2)  rather  long  and  slender,  considerably  longer  than  half 
the  carapace ;  basal  joint  rather  flattened,  considerably  wider  than  the  remaining  two 
joints,  bearing  on  its  outer  distal  corner  a  rather  long  and  slender  spine,  its  anterior 
margin  somewhat  overlapping  the  basal  part  of  the  second  joint,  fringed  with 
numerous  setae  and  exhibiting  near  the  inner  side  a  shallow  fissure :  terminal  two 
joints  very  long  and  slender,  subequal  in  length,  their  combined  lengths  slightly 
exceeding  that  of  the  basal  joint. 

Antennal  peduncle  (Fig.  3)  very  long  and  slender,  nearly  as  long  as  the  scale, 
third  joint  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  second. 

Antennal  scale  (Fig.  3)  extending  to  about  midway  along  the  terminal  joint  of 
the  autennular  peduncle,  almost  five  times  as  long  as  broad,  outer  margin  terminating 
in  a  well-marked  spine,  inner  margin  sloping  away  obliquely  towards  the  apex  ;  spine 
on  the  basal  joint  moderately  long,  slender  and  smooth. 

Mouth  parts  (Figs.  4-6)  do  not  offer  any  marked  differences  from  those  of 
Thysanoessa  gregaria  as  figured  by  Sars  (1885,  PL  XXII). 

Second  thoracic  limbs  (Fig.  8),  with  the  endopod  remarkably  long  and  well 
developed,  in  full-grown  specimens  equalling  nearly  three-quarters  of  the  total  length  of 
the  body  from  the  eyes  to  the  telson  ;  meral  joint  the  longest,  extending  beyond  the 
tip  of  the  antennular  peduncle ;  carpal  joint  a  little  shorter  than  the  meral  and  more 
slender,  nearly  four  times  the  length  of  the  propodal  joint,  armed  with  four  slender 
spiniform  setae  on  the  outer  margin  at  the  distal  extremity,  and  five  similar  setae  on 
the  inner  distal  margin  ;  propodal  joint  with  five  long  spiniform  setae  on  the  outer 
and  six  on  the  inner  margin  ;  terminal  joint  small,  tipped  with  six  spiniform  setae. 

The  remaining  thoracic  limbs  (figs.  7,  9,  10)  not  differing  greatly  from  the  same 
limbs  in  T.  gregaria. 

Copulatory  apparatus  (Fig.  11)  on  the  first  pleopod  of  the  male  exhibits  a 
structure  very  similar  to  that  figured  by  Sars  for  T,  gregaria,  except  that  the  distal 
extremities  of  the  two  movable  processes  on  the  inner  lobe  do  not  seem  to  be  serrate. 

Telson  slender,  apex  acutely  produced  and  smooth  ;  sub-apical  spines  smooth  ; 
dorsal  denticles  two  pairs,  the  first  pair  just  anterior  to  the  centre  of  the  telson,  the 
second  pair  a  little  anterior  to  the  insertion  of  the  sub-apical  spines. 

Uropods  exceedingly  slender,  inner  one  reaching  the  apex  of  the  telson,  outer 
slightly  shorter. 

Length  of  the  largest  specimen,  28  mm. 

I  have  thought  it  well  to  describe  and  re-figure  this  species,  since  Sars'  original 
description  was  taken  from  admittedly  young  forms,  and  I  cannot  find  that  mature 
specimens  have  ever  been  described  and  figured.  The  changes  that  take  place 
during  growth  affect  principally  the  rostrum,  the  second  thoracic  (or  elongate)  limb 
and  the  preanal  spine. 


SCniZOPODA.  19 

The  rostrum  is  figured  correctly  by  Sars  from  a  specimen,  13  mm.  in  length. 
At  that  stage  in  development  the  rostrum  is  an  acutely  triangular  projection,  tin- 
sides  of  the  triangle  very  nearly  straight  and  but  little  concave.  As  growth  prnimxli, 
however,  the  sides  of  th6  triangular  plate  become  deeply  concave  and  the  rostrum 
assumes  the  form  of  a  long  narrow  acutely  spiniform  projection,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2. 
This  gives  it  something  of  the  form  as  seen  in  T.  gregaria,  but  it  is  much  longer  and 
more  slender  than  in  that  species. 

Bars  describes  and  figures  the  preaual  spine  in  his  13  mm.  s]>ccinicn  as  armed 
with  only  two  teeth.  This  is  correctly  stated  for  a  specimen  that  size,  but  increase 
in  size  is  also  accompanied  by  an  increase  in  the  number  of  teeth  in  the  prcanal  spine, 
till  in  a  specimen  28  mm.  in  length  I  found  the  teeth  to  number  twelve  in  addition 
to  the  strong  external  one.  The  teeth  are,  moreover,  fine  and  comb-like,  und  the 
whole  spine  closely  resembles  that  figured  by  Sars  for  T.  gregaria,  I  have  noticed 
all  intermediate  stages  in  the  present  material.  This  clearly  undermines  the  value  of 
the  preanal  spine  as  a  specific  character,  since  the  number  of  teeth  is  dependent  first  of 
all  upon  age,  while  individual  variation  must  also  be  taken  considerably  into  account. 

The  most  considerable  changes  due  to  growth  are,  however,  exhibited  by  the 
second  thoracic  limbs.  Sars  describes  them  as  much  smaller  than  in  T.  gregaria, 
with  the  nil-nil  joint  scarcely  reaching  beyond  the  middle  of  the  antennal  scale. 
But  the  above  description  and  accompanying  figures  show  that  the  limb  is 
quite  as  well  developed  as  in  T.  gregaria,  and  that  the  meral  joint  in  full-grown 
individuals  actually  extends  beyond  the  antennular  peduncle.  Stebbing  (1900) 
has  already  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  in  specimens  of  this  species  from 
the  Falkland  Islands  the  elongate  limbs  were  proportionately  longer  than  in  Sars' 
drawing,  but  he  gives  no  figures.  I  find  that  this  statement  applies  generally  to  the 
material  in  the  present  collection,  even  in  specimens  of  the  same  size  as  Sars'.  Only 
two  exceptions  were  noted,  and  in  these  two  specimens  the  elongate  limbs  were 
proportionally  as  in  Sars'  figures.  I  will  deal  with  these  two  exceptions  and  Sara' 
specimen  below,  but  will  proceed  first  to  briefly  note  the  changes  which  take  place  in 
these  limbs  during  growth.  In  two  specimens,  8  and  9  mm.  in  length,  the  second 
thoracic  limbs  are  developed  about  as  fully  as  in  Sars'  figures.  They  are  considerably 
less  than  one-half  of  the  total  body-length  of  the  specimens,  the  meral  joint  extends 
very  little  beyond  the  centre  of  the  antennal  scale,  and  is  alxmt  equal  to  the  terminal 
three  joints  combined,  while  the  carpal  joint  is  only  about  twice  as  long  as  the 
propodal. 

In  specimens  from  13  mm.  to  18  mm.  in  length,  these  limbs  are  about  equal  in 
length  to  the  half  of  the  length  of  the  body,  the  meral  joint  extends  to  the  tip  of  the 
antennular  peduncle,  and  is  a  little  shorter  than  the  terminal  three  joints  combined, 
while  the  carpal  joint  is  now  three  times  as  long  as  the  propodal.  This  is  the 
condition  noted  by  Stebbing  in  his  Falkland  Islands  specimens.  In  the  full-grown 
specimen,  28  mm.,  the  elongate  limlw  measure  21  mm.  in  length,  or  three-quarters  of 


20  AV.   11.  TATTERSALL. 

the  total  body-length.  The  meral  joint  extends  beyond  the  tip  of  the  antennular 
peduncle,  and  is  about  one-tenth  shorter  than  the  combined  lengths  of  the  terminal 
three  joints,  while  the  carpal  joint  is  four  times  as  long  as  the  propodal.  It  will  be 
seen,  therefore,  that  these  changes  during  growth  are  quite  considerable,  and  most 
evident  in  the  elongation  of  the  carpus. 

It  was  noted  above  that  Bars'  specimen,  13  mm.  in  length,  had  the  elongate 
limbs  only  as  well  developed  as  in  a  specimen  8  mm.  long.  I  have  found  in  the 
present  collection  two  specimens,  16  and  17  mm.  long,  in  which  these  limbs  were  at 
the  same  stage  of  development.  They  were  accompanied  by  specimens  with  more 
fully  developed  elongate  limbs,  and  I  would  suggest  that  the  comparative  shortness 
of  these  legs  in  the  above-mentioned  two  specimens  and  in  Sars'  type  is  due  to  their 
having  at  some  earlier  period  been  broken  off  and  grown  again.  This  is  a  common 
occurrence  in  Decapods,  and  I  should  think  is  by  no  means  rare  in  Euphausians, 
especially  those  with  elongate  second  legs,  which  must  be  specially  liable  to  be 
detached.  The  re-developed  limb  is  usually  shorter  than  the  one  it  replaces. 
I  believe  this  explanation  to  be  the  correct  one  in  the  present  instance,  though  it  may 
be  that  we  have  here  a  case  of  retarded  development.  Further  slight  changes  during 
growth  are  seen  in  the  proportional  length  of  the  last  pleon  segment,  which  in  very 
young  specimens  is  slightly  longer  than  the  combined  length  of  the  preceding  two, 
while  in  full-grown  specimens  the  reverse  is  seen,  though  the  differences  either  way 
are  not  great. 

The  antennular  peduncle  is  a  little  longer  proportionally  in  full-grown  specimens, 
while  the  outer  uropod  likewise  approaches  more  nearly  to  the  length  of  the  inner 
ones,  though  even  in  full-grown  specimens  it  remains  slightly  shorter  than  the  latter. 
This  account  of  the  growth  changes  in  T.  macrura  reduces  considerably  the  points  of 
distinction  formerly  supposed  to  exist  between  it  and  T.  gregaria.  The  most 
conspicuous  difference  is  in  the  proportional  length  of  the  last  pleon  segment,  and  this 
distinction  would  seem  to  hold  throughout  life.  T.  macrura  is,  besides,  a  much  more 
slender  and  graceful  form  than  T.  gregaria,  with  its  parts  proportionally  attenuated. 

Distribution. — T.  macrura  was  recorded  from  several  localities  in  the  Southern 
Ocean,  South  Atlantic,  and  Antarctic  Ocean  by  the  '  Challenger.'  It  has  since  been 
noted  by  Stebbing  from  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Falkland  Islands,  and  by  Coutiere 
from  the  collections  of  the  French  Antarctic  Expedition.  These  records,  together  with 
the  list  of  localities  for  specimens  in  the  present  collection,  indicate  that  the  species 
has  a  wide  range  in  the  waters  of  the  southern  temperate  and  Antarctic  regions,  but 
its  northern -limit  would  seem  to  be  the  40th  parallel  of  south  latitude. 

EUPHAUSIAN  LARVAE. 

The  larvae  listed  below  could  not  be  referred  to  any  species,  and  are  merely  noted 
here  for  completeness. 


SCHIZOl'ODA.  21 

Lat  57°  25'  30"  a,  long.  151°  45'  E,  21.  11.  01,  numerous  Euphausian 
\fftanauj>lii  and  Ctilyptoj>i«  larvae,  and  two  Furcilias. 

The  Mttanauplii  and  Calyptopis  larvae  arc  characterised  by  the  presence  of  a 
short  blunt  posterior  median  spine  on  the  carapace.  The  front  part  of  the  latter,  which 
forma  the  hood  over  the  eyes,  appears  to  have  ita  margin  quite  smooth.  In  the 
majority  of  the  Calyptopis  larvte  a  small  spine  on  the  lateral  margins  of  the  carapace 
is  clearly  present  The  apex  of  the  telson  is  very  slightly  emargiuate.  The  largest 
Calyptopis  larva  measures  4  mm.  in  length. 

Lat  56°  31'  &,  long.  156°  19'  30"  E,  22.  11.  01,  seventeen  Calyptopu  and  fifty 
Furcilia  larvae. 

The  Calyptopis  larvae  belong  to  the  same  species  as  in  the  preceding  lot 

The  Furcilia  larva)  measure  from  2'5  to  4  mm.  They  present  no  features  of 
note,  but  from  their  size  they  proliably  belong  to  a  smaller  species  of  adult  than  the 
Calyptopis  larvie  which  accompany  them.  All  present  a  lateral  spine  on  the  carapace, 
and  the  rostrum  is  in  the  form  of  an  acutely  produced  triangular  plate. 

Lat  54°  1'  S.,  long.  170°  49' E,  27.  12.  01,  numerous  Metanaujtlii,  Calyptopi*, 
and  Furcilia  larvae. 

All  these  are  apparently  stages  of  one  species.  The  largest  Calyptopis  larva 
measures  3  mm.  and  is  without  a  posterior  median  spine  on  the  carapace.  The 
anterior  margin  of  the  hood  is  smooth  ;  there  is  a  lateral  spine  on  the  carapace,  and  the 
apex  of  the  telson  is  very  lightly  convex.  The  largest  Furcilia  measures  4  •  5  mm. 

Lat  61°  13'  30"  S.,  long.  173°  33'  E.,  31.  12.  01,  one  Pwrdlin  larva,  5  mm., 
apparently  the  same  species  as  the  following  larvae. 

Lat  63°  4'  24"  S.,  long.  175°  47'  57"  E,  1.  1.  02  ;  numerous  Furcilia  larva)  from 
4  mm.  to  5*25  mm.  in  length,  and  apparently  the  same  species  as  the  preceding  larva. 

Wood  Bay,  22.  2.  04,  numerous  small  Metanauplii  and  Calyptopis  larvae,  the 
largest  of  which  measured  2  mm. 

Lat,  70°  29'  27"  S.,  long.  168°  51'  46"  E,  26.  2.  04,  one  late  Cyrtopia  larva, 
9  mm.  in  length,  which,  from  its  size,  is  probably  Euphausia  superla. 

Lat  49°  40'  S.,  long.  112°  18'  30"  W.,  12.  6.  04;  forty-eight  larva-,  from 
Calyptopis  stage  to  post-larval  form,  measuring  5  mm.,  and  probably  the  larva-  of 
T/iystimnissa  macrura. 

ORDER  MYSIDACEA. 
FAMILY  PETALOPHTHALMID^E,  Czerniavsky. 

Pttalophthalmidm,  Crerniavaky,  1882. 
PftalopUhalmidte,  Holt  and  Tattenall,  1906  (2). 

When  defining  this  family  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (2),  overlooked  the  fact  that 
it  had  been  established  and  defined,  albeit  rather  incompletely,  by  Czerniavsky  (1882) 
a  quarter  of  a  century  previously.  Czerniavsky,  however,  had  no  specimens  of  any  of 

VOL.  IT.  O 


22  W.  M.   TATTEESALL. 

the  genera  of  the  family  before  him,  but  drew  up  his  definition  from  the  descriptions 
and  figures  of  Willemoes-Suhm  (1875).  He  includes  in  the  family  the  single  type 
genus,  Petalophthalmus,  Will.-Suhm,  with  two  species — P.  armiger,  Will.-Suhm,  and 
P.  willemoesii,  a  new  species  which  he  founds  for  the  reception  of  the  female  ascribed 
by  Suhm  to  P.  armiger. 

Faxon  and  Hansen,  however,  have  since  pointed  out  that  the  female  specimen 
described  by  Will.-Suhm  is  in  reality  a  Boreomysis,  probably  B.  scyphops,  G.  0.  Sars, 
so  that  if  this  latter  view  of  its  identity  be  adopted,  P.  willemoesii  becomes  a  synonym 
of  B.  scyphops. 

Czerniavsky's  definition  of  the  family  is  inadequate,  inasmuch  as  no  reference  is 
made  therein  to  the  remarkable  characters  of  the  carapace,  and  the  first  and  second 
thoracic  limbs,  while  the  importance  which  is  given  to  the  supposed  characters  of  the 
exopods  of  the  thoracic  limbs  is  exaggerated,  the  difference  in  development  as 
compared  with  those  of  the  Mysidse  being  very  slight. 

The  definition  given  by  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (2),  may,  therefore,  be  adopted 
with  some  slight  alteration  in  the  characters  ascribed  to  the  eyes,  rendered  necessary 
by  recent  discoveries. 

Examination  of  British  specimens  of  Hanseiwmysis  fyllse  (Hansen,  1887)  has 
revealed  the  fact  that  eyes  are,  in  reality,  present  in  this  species.  They  resemble  those 
described  below  for  the  Antarctic  species,  except  that  the  lappets  are  much  reduced 
and  almost  obsolete. 

Further,  in  a  new  species  of  Petalophthalmus,  P.  oculatus,  recently  defined  by 
Illig  (1906),  the  eyes  are  described  as  well  developed,  with  the  cornea  bright  brown  in 
colour  and  distinctly  facetted. 

In  the  amended  definition  of  the  family,  therefore,  the  description  of  the  eyes 
would  read : — Eyes  (first  cephalic  appendages)  small,  either  imperfectly  developed  as 
lamellar  or  spiniform  organs,  without  visual  elements,  or  furnished  with  a  distinct 
cornea  in  which  visual  elements  are  clearly  defined  and  functional. 

GENUS  HANSENOMYSIS,  Stebbing. 

Arctomysis,  Hansen,  1887  (non  Czerniavsky,  1883). 

Hansenomysis,  Stebbing,  1893. 

Hansenomysis,  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1  and  2) ;  Tattersall,  1907. 

The  name  Arctomysis,  given  to  this  genus  by  Hansen  (1887),  having  been  already 
used  by  Czerniavsky  (1883)  for  an  entirely  different  form,  was  changed  to 
Hansenomysis  by  Stebbing  (1893).  Arctomysis  Czerniavsky  is  itself  a  synonym  of 
Boreomysis  G.  0.  Sars. 

Of  the  other  three  genera  belonging  to  the  Petalophthalmidse — Pttolophthalmus, 
Ceratomysis  and  Scolophtlialmiis,  Hansenomysis  comes  nearest  to  the  last.  Both 
agree  in  having  the  first  thoracic  limbs  devoid  of  exopods  and  lacking  the  internal 
lamelliform  moral  lobe,  and  in  the  presence  of  well-developed  exopods  to  the  second 


scnizoponA. 

thoracic  limbs.  Whereas,  however,  in  Scolophthalmw  the  rostrum  is  prominent  and 
the  eyes  are  modified  into  sharp  spiniform  organs,  Hansenomysi*  baa  the  rostrum 
obsolete  and  the  eyes  more  or  less  leaflike. 

Males  of  this  genus  have  not  yet  been  noted,  but  specimens  of  that  sex  of  the 
northern  species,  H.  fyllee  (Hansen,  1887),  have  come  into  my  hands.  Detailed 
examination  and  description  are  reserved  for  a  future  occasion,  but  it  may  lie 
mentioned  here  that,  besides  having  the  pleopods  biramous,  males  also  have  the  Iwwal 
portion  of  the  inner  flagellum  of  the  antennule  considerably  thickened  and  adorned 
with  rings  of  setae. 

HANSKNOMYSIS  ANTARCTICA. 

(PI.  V.,  Figs.  1-19.) 
ffanMnoiqysis  antarctic*,  Holt  and  Tatteraall,  190C  (1). 

Locality  of  capture. — Off  Coalman  Island,  100  fathoms,  two  specimens,  females, 
20  mm. 

Form  (Fig.  1)  compact,  rather  slender,  tapering  considerably  towards  the 
posterior  end. 

Carapace  (Figs.  1  and  3)  short,  sub-membranous,  leaving  the  last  two  thoracic 
segments  completely  exposed,  and  part  of  a  third  visible  behind  its  posterior 
emargination  ;  anterior  border  produced,  but  very  slightly,  into  a  broadly  and  evenly- 
rounded  but  somewhat  strongly  upturned  rostrum  ;  antero-lateral  angles  evenly 
rounded  and  extending  forwards  as  much  as  the  rostrum  ;  cervical  sulcus  well  marked 
and  rather  deep,  the  posterior  margin  bounded  by  a  conspicuous  and  rather  sharp  ridge 
formed  by  the  carapace.  Behind  the  cervical  sulcus  is  a  shield-shaped  dorsal  area, 
indicating  the  attachment  of  the  carapace  to  the  thorax,  behind,  and  on  either  side  of 
which  the  wings  of  the  carapace  are  free.  A  slight  ridge  runs  from  the  antcro-lateral 
angles,  first  downwards  and  then  posteriorly,  to  meet  the  cervical  sulcus,  while  a 
shallow  groove  runs  forward  on  each  side  from  the  dorsal  shield-shaped  area,  thus 
marking  off  a  hepatic  area,  on  which  is  a  prominent  forwardly -directed  spine  with  a 
broad  base.  A  shallow  depression  follows  the  base  of  the  rostrum,  and  merges  on 
either  side  into  the  groove  formed  by  the  ridge  from  the  a ntcro- lateral  angles.  A 
small  blunt  and  rounded  spine  is  present  on  the  gastric  area. 

/'/•«/•  (Fig.  1)9  mm.  in  length,  a  little  longer  than  the  thorax,  which  measures  8  mm. 
from  the  eyes  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  last  free  segment ;  segments  cylindrical, 
postero-lateral  inferior  margins  not  at  all  produced  as  epimera ;  first  segment  arcuate 
in  dorsal  contour,  its  anterior  margin  slightly  raised  above  the  level  of  that  of  the  last 
thoracic  segment,  its  posterior  margin  broadly  produced,  so  as  to  partly  cover  the 
second  segment,  the  whole  forming  a  sort  of  "  cap  "  over  the  junction  of  the  thorax  and 
pleon  ;  second  to  fifth  segments  sub-equal  in  length  and  succeediogly  narrower  ;  sixth 
segment  narrower  than  any  of  the  preceding  ones,  and  nearly  twice  as  long. 

a  I 


24  W.  M.  TATTERSALL. 

Eyes  (Figs.  1,  2  and  3)  small,  united  at  their  base  into  a  thick  flattened  pad,  from 
the  anterior  part  of  which  proceed  two  thin,  short,  sub-triangular,  slightly-diverging 
lappets,  which  do  not  reach  the  middle  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennular  peduncle  ; 
visual  elements  entirely  absent. 

Antennular  pedumle  (Fig.  2)  short  and  stout,  its  three  joints  sub-equal  in  length 
and  quadrangular  in  outline  ;  basal  joint,  with  a  single  long  seta,  on  its  internal  distal 
corner,  and  a  more  or  less  continuous  submarginal  row  of  setae  across  the  anterior 
dorsal  region  ;  second  joint  with  about  seven  long  stout  plumose  setae  on  its  inner 
margin  and  two  or  three  long  setae  on  the  outer  distal  corner  ;  third  joint  with  about 
eleven  long  stout  plumose  setae  on  the  inner  margin.  On  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
basal  joint,  partly  concealed  by  the  eye  in  dorsal  view,  is  an  organ  of  rather 
problematical  function  (Figs.  2,  4  and  5).  It  appears  to  consist  of  a  shallow  depression 
bounded  by  a  raised  ridge  marked  with  pigment,  and  overhung  by  a  membranous  flap, 
which  apparently  rises  from  its  posterior  border.  The  flap  only  imperfectly  covers  the 
depression.  In  the  preliminary  notice  of  this  collection  it  was  suggested  that  this 
organ  might  prove  to  be  auditory  in  function,  but  under  moderately  high  powers  of 
the  microscope  no  otoliths  or  even  sensory  hairs  could  be  distinguished  in  the 
shallow  pit. 

Antennal  peduncle  longer  than  the  antennular,  and  considerably  more  slender  ; 
distal  joint  shorter  than  the  preceding. 

Antennal  scale  (Fig.  2)  lanceolate  in  shape,  about  three-and-a-half  times  as  long  as 
broad,  apex  evenly  rounded,  the  whole  of  the  inner  margin  and  distal  third  of  the 
outer  margin  setose ;  proximal  two-thirds  of  the  outer  margin  devoid  of  setae,  but 
armed  with  eleven  strong  spines,  the  proximal  one  of  which  is  the  shortest,  and  is 
situated  at  the  end  of  the  proximal  quarter  of  the  outer  margin,  the  spines  increasing 
in  size  distally ;  spine  on  the  outer  distal  corner  of  the  basal  joint  short,  but 
prominent. 

Mandibles  (Fig.  6)  with  the  cutting  edge  prominent  and  molar  process  well- 
developed  and  rather  long ;  between  the  cutting  edge  and  the  molar  process  is  a 
single  spine-like  seta,  and  in  the  left  mandible  a  lacinia  mobilis  in  addition ;  palp 
(Fig.  7)  rather  long  and  powerfully  developed,  terminal  joint  shorter  than  the 
penultimate,  both  joints  armed  on  both  outer  and  inner  margin  with  numerous  long 
and  rather  stout  setae. 

First  maxilla  (Fig.  8)  having  the  outer  lobe  much  larger  than  the  inner,  and 
armed  at  its  apex  with  about  thirteen  spines,  behind  which  is  a  row  of  five  plumose 
setae  ;  inner  lobe  armed  at  its  tip  with  four  long  plumose  setae. 

Second  maxilla  (Fig.  9)  consisting  of  the  usual  three  lobes,  a  two-jointed  palp 
and  outer  setiferous  plate,  the  setae  arming  the  appendage  being  numerous  and 
rather  strong. 

First  thoracic  limb  (Fig.  10)  short  and  stout,  devoid  of  exopod,  but  with  well- 
developed  epipod ;  third  joint  small ;  fourth  joint  with  numerous  setae  and  a  row  of 


arnrzopoDA.  25 

six  short  stout  spines  on  its  inner  margin  ;  fifth  joint  with  three,  sixth  joint  two,  and 
seventh  joint  four  rather  long,  strong  plumose  spines  on  their  inner  margins  as  well 
as  numerous  setae. 

Second  thtiracic  limb*  (Fig.  11)  with  the  endopods  longer  and  rather  more  slender 
than  the  first,  ezopods  well  developed  ;  fourth  or  meral  joint  produced  internally  into 
a  large  setiferous  lamelliform  lobe  nearly  as  long  as  the  fifth  joint ;  the  latter,  the 
longest  joint  of  the  limb,  longer  than  the  combined  length  of  the  sixth  and  seventh 
joints,  its  outer  margin  armed  with  a  single  seta,  the  distal  half  of  the  inner  margin 
slightly  excavate  with  a  row  of  eight  short,  closely-set  plumose  spines  and  a  single 
long  plumose  seta  on  the  cmarginate  portion,  and  a  few  long  simple  setiu,  set  wiildv 
apart,  on  the  proximal  portion  of  the  inner  margin ;  sixth  joint  longer  than  the 
seventh,  it«  outer  margin  armed  with  a  few  long  seta),  the  proximal  portion  of  the 
inner  margin  bearing  a  row  of  altout  nine  short  closely-set  plumose  spine*  and  a  sin^l.- 
long  plumose  seta,  the  distal  portion  of  the  inner  margin  with  a  few  long  simple  sctaj ; 
seventh  joint  small,  armed  with  numerous  long  and  rather  stout  simple  setaj. 

Third  to  fifth  thoracic  liiiJm  (Fig.  12)  with  the  endopods  feeble,  long  and  slender; 
sixth  joint  slightly  longer  and  more  slender  than  the  fifth  ;  seventh  joint  very  small, 
forming  with  two  strong  spines  a  very  minute  chela,  densely  clothed  with  short  fine 
setae ;  the  rest  of  the  endopod  armed  with  a  few  short  scattered  seta}. 

Sixth  to  eighth  tlutracic  limb*  (Fig.  13)  with  the  endopods  slightly  longer  and 
stouter  than  those  of  the  three  preceding  pairs ;  sixth  joint  shorter  than  the  fifth  ; 
seventh  joint  small  and  bearing  a  long  slightly-curved  nail,  the  junction  between  the 
nail  and  seventh  joint  being  indicated  by  a  seta  on  the  inner  margin  ;  rest  of  the 
endopod  feebly  armed  with  short  seta}. 

Etopods  of  the  second  to  eighth  thoracic  limbs  well-developed  ;  basal  joint  long 
and  rather  narrow,  the  outer  distal  corner  rounded  ;  flagelliform  part  composed  of  from 
ten  to  thirteen  joints. 

Incubatory  lamellte,  seven  pairs,  situated  on  the  second  to  eighth  thoracic  limbs. 

Pleopods  (Figs.  14  to  18)  in  the  female  uniramous,  the  first  pair  small,  succeeding 
pairs  increasing  in  size  to  the  fifth  pair,  which  are  slightly  longer  than  the  sixth 
segment  of  the  pleon  ;  first  four  pairs  one-jointed ;  fifth  pair  two-jointed,  the  second 
joint  longer  than  the  first ;  all  the  pleopods  bearing  long  seta}  at  the  apex. 

Tekon  (Fig.  19)  rather  massive,  longer  and  a  little  wider  than  the  hut  segment 
of  the  pleon,  dorsally  grooved,  oblong  in  shape,  slightly  wider  at  the  apex  than  at  the 
base,  its  margins  lightly  arcuate  ;  apex  truncate  or  very  lightly  emarginate,  bearing 
a  single  median  spine  with  six  or  seven  long  spines  on  cither  side ;  lateral  margins 
armed  with  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  fairly  long  spines  arranged  more  or  less 
in  series. 

Inner  uropods  broken  in  both  specimens. 

Outer  uropods  (Fig.  19)  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  sixth  segment  of  the  pleon, 
two-jointed,  the  terminal  joint  about  one-seventh  as  long  as  the  basal ;  outer  margin 


26  W.   M.  TATTERSALL. 

of  the  basal  joint  without  setae,  but-  armed  with  twenty-one  stout  spines  increasing  in 
size  posteriorly. 

Length  of  adult  and  ovigerous  female,  20  mm.  from  the  eyes  to  the  tip  of  the 
telson. 

Colour  of  preserved  specimens  light  brown,  with  a  broad  band  of  dark  brown 
pigment  across  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  first  segment  of  the  pleon  and  scattered 
patches  of  dark  pigment  on  the  lateral  parts  of  the  carapace,  basal  joints  of  the 
antennules  and  antennae  and  the  basal  membranous  pad  of  the  eyes. 

One  of  the  specimens  has  young,  considerably  advanced  in  development,  in  the 
incubatory  lamellae. 

In  both  specimens  the  telson  is  considerably  damaged,  and  the  description  and 
figures  have  been  drawn  up  from  both  specimens  and  fragments  of  the  telsons  found 
along  with  them.  This  fact  must  be  borne  in  mind  in  dealing  with  specimens  of  this 
species  which  may  be  found  by  future  expeditions.  It  was  a  matter  of  considerable 
surprise  and  no  little  interest  to  find  in  this  collection  two  specimens  belonging  to 
a  genus  hitherto  known  only  from  a  single  specimen  from  Greenland  and  two  taken 
off  the  cost  of  Ireland. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  //.  antarctica  is  co-generic  with  //.  fyllse  (Hansen, 
1887).  All  the  distinctive  characters  of  generic  importance  in  the  mouth  parts  and 
thoracic  limbs  of  the  latter  are  reproduced  in  //.  antarctica  down  to  the  minutest 
detail.  The  points  of  difference  between  the  two  species  are,  however,  sufficiently 
well-marked  and  numerous  enough  to  justify  specific  separation.  They  may  be  pointed 
out  as  follows  :— 

H.  antarctica  is  in  general  build  a  more  robust  and  less  fragile  species  than 
H.  fyllse. 

Antennae. — In  H.  fyllse  the  terminal  joint  of  the  peduncle  is  longer  than  the 
penultimate,  whereas  in  H.  antarctica  the  reverse  obtains. 

Antennal  scale. — In  H.  fyllse  the  outer  margin  bears  only  five  spines,  between 
which  are  numerous  setae.  In  H.  antarctica,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  eleven  spines 
on  the  outer  margin  and  no  setae  between  them. 

Telson. — The  telson  in  Hansen's  type-specimen  was  broken,  but  so  much  of 
it  as  remained  showed  that  the  armature  consisted  of  both  spines  and  setae.  In 
H.  antarctica  the  telson  is  armed  with  spines  only,  which  are  probably  more  numerous 
than  in  //.  fyllse.  The  shape  of  the  telson  in  both  species  is  also  somewhat  divergent. 
That  of  //.  antarctica  recalls  rather  markedly  the  telson  of  Petalophthalmus  armiger  as 
figured  by  Sars  in  the  '  Challenger '  Report. 

Outer  uropods. — //.  fyllce  has  the  outer  uropods  armed  with  both  spines  and 
setae,  whereas  in  //.  antarctica  there  are  spines  only  present.  The  spines  in  H.  fyllce 
number  six,  while  in  H.  antarctica  there  are  twenty-one. 

Pleopods. — The  type  specimen  of  H.  fyllce  had  only  one  pleopod  remaining.  This 
was  one  of  the  third  pair,  and  is  described  by  Hansen  as  biarticulate.  Presumably, 


SCH120PODA.  27 

therefore,  fhe  fourth  and  fifth  pleopods  will  likewise  be  found  to  IMJ  biarticulatc  when 
perfect  specimens  are  examined.  In  H.  antarctica  only  the  fifth  pleopods  are 
Inarticulate,  the  remaining  pairs  consisting  of  a  single  joint  only. 

The  eyes  in  the  genus  are  described  for  the  first  time.  They  arc  remarkable 
chiefly  for  their  small  size  and  degenerate  structure,  for  the  complete  absence  of  visual 
elements,  and  the  subservience,  either  entirely  or  in  great  part,  of  ophthalmic  functions 
to  those  of  prolwbly  a  tactile  nature. 

The  cap-like  form  of  the  tergum  of  the  first  segment  of  the  pleou  recalls  the 
somewhat  similar  form  of  the  third  pleon  segment  in  many  Carida,  and  suggest*  that 
the  posterior  part  of  the  body  is  capable  of  great  ventral  flexure.  The  '  Discovery ' 
expedition  is  to  be  congratulated  on  the  finding  of  this  species,  by  far  the  most 
interesting  Schizopod  in  the  collection. 

FAMILY  MYSID^E. 

• 

SUB-FAMILY  LEPTOMYSIN.E,  Norman. 
GENUS  PSEUDOMMA,  G.  0.  Bars. 

PsEUDOMMA    BEUJNXB. 

(Plate  VI.,  Figs.  1-8.) 
Ptntdomma  btlgifm,  Holt  and  Tatteraall,  1906  (1). 

Locality  of  capture.— Lat  78°  25'  40"  8.,  long.  185°  39'  6"  E.,  300  fathoms,  one 
specimen,  immature  female,  23  mm. 

Form  (Fig.  1)  compact  and  moderately  stoutly  built. 

Carapace  (Fig.  1)  large,  less  than  half  the  total  length  of  the  body,  covering 
laterally  all  the  segments  of  the  thorax,  but  dorsally  exposing  the  last  one  behind  its 
posterior  emargination  ;  its  anterior  margin  very  slightly  produced  into  a  blunt,  very 
broadly  rounded  rostrum  ;  antero-lateral  angles  rounded  ;  cervical  sulcus  well  marked. 

Pleon  (Fig.  1),  excluding  the  telson,  about  half  the  total  length  of  the  body  from 
the  eye  to  the  tip  of  the  telson  ;  first  four  segments  subequal  in  length  and  slightly 
longer  than  the  fifth ;  sixth  segment  twice  as  long  as  the  fifth. 

Eye  plates  (Fig.  1)  contiguous,  exhibiting  only  a  very  slight  anterior  median 
cleft ;  each  plate  subquadrangular  or  rhomboidal  in  shape,  nearly  twice  as  broad  as 
long,  antero-lateral  angles  rounded,  anterior  margin  nearly  straight,  no  serrations  or 
armature  of  any  kind ;  no  pigment  present  in  preserved  specimens ;  corneal  leans 
absent,  but  the  ramifications  of  the  optic  nerve  arc  clearly  visible  in  dorsal  view. 

Ant. a n til- 1 r  peduncle  (Fig.  l)  short  and  stout,  not  extending  beyond  half  the 
length  of  the  antennal  scale  ;  basal  joint  almost  entirely  covered  by  the  ocular  lamina-, 
a  few  plumose  seta;  on  each  anterior  corner ;  second  joint  very  short,  more  than  twice 
as  broad  as  long,  a  few  short  setae  on  the  outer  distal  corner,  inner  margin  with  a  few 
longer  plumose  setae ;  third  joint  longer  than  either  of  the  other  two  and  slightly 


28  W.   M.  TATTERSALL. 

narrower,  rectangular  in  shape,  outer  margin  unarmed,  inner  margin  beset  with  a  few 
plumose  setae. 

Antennal  peduncle  (Fig.  l)  equal  in  length  to  the  antennular,  but  more  slender; 
last  two  joints  subequal  in  length. 

Antennal  scale  (Fig.  1)  slightly  longer  than  the  last  segment  of  the  pleon  and 
twice  as  long  as  the  antennular  peduncle,  about  three  and  a  half  times  as  long  as 
broad,  outer  margin  entire  and  terminating  in  a  very  strong  spine,  beyond  which  the 
apex  of  the  scale  is  but  slightly  produced ;  spine  on  the  basal  joint  short  and  acute. 

Mouth  parts  (Figs.  2,  3,  4,  and  5)  exhibit  no  salient  points  of  difference  from 
those  of  the  type  species  of  the  genus  P.  roseum,  G.  0.  Sars. 

First  and  second  thoracic  limbs  (Figs.  6  and  7)  agreeing  in  the  main  with  those 
figured  by  Sars  for  P.  roseum,  but  a  dactylus  is  distinctly  visible  among  the  dense 
mass  of  plumose  setae  arming  the  terminal  joints,  though  it  is  smaller  and  shorter 
than  the  terminal  joint ;  exopods  having  the  outer  distal  corner  of  the  basal  joint 
round,  though  produced,  and  the  flagelliform  part  composed  of  ten  to  twelve  joints. 

Telson  (Fig.  8)  slightly  shorter  than  the  last  segment  of  the  pleon,  tapering  to 
an  evenly  rounded  apex  which  is  one-third  as  wide  as  the  base ;  apex  armed  with  a 
median  pair  of  plumose  setae  and  four  pairs  of  strong  smooth  spines,  the  innermost 
and  largest  of  which  equals  one-sixth  of  the  telson  in  length  ;  distal  half  of  the  lateral 
margins  armed  with  five  shorter  spines. 

Inner  uropods  half  as  long  again  as  the  telson,  armed  with  a  single  long  spine 
in  the  region  of  the  inner  posterior  corner  of  the  otocyst. 
Outer  uropods  about  twice  as  long  as  the  telson. 

Length  of  an  immature  female,  23  mm.  By  an  error  the  specimen  was  described 
in  the  preliminary  report  as  adult.  This  is  scarcely  correct,  since  the  incubatory 
lamellae  are  still  only  about  half  developed,  so  that  the  adult  female  probably  reaches 
to  nearly  30  mm.  The  specimen  is  badly  mutilated,  the  third  to  the  eighth  thoracic 
limbs  being  entirely  absent. 

P.  beljicce  is  far  and  away  the  largest  species  of  the  genus  yet  described,  none 
of  the  other  ten  known  species  exceeding  15  mm.,  whereas  adult  specimens  of  this 
species  must  reach  to  nearly  30  mm.  It  is  most  nearly  related  to  P.  sarsi  Will.- 
Suhm,  described  by  Sars  (1885)  from  the  '  Challenger '  collections  for  specimens  taken 
at  Kerguelen  Island.  Besides  the  great  difference  in  size  (P.  sarsi  measures  only 
14  mm.,  adult  specimens),  the  only  other  conspicuous  difference  is  in  the  ocular 
laminae.  In  P.  sarsi  the  antero-lateral  angles  of  the  eye-plates  are  serrate,  whereas 
in  P.  belf/ic(e  they  are  quite  smooth.  Minor  differences  in  the  shape  of  the  antennal 
scale  and  telson  may  also  be  noted.  The  antennal  scale  in  P.  sarsi  has  the  spine 
terminating  the  outer  margin  less  strong  than  in  P.  belaicce,  while  the  apex  of  the 
scale  is  more  produced.  The  telson  in  P.  sarsi  has  the  apex  more  truncate  than 
P.  Iielgirrn  and  the  lateral  margins,  according  to  Sars,  bear  eight  short  spines. 
Mr.  Holt,  however,  who  has  kindly  examined  the  types  of  P.  sarsi  in  the  British 


snilZOI'ODA.  2U 

Mil-,  ii  111.  iii (onus  me  that  only  five  spines  tire  present  on  the  lateral  margin*,  MI  that 
the  armature  of  the  telson  of  P.  wirai  approximates  closely  to  that  of  P.  Myica. 

The  only  other  species  of  Pseudoinma  having  Hmooth  ocular  lamina  it 
P.  australe,  G.  0.  San  (1885),  from  Bass  Straits,  Australia.  The  vastly  different 
form  of  the  antennal  scale  in  the  latter,  however,  abundantly  distinguishes  it  from 
P.  Mgicat. 

Besides  the  single  '  Discovery '  specimen,  this  species  is  also  known  from  the 
'  Bclgica'  collections,  and  has  been  described  by  Hansen  in  MS.  under  the  name  which 
is  here  used.  It  is  possible  that  the  mutilated  specimen  noted  by  Sara  (1885,  p.  191) 
from  1675  fathoms  in  the  Antarctic  Ocean  may  have  belonged  to  this  species  rather 
than  to  P.  sarsi  Sars  notes  that  it  was  much  larger  than  the  latter. 

Genus  DACTYLAMBLYOPS,  Holt  and  Tattersall. 

Duetylamblyopt,  Holt  and  Tatteraall,  I'Jm;  (1). 
DartyltrythrofM,  11%,  1  !>"•;,  iion  Holt  and  TaUcreall,  1II05. 
?  Amblt/opi  (par*),  Ohlin,  1901. 
Daetylamblyopt,  TatU-reall,  1907. 

This  genus  was  established  for  the  reception  of  the  single  rather  mutilated  specimen 
<>t°  />.  /(.•» /•/.•.-••///  in  the  present  collection.  Since  the  publication  of  the  preliminary 
notice  of  the  'Discovery'  Schizopoda,  however,  two  closely  allied  species  have  been 
discovered  off  the  west  coast  of  Ireland  (Tattersall,  1907).  A  clearer  idea  of  the 
exact  relationships  of  the  genus  has  thus  been  gained,  and  while  the  species  referred 
thereto  appear,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  to  form  a  natural  group,  it  w 
undeniably  very  nearly  allied  to  Dactylerythrops,  Holt  and  Tattersall  (1905),  to 
which  genus,  indeed,  the  present  species  was  referred  by  Illig  (1906). 

The  definition  of  the  genus  given  by  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1),  may  therefore 
l>e  amended  as  follows  :— 

DACTYLAMBLYOPS,  Holt  and  Tattcrsall. 

Characters  generally  as  in  AnMynps,  G.  0.  Sars,  except : — 

Eyes  placed  close  together,  but  not  contiguous,  more  or  less  pyriform  in  shape, 
furnished  with  distinct  and  definite  peduncles  ;  visual  element*  imperfectly  developed, 
numerous,  reaching  to  the  surface  of  the  eye,  and  probably  directly  functional  as 
organs  of  sight ;  outer  distal  corner  rounded,  and  not  produced  into  a  digitiform 
process  ;  a  short  blunt  process  always  present  on  the  inner  and  upper  surface. 

Second  thoracic  limbs  with  the  endopods  not  noticeably  short,  but  well  developed, 
and  considerably  longer  than  the  endopods  of  the  first  thoracic  limbs. 

Tebnii  not  very  long,  triangular  in  shape,  the  distal  part*  of  its  margins  armed 
with  more  or  fewer  spines  ;  median  sefoe  absent. 

Type  species,  D.  hodgsoni,  Holt  and  Tattersall. 

VOL.  IV.  H 


30  W.  M.  TATTEKSALL. 

The  absence  of  median  setae  from  the  apex  of  the  telson  is  not  necessarily 
of  generic  importance,  since  the  genera  Pseudomma  and  Dactylerythrops  both  contain 
species  in  some  of  which  these  setae  are  present,  and  others  in  which  they  arc 
wanting.  As,  however,  all  three  species  at  present  referred  to  this  genus  are  without 
median  apical  setae,  it  is  convenient  to  retain  this  character  in  the  generic  definition. 

DACTYLAMBLYOPS  HODGSONI. 
(PL  VI,  Figs.  9-16.) 

Dactylamblyops  hodgsoni,  Holt  and  Tattersall,  3906  (1). 
Dactylerythrops  arcwta,  Illig,  1906. 

Locality  of  capture :— Lat.  66°  52'  09"  S.,  long.  178°  08'  15"  E.,  2030  fathoms, 
one  specimen,  male,  13  mm. 

The  single  specimen  in  the  collection  is  considerably  damaged,  the  antennules, 
antennal  scales,  and  the  third  to  the  eighth  thoracic  limbs  being  missing.  A  complete 
description  is  therefore  not  possible,  but  it  is  hoped  that  as  many  of  the  characters  as  can 
be  made  out  with  certainty  will  suffice  for  future  recognition  of  the  species  in  collections. 

Carapace  submembranaceous,  covering  all  the  thoracic  segments  except  the  last 
one,  anterior  margin  produced  into  a  blunt,  broadly  but  evenly  rounded  rostrum 
projecting  between  the  eyes  ;  cervical  sulcus  well  marked  ;  antero-lateral  angles  rounded. 

Pleon  slightly  longer  than  the  carapace ;  first  five  segments  subequal  in  length  ; 
sixth  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  fifth. 

Eyes  (Fig.  9)  small,  placed  on  definite  peduncles,  not  in  any  way  contiguous, 
pyriform  in  shape,  external  angle  evenly  rounded,  a  short  digitate  process  arising  from 
the  inner  dorsal  face ;  visual  elements  imperfectly  developed,  apparently  represented 
by  numerous  minute  granular  bodies  with  a  refractive  centre  ;  a  large  opaque  ganglionic 
mass,  probably  the  optic  nerve,  visible  in  the  peduncle,  from  which  a  nerve  fibre 
proceeds  to  the  cornea. 

Antennal  peduncle  short,  composed  of  three  subequal  quadrangular  joints. 

Antennal  scale  broken  on  both  sides,  but  there  does  not  appear  to  be  a  spine  on 
the  outer  corner  of  the  basal  joint. 

Mouth  parts  (Figs.  10-13)  not  differing  markedly  from  those  figured  by  Sars  for 
Amblyops  abbreviata  (1870-79). 

First  thoracic  limbs  (Fig.  14)  with  the  endopod  substantially  of  the  same  form  as 
in  A.  abbreviata. 

Second  thoracic  lim})S  (Fig.  15)  of  essentially  the  same  structure  as  in  A.  abbreviata, 
but  with  the  endopod  apparently  much  longer,  being  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the 
endopod  of  the  first  thoracic  limbs. 

Genital  appendix  to  the  last  thoracic  limbs  of  the  male  terminating  in  two  lobes, 
the  larger  of  which  bears  six  long  setae,  the  smaller  one  being  devoid  of  setae,  but 
apparently  having  a  covering  of  very  fine  hairs. 


SOIIIZOPODA.  31 

PUopodf  in  the  male  agreeing  in  nil  points  with  those  of  males  of  the  genus 
Amblyop.i. 

Tfl»m  (Fig.  1G)  not  quite  as  long  as  the  last  segment  of  the  pleon,  triangular  in 
slta|ie,  tapering  evenly  to  a  narrowly  rounded  apex,  nenrly  twice  as  long  an  broad  at 
its  l»ase ;  distal  half  of  each  lateral  margin  armed  with  nineteen  spines,  increasing  in 
length  towards  the  apex,  the  terminal  ones  alxmt  one-tenth  of  the  total  length  of  the 
telson  ;  median  sct«e  absent. 

Uropoda  broken  on  both  sides,  but  the  inner  one  poaMMM  a  single  strong  spin*- 
on  the  ventral  surface  at  the  inner  posterior  angle  of  the  otocyst 

Length  of  the  single  specimen,  an  apparently  adult  male,  13  mm. 

There  can  be  little  doubt,  1  think,  that  Dactylerythropa  arcwita,  Illig  (190G),  is 
the  same  species  as  the  present  one.  Minor  differences,  it  is  true,  are  to  !•<•  noticed. 
For  instance,  the  visual  elements  of  the  eye  in  Illig's  species  are  represented  as  larger 
and  less  numerous  than  in  D.  hodgsoni.  It  may  l»e  that  in  the  former  preservation  has 
caused  the  visual  elements  to  mass  in  groups  of  more  or  fewer  lenses,  since  in  the 
'Discovery'  specimen,  as  the  figure  (Fig.  9)  shows,  the  visual  elements  are  not 
regularly  arranged,  but  more  numerous  in  some  places  than  others,  an  effect  pmlmbly 
due  to  the  mode  of  preservation. 

Moreover,  in  D.  arcvuiia,  the  telson  is  not  quite  so  long  compared  with  the 
breadth  at  its  base  as  in  D.  hodgsoni,  and  is  furnished  with  only  eighteen  spines  on 
each  lateral  margin.  But  these  differences  are  insignificant  when  compared  with  the 
general  agreement  between  the  two  species  in  most  points.  One  or  two  characters 
may  be  added  to  the  above  diagnosis  from  Illig's  description  and  figures. 

Antennular  peduncle  long  and  rather  stout,  last  joint  the  largest  and  nearly  equal 
to  the  combined  length  of  the  other  two. 

Antennal  scale  slightly  over-reaching  the  antenuular  peduncle,  about  four  times 
as  long  as  broad,  outer  margin  entire,  and  terminating  in  a  short  spine  beyond  which 
tin-  apex  of  the  scale  is  only  slightly  produced. 

Four  species  of  this  genus  are  now  known,  D.  sarsi  (Ohlin,  1901),  D.  thawnatvp* 
and  D.  goniops,  Tattersall  (1907),  and  the  present  species. 

From  the  other  three  species,  D.  h^gsoni  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the  shajte 
of  the  eye.  In  D.  sarsi  the  eye  is  acutely  pointed  in  front ;  in  D.  ttuiumati>ps  it 
is  of  quite  peculiar  form,  with  an  outer  equatorial  membranous  ridge,  while  in 
D.  goniops  the  eye  is  quadrangular  rather  than  pyriform  in  shape.  Otherwise  the 
four  species  are  rather  closely  allied  and  form  quite  a  distinct  generic  group  to 
themselves. 

Z>.  hodgsoni  is  at  present  only  known  from  very  deep  water  in  the  Antarctic 
Ocean.  Illig's  specimens  were  collected  over  a  depth  of  4000-5000  metres,  while  the 
present  specimen  was  dredged  in  2030  fathoms  (ca.  3700  metres). 


H  2 


W.   M.   TATTERSALL,. 

SUB-FAMILY  MYSIDETIN.E,  Holt  and  Tattersall. 

GENUS  MYSIDETES,  Holt  and  Tattersall. 

?  Mi/sidopsis,  G.  0.  Sars,  1883  and  1885,  non  G.  0.  Sara,  1864. 
Mysideis  (pars),  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1905,  non  G.  0.  Sars,  1869. 
Mysidetes,  Holt  and  Tattereall,  1906  (1)  and  (2). 
Metamysidella,  Illig,  1906. 

A  full  diagnosis  of  this  genus  and  a  statement  of  its  possible  affinities  have 
already  appeared,  Holt  and  Tattersall  (1906  (2)).  While  agreeing  in  most  characters 
with  the  normal  genera  of  the  Leptomy since,  the  rudimentary  nature  of  the  pleopods 
of  the  male  offers  a  feature  of  sharp  distinction  from  members  of  that  sub-family 
and  has  necessitated  the  establishment  of  a  new  sub-family  for  its  reception.  In 
the  form  of  the  telson  and  armature  of  the  inner  uropods  it  approaches  rather  closely 
to  the  genera  Heteromysis  and  Mysidella,  but  whereas  in  the  former  the  third,  and 
in  the  latter  the  first,  thoracic  limbs  are  peculiarly  modified  and  strongly  armed,  in 
Mysidetes  both  these  limbs  are  of  normal  structure.  The  external  resemblance  of 
females  of  the  present  genus  to  those  of  Mysidopsis  and  Mysideis  has  already  been 
noted,  and  a  comparative  table  of  their  respective  characters  was  given  (Holt  and 
Tattersall  1906  (2)).  It  will  suffice  here  to  mention  that  Mysidetes  differs  from 
Mysidopsis,  (1)  in  having  a  well-developed  molar  tubercle  to  the  mandible;  (2)  in 
the  presence  of  a  setiferous  expansion  of  the  inner  margin  of  the  basal  part  of  the 
second  maxilla,  and  (3)  in  having  the  endopods  of  the  first  thoracic  limbs  seven- 
jointed  instead  of  six. 

From  Mysideis  it  is  distinguished  by  having  the  endopods  of  the  first  and 
second  thoracic  limbs  of  normal  stoutness  and  usual  armature,  instead  of  being 
unusually  massive  and  strongly  armed  ;  while  from  both  genera  it  differs,  (l)  in 
having  the  cleft  of  the  telson  armed  with  spines ;  (2)  in  the  uropods  having  a  row 
of  spines  in  their  inner  edges  extending  well  over  half-way  down  their  length,  and 
finally,  (3)  in  having  the  pleopods  of  the  male  rudimentary. 

Mysidopsis  indsa,  G.  0.  Sars  (1885),  probably  belongs  to  this  genus.  It  was 
described  in  the  'Challenger'  Report  from  a  specimen  taken  off  Australia.  This 
specimen  is  a  female  much  mutilated,  and  diasection  was  neither  practicable  nor 
desirable.  The  telson  and  inner  uropods,  however,  conform  to  the  type  found  in 
Mysidetes. 

The  genus  Metamysidella  (Illig,  1906)  is  undoubtedly  synonymous  with  this 
genus,  though  no  mention  is  made  in  the  diagnosis  of  the  character  of  the  pleopods  of 
the  male.  In  all  other  features  the  two  genera  agree  absolutely. 


33 


MYSIDKTRS  POSTHON. 
(PL  VII.,  Figs.  1-13.) 
MytidtUt  pttOun,  Holt  and  Tattcmll,  1906  (1). 

Localities  of  captures:—  Off  Coulman  Island,  100  fathoms,  one  specimen,  male. 
85  mm. 

Winter  Quarters,  5.  6.  02.  56  fathoms,  one  specimen,  female,  23  mm. 

Winter  Quarters,  29.  8.  03.  No.  12  Hole,  25-30  fathoms,  three  specimens,  two 
females  and  one  male,  21  mm. 

General  form  (Fig.  1)  compact  and  moderately  robust 

Carapace  (Fig.  1)  leaving  the  last  segment  of  the  thorax  exposed  posteriorly; 
antero-lateral  margins  produced  into  a  short  obtuse  rostrum  not  extending  l>eyond 
the  eyestalks  ;  antero-lateral  corners  rounded,  cervical  sulcus  well  marked. 

Pleon  (Fig.  l)  longer  than  the  carapace  ;  first  five  segments  sub-equal  in  length  ; 
sixth  segment  aliout  once  and  a  half  to  twice  as  long  as  the  fifth. 

Eyes  (Fig.  1  ),  large,  globose  ;  pigment  brown. 

Antennular  peduncle  (Fig.  2)  much  shorter  than  the  nntennal  scale  ;  luisal  joint 
longer  than  the  terminal  joint,  and  having  ite  outer  corner  produced  Insyond  the 
distal  extremity  of  the  second  joint,  the  produced  part  tipped  with  four  or  five  long 
setae  ;  second  joint  small  ;  third  joint  almost  square  in  shape  ;  antennular  brush  in 
the  male  rather  small  and  feebly  hirsute. 

Antennal  peduncle  (Fig.  3)  slightly  shorter  and  more  slender  than  the  antennular, 
and  little  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  scale  ;  third  joint  shorter  than  the  second. 

Antennal  scale  (Fig.  3),  lanceolate  in  shape  ;  between  four  and  five  times  M 
long  as  broad  ;  setose  all  round  ;  a  minute  second  joint  at  the  apex  ;  a  spine  on  the 
outer  distal  corner  of  the  l>asal  joint. 

Mandibles  (Fig.  4)  with  a  well-developed  molar  process  and  cutting  edge  ;  palp 
(Fig.  5)  with  the  second  joint  somewhat  expanded  and  armed  with  long  setae  on 
both  margins  ;  third  joint  not  much  expanded,  a  row  of  strong  plumose  seta?  on 
the  lower  edge,  and  two  very  strong  simple  spine-like  seta:  at  the  tip. 

Second  maxillae  (Fig.  7)  with  the  setiferous  expansion  of  the  basal  joint  well 
developed. 

Endopods  of  the  first  thoracic  limbs  (Fig.  8)  of  about  the  same  build  as  in  the 
genus  Mysidopsis,  but  seven-jointed  ;  masticatory  lobe  well  developed  ;  inner  margins 
of  the  proximal  four  joints  armed  with  numerous  plumose  setae  ;  sixth  joint  bearing 
a  well-developed  nail  and  beset  with  numerous  plumose  sette. 

Endopods  of  the  second  thoracic  limbs  (fig:  9)  very  similar  to  those  of  Mysidvpti*  ; 
longer  than  the  first  ;  sixth  joint  armed  with  numerous  plumose  seta;,  but  in  the 
specimen  dissected  I  was  unable  to  detect  a  nail,  though  it  may  have  been 
broken  off. 


34  W.  M.   TATTERSALL. 

Endopoda  of  the  third  thoracic  limbs  (Fig.  10)  with  the  merus  longer  than  the 
tarsus ;  latter  composed  of  six  joints  ;  nail  well  developed  and  longer  than  the  last 
joint  of  the  tarsus. 

Endopods  of  the  remaining  thoracic  limbs  become  successively  longer  and  more 
slender  from  the  fourth  to  the  eighth ;  the  increase  in  length  takes  place  chiefly  in 
the  ischial  joint ;  the  number  of  joints  in  the  tarsus  of  the  endopods  also  increases 
in  the  more  posterior  limbs  ;  in  one  specimen  there  were  six  joints  in  the  tarsus  of 
the  third  limb,  six  in  the  tarsus  of  the  fourth,  ten  in  the  tarsus  of  the  seventh,  and 
twelve  in  the  tarsus  of  the  last  limb. 

Genital  appendix  (Fig.  11)  on  the  last  thoracic  limb  of  the  male  exceedingly 
long  and  slender,  equal  in  length  to  the  first  three  joints  of  the  limb  to  which  it  is 
attached. 

Pleopods  (Fig.  12)  similar  in  both  sexes,  consisting  of  a  single  ramus  bearing 
proximally  and  externally  a  rather  large  process  tipped  with  setae. 

Telson  (Fig.  13)  a  little  longer  than  the  last  segment  of  the  pleon,  and  more 
than  twice  as  long  as  broad  at  its  base  ;  cleft  at  the  apex  for  nearly  a  quarter  of  its 
length,  cleft  rather  wide,  its  margins  armed  with  about  eighteen  teeth  on  each  side  ; 
the  apex  of  each  lobe  of  the  cleft  armed  with  a  pair  of  spines,  the  inner  one  the 
shorter ;  lateral  margins  armed  throughout  their  whole  length  with  about  seventy 
spines,  which  become  arranged  in  series  towards  the  apex. 

Inner  uropods  slightly  longer  than  the  telson,  with  a  row  of  moderately  slender 
and  long  spines  on  its  inner  ventral  margin,  varying  in  number  from  twenty-six  to 
twenty-eight,  and  extending  from  the  otocyst  to  near  the  apex  ;  spines  not  arranged  in 
series,  but  increasing  in  size  distally.  In  some  specimens  the  spines  extend  further 
down  the  uropod  than  in  others. 

Outer  uropods  about  half  as  long  again  as  the  inner. 

Length  of  an  adult  female  with  embryos  in  the  brood  pouch,  21  mm.  ;  of  an 
apparently  adult  male,  25  mm.  A  second  female  with  embryos  in  the  brood  pouch 
measured  23  mm. 

It  is  not  a  little  interesting  that  this  genus  should  have  been  discovered  almost 
simultaneously  in  the  northern  and  southern  hemispheres,  M.  farrani,  Holt  and 
Tattersall  (1906  (2))  having  just  been  described  when  the  'Discovery'  collections 
came  to  hand. 

M.  posthon  is  a  more  stoutly  built  form  than  M.  farrani,  and  is  further 
distinguished  from  the  latter  in  the  following  characters : — 

Antennules. — M.  farrani  has  not  the  outer  corner  of  the  basal  joint  of  the 
peduncle  produced  nearly  as  much  as  in  M.  posthon. 

Thoracic  limbs. — The  tarsus  of  the  endopods  in  M.  posthon  is  composed  of  six  to 
twelve  joints,  while  in  M.  farrani  there  are  only  four. 

Genital  appendix  to  the  last  thoracic  limb  of  the  male  is  much  longer  and  more 
slender  in  M.  posthon  than  in  M.  farrani. 


35 

Pbopod*.  —  The  lateral  lobe  is  less  developed  in  M.  farrani  than  in  M.  jxmthtm. 

Telson,  —  In  M.  /arrant  the  cleft  in  armed  with  only  al>out  thirteen  spine*, 
whereas  in  M.  posthon  there  are  about  thirty-six.  In  the  former,  moreover,  the  lateral 
margins  of  the  telson  are  armed  with  not  more  than  twenty-six  spines,  not  arranged  in 
aeries,  and  situated  only  on  the  distal  two-thirds  of  the  margin.  In  M.  posthon  the 
lateral  margins  are  armed  throughout  the  entire  length  with  about  seventy  spines, 
arranged,  at  any  rate,  distally  in  series.  The  whole  telson  in  M.  farrani  is  more 
slender  than  in  M.  posthon. 

The  spines  on  the  inner  uropods  of  M.  posthon  appear  to  be  somewhat  longer  than 
in  M.  farrani.  I  have  already  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  genus  M<-tamysidtlla  of 
Illig  is  synonymous  with  Mysidetes.  The  type  species  of  the  former,  M.  kerguelensis, 
Illig  (1906),  is,  however,  a  much  smaller  species  than  M.  posthon,  measuring  only 
10  mm.  in  length.  It  is  otherwise  closely  allied  to  the  latter,  but  differs  in  having 
the  antennular  peduncle  almost  equal  in  length  to  the  antennal  scale  and  in  the  details 
of  the  armature  of  the  telson. 

If  Mysidopsis  incisa,  G.  0.  Sars  (1885),  should  in  future  be  found  referable  to  the 
genus  Mysidetes,  as  seems  probable,  it  differs  from  the  present  species  in  size,  in 
having  fewer  joints  in  the  tarsus  of  the  thoracic  Mini-,  and  in  the  details  of  the 
armature  of  the  telson. 

I  should  mention  here  that  I  do  not  attach  too  great  an  importance  to  the 
difference  in  size  between  M.  kerguelensis  and  Mysidopsis  incisa  as  compared  with 
M.  posthon  as  a  specific  character,  for  I  have  found  l>oth  males  and  females  of 
M.  farrani  quite  sexually  mature  at  15  mm.  (judging  from  the  characters  of  the 
antennular  brush  in  the  male  and  the  incubatory  lamella:  in  the  female),  while  the 
species,  fully  grown,  reaches  to  28  mm.  in  total  length. 


SUB-FAMILY 

GENUS  ANTARCTOMYSIS,  Coutiere. 

JTfMf,  Holt  and  Tattcreall,  I'.HU;  (1). 
Antarttomytu,  Coutiere,  1906. 

This  genus  has  been  recently  established  by  Coutiere  for  the  reception  of  the 
species  briefly  noted  as  My*i*  maxima,  Hansen  (MS.),  in  the  preliminary  notice  of 
this  collection. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  reasons  which  have  led  to  it« 
formation,  since  the  biramous  character  of  the  fifth  pair  of  pleopods  in  the  male  offers  a 
character  of  undoubted  generic  value,  as  distinguishing  Mysis  maxima  from  the  genus 
Mysis  (sens,  stricto).  The  genus  Ilemimysis  has  the  fifth  pair  of  pleopods  in  the  male 
biramous  and  natatory,  but  the  third  pair  are  only  imperfectly  biramous,  the  outer 
ramus  being  very  minute  and  single-jointed,  whereas  in  Antarctomysi*  the  third  pair 
resemble  the  fifth  in  having  both  rami  multiarticulate  and  setose. 


36  W.  M.  TATTERSALL. 

I  became  aware,  only  after  the  plates  illustrating  this  report  had  been  printed, 
that  the  two  specimens  of  Antarctomysis  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collections,  referred  in  the 
preliminary  note  to  one  species  A.  maxima,  in  reality  belong  to  two  distinct  but  very 
closely  allied  species.  On  my  appealing  to  Dr.  Hansen,  he  very  kindly  sent  me  some 
notes  and  sketches  of  A.  maxima,  and  a  second  species  of  the  genus  discovered  by  him 
in  a  collection  which  he  is  engaged  in  working  out.  These  notes  and  drawings  placed 
the  matter  beyond  doubt,  the  larger  of  my  two  specimens  clearly  belonging  to  Hansen's 
second  species.  I  note  the  species  here,  and  give  the  points  of  distinction,  but  leave  a 
full  description  and  name  to  Dr.  Hansen.  The  drawing  on  PL  VIII. ,  Fig.  1,  was  taken 
from  the  real  A.  maxima,  but  the  remaining  figures  on  the  plate  represent  the 
appendages  of  the  second  species,  which,  at  the  time,  I  took  to  be  A.  maxima  also. 
They  will  probably  be  of  use,  however,  in  illustrating  how  closely  allied  the  two  species 
are  when  they  are  compared  with  the  figures  given  by  Coutiere  (1906)  of  the  true 
A.  maxima. 

ANTARCTOMYSIS   MAXIMA. 

(PL  VIIL,  Fig.  1.) 

Mysis  maxima  (j>ars),  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1). 
Antarctomysis  maxima,  Coutiere,  1006. 

Locality  of  capture.—  Winter  quarters,  5.  6.  02,  D-net  hole,  56  fathoms,  one 
specimen,  immature  male,  33  mm. 

Coutiere  (1906)  has  recently  described  this  species  in  great  detail  from  mature 
examples  collected  by  the  French  Antarctic  Expedition.  I  have  practically  nothing  to 
add  to  his  description,  but  since  no  figure  of  the  entire  animal  was  given  by  him,  my 
drawing  on  PL  VIII.,  Fig.  1  may  be  useful. 

Coutiere  does  not  mention  the  spines  arming  the  inner  ventral  edge  of  the  inner 
uropod.  They  extend  from  the  posterior  inner  corner  of  the  otocyst  to  the  extreme 
tip  of  the  uropod,  and  posteriorly,  at  least,  are  arranged  in  series  of  twos,  threes  and 
occasionally  fours.  The  species  would  appear  to  be  circumpolar  in  distribution,  since, 
besides  the  single  specimen  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection,  it  has  been  taken  by  the 
French,  Swedish  and  Belgian  Antarctic  expeditions ;  by  the  two  former,  in  considerable 
numbers. 

ANTARCTOMYSIS  sp. 
(PL  VIIL,  Figs.  2-12.) 
Mysis  maxima  (pars),  Holt  and  Tattersall,  1906  (1). 

Locality  of  capture :— Lat.  78°  25'  40"  S.,  long.  185°  39'  6"  K,  300  fathoms,  one 
specimen,  immature  male,  40  mm. 

This  species  is  so  closely  allied  to  A.  maxima  that  I  only  became  aware  that  it 
was  distinct  when  too  late  to  properly  illustrate  it.  The  figures  2-12  on  Plate  VIIL 
were  taken  from  the  appendages  of  this  specimen. 


HCIIIZUPODA.  .17 

The  species  will  be  fully  descril>ed  and  named  by  Dr.  Hanson,  HO  here  I  will 
merely  note  the  point*  of  distinction  between  it  and  .  I.  maxima. 

(1)  Eyt. — In  .1.  maxima  (PI.  VIII.,  tig.  1)  the  eye  is  large  and  the  visual  rlniicnt- 
occupy  a  large  part  of  the  outer  side  of  the  eye-stalk,  so  that  in  dorsal  view  the  inner 
eye-stalk  proper  is  mut-h    longer  than  the  outer,  and  in  external  lateral  view   very 
little  of  the  latter  is  visible.     In  the  present  form  the  eye  is  smaller  and  narrower  than 
in  .1.  maxima,  the  visual  elements  occupy  the  terminal  part  of  the  eye-stalk  only,  so 
that  the  inner  and  outer  margins  of  the  latter  arc  sul»cqiial  in  length,  and  in  external 
lateral  view  practically  the  whole  of  the  eye-stalk  is  visible. 

(2)  Rostrum. — In  A.  maxima  the  angle  contained  by  the  antero-latcral  margins 
of  the  carapace  which  form  the  rostrum  is  equal  to  or  slightly  greater  than  a  right 
angle,  so  that  in  lateral  view  the  antero-lateral  margins  are  not  very  oblique.     The 
tip  of  the  rostrum  is  produced  into  a  very  small  spine. 

In  the  new  species  the  angle  of  the  rostrum  is  considerably  less  than  a  right 
angle,  so  that  the  antero-lateral  margins  of  the  carapace  in  lateral  view  are  very 
oblique.  The  apex  of  the  rostrum  is  bluntly  rounded. 

(3)  Antenna. — In  A.  maxima   the   basal  joint  of  the  antenna,  from  which  the 
anteunal  scale  and  peduncle  arise,  bears  two  spines  ventrally,  one  at  each  of  the  outer 
and  inner  distal  corners.     In  the  new  form,  only  the  one  on  the  outer  distal  corner  is 
present,  the  inner  corner  l>eing  rounded. 

(4)  In  .1.  maxima  the  tarsus  of  the  third  to  the  eighth  thoracic  limbs  is  seven 
to  eight-jointed  (excluding  the   nail);    in    the   present   species  the  tarsus  is   six    to 
seven-jointed,  so  that  the  two  distal  joints  before  the  nail  are  proportionately  longer 
than  in  .4.  maxima  (cf.  PI.  VIII.,  Fig.  8,  with  Coutiere  (1906),  PI.  I.,  Fig.  11). 

In  other  characters  the  two  species  are  practically  identical. 


VOL.   IV. 


38  W.   II.  TATTERSALL. 


LIST    OF    AUTHORITIES    QUOTED. 

COUTIEBE,  H.,  1906.— Expedition  Charcot     Crustacea  Schizopodes  et  Decapodes,  Paris. 

CZERNIAVSKY,  W.,  1882-8. — Monographia  Mysidarum  imprimis  Impcrii  Rossici,  fasc.  i.-iii.,  St.  Petersburg. 

DANA,  J.  D.,  1852. — United  States  Exploring  Expedition,  Crustacea. 

HANSEN,  H.  J.,  1887. — "  Malacostraca  marina  Groenlandiae  occidentalis."    Vid.  Medd.  naturh.  Foren. 

Kjobenavn. 
HANSEN,  H.  J.,   1905  (1).—" Prelim.  Report  Schizopoda  'Princess  Alice,'  1904."    Bull.  Mus.  Ocean. 

Monaco,  no.  80. 

HANSEN,  H.  J.,  1905  (2). — "Further  notes  on  the  Schizopoda."    Bull.  Mus.  Ocean.  Monaco,  no.  42. 
HODGSON,  T.  V.,  1902. — Schizopoda  in  "  Report  collections  Natural  History  '  Southern  Cross.'  "   London. 
HOLT,  E.  W.  L.,  and  TATTERSALL,  \V.  M.,  1905.—"  Schizopod.  Crust.  N.  E.  Atlantic  Slope."    Report 

Sea  and  Inland  Fisheries,  Ireland,  1902-3,  Pt.  ii.,  Scientific  Investigations,  Appendix  no.  iv. 
HOLT,  E.  W.  L.,  and  TATTERSALL,  W.  M.,  1906  (1).— "Prelim,  notice  Schizopoda  'Discovery.'"    Ann. 

and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  7,  vol.  xvii. 

HOLT,  E.  W.  L.,  and  TATTERSALL,  W.  M.,  1906  (2).— "Schizopod.  Crust.  N.  E.  Atlantic  Slope.    Supple- 
ment."   Fisheries,  Ireland,  Sci.  Invest.,  1904,  v. 
ILLIO,  G.,  1906. — "Bericht  ii.  die  neuen  Schizopoden-Gattung  und  ArtenderDeutschciiTiefsec-Expedition, 

1898-1899."     Zoologischer  Anzeiger,  Bd.  xxx.,  no.  7. 
NORMAN,  A.  M.,  1902. — "Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  East  Finmark."    Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 

ser.  7,  vol.  x. 

OHLIN,  A.,  1901.— "Arctic  Crustacea."    Bihang  Kongl.  Sven.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  27,  Afd.  iv. 
ORTMANN,  A.  E.,  1893. — Decapoden  und  Schizopoden  der  Plankton-Expedition.    Ergeb.  Plankton  Erf.  der 

Humboldt-Stiftung,  Bd.  ii.  G,  b. 

SARS,  G.  0.,  1864. — Beretning  om  en  i  Sommeren  18C3  foretagen  Zoologisk  Reise  i  Christiania  Stift. 
SARS,  G.  0.,  1869. — Undersogelser  over  Christianiafjordens  Dybvandsfanna.     Christiania. 
SARS,  G.  0.,  1870-79. — Carcin.  Bidrag  til  Norges  Fauna.    I.  Monog.  Norges  Mysider. 
SARS,  G.  0.,  1 88;!—"  Prelim,  notices  Schizopoda  '  Challenger.' "    Forhandl.  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Christiania, 

no.  7. 
SARS,  G.  0.,  1885.— Report  on  the  Schizopoda  collected  by  H.M.S.   'Challenger.'    Zool.  'Challenger' 

Exped.,  Pt.  xxxvii.,  vol.  xiii. 

STEBBINO,  T.  R.  R.,  1893.— History  of  Crustacea.     London. 

STEBBINO,  T.  R.  R.,  1900. — "  On  some  Crustaceans  from  the  Falkland  Islands."    Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  London. 
TATTERSALL,  W.  M.,  1907. — "  Prelim,  diagnoses  of  six  new  Mysidae  from  the  West  Coast  of  Ireland." 

Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  7,  vol.  xix. 
WILLEMOES-SUHM,  R.,   1875.— "  Some  Atlantic  Crustacea  from  the  ' Challenger '  expedition."    Trans. 

Linn.  Soc.,  London,  ser.  ii.,  vol.  i. 

ZIMMER,  C.,  1904. — Arktische  Schizopoden.     Fauna  Arctica,  ii. 
ZIMMER,  C.,  1905. — "  Biologische  Notizen  iiber  Schizopoden."    Verhandl.  d.  Deutsch.  Zool.  Gesellschaft. 


II/.OPODA. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 
PLATE  I. 


Fio.     1.  —  Male,  -45  mm.,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  10. 

FKI.    2.  —  Female,  4."»  mm.,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  10. 

Fio.     3.  —  "  0/dfMi/M  '*  stage,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  15. 

Fin.     4.—  I  Ate  Qyrtopia  stage,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  30. 

Flo.    ft.  —  Mandilmlar  palp  x  13. 

Fio.    6.  —  Second  maxilla  x  13. 

Fio.     7.—  Pint  maxilla  x  18. 

FIG.    X.  —  Pint  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  9. 

Flo.     9.  —  Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  9. 

Fio.  10.  —  Lateral  spine  on  carapace  of  female,  50  mm.  x  30. 

Fio.  11.  —  Lateral  spine  on  carapace  of  male,  45  mm.  x  30. 

FIG.  12.  —  Lateral  spine  on  carapace  of  male,  89  mm.  x  30. 

PLATE  II. 

Eitphauxia  rry*talloro/>huu. 

Fio.  1.  —  Male,  lntor.il  view  of  entire  animal  x  C. 

Fio.  2.  —  Female,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  15. 

Fio.  3.—  Mandibnlar  palp  x  SO. 

Fio.  4.—  First  maxilla  x  80. 

Fio.  5.—  Second  maxilla  x  30. 

Fio.  6.—  First  thoracic  limb  X  20. 

Fio.  7.  —  Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  20. 

Fio.  8.—  Calyptopis  larva  x  40. 

Fio.  9.—  Furcilia  larva  x  20. 

Fio.  10.—  Cyrtopia  larva  x  20. 

PLATE  III. 
Thytanvesta  maerura. 

Fio.    1.  —  Female,  28  mm.,  lateral  view  x  6. 

Fio.    2.  —  Female,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  10. 

Fio.    3.  —  Antenna!  scale  and  peduncle  X  15. 

Fio.    4.—  Mandibular  palp  x  30. 

Fio.    5.—  First  maxilla  x  80. 

Fio.    6.—  Second  maxilla  x  80. 

Fio.    7.—  First  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  80. 

Fio.    8.  —  Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  15. 

Fio.    9.  —  Seventh  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  80. 

Fio.  10.—  Rudimentary  eighth  thoracic  limb  X  60. 

Fio.  11.—  Endopod  of  the  first  pleopod  of  the  male  X  60. 

Fio.  12.—  Endopod  of  the  second  pleopod  of  the  male  x  60. 

I  '2 


40  W.  M.  TATTERSALL. 

PLATE  IV. 

Euphausia,  triacantha. 
FIG.    1. — Male,  lateral  view  x  (J. 
FIG.    2. — Male,  dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  x  20. 
FIG.    3.— Inner  lobe  of  the  endopod  of  the  first  pleopods  of  the  male  to  show  copulatory  apparatus  x  80. 

Euphausia  vallentini. 

FIG.    4. — Outline  of  antennular  peduncle  of  '  Discovery '  specimen  x  20. 

FIG.    5. — Outline  of  rostrum  and  basal  joint  of  antennular  peduncle  of '  Challenger '  specimen  x  30. 
FIG.    6. — Inner  lobe  of  the  endopod  of  the  first  pleopods  of  the  male  in  '  Challenger '  specimen,  to  show 
copnlatory  apparatus  x  80. 

Euphausia  sp,  juv. 

FIG.    7. —  Dorsal  view  of  anterior  end  of  specimen,  10  mm.  x  60. 

FIG.    8. — Lateral  view  of  antennular  peduncle  of  the  same  specimen  x  60. 

FIG.    9. — Spine  on  the  third  segment  of  the  pleon  of  the  same  specimen  x  20. 

Euphausia  crystallorophias. 
FIG.  10. — Inner  lobe  of  the  endopod  of  the  first  pleopods  of  the  male,  to  show  copulatory  apparatus  x  80. 

PLATE  V. 

Hansenomysis  antarctica. 

FIG.    1. — Female,  dorsal  view  X  10. 
FIG.    2. — Enlarged  view  of  anterior  end  x  23. 
FIG.    3. — Side  view  of  anterior  end  x  28. 
FIG.    4. — Dorsal  view  of  peculiar  antennular  organ  x  70. 

FIG.    5. — Side  view  of  same  x  70.  , 

FIG.    6.— Mandible  x  20. 
FIG.    7.— Mandibnlar  palp  x  20. 
FIG.    8. — First  maxilla  x  20. 
FIG.    9.— Second  maxilla  x  20. 
FIG.  10. — First  thoracic  limb  x  20. 
FIG.  11. — Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  10. 
FIG.  12. — Third  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  10. 
FIG.  13. — Sixth  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  10. 
,  FIG.  14.— First  pleopod  x  20. 

FIG.  15. — Second  pleopod  x  20. 
FIG.  16.— Third  pleopod  x  20. 
FIG.  17. — Fourth  pleopod  x  20. 
FIG.  18.— Fifth  pleopod  x  20. 
FIG.  19.— Telson  and  uropods  X  20. 

PLATE  VI. 

Pseudomma  lelyicae. 

FIG.  1.— Female,  dorsal  view  x  10. 

FIG.  2. — Mandible  x  30. 

FIG.  3. — Mandibular  palp  x  30. 

FIG.  4.— First  maxilla  x  30. 

FIG.  5. — Second  maxilla  x  80. 

FIG.  6. — First  thoracic  limb,  endopod  X  13. 

FIG.  7.- — Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  13. 

FIG.  8.— Telson  x  20. 


srill/.ol'ODA.  41 


Dactylamblyofi*  hotiytont. 

Fio.    9.— Eye,  external  lateral  view  x  20. 

Fio.  10.- Mandible  X  40. 

Fio.  11.— liandibnlar  palp  x  40. 

Fio.  12.— First  maxilla  x  40. 

Fio.  13.— Second  maxilla  x  40. 

Fio.  14.— First  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  27. 

Fio.  15.— Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  27. 

Fio.  16.— Tekon  x  20. 

PLATE  VII. 

Mytulftef  fwfthon. 

Fio.    1.— Female,  dorsal  view  x  13. 

Fio.    2. — Antennnlar  peduncle  x  18. 

Fio.    3. — Antennal  peduncle  with  antenna!  scale  x  I*. 

Fio.    4.— Mandible  x  18. 

Fio.    :>.— Mandibular  palp  x  18. 

Fio.    6.*— First  maxilla  x  18. 

Fio.    7.— Second  maxilla  x  18. 

Fio.    8. — First  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  18. 

Fio.    9. — Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  1*. 

Fin.  10. — Third  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  18. 

Fio.  11.    Genital  appendix  of  male  x  18. 

Fio.  12.— First  pleopod  x  24. 

Fio.  13.—  Telaon  x  18. 


PLATE  VIII. 
Aniarrtomy*i«  maxima. 
Fio.    1. —  Immature  male,  dorsal  view  x  6. 

Antarctomijftt  up. 

Fio.    2.— Mandible  x  20. 

Fio.    ».— Mandibular  palp  X  20. 

Fio.    4.— First  maxilla  x  20. 

Fio.    :».— Second  maxilla  x  20. 

Fio.    6.— First  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  8. 

Fio.    7. — Second  thoracic  limb,  endopod  x  8. 

Fio.    8.— Third  thoracic  limb  x  8. 

Fio.    9. — Second  pleopod  of  the  male  (immature)  x  15. 

Fio.  10. — Third  pleopod  of  the  male  (immature)  x  15. 

Fin.  11. — Fourth  pleopod  of  the  male  (immature)  x  l.v 

Fio.  12.— Fifth  pleopod  of  the  male  (immature)  x  l.v 


INDEX  OF  GENEEA  AND  SPECIES. 


Amblyops,  29. 
Amblyops  abbreviata,  30. 
Amblyops  crozetti,  3. 
Antaretomysit,  3,  85. 
Antarctomysis  maxima,  2,  36. 
Arctomysis,  22. 
Boreomysis,  22. 
Boreomysis  scyphops,  3,  22. 
Ceratomysis,  22. 
Dactylamblyops,  3,  29. 
Dactylamblyops  goniops,  31. 
Dactylamblyops  hodgsoni,  2,  30. 
Dactylamblyops  sarsi,-Sl. 
Dactylamblyops  tluiumatops,  31. 
Dactylerythrops,  29. 
Dactylerythrops  arcuata,  2,  30. 
Echinomysis  chtmi,  2. 
Eucopia,  3. 

Eucopia  aus/ralis,  1,  2,  3. 
Euphausia,  4. 
Euphausia  sp.,  14,  1C. 
Euphausia  antarctica,  1,  4. 
Euphausia  australis,  1,  4,  5. 
Euphausia  crystallorophias,  2,  9. 
Euphausia  gibboides,  16. 
Euphausia  glacialis,  1,  4,  8. 
Euphausia  lucens,  1,  11,  14. 
Euphausia  murrayi,  1,  4,  6. 
Euphausia  similis,  2,  11. 
Euphausia  splendens,  1,  11,  13,  14. 
Euphausia  superba,  1,  2,  4. 
Euphausia  triacantha,  12. 
Euphausia  vaUentini,  13,  14. 


Hansenomysis,  3,  22. 
Hansmomysu  antarctica,  3,  23. 
Hansenomysis  fyllse,  22,  26. 
Hemimysis,  35. 
Heteromysis,  32. 
LopJi  off  aster  typicus,  3. 
Metamysidella,  32. 
Metamysidella  kerguelensis,  35. 
Michtheimysis  mizta,  3. 
Mysideis,  32. 
Mysidella,  32. 
Mysidetes,  3,  32. 
Mysidetes  far  rani,  31. 
Mysidetes  posthon,  33. 
Mysidopsis,  32. 
Mysidopsis  incisa,  32,  35. 
Mi/sis,  35. 

Mysis  maxima,  1,  35,  8C. 
Nyctiphanes  couchi,  0. 
Petalophthalmus,  22. 
Pelalophthalmus  armiffer,  22. 
Petalophthalmus  oculatus,  22. 
Petalophthalmus  wilkmoesii,  22. 
Pseudomma,  3,  27,  30. 
Pseudomma  australe,  29. 
Pseudomma  belgicse,  27. 
Pseudomma  roseum,  28. 
Pseudomma  sarsi,  1,  2,  28. 
Scolophihalmus,  22. 
Thysanoessa,  3,  17. 
Thysanoessa  gregaria,  18. 
Thysanoessa  macrura,  1,  2,  17. 


X 

a 


Q 
u 


*••'     OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


_ 


r; 


T-rT-t; 


' 


5 

i 


<v 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 
NXcfAL!FOR^> 


00 


y^TTm^l 


CM 


It    UNIVERSITY 


I 


j 

5  i. 

'Z     5 

•SJ 

II 

II 
t! 

&.* 


i  * 

•2-3 
|1 

ff 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


I 


X 

a 

1 

5 


OF  THE 
UNIVERSITY 


V 

3. 


a. 

X 

UJ 


r> 


I 

1 


5, 


ko 


•O 


; 

rt 
c 


00 


»  : 


or  THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 


5 


/  \ 


CVJ 


1 
5 

5 

2 

c 


CKUSTACEA. 

VIII.-COPEPODA.* 

BY  R  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN,  M.D.  (Cantab.),  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S. 

(7  Plates.) 
PREFATORY  NOTR 

THE  collection  handed  to  me  for  examination  and  report  thereon  was  contained  in  163 
bottles,  the  contents  of  a  few  of  which  were  in  such  bad  preservation  that  they  were 
practically  worthless  for  the  purpose  of  identification.  The  collection  of  individual 
species  is  not  a  large  one,  though  there  were  great  quantities  of  the  more  common 
species.  But  few  absolutely  new  forms  were  found  ;  these  comprised  a  new  genus 
(Parahibidocera)  and  seven  new  species  (Euch&ta  ftimili*,  Stephus  antarcticum,  Xantho- 
ctdanus  antarcticus  and  X.  nuignus,  Haloptilus  ocelhttux,  Faroella  antarcticti,  and  Gnetanux 
antarcticus).  As  such  of  these  copepods  as  may  be  considered  Antarctic  were 
collected  within  a  small  area,  I  have  not  deemed  it  necessary  to  occupy  space  by  the 
repetition  of  individual  captures,  which  would  be  monotonous  and  of  no  particular 
interest  The  drawings  have  been  made  by  Miss  Marion  taes. 

The  signs  used  in  the  following  pages  are  ft  1  and  ft  2  for  first  and  second  basal*  ; 
Ri  and  Re  for  endopodite  and  exopodite ;  Si  for  inner  marginal  and  S?  for  outer 
marginal  spine  (or  bristle) ;  Li  for  inner  and  Le  for  outer  lobe  ;  Th  for  thoracic 
somite.  As  they  were  first  used  in  Giesbrecht's  great  work,  and  have  been  subse- 
quently often  employed  by  others  as  abbreviations,  the  author  has  thought  no 
excuse  necessary  for  their  use  here,  in  order  to  avoid  the  constant  repetition  of  the 
words  "  exopodite  "  and  "  cndopodite,"  etc. 

I. 

UNTIL  the  expedition  of  the  '  Belgica '  there  existed  no  records  of  the  collection  of 
Copepoda  south  of  Kerguelen,  except  those  of  Dr.  Brady,  which  referred  to  the 
'Challenger'  collections  made  from  the  south  of  Kerguelen  to  the  pack-ice  at  66°  29'  S. 
The  collections  made  by  the  '  Discovery,'  the  '  Belgica,'  and  the  '  (iauss '  form  a 
most  important  contribution  to  the  planktonology  of  this  southern  region,  and  the 

*  Owing  to  the  author's  absence  from  England  he  wai  unable  to  sec  the  "  revise  "  of  this  Report.— Eft. 


2  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

results  of  any  one  expedition  cannot  properly  be  appreciated  without  reference  to  the 
others. 

The  'Belgica'  collections  were  made  S.  and  S.E.  of  Peter  I.  Island,  between  69°  48' 
and  71°  18'  S.,  and  81°  19'  and  92°  22' W.,  between  April  21st  and  December  6th,  1898, 
by  means  of  nets  lowered  through  holes  in  the  pack-ice  to  a  depth  of  0-500 
metres. 

The  '  Discovery '  collections  were  made  by  lowering  and  raising  a  vertically 
actuated  net  through  holes  cut  in  the  ice,  while  the  ship  was  in  Winter  Quarters.* 

The  '  Gauss '  collections  were  made  from  the  South  of  Kcrguelen  to  the  winter 
station  in  Gauss  Bay,  Kaiser  Wilhelm  II.  Land,  and  were  of  very  extensive  character, 
and  as  the  collections  were  further  made  throughout  the  Atlantic  traverse  of  the  ship, 
they  afford  an  opportunity  for  the  comparison  of  the  purely  Antarctic  fauna  with  that 
of  the  Southern  Ocean. 

In  considering  the  question  of  the  distribution  of  the  Copepoda  of  the  southern- 
most area  of  the  Atlantic  (the  Antarctic  region)  it  is  convenient  to  consider  the  results 
of  these  expeditions  together,  since  any  conclusions  drawn  from  the  results  of  the 
'  Discovery '  alone  would  be  incomplete  and  even  misleading.  The  '  Belgica  '  collections 
have  been  reported  upon  by  Dr.  Giesbrecht  ("  Resultats  du  Voyage  du  S.Y.  'Belgica' 
eu  1897-1898-1899";  Rapports  Scientifiques,  1902),  and  the  '  Gauss '  collections  are  still 
under  examination,  and  I  only  now  refer  to  the  results  of  my  examination  of  that 
collection  in  so  far  as  they  assist  the  elucidation  of  the  '  Discovery  '  results. 

From  the  results  of  the  three  expeditions  ('  North  American,'  '  Challenger '  and 
'  Vettor  Pisani ')  which,  previously  to  the  '  Belgica,'  had  collected  in  the  Southern 
Ocean  as  far  south  as  the  pack-ice,  Giesbrecht  accepts  seventeen  species  as 
correct,  after  rejecting  a  number  of  species  as  "ungeniigend  beschriebenen  und  nicht 
zuverlassig  genug  bestimmten  "),f  viz.,  Aetidius  armatus  (50°  S.),  Calanus  jinmarchichus 
(52°),  Calanus  patagoniensis  (47°),  C.  propinquus  (64°  37'),  simillimus  (52°),  Centropages 
%rachiatus  (52°),  Clausocalanus  arcuicornis  (53°),  Clytemnestra  scutMata  (46°), 
Drepanopus  forcipatus  (53°),  D.  pectinatus  (49°  16'),  Metridia  boeckii  (45°), 

*  Mr.  Hodgson  has  supplied  me  with  the  following. — ED. 

"  TOW-NETTING  IN  WINTER  QUARTERS. 

"  After  the  surface  of  the  sea  was  frozen  over  there  was  no  means  of  dragging  a  tow-net  through  the 
water,  and  as  the  current  seemed  sufficiently  strong  to  hold  the  net  out,  it  was  attached  to  a  line  about  a  fathom 
above  a  heavy  sinker,  28  Ibs.,  and  lowered  to  a  depth  of  ten  fathoms,  except  in  special  instances  or  during  the 
summer.  This  depth  was  decided  on,  it  having  been  found  that  the  formation  of  ice  crystals  on  the  nets  could  be 
avoided.  These  crystals  formed  on  the  lines  down  to  5-8  fathoms,  according  to  the  season.  The  nets  remained 
down  for  twenty-four  hours,  sometimes  longer  if  the  holes  could  not  be  visited  on  account  of  the  weather,  or 
opened  on  account  of  some  difficulty  with  the  ice.  The  mouth  of  the  net  was  always  in  an  approximately  vertical 
position,  this  was  secured  by  the  attachment  of  the  line  direct  to  the  ring  of  the  net  and  the  sinker  to  the  other 
side  of  the  ring." 

•f  The  rejected  species  are,  Acartia  denticornis  (52°),  Candacia  curia  (50°)  and  truncata  (64°  37'),  Eucalanus 
at/enuatus  (47°  25'),  Eucha-ta  marina  (47°  25'),  Haloptilus  aculeatus  (46°  46'),  Hfterorrhabdus  spinifrons  (50P)> 
Lucieutia  flavicornis  (47°  25'),  Pleuromamma  abdominalc  (65"  42'),  Copilia  stylifera  (66°  29'). — Giesbrecht, 
'  Belgica  '  report,  p.  5. 


COPEPODA. 

grandis  (49°),  Oit/wmt  similut  (52°),  Paracalanus  parvw  (52°), 
wuutu*  (52°),  It.  giga*  (65°  42'),  ScoUcithrix  minor  (46°  46'). 

This  list  contains  a  striking  numlior  of  forms  which  are  usually  associated  with 
more  temperate  regions,  and,  as  Dr.  Giesbrecht  remarks,  the  failure  in  agreement  with 
the  pelagic  species  of  the  '  Belgica '  in  very  striking,  for  only  two  species  an  common 
to  all  collections.  Comparing  it  with  the  results  of  the  '  Discovery '  the  same 
extraordinary  differences  are  manifest,  only  four  species  (C.  prvpiiiquw,  C.  simillimu*, 
Clausixxtlamis  arcuicorni*,  Otthona  ximilix)  being  common  to  both  collections. 

In  the  '  Gauss '  collections,  in  the  area  between  Kerguelen  and  the  Winter  Station, 
appear  a  great  number  of  species  in  execs*  of  those  either  of  the  '  Belgira '  or 
'  Discovery.'  Whereas  in  the  '  Bclgira  '  collection  occur  thirty  specie*,  of  which  nine- 
teen only  are  pelagic,  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection  are  twenty-four  species  of  pelagic 
Copepoda ;  but  in  the  '  Gauss '  c-ollection  this  nuiul>cr  in  more  than  doubled,  and  a 
Dumber  of  species  occur  even  in  the  collections  made  round  al»out  the  Winter  Station 
which  are  not  entirely  Antarctic,  but  extend  a  long  way  northwards  through  the 
deeper  waters  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  have  been  brought  there  prolwbly  by  southern 
currents.  The  species  determined,  however,  show  but  little  agreement  with  the  list 
enumerated  alx>ve. 

The  very  extensive  number  of  species  captured  by  the  '  Gauss '  naturalists  is 
probably  due  to  the  fact  that  the  tow-nets  were  used  at  much  greater  depths  than  in  the 
case  of  either  the  '  Belgica '  or  '  Discovery.'  In  the  former,  500  metres  appears  to  have- 
been  the  limit,  whereas  in  the  latter  the  collections  may  be  considered  to  l»e  practically 
surface  collections.  If  the  tow-net  had  been  used  at  the  depths  it  was  employed  on 
the  '  Gauss,'  viz.,  to  3,000  metres,  the  agreement  between  the  respective  captures 
might  certainly  have  been  greater,  and  the  number  of  species  taken  greatly 
increased. 

In  the  '  Gauss '  collections  appear  only  six  species  which  agree  with  any  of 
the  species  referred  to  above  (viz.,  Aetideus  armatwt,  Caianua  propinquu*  and  C. 
simillimus,  Clattsocalanus  arcuicornix,  Oithona  sitnili*,  Lucicutia  fltivicorni*),  and  when 
it  is  remembered  that  in  the  '  Belgica  '  collection  there  are  only  two  species,  and  in  the 
'Discovery'  only  four  species,  of  the  twenty-seven  species  enumerated  by  (Jiesbrecht 
which  are  in  agreement,  the  conclusion  is  inevitable  either  that  the  captures  made  by 
the  expeditions  mentioned  were  unusual,  or  that  the  identification  of  species  has  in  some 
instances  been  erroneous.  That  unusual  species  do  appear  in  these  areas,  even  close  to 
the  ice,  is  shown  by  the  occurrence  in  the  '  Gauss '  Antarctic  collections  of  Corycoeu* 
(tpecionUf  Sapphirina  inetallina,  Aetideti*  artnatu*,  Labidocera  aeutifroiis,  Undtuchaeta 
major,  Arictellu*  setofus,  and  others ;  and  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection  in  Lat  56° 
31' S.,  Long.  156°  19'  30"  occurred  Eucalanu*  subtenui*,  and  in  Lat  49°  40' 8.,  and 
Long.  172°  18'  30"  W.,  Pleuromamnui  gracilix,  several  young  Gmdace,  Euchceta 
a  HI  r  inn,  and  Cejitropagef  violnottx,  which  belong  undoubtedly  to  a  subtropical  or 
warm  temperate  area,  and  arc  to  l>c  regarded  as  accidental. 


YOU    1%'. 


R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 


While  the  number  of  species  captured  was  in  each  case  comparatively  small,  the 
number  of  individuals  in  any  one  haul  in  the  case  of  the  '  Discovery '  was  very  groat. 
The  rule  which  appears  to  hold  good  for  tow-netting  in  the  north  part  of  the  North 
Atlantic,  viz.,  that  the  further  north  we  go  the  smaller  the  number  of  species,  but  the 
immensely  increased  preponderance  of  individuals  of  certain  species,  certainly  holds 
good  as  regards  the  South  Polar  regions.  Immense  numbers  of  the  small  copepod 
Ctenocalanus  vanus  appear  in  some  of  the  hauls,  to  the  almost  entire  exclusion  of 
any  other  species,  and  in  other  cases  the  larger  copepod  Euchceta  antarctica  appears 
in  great  preponderance.  Calanus  acutus  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  Calanus  propinquus 
also  preponderate  largely.  Similarly,  Metridia  gerlachei  appears  in  most  of  the 
captures. 

The  collections  of  the  '  Gauss '  provide  information  which  is  not  given  by  those  of 
the  '  Discovery '  or  of  the  '  Belgica,'  namely,  that  several  species  which  appear 
in  the  Southern  Polar  Sea  also  occur  in  the  deeper  water  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
to  the  northwards  of  the  Antarctic  area.  But  as  this  properly  belongs  to  the  report 
of  the  '  Gauss '  collections  which  I  have  in  hand,  I  forbear  its  discussion  in 
this  place. 

Two  questions  are  suggested  by  Dr.  Giesbrecht  in  his  '  Belgica'  report,  viz.,  (1) 
Does  the  Antarctic  area  possess  a  peculiar  fauna  ?  (2)  Is  the  small  agreement  of  the 
Antarctic  copepod  fauna  with  that  of  the  nearest  seas  due  to  defective  research,  or  is  it 
that  the  area  of  the  pack-ice  has  its  own  peculiar  fauna  ?  and  the  further  questions  as 
to  whether  the  admixture  of  Polar  and  Antarctic  fauna  occurs  in  the  deep  ocean,  or 
whether  there  are  physical  and  biogenetic  conditions  in  the  Polar  regions  which  differ 
from  those  in  the  warm  seas  and  prevent  such  exchange  of  species,  receive  some 
elucidation  from  the  collections  of  the  '  Gauss.' 

With  regard  to  the  first  question,  viz.,  Does  the  Antarctic  area  possess  its  own 
peculiar  fauna  ?  it  must  be  remarked  that  from  the  results  of  the  three  collections 
named  the  typical  copepod  fauna  (pelagic)  of  this  region  consists  in  the  following  :— 


Calanus  acutus 
„       simillimus 
„       propinquus 

Rhincalanus  grandis 

Euchceta  antarctica 
„      austrina 
„      similis 

Ctenocalanus  vanus 

Heterorrhabdus  austrinus 

Euchirella  magna 

Spinocalanus  antarcticus 

Metridia  gerlachei 


Oncea  curvata,  similis,  frigida,  notopus, 

conifera 

Scolecithrix  glacialis 
Oithona  similis 

„      frigida 
Gaetanus  antarcticus 
Haloptilus  ocellatus 
Paralabidocera  hodgsoni 
Stephus  longipes 

,,      antarcticum 
Ectinosoma  antarcticum 
Microcalanus  pusillus 


1.  Of  the  Au tan- tic  Copepoda  the  following  are  new  specie*  and  genera  :— 

ParaLtbtdocfra .  hodgtoni  Euchirellu  magna 

ll<il,'j,tilus  ocrllatua  Faroflla  antarcticn 

*  * 

Stephos  antarcticus  Gaetamtx  (infarction 

'ioeta  tiyiili*  Xanthoctikinus  antarcticu* 

Calanus  nmillimus  (mentioned  briefly  by  Giesbrecht,  loc.  cit.). 


2.  The  following  are  species  newly  described  by  Dr.  Gicsbrecht  ('  Bcljjica  '  report), 
occurring  also  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection  :  — 

Euchceta  antarctica 

SttpMu  longipes 

Metridia  gerUichei  (nearly  related  to  M.  Ixtecki  and  M.  lucens). 

Oneta  curvata  „         „  0.  subtili*,  Gieab. 

lihincalamu  grandis     „         „  /P.  gigas,  Brady. 

Harpacticus  furcifer     „        „  H.flexus,  Brady. 

3.  Of  species  which  occur  in  the  North  Polar  regions  there  are  only  the  following 
'Discovery'  •pecJM,  which  bear  such  slight  modification  as  to  be  practically  identical  : 
Microcalaniui  ptisillus  (  =  Psewlocalanus  pygnuetu)  ;  Oitlumu  similis. 

4.  The  '  Discovery  '  collection  would  therefore  lead  us  to  suppose  that,  so  far  as 
copepod  fauna  is  concerned,  there  is  little  resemblance  between  the  characteristic  fauna 
of  both  Polar  regions.    In  the  '  Belgica  '  collection,  Oncea  conifera  and  notopus  ;  and  in 
the   '  Gauss  '   collection,    Oncea  conifera,    Gaidius  tcnuispinu.1    and  brevispinus,  and 
Amallvphora  maijiia,  that  is,  seven  species  of  a  total  of  55-60  species  occurring  in  the 
South  Polar  seas,  are  all  that  are  identical  with  the  species  described  by  Prof.  San  M 
collected  by  Nansen's  Norwegian  North  Polar  Expedition.     It  would  not,  however,  be 
safe  to  take  this  list  of  Prof.  Stirs'  as  the  ultimate  result  of  copepod  research  of  the 
North  Polar  seas,  and  other  species  may  yet  be  found  to  be  identical 

The  following  table  shows  the  comparative  relationship  of  species  of  the  more 
frequently  occurring  genera  :— 

N.  PoUr.  8.  PoUr. 

(\ilinut  finmarcliieiw  replaced  by  C.  propinqwu 

„       hyperborevt  „  lontut 

„  timiUtmtu 
„  aeutiu 
Mttridia  longa  replaced  by  M.  gtrlachti 


Amallopfiora  magna  (=  Stafki  A.  magna 

calanuM  aeroftphalui,  San) 

froltcMrix  brtnevrni*  replaced  by  8.  glanaUt 

TarrftfrffffTTfT  bortalu  replaced  by  .V.  mayntu 

„  antarrtirtu 

K   2 


6  R.  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

N.  Polar.  S.  Polar. 

Gaidius  tenuispinus')  G.  tenuispinus 

„       Irevispinm]  rePIaced  b?  „  major 

„  antarcticus 
Microcalamts  pusillus  (=  Pseudo-  M.pusillus 

/•a  In /ii's  pygmwus) 

Heterorrhaldus  norwtgkus  replaced  by  H.  austrinus 

„          compactus  „  longicornis 

Emlmta  norwegica  replaced  by  E.  antarctka 

„       glacialis  .,  austrina 

„       larbata  „  similis 

Haloptilm  spinifrms  replaced  by  H.  ocellatus 

„  spiniceps 

S]rinocalanus  longicornis  replaced  by  S.  antarcticus 

Undeuclueta  spectabilis  replaced  by  U.  major 

Oitkona  similis  replaced  by  0.  similis 

„       helgolandica  „  curvata 

„       conifera  „  conifera 

„       notopus  „  notopus 

„  friffida 

In  the  North  Polar  Sea,  as  Prof.  Sars  remarks,  besides  the  few  distinctly  Arctic 
species  are  many  which  extend  southwards  to  the  warmer  seas,  and  the  North  Polar 
basin  copepod  fauna  has  a  pronounced  resemblance  to  that  of  the  North  Atlantic 
basin,  the  greater  number  of  species  being  common  to  both,  and  some  deep-water  forms 
of  the  Norwegian  Sea  are  often  surface  forms  in  the  North  Polar  basin.  A  few  forms 
regarded  as  quite  southern  also  occur  in  the  North  Polar  Sea. 

So  far  as  the  distribution  can  be  followed  from  the  '  Gauss  '  collections,  it  may  be 
said  that,  of  the  typical  Antarctic  fauna  its  representatives  diminish  gradually  to  latitude 
40°  S.  (i.e.  about  the  latitude  of  St.  Paul  and  New  Amsterdam)  north  of  which  they  do 
not  appear,  but  extend  westwards  to  those  stations  situated  directly  south  and  westward 
to  10°  E.  as  a  limit  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  north  of  which  no  typically  Antarctic 
species  appears. 

North  of  Kerguelen,  i.e.  50°  S.  lat.,  no  Antarctic  species  appear  to  extend,  while  the 
typically  subtropical  species  of  the  Indian  Ocean  extend  as  far  south  as  latitude  30°  S., 
where  their  southern  extension  appears  to  be  arrested.  There  is  thus  a  barrier  between 
lat.  40°  and  50°  S.  and  between  long.  10°  and  80°  E.  as  indicated  by  the  '  Gauss ' 
collections,  at  which  extension  northwards  of  Antarctic  species  and  southwards  of  Indian 
Ocean  subtropical  species  is  prevented,  or  at  any  rate,  does  not  occur.  While  the  same 
collections  indicate  that  the  Antarctic  species  extend  northwards  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
in  gradually  diminishing  numbers,  only  as  far  as  lat.  40°  S.,  north  of  which  they  do  not 
occur,  a  few  typically  Atlantic  deep-water  species  find  their  way  into  the  Antarctic  Sea 
(such  are  Heterorrhdbdus  profundus,  Labidocera  acutifrons,  Metridia  princeps,  Lucicutia 
grandis,  Gaidius  major,  Arietellus  setosus). 

Until  the  '  Gauss '  collections  are  fully  examined  it  is  of  course  rash  to  say  that  no 


OOPKl'ODA.  7 

typically  Antarctic  species  ever  find  their  way  northwards  by  way  of  the  deep  Atlantic 
trough,  but  there  is  little  evidence  of  it  in  the  many  collections  made  by  the  '  Gauss ' 
throughout  its  Atlantic  traverse.  A  certain  nurntwr  of  species  which  arc  ubiquitous, 
such  as  Oithona  similis,  some  species  of  Onoea,  Ilnloptilwt  hngicornui,  Gaidiu* 
tenuispinus  and  major,  and  Gaetantu  (armiger,  and  possibly  caudani),  extend  from  the 
Faroe  Channel  to  the  southern  ocean ;  but  so  far  as  the  evidence  at  present  goes, 
the  Antarctic  Copepod  fauna  is  distinct  from  that  of  the  Arctic  seas,  and  the  species 
which  are  typical  of  this  region,  and  most  numerous,  do  not  extend  far  into  the 
Southern  Atlantic.  As  no  observations  have  been  made  of  the  Copepod  fauna  of  the 
deep  water  of  the  Indian  Ocean,  it  is  quite  possible  that  Antarctic  species  may  I  war  a 
considerable  extension  northwards  in  this  direction. 

It  is  curious  that  no  great  number  of  J/arpicticidse  appear  in  the  collections  of  the 
'Discovery,'  only  three  examples  all  told  of  Harj*icticu#  furcifei;  which  is  somewhat 
different  from  any  Ifarpaciicu*  of  the  northern  hemisphere  ;  and  only  five  arc  descril»ed 
from  the  'Belgica'  collection  by  Dr.  Giesbrecht,  two  of  which  (//.  brevicornis,  II.  cMifer), 
are  identical  with  northern  species.  A  fair  number  of  species  occur  in  the '  Gauss ' 
collection,  but  these  have  not  yet  been  examined. 

The  paucity  in  numbers  of  the  Ifarpactictdse  in  the  '  Discovery '  captures  is  no 
douUt  due  to  the  mode  of  collection. 


II. 

LlST     OF    COPEPODS    IN     THE    'DISCOVERY*     COLLECTION. 


Kitcfurt't  nniartlifa. 

„       limiiu. 
Mttridui  gerlathri. 

„      prinetpt. 
Culanut  of ut us. 

„      propinqttvs. 

„      tonstu. 

„  timilliiiiii.i. 
Ctenotalanus  ran  at. 
Oithona  similit. 

„     friffida. 
Oncta  etirvata. 


Mirrocalanu*  piuilliu. 


„      aniartlieum. 
Xantkacalanut  antarftifii*. 


Harpof tints  furnfer. 


Paralabidottra  hadgtoni. 
Rhintalantu  grandix 
Clatuotalantu  areuiforni*. 
Haloptilus  ocfllatu*. 
FarotUa  aniarclifa. 
OatUmtu  antarrtieut. 
Hftrrorrhabdu*  longiforni*. 


CALANUS  (LEACH). 

The  species  first  described  by  Brady  as  Calantu  propinquu*  has  been  subsequently 
described  by  Giesbrecht,  who  now  concludes  ('Belgica'  report,  p.  16)  that  the  copepod 
described  by  himself  in  1892  as  C.  propinquus  from  the  S.W.  Atlantic,  between  37°  and 
52°  S.,  is  not  this  species,  but  one  closely  resembling  it,  to  which  he  gives  the  name 


R.  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

C.  simillimus.  Giesbrecht  also  suggests  that  the  similarity  between  the  two  species 
leads  to  the  doubt  whether  C.  propinquus  has  such  a  wide  distribution  as  Brady 
imagined.  This  author  gave  it  a  distribution  throughout  all  oceans — in  the  southern 
Indian,  north  in  the  Pacific  (to  35°  N.),  and  in  the  Atlantic  to  30°  N.* 

I  have  made  a  careful  examination  of  dissected  specimens  from  the  following 

localities : 

Lat.'  56°  31'  S.     Long.  156°  19'  30"  E. 

Lat.  59°  19'  S.     Long.  124°  24'  30"  W.  (28.  vi.  04). 
Lat.  84°  01'  S.     Long.  170°  49'  E. 
Lat.  58°  49'  45"  S.     Long.  154°  48'  W.  (24.  vi.  04). 
Lat.  50°  48'  S.     Long.  170°  2'  E. 

and  in  these  hauls  occur  many  examples  of  a  Calanus  which  answers  in  all  particulars 
to  Giesbrecht's  C.  simillimus.  As  these  have  well-developed  genital  segments,  in  some 
cases  with  spermatophores  attached,  and  differ  from  C.  propinquus  not  only  in  size, 
being  very  much  smaller  than  this  species,  but  also  in  the  proportions  of  the  third  and 
fourth  pairs  of  feet,  and  the  serration  and  proportions  of  the  fifth  pair,  there  is  no  doubt 
that  this  entirely  agrees  with  the  animal  briefly  described  by  Giesbrecht ;  and  I  think 
he  is  correct  in  regarding  it  as  a  species  different  from  C.  propinquus,  and  that  the 
distribution  of  the  latter  is  not  so  extensive  as  was  imagined  by  Brady.  I  therefore 
describe  (7.  simillimus  (Giesbrecht)  as  a  different  species. 

A  third  species  of  Calanus  which  does  not  agree  with  either  of  these,  being 
altogether  less  robust  than  C.  propinquus,  and  constantly  much  smaller,  but  at  the 
same  time  larger  than  simillimus,  but  with  the  basals  of  the  fifth  pair  without  any 
marginal  teeth,  and  the  distal  margins  of  the  basals  of  the  second  to  fourth  pairs 
with  a  row  of  spines,  may  probably  be  C.  tonsus  (Brady),  but  the  description  given 
by  this  author  is  of  the  briefest  character,  and  he  gives  only  two  figures,  which  do 
not  assist  in  the  identification.  However,  I  attach  to  it  Brady's  name,  as  it  is  probably 
the  animal  meant  by  Brady. 

Four  species  of  Calanus  are  found  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection  : — 

1.  Cal.  propinquus  (Brady). 

2.  Cal.  acutus  (Giesbrecht). 

3.  Cal.  simillimus  (Giesbrecht). 

4.  Cal.  tonsus  (Brady). 

*  Lat.  46°  46'  8.    Long.  45°  81'  E. 
Lat.  64°  87'  S.     Long.  85°  49'  E. 
Lat.  47°  25'  8.     Long.  180°  12'  E. 
Lat.  85°  41'  N.     Long.  157°  42'  E. 
Lat.  40°  3'  8.     Long.  132°  58'  W. 
Lat.  9°  48'  S.    Long.  18°  51'  W. 
Lat.  8°  10'  N.    Long.  14°  51'  W. 
Lat.  87°  17'  S.     Long.  53°  52'  W. 
Off  Kcrguelen  Island.     Brady,  loc.  cit. 


1.    <   A I   \M  S    PROPINQUfR. 

(Plate  I.,  figs.  1,  2,  8,  3',  4.) 

OrffnifTjTij-'-j Hrwlj,  Rep.  •  Challenger '  XIX.,  Copepoda  (1888),  p.  31. 

Oiwbrccht,  Faun*  u.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  91. 

•brecht  und  Schmeil,  Diw  Tiem-irh,  Copt-poda  (189«),  p.  1ft. 
Oiatbncbt, '  Beljrica '  Report,  p.  16. 
T.  Soott,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  VI.  (1H93),  p.  25. 

The  length  of  this  copepod  given  by  Brady  is  5'5  mm.,by  fJiesbrecht  4 '9-5 '3  mm. 
The  majority  of  the  '  Discovery  '  and  'Gauss'  flpecimcnn  measure  under  5  ram.  The 
cephalothorax  is  rather  over  three  times  as  long  as  the  nhdomcn,  furcal  segments  twice 
as  long  as  broad.  Head  evenly  rounded,  without  any  trace  of  crest  Head  separate 
from  first  thoracic  segment.  Last  thoracic  segment  laterally  produced  a  little,  and 
ending  in  short  points.  Anterior  antenna)  not  reaching  beyond  the  fun -a  (thus  shorter 
than  described  by  Giesbrecht,  in  these  specimens).  Relative  proportions  of  24th  to  25th 
segments  as  18  :  21. 

Second  feet  Re  3  divided  into  proximal  portion  24  :  distal  25. 
Third  „  „  20;      „     23. 

Fourth        „  „  ,,36:      „     20. 

Hi3  with  seven  bristles,  end  saw  two-thirds  the  length  of  /?«'3.  Fifth  feet,  Ji  1 
with  inner  margin  convex  below,  concave  distally,  with  thirteen  or  fourteen  teeth,  and 
distally  with  three  teeth,  larger  than  the  others.  /?/3  with  five  bristles,  two  outer, 
two  apical,  one  inner.  This  animal  is  much  more  robust  than  the  next  special 
(simillimwi). 

The  <J  is  about  the  same  size  as  the  9  •  mid  the  chief  differences  consist  in  the 
structure  of  the  fifth  feet  and  shape  of  the  head  and  thorax.  The  latter  is  very  like  C. 
jinmarchictui,  the  head  oval,  rounded,  nnd  produced,  the  first  thoracic  segment  with  deep 
indentation  l>etween  it  and  the  second,  and  its  posterior  margin  protruded.  The 
anterior  antennas  with  the  basal  joints  much  coalesced.  Posterior  footjaw  with  a  long, 
stout,  densely-feathered  dorsal  bristle.  Fifth  left  foot  much  prolonged,  /.'•  1  and  2 . 
elongated,  Re  3  very  short  and  pyriform  shape,  with  short  distal  bristle.  Ri  only  half 
the  length  of  Re,  with  respectively  1:1:6  short  weak  bristles.  Right  foot  Ri  nearly 
as  long  as  Re,  with  1:1:6  bristles,  lie  not  much  more  than  half  as  long  as  St  at 
opposite  side.  First  basal  with  inner  margin  armed  with  seventeen  to  twenty  large 
teeth  ;  in  its  upper  part  slightly  concave,  in  its  lower  part  slightly  convex,  the  teeth 
all  of  pretty  much  the  same  size. 


10  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

2.  CALANUS  ACUTUS. 
(Plate  I.,  figs.  9,  10.) 
Calanus  acutus,  Giesbrecht, '  Belgica '  Report,*  p.  17. 

This  copepod  was  first  described  by  Giesbrecht  from  the  Belgian  South  Polar 
Expedition,  and  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection  it  forms  the  chief  constituent  of  the  South 
Polar  copepod  plankton,  along  with  Euchceta  antarctica. 

The  majority  of  the  animals  I  have  met  with  both  in  the  '  Gauss '  and  '  Discovery  ' 
collections  are  smaller  than  the  size  given  by  Giesbrecht,  viz.,  4  '7-5  '3  mm.  But  few 
of  our  specimens  reach  5  mm.  length,  the  majority  being  from  4 '5-4 '7  mm.  The 
cephalothorax  is  not  quite  four  times  as  long  as  the  abdomen,  the  head  divided  from 
the  first  thoracic  segment,  the  last  segment  of  the  latter  produced  laterally,  but  with 
evenly  rounded  margins  and  no  points.  In  lateral  aspect  the  head  is  slightly 
produced  forwards,  and  more  inclined  to  be  oval  than  rounded.  In  the  dorsal  aspect  it 
has  a  distinct  triangular  appearance,  with  slight  crest  in  the  mid-line.  In  its  broadest 
part  the  thorax  is  1  •  15  mm.  broad,  that  is,  three  times  as  long  as  broad. 

The  furcal  segments  are  a  very  little  longer  than  the  anal,  and  nearly  twice  as  long 
as  broad.  The  anterior  antennae  vary  in  length  in  different  animals,  in  some  being  only 
as  long  as  the  furca,  in  others  one  or  two  joints  longer,  and  are  distinguished  by  the 
comparative  length  of  the  last  joint,  which  is  about  twice  as  long  as  the  one  before  it. 

In  the  second  feet  the  Re  is  divided  into  two  portions,  proximal  =  24  ;  distal  =13. 
third      „  „  „  „         =  29;      „      =15. 

fourth    „  „  ,,  „         =  15 ;      ,,      =  15. 

The  Ri  3  has  in  the  second  and  third  feet  eight  bristles,  in  the  fourth  only  seven, 
and  in  the  fifth  only  four  (with  no  outer  marginal  bristle).  The  end  saw  of  the  Re  3  of 
the  second  feet  is  shorter  than  the  Re  3  ;  in  the  third  and  fourth  pair  longer. 

The  fifth  feet  are  distinguished  by  the  absence  of  the  outer  marginal  bristle  of  the 
Ri  3,  and  the  total  absence  of  teeth  or  hairs  on  the  inner  margin  of  the  first  basal.  All 
males  appeared  to  be  immature. 

3.  CALANDS  SIMILLIMUS. 

(Plate  I.,  figs.  5,  6.) 
Calanus  simillimus,  Giesbrecht, '  Belgica'  Report,  p.  17. 

$  2 '5-2 '9  mm.  ;  cephalothorax,  1*9  mm.  ;  abdomen,  '6  mm.  long. 
Head  separate  from  first  thoracic  segment,  evenly  rounded,  without  any  trace  of 
crest.     Head  not  quite  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  thorax  (as  18  :21).     Last  thoracic 

*  "  Belgica  Report "  is  throughout  this  monograph  used  to  indicate  "  R£sultats  du  Voyage  du  S.  Y. '  Belgica ' 
en  1897-1898-1899."     Rapports  Scientifiques.     1902. 


rOPEPODA.  1 1 

segment  laterally  produced  somewhat  and  ending  in  short  points.  Anterior  antenna) 
about  as  long  as  the  furca,  or  about  one  joint  longer. 

Genital  segment  as  long  as  the  next  two.  Furca  three  time*  as  long  as  broad,  and 
longer  than  the  anal  segment 

>.  •••:.•:  bet)  /•'  •  '•  divided  '••.  •  ':.••  might*]    pine  Into  twoabool  •  •,  -;.ii  peri  . 

Tliinl  feet,  Jit  3  with  eight  bristles  (four  outer,  two  apical,  two  inner),  /!••  3 
divided  into  two  parts,  of  which  proximal :  distal  =  17  :  13. 

Fourth  feet,  /fc3  divided  by  the  marginal  spine,  proximal :  distal  =  20  : 11. 

/?»' 3  with  seven  Si  (two  outer,  two  apical,  three  inner),  terminal  saw  of  /•'•  3  only 
three-quarters  as  long  as  Re  3. 

Fifth  feet  D  1  toothed,  with  fourteen  teeth  on  the  rather  convex  margin,  and  at 
the  distal  end  a  slight  break  in  the  continuity,  with  three  rather  larger  teeth  somewhat 
hidden,  in  front  view,  by  the  upper  teeth  of  the  marginal  surface.  Jii  3  with  five  bristles 
(two  inner,  thin  and  short,  two  apical,  and  three  outer).  In  the  second  jmir  the  fti 
reaches  alxmt  the  end  of  the  Re  2,  in  the  third  pair  to  the  first  inner  marginal  bristle 
of  the  exopodite,  and  in  the  fourth  pair  as  far  as  the  second  inner  marginal  bristle,  in 
the  fifth  pair  beyond  the  origin  of  the  first  inner  marginal  bristle.  The  endopodites 
are  therefore  proportionately  larger  than  in  C.  tonxw*,  and  the  third  segment  of  the 
exopodite  is  not  four  times  as  long  as  broad. 

While  this  species  agrees  with  C.  propinquw  in  many  particulars,  the  proportions 
of  the  third  and  fourth  feet  differ,  also  the  toothing  and  convex  margins  of  the  basals 
of  the  fifth  feet,  and  the  size.  Many  of  the  examples  were  quite  adult  females  with 
spermatophore  attached,  so  there  can  be  no  question  of  their  being  merely  undeveloped 
examples  of  C.propinquu#,&nd,R8  before  mentioned,  this  species  has  a  considerable  area 
of  distribution  in  the  southern  oceans. 


4.  CALAMUS  TONSUS. 
(Plate  L,  figs.  7,  8.) 

Calanut  tonnu,  Brady,  Rep.  XIX.,  '  Chall.'  Report,  p.  34. 
„          „       Scott,  Tr.  Linn.  Soc.  VI.  (1898),  p.  25. 
„          „       Giesbrecht,  Fauna  u.  Flora  Neap.  XIX.,  p.  92. 

Dahl,  Verb.  Dcntaches  Zool.  Ceaelk  IV.  (1894),  p.  77. 

Brady's  original  description  of  this  species  is  very  incomplete,  and  he  merely  states 
that  it  is  "  like  C.  jinmarchicus  and  propinguiut,  except  that  the  anterior  antenna  an 
almost  devoid  of  setae,  except  on  the  three  apical  joints  ;  the  posterior  antenna?  are  like 
those  in  C.  propinquity,  the  fifth  pair  without  !>asal  teeth,  and  the  first  alnlomiual 
segment  large  and  tumid.  The  anterior  antennae  are  as  long  as  the  body  .... 
9  Size  3  •  6  mm."  He  gives  only  two  figures — viz.,  of  the  anterior  antenna-  and  the 
abdomen. 

Giesbrecht  includes  it  under  the  "  Unbestimmbare  species,"  remarking  that  the 

VOL.   IV.  L 


or  THE  A 

NIVERSITY 
or  / 

^•ro**^ 


12  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

first  character  probably  results  from  the  bad  preservation  of  the  animals ;  the  second  is 
a  character  of  other  members  of  this  genus  ;  and  the  third  point  is  characteristic  of 
gracilis  and  robustior. 

Scott  merely  mentions  that  "  the  large  and  tumid  first  abdominal  segment  seems 
to  be  a  fairly  good  character  "  (loc.  cit. ).  However,  this  is  not  a  characteristic  of  this 
species  any  more  than  of  C.  robustior,  and  the  existence  of  this  species  up  to  the  present 
time  therefore  must  be  regarded  as  extremely  doubtful.  However,  the  '  Discovery ' 
collections  contain  several  examples  of  a  copepod,  which,  if  it  is  not  Brady's  species, 
answers  fairly  well  to  it  so  far  as  his  description  goes. 

?  3 '5-3 '6  mm.  long  (cephalothorax,  2 '75  ;  abdomen,  '75.  Body  broadest  at  the 
end  3f  the  first  thoracic  segment  (1'lmm.  broad).  Abdomen  short,  genital  segment 
broad,  and  one-third  broader  than  the  following  segment.  Furcal  segments  not  quite 
twice  as  long  as  broad,  and  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  anal  segment.  Head  evenly 
rounded,  without  trace  of  crest,  separate  from  the  first  thoracic  segment,  last  thoracic 
segment  only  slightly  produced,  and  with  rounded  margins.  Anterior  antennae  only 
reaching  the  end  of  the  third  abdominal  segment,  the  only  long  bristles  on  the  twenty- 
third,  twenty-fourth,  and  twenty-fifth  segments,  the  twenty -fourth  joint  twice  as  long  as 
the  twenty -fifth.  Mouth  parts  resembling  C.  jinmarchicus. 

Second  feet — second  basal  with  four  large  spines  on  the  distal  margin  at  the  inner 
side.  Re  3  divided  by  the  external  outer  spine  into  proximal  and  distal  portions 
respectively  as  23:16.  Ri  3  with  eight  bristles.  The  whole  endopodite  does  not 
reach  beyond  the  distal  margin  of  Re  2.  Re  3  as  large  as  Re  1  +  Re  2. 

Third  feet — four  large  spines  on  B  2  distal  inner  margin,  endopodite  reaching  a 
little  beyond  the  distal  margin  of  Re  2.  Re  3  divided  into  proximal  part  =  32,  distal 
portion  =  16.  Ri  3  with  eight  bristles. 

Fourth  feet — Re  3  divided  into  proximal  part  =  37,  distal  =  15  ;  apical  saw  only 
seven-ninths  as  long  as  Re  3.  Ri  with  seven  bristles  only  (three  inner,  two  outer,  two 
apical).  B  2  with  one  or  two  spines  on  distal  inner  margin. 

On  the  second,  third,  fourth  and  fifth  feet  the  outer  margin  of  the  second  basal  is 
distally  armed  with  a  spine ;  in  second— fourth,  the  Re  3  =  Re  1  +  2,  and  is  about 
three  times  as  long  as  broad. 

Fifth  feet— first  basal  with  straight  inner  margin  without  teeth  or  hairs,  B  2  with 
five  spines  on  the  distal  inner  surface.  Ri  3  with  six  bristles  (two  inner,  two  outer, 
two  apical). 

The  only  Calanus  with  which  this  shows  agreement  is,  possibly,  Brady's  C.  tonsus ; 
but  Brady's  description  is  so  fragmentary  that  it  may  well  be  another  species.  It 
occurred  in  some  numbers  at  Station,  22  -11  -01,  Lat.  56°  31'  S.,  Long.  156°  19'  30". 
Such  males  as  were  observed  were  all  immature. 


COI'KPOUA.  13 

IMIINCALANUS  (DANA). 
(Plate  II.,  fig.  6.) 

f.  yraitdu,  Ginbrtcht, •  Beltfica '  Kt-p.,  p.  18. 
?  Rk.  ffiyat,  Bradj. '  Clialk-nger '  Rep.  XIX.,  p.  42. 

„          Scott.  19th  Rep.  Scotch  Fishery  Board  (Wl),  p.  237. 
„          (ii«brecht,  Fauna  a.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  153. 

lilt.  i/ii/<u  was  described  by  Brady  as  distributed  over  a  very  wide  area  between 
long.  53°  32'  W.— 130°  52'  E.  and  lat  36°  44'  8  —65°  42'  S.  Much  doubt  baa  been 
expressed  by  Giesbrecht  as  to  tbc  validity  of  this  species,  and  the  figures  given  by 
Brady  of  abdomen  and  of  the  whole  animal  are  those,  in  Giesbrecht's  opinion,  of 
immature  animals,  and  this  author  thinks  that  Brady's  figure  of  the  first  feet  is  really 
of  one  of  the  other  pairs  of  feet 

Scott's  specimens  (Fair  Isle  and  Firth  of  Forth)  are  regarded  by  Giesbrecht  as 
Jiti.  nasutus  ( Th.  3  and  4  with  dorsal  or  with  a  lateral  spine,  as  in  nasutus,  and  a  pair  of 
small  dorsal  points  on  the  genital  segment).  Mobius's  specimen  from  the  north  of 
Scotland  is  also  identical  with  nasutw.  Rh.  nasutus  is  very  common  in  the  Fane 
Channel  and  seas  off  the  north  of  Scotland,  and  occurs  abundantly  in  my  collections 
made  in  these  regions  and  along  the  Atlantic  trough,  west  of  Ireland,  and  also 
appears  in  the  '  Gauss '  collections  as  far  south  as  lat  20°  N.,  while  in  the  eame 
collections  Rh,  grandis  (Giesbrecht)  appeared.  From  the  remarks  of  San  in 
"Crustacea  of  Norway,"  VoL  IV.,  p.  15,  it  might  be  inferred  that  Rh.  nasutus  is  of 
rare  occurrence  in  the  Northern  Ocean  ("  two  specimens  were  taken  cast  of  Iceland, 
one  specimen  by  Hjort  between  Scotland  and  Norway,  and  it  has  not  yet  been  found 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  Norwegian  coast")  However  I  have  taken  it  in 
abundance  on  many  occasions  throughout  the  Faroe  Channel.  It  is  rather  important 
to  establish  the  identity  of  Brady's  /.'//.  gi</<is,  and  of  two  preserved  specimens  at  the 
British  Museum,  which  I  have  examined,  one  measured  5*8  mm.  and  another  6*0  mm. 
Both  were  immature  females  with  four-jointed  abdomen,  lateral  spines  on  Th.  3 
(small),  and  on  Th.  4  (Urge),  with  none  on  the  fifth  segment,  resembling  Rh.  grandi*, 
one  dorsal  spine  on  the  first  atxlominal  segment  (no  dorsal  spines  on  the  thoracic 
segments),  and  so  far  as  could  be  seen  without  dissection,  the  first  feet  had  an 
exopodite  of  two  segments  only,  and  the  fifth  pair  consisted  each  of  only  one  ramus 
of  three  segments.  These  two  animals  were,  of  course,  very  much  smaller  than 
dncribed  by  Brady  (8*5-10  mm.)  and  were  undoubtedly  immature,  and  the  species 
may  well  be  identical  with  young  Rlt.  grandis  (Giesbrecht). 


L  2 


14  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

RHINCALANUS  GRANDIS. 
R/tincalanus  grandis,  Giesbrecht, '  Belgica '  Rep.,  p.  18. 

?  7'2-S'O  mm.  Head  produced  in  front,  dorsally  roughly  triangular  in  shape, 
with  large  lateral  swellings  at  the  base,  rostrum  not  visible  from  behind.  The  cephalo- 
thorax  is  over  six  times  as  long  as  the  abdomen,  which  is  composed  of  three  segments. 
A  pair  of  short  spines  on  the  anterior  margin  of  the  third  thoracic  segment,  and  a  pair 
of  strong  and  longer  spines  on  the  fourth  segment,  differentiate  this  species  from  nasutus, 
also  the  absence  of  any  spines  on  the  abdominal  segments.  The  first  pair  of  feet  have 
the  Ri  and  Re  of  only  two  segments,  Re  three  with  two  marginal  spines  ;  other  feet 
(except  the  fifth)  have  three-jointed  rami. 

The  fifth  pair,  of  one  branch  only  on  each  side,  with  three  segments,  have  on  the 
second  segment  a  long  inner  marginal  bristle,  and  on  the  last  segment  three  bristles  of 
nearly  equal  length,  two  apical,  of  which  the  outer  is  the  thickest  and  the  middle  one  a 
little  the  longest,  and  one  on  the  inner  distal  margin.  A  short  spine  is  present  on  the 
outer  margin  in  its  upper  third.  The  anterior  antennae  are  about  six  joints  longer 
than  the  furca.  Adult  males  were  absent. 

These  examples  are  absolutely  identical  with  Giesbrecht's  species. 

METRIDIA  (BOECK). 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  things  about  Brady's  '  Challenger '  Copepoda  is  the 
omission  of  mention  of  any  example  of  this  genus  from  his  report.  Distributed 
throughout  the  Atlantic  from  the  North  to  the  South  Pole,  and  in  the  Pacific,  and 
throughout  the  track  followed  in  the  Atlantic  and  Southern  Ocean  by  the  '  Challenger,' 
the  absence  of  mention  of  any  species  of  this  genus  is  certainly  extraordinary.  In  the 
northernmost  regions  Metridia  longa  occurs  (Sars,  Norwegian  North  Polar  Expedition) 
throughout  the  Faroe  Channel  and  the  Atlantic  trough  as  far  south  as  Valentia  in 
Ireland  ;  and  south  of  the  Wyville  Thompson  ridge,  M.  lucens,  normani  and  curticauda 
(Wolfenden) ;  while  south  of  Lat.  40°  and  throughout  the  Atlantic  occur  M.  curticauda, 
brevicauda,  princeps  and  venusta ;  but  south  of  Kerguelen  appears  a  new  and  charac- 
teristic species,  M.  gerlachei,  which  replaces  all  others.  This  is  the  representative 
species  of  the  South  Polar  seas,  and  it  appears  abundantly  in  the  '  Gauss,'  '  Discovery,' 
and  '  Belgica '  collections,  and  it  is  as  characteristic  of  this  area  as  M.  longa  and  lucens 
are  of  the  northern  cold  area.  M.  princeps  occurs  seldom,  and  M.  brevicauda  as  a 
straggler,  outside  its  proper  area  of  distribution. 


COPEPODA.  15 

METRIDIA  GKRLACHKJ. 

Mttridia  ytrlaetti,  OhaVMBl, '  Belgica '  Report,  p.  27. 

9  3*  5-3 '8  mm.,  very  variable  in  size,  occasionally  a  little  larger  and  often  smaller, 
but  the  avenge  of  size  of  example*  in  the  '  Discovery '  and  '  Gauss '  collections  is 
rather  less  than  that  given  by  Giesbrecht  for  the  '  Bclgica '  specimens.  The  ccphalo- 
thorax  is  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the  abdomen,  head  separate  from  first  thoracic 
segment,  last  segment  with  rounded  margins.  The  al»domcn  has  the  proportional 
length  of  its  three  segments  as  9  (genital) :  fi  :  4  (anal),  and  the  fumi  is  one-fifth  longer 
than  the  anal,  and  three  times  as  long  an  broad.  It  is  divided  into  two  portions  by  the 
outer  marginal  bristle,  of  which  the  proximal  is  twice  the  length  of  the  distal. 

The  shape  of  the  head  and  thorax  is  in  this  species  characteristic,  the  Iwick  la-ing 
extremely  gibbous,  and  the  head  with  very  bold  curve,  which  makes  it  easily  recognis- 
able at  sight  from  any  other  species  of  this  genus.  The  anterior  antenna-  are  com- 
paratively short  and  do  not  reach  beyond  the  genital  openings.  The  first  and  second 
segments  are  coalesced  ;  the  eighth,  ninth,  tenth,  eleventh,  have  only  faint  indications 
of  separation  ;  the  thirteenth  and  fourteenth  joints  are  not  so  clearly  divided  as  the 
others.  There  are  strong  teeth  on  one,  two,  three,  five,  seven  (one  each),  those  of 
the  third,  fifth,  seventh  joints  the  strongest,  and  directed  straight  forwards.  The 
Mthetasks  are  numerous. 

The  endopodites  of  the  second  pair  of  feet  have  the  usual  excavation  and  hook 
process  on  the  first  segment,  but  in  this  species  the  inner  hook  is  exceedingly  strong. 
In  the  fourth  pair  the  end  saw  is  only  two-fifths  of  the  whole  length  of  the  lie  3 
(shorter  than  in  Giesbrecht's  examples). 

The  fifth  pair  consists  on  each  side  of  three  segment*,  but  the  distal  segment  is 
more  or  less  completely  divided  into  two,  the  division  however  is  not  complete.  The 
two  basal  joints  are  of  about  the  same  length  and  breadth,  each  as  broad  as  a  little 
•over  half  the  length.  The  third  joint,  however,  is  not  more  than  four-fifths  as  long  as 
the  basals,  and  only  half  the  breadth.  The  second  joint  Ixjars  one  short  distal  bristle, 
the  last  joint  one  outer  marginal  bristle  in  the  proximal  half,  and  three  distal  bristles, 
of  which  the  innermost  is  the  longest  and  thickest,  the  outermost  the  shortest. 

METRIDIA  I-RINCKPS. 
(Plate  III.,  figs.  3,  4,  5.) 

Jfttridia  prinrtp*,  Gieabrecht,  Atti  Line.  Rend.,  Ser.  4,  v.  5,  p.  24. 
„  ,,  „        Fa  1111:1  a.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.,  p.  340. 

„  Farran,  Ann.  Rep.  Fish.  Ireland  1902-03,  PI.  II.  App.  II.  (1900). 

.'  Mitridia  macrvra,  Hun,  Boll,  du  Mm.  Oceanog.  Monaco,  1905,  no.  40,  p.  7. 

Though  only  one  example  of  this  species  occurred  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection,  it 
was  frequent  in  the  '  Gauss '  collection,  not  only  at  several  Atlantic  stations,  but  also 


16 


R.  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 


at  the  southernmost  stations.  Northwards  it  ranges  to  the  west  coast  of  Ireland,  and, 
as  has  been  mentioned,  has  an  extreme  southern  distribution.  Giesbrecht's  description 
was  given  from  only  one  specimen,  and  compared  with  Sars',  very  briefly  described, 
M.  macrura. 


M.  princeps,  Giesbreoht. 

Cephalothorax  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the 

abdomen 

Anterior  antennae  extend  beyond  the  furca 
Short  teeth  on  1,  2,  4,  5,  and  6,  the  2nd  the 

longest 

Genital  segment  longer  than  both  the  following 
Anal  segment  half  as  long  as  the  preceding  one 
Furca  twice  as  long  as  anal,  and  5  times  as  long  as 

broad 

Size  8 '5  mm. 


M.  macrura,  Sars. 
Tail  about  as  long  as  the  anterior  division 

Longer  than  the  body 

Only  feeble  traces  of  the  strong  teeth  of  princeps 


About  as  long  as  the  two  preceding  segments 

5th  feet  like  princes,  but  less  unequal 
Size  10-50  mm. 


Of  the  many  examples  which  have  come  under  my  notice  I  find  that  the  relative 
sizes  of  the  abdominal  segments  and  furca  are  subject  to  some  variation,  thus  : — 

1.  G.S.  30.  Ab.  2,  16.  Anal  6.  Furca  28  long,  3  broad.     Size  8 '15  mm. 

8.  25  3  8  mm. 


2. 
3. 

4. 


28. 
27. 
22. 


16. 
16. 
11. 


7. 
4. 


23 

12 


3 

2 


8  mm. 
6  mm. 


The  genital  segment  is  thus  always  twice  as  long  as  the  two  succeeding  segments, 
the  anal  is  not  more  than  half  the  preceding  segment,  the  furca  is  generally  longer 
than  the  two  preceding -segments,  and  usually  from  seven  to  nine  times  longer  than 
broad.  The  teeth  on  the  antennae  are  weak,  and  entirely  resemble  the  figure  given  by 
Giesbrecht  in  Plate  33,  fig.  3  (op.  cit.). 

It  is  difficult  to  resist  the  conclusion  that  the^e  are  one  and  the  same  species,  and 
not  two  different  species.  The  male  was  not  described  by  either  Giesbrecht  or  Sars,' 
but  I  have  met  with  several  examples. 

? .  The  largest  adults  were  from  8-9  mm.  in  length. 

The  body  is  very  transparent,  the  head  evenly  rounded,  cephalothorax  (4 '15- 
4 '  5  mm.  long,  abdomen  4  •  0  mm.  long),  only  slightly  longer  than  the  whole  abdomen, 
and  a  little  over  one-third  as  long  as  broad. 

The  genital  segment  is  larger  than  the  next  two,  the  anal  not  more  than  half 
as  long  as  the  preceding,  often  much  mofe  than  the  combined  length  of  the  two 
preceding  segments  and  6-9  times  as  long  as  broad,  and  divided  into  two  portions 
by  the  marginal  bristle,  of  which  the  proximal  is  to  the  distal  as  8:5.  The  right 
furcal  segment  is  sometimes  a  little  longer  than  the  left.  Anterior  antenna;  at  least 
three  joints  longer  than  the  furca,  the  basal  joints  broad,  with  short  teeth  on  the 
basal  seven  joints,  of  which  those  on  the  first  two  joints  are  the  largest.  The 


17 


distal  joints  ta|»-i    ami  an-  \.-ry  slender.     Pmportional  length  of  jointa  uf  anterior 
anti-lime: — 


l*t|8| 4  |  5|6  |  7  |  8*9  |  10 


II 


U 


i  i 


15  |  18  |  17  I  1«    19 


•.• 


n 


22  I  28  I  24  I  2fi 


4  |  ft  |  6  |  ft  |  6 


II 


.' 


I-' 


IS  |  18  I  14  |  14  |  15 


10 


I 


10  no  i  7 


The  eighth  and  ninth  joints  arc  quite  coalesced,  but  in  some  there  is  a  weak  line  of 
division. 

The  second  pair  of  feet  have  each  the  characteristic  hooks  on  /•'/!.  and  the 
outer  ono  is  the  longest  The  surface  of  the  second  basal  is  l>esct  with  short  spines, 
hut  not  the  lie  1.  The  third  feet  are  normal  and  with  shortened  end  saw.  The  fifth 
pair  each  consist  of  four  segments,  of  which  the  basal  is  greater  than  the  second, 
this  longer  than  the  third,  and  third  longer  than  the  fourth  and  terminal  segment 
The  first  joint  has  on  its  surface  a  considerable  bunch  of  long  stiff  hairs  (as  in 
priwxps),  the  second  joint  has  a  long  stiff  feathered  bristle  on  the  outer  distal  margin, 
and  the  third  joint  has  a  short  upright  spine  on  the  outer  distal  margin,  in  all  specimens 
(not  on  the  inner  side  as  figured  by  Giesbrecht),  and  the  end  joint  has  three  rather 
long  fine  bristles,  of  which  the  innermost  is  the  longest  The  spine  on  the  third  joint 
was  in  one  example  replaced  by  two  very  short  spinales  on  the  right  foot,  while  none 
were  present  on  the  left  side. 

£   5  *  8-6  mm.  long  (cephalothoraz  3 •  25  mm.     Abdomen  2  •  3  mm.  long). 

Relative  lengths  of  the  abdominal  segments  =14,  10,  10,  4,  and  the  furcal  segments 
13.  The  left  furcal  segment  is  a  little  the  largest  and  thickest,  and  six  times  as  long 
as  broad,  and  three  times  as  long  as  the  short  anal  segment! 

The  anterior  antenute  extend  for  alxmt  three  joints  beyond  the  furca,  as  in  the 
female,  and  the  left  one  is  a  clasping  organ  with  weak  joint  between  the  seventeenth 
and  eighteenth  segments.  The  segment  beyond  the  ellww  is  very  long  and  thin,  and 
as  long  as  the  next  two  distal  jointa  There  are  four  joints  beyond  the  elbow.  The 
conjoined  first  and  second  (Itasal)  joints  have  two  strong  teeth,  the  distal  one  the 
largest  and  carved  slightly  forwards.  The  fourth  joint  has  a  smaller  tooth.  Fifth  feet : 
The  right  foot  with  very  long  first  joint,  the  second  short,  but  with  very  strong,  br«>ad- 
based  curved  and  long  hook,  the  third  joint  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  second,  and  the 
fourth  and  end  joint  a  long  simple  spoon-process  twice  as  long  as  the  third.  In 
the  left  foot  the  first  joint  is  very  small,  the  second  nearly  twice  as  long,  the  third 
a  short  joint,  the  fourth  a  very  long  simple  curved  spoon-shaped  process.  On  the 
inner  margin  (proximal)  of  the  fourth,  of  the  third,  and  the  distal  foot  of  the  second 
arc  fine  hairs.  Both  feet  arc  of  nearly  similar  length. 

EUCHAETA  (PHILIPPI). 

Two  representatives  of  this  genus  appear  in  the  '  Discovery '  collections — 
E.  antarctica,  and  another  which  appears  to  have  constant  differences,  and  to  which  I 
have  attached  the  name  E.  sitmli*.  I  do  not  in  this  collection  find  any  example  of 


18  R.   NORRIS  WOLPENDEN. 

Giesbrecht's  species  E.  austrina,  though  I  have  found  it  in  the  '  Gauss '  collections. 
E.  antarctica  appears  in  many  stages,  extensive  captures  consisted  wholly  of 
immature  specimens,  but  there  are  many  adult  examples.  Many  males  appear  amongst 
these,  and  while  the  females  are  very  distinctively  different,  I  am  not  able  to  discrimin- 
ate between  those  males,  as  to  which  definitely  belong  to  antarctica,  and  others 
which  might  belong  to  similis.  Both  species  are  very  closely  allied,  and  differ 
very  considerably  from  the  large  species  of  the  northern  cold  seas,  viz.,  norwegica, 
glacialis  and  barbata. 

EUCHAETA    ANTARCTICA. 

(Plate  IV.,  figs.  5,  6.) 
EucJueta  antarctica,  Giesbrecht,  'Belgica'  Report,  p.  21. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  copepods  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection,  appearing 
in  all  stages  of  growth,  and  in  some  samples  almost  to  the  exclusion  of  other  species. 

Size  of  adult  examples  7 '  6  mm.-8  mm.  Head  evenly  rounded,  without  frontal 
prominence  and  with  short  rostrum  directed  forwards.  Last  thoracic  segment  with 
rounded  margins,  produced  forwards  and  with  a  bunch  of  hairs  on  each  side.  The 
abdominal  segments  have  the  postero-distal  margins  armed  with  rather  strong  bluntly 
conical  and  striated  teeth,  and  the  two  middle  segments  have  on  the  ventral  side 
bunches  of  long  hairs.  The  furca  and  bristles  are  the  same  as  in  E.  similis.  The 
genital  protuberance  occupies  the  lower  half  of  the  segment,  its  upper  margin  is  not 
deeply  concave  like  similis,  but  the  whole  swelling  is  directed  downwards,  and  its  upper 
margin  is  slightly  convex.  Above  the  genital  swelling  is  a  secondary  prominence, 
which  in  the  ventral  aspect  is  seen  to  consist  of  two  valve-like  chitin  thickenings.  The 
lower  part  of  the  protuberance  has  two  lateral  lobes,  the  upper  are  small,  and  above  this 
a  prominent  horn  directed  straight  forwards  and  never  absent  in  adult  specimens  of 
E.  antarctica,  making  it  quite  characteristic  of  the  species. 

In  the  ventral  aspect  the  appearance  is  quite  different  from  that  of  similis.  The 
genital  opening  is  oval,  almost  round,  with  lateral  cushions,  and  above  the  upper  edge 
of  the  genital  opening  guarded  by  a  chitin  ridge,  is  the  horn. 

The  whole  swelling  is  quite  symmetrical,  rather  conical,  and  occupies  quite  the 
lower  part  of  the  segment. 

The  first  pair  of  feet  have  the  outer  margin  very  concave  above  and  very  convex 
below,  with  a  bunch  of  hairs  on  the  Re  1 ,  and  a  long  seta.  The  seta  of  Re  2  is  also 
very  long  and  thin.  The  Re  3  is  only  half  the  length  of  the  coalesced  Re  1  and  2. 

In  the  second  pair  the  Re  1  has  a  very  short  Se,  that  of  Re  2  is  very  long  and 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  Se  1  of  Re  3. 

In  Re  3,  the  Se  1  does  not  reach  the  origin  of  Se  2,  the  Se  2  does  not  quite  reach 
the  end  of  the  segment,  and  is  three  times  as  long  as  Se  3  and  twice  as  long  as  Se  1. 
The  Sf  1  and  2  are  very  greatly  curved  and  almost  sickle-shaped. 


19 

III  Uie  fourth  |>air  tli.  li  H  not  three  times  a*  long  as  bmad(16:6).  Tin- 
anterior  antrinw  arc  a  little  longer  than  the  ccphalothorax. 

The  &  is  a  littlr  -mailer  than  the  9 ,  and  present*  the  same  sexual  difference*  M 
in  other  Euduutu-:  The  bunches  of  hairs  on  (he  last  thoracic  segment,  HO  prominent  in 
the  ? ,  arc  absent  in  the  <J . 

The  first  feet  have  a  three-jointed  exopodite,  the  outer  margin  of  which  is  not  so 
concavo-convex  as  in  the  ? ,  and  its  *SV  are  short 

In  the  second  pair,  the  Se  of  the  exopodite  are  also  smaller,  the  Xr  of  Re'l  only 
reaching  the  origin  of  the  Sc  1  of  ReS  ;  the  Se2  of  AY  3  l>eing  little  more  than  half 
the  length  of  the  distal  part  of  the  segment.  The  fifth  feet  are  characteristic.  The 
penultimate  segment  of  the  left  foot  is  prolonged  on  the  upper  margin  into  a  .-nmrjK 
toothed  process,  and  has  a  setose  conical  unhaired  process  on  the  distal  margin,  tin- 
last  segment  into  a  long  process,  narrow  and  with  a  strong  hunch  of  hairs  at  the  distal 
extremity,  and  with  a  large  conical  and  strongly  haired  process.  (This  process  is 
sometimes  nearly  as  long  as  the  principal  process  of  the  penultimate  joint.) 

The  first  basal  is  short,  the  second  Ita&nl  long,  and  with  very  small  and  rudimentary 
endopodite. 

The  right  foot  has  short  first  basal,  very  broad  second  losal,  long  first  and  second 
Re  (which  are  coalesced),  and  with  the  last  segment  blunt  and  rounded. 

EUCHAKTA    -IMII.lv 

(Plate  IV.,  figs.  1,  2,  3.  4.) 

This  species  occurs  plentifully  in  the  same  samples  in  which  K.  antarctica  is 
present  For  a  long  time  I  regarded  them  as  merely  different  stages  in  the  history  of 
the  same  animal,  but  the  careful  examination  of  a  great  number  of  individuals  from 
different  tow-nettings  proves  the  constancy  of  the  points  of  difference  between  the  two, 
and  as  many  of  the  E.  antarcticti  and  E.  *imU'ui  have  spermatophores  or  egg  sacs 
attached,  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that,  though  so  very  similar  in  most  characters, 
the  two  species  must  be  separated  on  account  of  the  invariably  different  characters  of 
the  abdomen  and  genital  segment 

E.  similis  is  constantly  rather  larger  than  E.  anlurctiat,  8  •  6  mm.-8  •  8  mm.,  and 
more  robust,  the  head  flat  and  rostrum  small,  but  strong  and  directed  forwards  and 
rather  upwards.  The  cephalothorax  is  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the  aMonien. 
The  last  thoracic  segment  is  produced  forwards,  slightly  triangular  shaped,  with  evenly 
rounded  margin,  no  spine,  but  a  bunch  of  long  hair-  on  each  side.  The  abdominal 
segments,  of  which  the  genital  is  twice  as  long  as  the  next,  are  covered  with  fine  hairs, 
nowhere  with  large  bunches,  and  the  posterior  distal  margins  have  only  very  small 
teeth,  not  large,  as  in  antarcticti.  Furca  with,  on  each  side,  a  very  short  dorsal  bristle, 
the  ventral  accessory  bristle  not  geniculated  at  the  base,  though  bent  outwards,  its 
length  not  more  than  al» mt  half  of  the  two  long  tail  bristles  (next  to  the  innermost). 

YOU  IT.  M 


20  K.  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

Genital  segment  with  very  prominent  genital  tubercle,  occupying  half  the  segment, 
(the  lower  half  only),  directed  slightly  upwards  in  lateral  aspect,  with  apparently  three 
lobes,  an  upper  ftnd  lower,  each  large  with  small  middle  lobe,  and  without  any  eminence 
on  the  upper  part  (of  the  ventral  surface)  of  the  segment  as  in  antarctica,  and  also 
invariably  without  the  ventral  horn  which  is  so  characteristic  of  antarctica.  In  the 
ventral  aspect  the  genital  tubercle  appears  to  be  obliquely  placed,  directed  downwards 
towards  the  left,  the  vulva  guarded  by  two  prominent  flaps  of  which  the  right  one  is 
below  the  left  one.  The  whole  tubercle  occupies  more  of  the  left  than  the  right  side  of 
the  segment,  which  in  the  dorsal  -view  is  only  slightly  swollen  at  each  side. 

The  first  and  second  pairs  of  feet  and  the  number  of  bristles  on  the  maxilla  are  the 
same  as  in  antarctica. 

While  the  female  is  so  distinctly  different  from  that  of  E.  antarctica  I  am  unable 
to  find  similar  distinction  in  the  males.  Both  kinds  appear  frequently  to  occur  together 
in  the  same  sample,  and  all  the  males  appear  to  be  alike. 

ONCEA    (GlESBRECHT). 

ONCEA  CURVATA. 
Oncea  curmta,  Giesbrecht, '  Belgica '  Report,  p.  42. 

According  to  Giesbrecht,  this  species  differs  from  0.  subtilis  in  the  following  points  : 
Length,  0'6-0'S  mm.,  the  body  lengthened,  the  three  segments  posterior  to  the  genital 
are  about  as  long  as  broad,  and  comparatively  longer  than  in  any  other  Oncea  species 
except  suljtilis  (in  which  they  are  longer  than  broad),  all  three  segments  together  are 
shorter  than  the  genital  (in  subtilis,  the  genital  segment  is  only  a  little  longer  than  the 
two  succeeding  segments),  the  furca  is  as  long  or  a  little  longer  than  the  anal  segment 
(in  subtilis  shorter).  The  posterior  antennae  in  both  kinds  are  similar,  the  maxillipedes, 
however,  differ  ;  the  terminal  hook  which,  in  subtilis,  is  thin  and  unarmed,  is  strong 
and  beset  with  pretty  long  teeth  on  the  concave  side,  in  curvata.  The  swimming  feet 
are  similar  in  both  species,  except  that  in  curvata  the  proximal  outer  marginal  bristle 
on  Ri  3  occurs  in  all  four  pairs,  while  it  is  absent  in  subtilis,  and  the  lancet-shaped 
apical  bristle  of  the  fourth  foot  is  in  curvata  longer  than  in  subtilis. 

The  few  examples  that  occur  in  the  '  Discovery '  collections  are  smaller  than 
Giesbrecht's  examples,  none  being  more  than  '56  mm.  in  total  length  (9s  with  egg  sacs 
attached). 

The  genital  segment  is  a  little  longer  than  the  next  three  segments,  the  furcal  and 
anal  segments  of  the  same  length,  the  second  abdominal  segment  as  long  as  broad,  and 
rather  larger  than  the  third  segment,  the  relative  lengths  of  Ab.  2:3:4  and  furca 
being  as  4  :  3  :  4  :  4,  the  latter  nearly  three  times  as  long  as  broad. 

In  the  posterior  antennae,  the  first  basal  joint  is  the  largest,  and  the  inner  margin 
of  the  second  basal  has  a  few  fine  teeth  ;  the  distal  segment  has  three  proximal  bristles 


21 

uf  unequal  leoglh,  tin-  middle  one  very  short,  and  distal  to  it,  a  comparatively  lung 
ami  slightly  armed  bristle,  terminally  four  long  and  two  shorter  bristles. 

The  m.ixillijMjdo  is  armed  with  a  strong  claw  bristle,  denticulated  on  the  inner 
margin,  anil  tin*  -••.•mul  basal  has  two  comparatively  stout  bristles,  the  proxinuil  of 
which  is  armed  with  wide-apart  bristles. 

In  tin-  fourth  pair  of  feet  the  apical  bristle  of  the  exopoditc  is  longer  than  the  third 
exopodite  segment  by  one-third  of  its  length. 

The  aj-rrrineiit.  therefore,  between  this  species  and  Giesbrecht's  examples  is  very 
clan,  the  only  diftnooa  being  one  of  size,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  two  species 
are  identical. 

STEPHUS.* 

JOKmiu,  Givbrecht,  Fauna  n.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  205. 

ftp*  »  ii,  Th.  Scott,  10th  Rep.  Scotch  Fwhery  Board,  Vol.  X.  (1892),  p.  245. 

Sttpko*,  Giesbrecht,  '  Belgica  '  Rep.,  p.  20. 
Ban,  "  Crustacea  of  Norway,"  Vol.  IV.  (1903),  p.  61. 


Since  Giesbrecht  described  the  genus  ifobianus,  which  was  subsequently  identified 
with  Stfphos  (Scott),  several  other  examples  of  the  same  genus  have  been  desmU-d. 
Scott  himself  recorded  three  specimens,  viz.,  S.  minor,  S.  fultoni,  and  S.  yyranx, 
supposing  the  latter  to  be  identical  with  Giesbrecht's  Mobianus  yyrans. 

Bun  has  described  two  new  species  from  Norway,  viz.,  S.  lamellatux  and 
Scotti,  which  latter  is  again  identical  with  Stephos  gyrans  Scott  (not  Giesbrecht). 
Giesbrecht's  species  (gyransi)  is  said  by  Sars  to  differ  in  the  asymmetrical  last  thoracic 
segment  and  genital  segment,  the  latter  with  "  a  number  of  irregularly  arranged 
Hpiniform  processes  not  found  in  any  of  the  northern  species,"  the  last  feet  of  the 
male  also  differing  from  S.  scotti, 

The  '  Belgica  '  report  contains  yet  another  species  dcscrilicd*  by  Giesbrecht  as 
Antarctic,  vi:.,  S.  longipes.  This  species  recurs  also  in  both  the  'Gauss'  and 
'  Discovery  '  collections,  and  in  the  latter  I  find  a  further  and  considerably  larger 
example,  to  which  I  have  given  the  name  antarcticum. 

At  these  descriptions  are  scattered  over  six  different  volumes,  I  think  it  may  be 
of  service  to  bring  them  together  here. 

1.    S.    GYRANS. 

S.  ffyraiu,  Gieabrecht,  Fauna  n.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  205  ;  Giesbrecht,  a.  Schmeil,  DM  Tiem-ich. 
Copep.,  p.  29. 

Furca  longer  than  broad,  anterior  antcnute  reaching  to  end  of  genital  segment, 
genital  segment  with  a  curved  hook  on  ventral  side,  shorter  hook  on  dorsal,  fifth  feet 

•  The  author,  in  agreement  with  Ban,  prefer*  the  name  originally  given  to  the  scout  by  Scott,  bat  it  ii 
perhaps  better  to  observe  the  ordinary  rule.—  ED. 

M    2 


R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

in  female,  end  segment  rather  curved  and  broad  basally  ;  in  male,  left  foot  with  several 
long  appendages,  right  foot,  thin  appendages  at  end  and  rest  foliate  ;  size  =0'8-1  mm. 
(Naples.) 

2.  S.  SCOTTI. 

S.  ffymns,  Scott,  Nineteenth  Rep.  Scotch  Fishery  Board  (1901),  p.  237. 
S.  scotti,  Sars,  "  Crustacea  of  Norway,"  Vol.  IV.,  p.  63. 

Slender  ;  cephalothorax  symmetrical ;  genital  segment  without  spines,  furca  longer 
than  broad,  anterior  antennae  reach  end  of  abdomen  2,  Re  of  posterior,  antennae  twice 
as  long  as  Ri.  9 ,  fifth,  with  denticles  on  last  segment,  which  is  elongated  and 
pointed  ;  $ ,  fifth,  penultimate  joint  of  left  foot  tumefied,  last  segment  with  about  half 
a  dozen  short  processes ;  last  joint  of  right  foot  with  long,  sickle-shaped  process. 
Size='85--95  mm.  (Loch  Fyne  ;  Norway.) 

3.  S.  MINUS. 

S.  minor,  Scott,  Tenth  Rep.  Scotch  Fishery  Board,  1892,  p.  245. 

Robust,  cephalothorax  symmetrical ;  genital  segment  without  spines,  anterior 
antennae  about  as  long  as  the  thorax,  furca  as  long  as  broad,  fifth  feet  in  9  with 
elongated  last  segment  with  two  little  lateral  spinules ;  in  £ ,  right  foot  a  long  foliate 
joint  at  end,  left  foot  with  two  digitiform  processes  at  end,  penultimate  joint  only 
slightly  tumefied.  Size  =  074  mm.  (Firth  of  Forth.) 

4.    S.    LAMELLATUM. 
S.  lameUatus,  Sars,  "  Crustacea  of  Norway,"  Vol.  IV.,  p.  62. 

Short  and  robust,  last  segment  asymmetrical ;  right  side  longest,  genital  segment 
unsymmetrical  and  rounded  prominence  on  right  side,  but  no  spines  ;  furca  about  as 
long  as  broad,  anterior  antennae  reach  to  furca,  branches  of  posterior  antennae  equal  ; 
fifth  foot  in  9 ,  last  joint  elongated,  with  fine  spine  midway  ;  in  $ ,  left  foot  with 
much  tumefied  penultimate  segment,  with  proximally  a  long  spine,  and  last  joint 
with  a  number  (about  nine)  of  leaf-like  appendages  ;  right  foot  not  foliate,  but  last 
joint  with  three  or  four  short,  rounded  appendages.  Size  =  1  mm.  (Norway.) 

5.  S.  FULTONI. 
S.  fultoni,  Scott,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  7th  series,  Vol.  I.  (1898),  p.  185. 

Cephalothorax  symmetrical ;  genital  segment  with  spine  and  hook  ventrally. 
Fifth  feet  in  9  are  larger  and  broader  (knife-like)  than  the  other,  which  is  pointed  ;  in  c? 
right  foot  with  elongated  penultimate  segment  and  short,  strong,  foliate  end  segment ; 
left  foot,  penultimate  segment  tumefied,  extremity  with  five  or  six  leaf  appendages, 
and  bifid  claw.  Size  =  1  mm.  (Clyde.) 


COPEI'OIIA.  23 

6.   8.    LOSOIPKS, 
H.  /../.././^.(Jicrfiredm'Belgiai'  Kcp.,  p.  20. 

<  Vplialotlmrnx  symmetrical  ;  genital  segment  swollen  laterally  and  nui^lily 
: iMiiuMilur  >li;i|>fl.  anterior  antcnmu  not  reaching  end  of  thorax,  no  Hpine.s  on  genital 
segment ;  fifth  feet  in  9  last  segment  elongated,  curved  (foliate),  with  external  spine 
half  as  long  as  in  «j  ;  right  foot  with  two  middle  segments  very  elongated,  ending 
distally  in  curved  hook  not  articulating ;  left  foot  without  tumefied  segment,  two 
middle  elongated,  last  shorter  with  knob  ami  spine,  but  no  processes.  Size  'S-'O  in. 
(Antarctic).  ('Discovery'  and  'Gauss'  collections.  Wolfcndeu.) 

7.    8.    ANTARCTICUM. 

Robust, cephalothorax  a  little  unsynmirtriml,  right  side  prolonged;  genital  segment 
swollen  laterally,  with  bunch  of  spine-like  bristles  each  side  ;  furca  as  broad  as  long ; 
anterior  antenna)  reach  to  Ab.  2  ;  Re  of  posterior  antenna)  longer  than  Jit.  Fifth  feet 
in  9  right  side  longest,  each  with  three  end  spines,  innermost  hook-like ;  in  <f , 
right  with  third  joint  elongated  and  club-shaped  distally,  with  a  large,  roughly 
triangular  plate,  and  last  joint  a  strong,  curved  hook  ;  left  foot,  no  tumefied  segment, 
and  last  joint  with  distally  a  short-stalked  haired  knob,  no  appendages.  Size  =  175-2 
mm.  ('Discovery'  collection.) 

STKPHU.S  LONGII'KS. 

(Plate  V.,  figs.  1,2,  3.) 
StrphiM  longiptt,  Gicabrccht.    '  Bolgica '  Rep.,  p.  20. 

9  -75- '80  mm.  <J  '65-70  mm.  Cephalothorax  rather  more  than  twice  as  long  as 
the  abdomen  ;  head  separated  from  first  thoracic  segment,  but  all  segments  very 
difficult  to  determine,  owing  to  the  indistinctness  of  the  lines.  Last  thoracic  segment 
with  rounded  margins  and  symmetrical.  Abdomen  in  the  female  four,  in  the  male  five 
segment*,  furcal  segments  only  as  long  as  the  anal,  as  broad  as  long,  and  with  rounded 
margins,  each  with  four  tail  bristles  and  a  short  fifth  inner  marginal  bristle.  Genital 
segment  in  the  female  as  long  as  the  next  two,  laterally  with  roughly  triangular 
swellings,  and  in  its  greatest  breadth,  broader  than  long.  Anterior  antenna;  not  as 
long  as  the  thorax,  and  of  twenty-three  joints,  the  first,  second,  eighth  and  ninth 
coalesced,  with  few  bristles,  the  longest  on  the  seventh  and  eighteenth  joints,  but  well 
supplied  with  long  test  he  tasks. 

Posterior  antenna;  with  exopcdite  about  one-third  longer  than  the  endopodite. 
Posterior  foot-jaw  with  rather  thick  first  basal  and  /?l:Z?2:/ftas8:7:6;  mandibles 
with  broad-ended  masticatory  plate,  one  pointed  outer  tooth,  with  considerable  space 
)>etwecn  it  and  the  middle  stout  comparatively  broad  teeth,  and  three  pointed  inner 
teeth. 


24  R.   NOREIS  WOLFENDEN. 

First  feet  Ri=  1,  Re  =  3  ;  no  Se  on  Re  I,  and  very  short  Se  on  Re  2. 

Second  feet  Ri  =  2,  Re  =  3. 

Third  and  fourth  feet  Hi  and  Re  —  3. 

Fifth,  each  of  three  segments,  two  basal,  each  short  and  comparatively  thick, 
terminal  segment  longer  and  thinner,  prolonged,  with  a  stout  curved  hook  with  short 
bristles  on  the  upper  margin  and  an  external  marginal  thin  and  short  bristle. 

The  male  is  rather  smaller  than  the  female,  the  abdomen  has  five  segments,  the 
mouth  organs  are  as  in  the  female,  but  the  fifth  feet  are  transformed  into  clasping 
organs,  that  of  the  right  side  of  four  segments,  the  left  of  five.  The  second  and 
third  segments  of  the  left  are  elongated,  the  distal  segment  short  and  broadened 
out,  the  distal  extremity  ending  in  a  spine,  and  at  the  opposite  side  a  short  knob 
process,  apparently  without  marginal  hairs. 

The  right  foot  with  short  broad  second  basal,  and  two  distal  very  elongated  and 
thin  segments,  with  a  long  thin  sickle-shaped  process  at  the  end,  which  appears  to  be 
a  continuation  only  of  the  joint  above  it,  and  though  forming  an  elbow,  does  not 
articulate. 

In  the  general  structure  this  small  Copepod  bears  great  resemblance  to  the 
species  Stepkus  antarcticum,  which,  however,  is  twice  as  large ;  the  fifth  feet  in  the 
female  as  well  as  the  male  are  different,  and  the  two  species  are  therefore  quite  distinct. 

STEPHUS  ANTARCTICUM. 
(Plate  V.,  figs.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8.) 

9  1'85-2'0  mm.  long,  cephalothorax  about  three  times  as  long  as  abdomen,  and 
in  its  broadest  part  distal  of  the  middle  line  one-third  as  broad  as  long.  Head  evenly 
rounded,  a  little  produced  in  front,  but  without  trace  of  rostrum,  a  weak  line  indicating 
its  division  from  the  first  thoracic  segment.  Last  two  segments  of  the  thorax  im- 
perfectly divided,  and  last  segment  a  little  unsymmetrical ;  on  the  right  side  a  little 
longer  than  on  the  left,  produced  into  a  round-ended  margin,  on  the  left  side  more 
acutely  pointed,  which  is  most  marked  in  lateral  view.  Abdomen  of  four  segments 
respectively  proportioned:  genital  segment,  2:3  and  anal  as  20:13:8:8;  furcal 
segments  as  long  as  the  anal,  and  as  broad  as  long.  Genital  segment  laterally  swollen 
in  the  upper  part  (genital  protuberances)  and  again  slightly  swollen  laterally  in  its  lower 
part,  with  on  each  side  a  bunch  of  rather  long  spines,  none  dorsally.  Furca  with  four 
tail  setae  on  each  side,  outer  margins  haired  and  with,  on  each  side,  a  short  lateral 
spine  instead  of  the  usual  bristle,  and  on  the  ventral  side  a  very  short  accessory 
bristle.  Of  the  tail  bristles,  the  two  middle  ones  are  much  the  longest  and  thickest, 
and  those  of  the  right  side  more  so  than  those  of  the  left. 

Anterior  antennae  reach  in  both  sexes  to  about  the  end  of  the  second  abdominal 
segment,  having  twenty-four  segments,  the  eighth  and  ninth  coalesced.  In  the  posterior 
antennae  the  exopodite  is  longer  than  the  endopodite.  The  mandibles  with  branches 


25 

nearly  of  same  length,  masticatory  plate  with  strong  teeth..  The  posterior  foot  jaws 
with  first  aii'l  -.•••.-nd  !,.i-.il  and  Hi  in  proportion  of  24  :  1 1  :  20  ;  nmxilhr.  /»'•_'  with  5  ; 
JRt with  10;  /.'<  1  with  I,  A'' -  with  8,  Hi 3  with  six  bristle*,  Li 2  and  3  present,  and 
Lf  I  with  fight  l'ii-tlc-. 

Tip  --t  have  one  jointed  Ki  and  three  jointc<l  Iff,  without  Se  on  Rt  1. 

The  second  feet  have  two  jointed  Hi  and  three  jointed  /iV. 

The  third  and  fourth  feet  have  lioth  rami  three-jointed. 

l-'ifth  feet  comparatively  large,  that  of  the  right  side  a  little  longer  than  the  left. 
Each  of  three  segments,  of  which  the  two  basals  arc  equal  in  size,  but  the  last  segment 
on  the  right  foot  is  a  little  longer  than  in  the  opposite  foot.  Each  has  terminally 
three  spiny  processes,  the  innermost  comparatively  thick,  curved,  and  hook-like,  and 
with  hairs  only  on  the  outer  margin.  The  two  outer  spines  are  neither  much  more 
than  half  the  length  of  the  inner  one,  and  only  half  as  thick. 

The  ^  is  a  little  smaller,  1  '75  mm.,  and  of  slenderer  build  ;  the  asymmetry  of  the 
last  thoracic  segment  is  only  slight,  and  on  neither  side  is  it  so  prolonged  as  in  the 
female.  The  abdomen  consists  of  five  segments,  the  first  segment  in  more  laterally 
swollen  than  in  the  female,  and  is  broader  than  long  ;  the  second  and  third  segments 
alMiut  equal  in  length,  and  much  longer  than  the  anal,  which  is  very  short.  The 
antennae,  oral  organs  and  feet  are  the  same  as  in  the  female,  with  the  exception  of  the 
fifth  pair,  which  are  converted  into  two  extraordinary  appendages.  Arising  from  a 
common  basal,  the  right  leg  possesses  four  segments,  the  left  five  segments.  In  the 
right  leg  the  first  joint  is  short  and  rather  broad,  the  second  elongated,  rather  longer 
and  thicker  than  the  third,  which  is  a  long  thin  joint  with  club-shaped  distal  extremity, 
and  having  attached  to  the  joint  it  makes  with  the  last  appendage  a  broad,  nither 
triangular  plate  covered  with  fine  hairs  and  a  few  rather  strong  spines.  The  last  joint 
is  represented  by  a  comparatively  strong  and  large  curved  appendage,  armed  along  ita 
inner  margin  with  short  stiff  bristles,  these  two  terminal  appendages  row-milling  an 
awkward-looking  pair  of  shears. 

The  left  foot,  of  five  segments,  has  the  first  and  second  comparatively  shorter  but 
broader  than  the  third  and  fourth.  The  fifth  segment  short  and  broad  at  the  distal 
end,  has  externally  a  short  curved  tooth-like  ending  of  the  distal  margin,  and  at  the 
inner  end  an  upright  knob-shaped  appendage,  strongly  armed  all  over,  and  especially  at 
the  base  of  the  stalk,  with  short  stiff  bristles. 

The  fifth  feet  of  the  <J  and  9  possess  no  near  resemblance  to  similar  organs  in  any 
other  species  of  Stephus ;  the  size  of  the  animal,  moreover,  is  comparatively  large  for 
any  representative  of  this  genus,  and  it  must  therefore  be  regarded  as  a  new  species. 
Several  examples  occurred  in  two  or  three  of  the  '  Discovery  '  collections. 


26  E.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 


PARALABIDOCERA. 

There  is  no  mention  of  any  example  of  the  genus  Ldndocera  in  Giesbrecht's 
'  Belgica '  report.  In  the  '  Discovery '  collection  there  are  a  great  number  of  specimens 
of  an  animal  superficially  resembling  Labidocera,  but  which  does  not  agree  with  any 
known  species  of  that  genus,  though  bearing  some  relation  to  L.  wollastoni.  Between 
60°  and  70°  S.  Labidocera  acutifrons  appears  in  the  '  Gauss '  collection,  but  is  absent 
from  either  the  '  Discovery '  or  '  Belgica '  collections,  and  this  genus  is  thus  very 
sparingly  represented  in  the  Antarctic  area.  The  copepod  referred  to  below  differs 
distinctly  from  any  known  Labidocera  in  the  character  of  the  swimming  feet  of  the 
female  and  the  five-jointed  abdomen  of  the  male,  and  the  fifth  pair  of  feet,  and  I  have 
thought  it  better  to  create  a  genus  for  it. 

Characters  of  the  genus. — Very  similar  in  appearance  to  Labidocera,  but  a  total 
absence  of  "  ocelli,"  and  of  very  unsymmetrical  shape,  the  swimming  feet  without 
spines  on  the  last  segment  of  the  exopodite,  and  the  male  abdomen  of  five  segments. 

PARALABIDOCERA  HODGSONI. 
(Plate  VI.,  figs.  1-13.) 

9  T55-2    mm.  ;     <J    1*6    mm.    long.     The   head   is   evenly    rounded,    produced 
forwards  a  little,  and  in  front  are  two  delicate  rostral  filaments.     There  is  no  trace  of 
eyes,  either  dorsal  or  ventral,  but  in  some  males  there  are  two  dark  spots  laterally  on 
the  head,  and  in  a  few  females  a  dark  pigmented  spot  on  each  side,  which  may  possibly 
have  been  ocelli.     But  considering  the  mode  of  preservation,  which  included  freezing 
and  thawing,  and  a  long  sojourn   in  spirit,  these  organs  may  very  well  have  been 
present  at  some  time,  and  subsequently  vanished.     The  head   is  quite  without  any 
trace  of  side  hooks,  and  separated  from  the  first  thoracic  segment ;  last  two  segments 
coalesced   and    produced   on   each   side   into   lateral   expansions,  but   bluntly  ended. 
Abdomen   of  three  segments,  the  genital   with   large   lateral   outgrowths,  and   also 
dorsally  and  ventrally  swollen    a   little ;    spines  entirely  absent ;    next  segment  also 
laterally  enlarged,  and  anal  segment  small  ;   furcal  segments  a  little  unsymmetrical, 
the  right  a  little  longer  and  broader  than  the  left ;   all  tail  bristles  comparatively 
short,  consisting  of  four  apical  and  one  lateral  marginal  (situated  a  little  distal  of  the 
middle),  all  slightly  thickened  at  the  base.     There  is  also  a  small  accessory  dorsal 
furcal  bristle  on  each  side.     Anterior  antennae  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax  and  with 
only  twenty-two  distinct  joints,  very  densely  covered  with  long  bristles. 

PROPORTIONAL  LENGTH  OF  ANTENNAL  JOINTS. 

1  |    2  |  3  |  4  |  5    |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  10  |  11  |  12  |  13  |  14  |  15  |  16  |  17  |  18  |  19  |  20  |  21  |  22 

10  I  10  |  2  I  4  I  1J  I  1  I  2  |  3  |  3  |    8  |    4  j    4  j    4  |    6  |    C  j    6  |    6  j    7  j    5  j  10  j    6  j  8}  ' 


27 

with  AV  mm-li  longer  tinin  A'.,  the  former  with  six  long  bristles 
on  the  first  segment,  and  seven  and  six  bristles  on  the  distal  segment  AV  very 
indistinctly  segmented,  tin-  proximal  joint  very  elongated. 

Mandibles  with  /.'/  longer  than  AV,  B2  with  one  marginal  bristle,  masticatory 
plate  broad,  with  one  rather  large  tooth  and  a  good  space  between  it  and  the  next 
five  conical  short  tooth 

Maxilla  witii  /•'•_'  and  Ri  lient  outwards;  B2,  lii,  and  fie  coalesced  and  almost 
indistinguishable ;  /.<  1  with  seven  rather  long  and  stout  hooks  and  two  shorter 
l.ii-'  •  /  _'  :i  large  loin?  with  three  bristles,  Li 2  with  one  bristle;  A'/  indistinctly 
segnu nii'<l  <>n  the  outer  margin  with  five  apical  bristles;  /fc  scarcely  segmented,  with 
i.iiK  two  bristles;  Lei  with  seven  long  and  very  thick  bristles,  and  three  shorter 
brisi 

Anterior  foot  jaws  with  lotas  much  compressed,  and  terminal  five  bristles  longer 
than  the  proximal  and  also  much  thicker. 

Posterior  foot  jaw  very  similar  to  that  of  Anomalocera.  B  2  is  short,  but  rather 
thick,  and  with  one  short  bristle  ;  Ri  short,  unsegmented,  with  only  three  terminal 
and  short  bristles. 

One  to  four  pairs  of  feet,  with  Ri  of  only  two,  Re  of  three  segments.  In  the  first 
pair  the  external  marginal  setae  of  Re  are  long  and  thin,  in  the  others  the  external 
spines  are  short,  and  in  all  there  is  only  one  marginal  spine  (apical)  on  Rf  3. 

First  pair  of  feet,  //  1  and  B  2  with  only  slightly  convex  inner  margin  and  no  Si. 
Rf  I  longer  than  AV  2  +  AV  3,  outside  margin  haired  and  long  marginal  bristle.  Re  2 
and  Re  3  with  similarly  long  marginal  bristles.  Se  =  1:1:2  and  Si  =  1:1:5.  Ri2 
nearly  twice  as  long  as  Ri  1  and  with  5  Si. 

In  the  second  pair  B  2  is  broader  than  long,  the  inner  margin  convex  and  without 
hairs  or  bristles  ;  D  1  is  also  without  Si.  Ri  1  prolonged,  Ri  2  shorter  (as  7:10).  Ri  I 
with  2  Si,  Ri  2  with  7  Si. 

Re  1  :  2  : 3  as  1 1  : 6  : 9,  with  respectively  1:1:1:  6V,  that  of  AV  1  the  largest  and 
of  /.'•  3  the  smallest ;  the  end  saw  about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  whole  AV ;  a  small 
curved  spine  distal  margin  of  AV  3  just  external  to  the  saw.  5  Si  on  Re  3. 

3rd  feet  B  1  and  B  2  without  bristles  or  hairs,  Ri  as  in  the  preceding  pair,  Re 
as  in  the  preceding  pair  and  with  1  : 1  : 1  Se  only. 

4th  feet  B  1  and  B  2  as  before.  Ri  1  with  three  Si,  Ri  2  with  only  six  Si  The 
three  joints  of  Re  rather  more  equal  in  length,  Sf  1  : 1 : 1  as  in  the  other  feet  Ri  1  is 
more  elongated  than  in  the  other  feet  and  twice  as  long  as  Ri  2. 

In  the  second  to  fourth  pairs  the  Ri  is  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  Re  and 
extends  beyond  the  distal  margin  of  Re  2.  In  all  feet  the  number  of  external  marginal 
spines  is  certainly  peculiar,  the  usual  rule  being  three  marginal  spines  on  the  Re  3,  so 
that  the  animal  differs  from  any  true  Lnbidocera. 

The  5th  feet  consist  of  a  common  Iwisal  and  one  ramns  on  each  side  of  two 
segments  B2  and  AV.  A'i  represented  only  by  a  spine.  The  first  and  second  baxnls  arc 

VOL.  IT.  N 


K.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

nearly  equal  in  length  and  each  about  as  broad  as  long.  The  second  basal  segment  has 
at  its  distal  inner  margin  a  very  stout  articulating  spine,  Ri  four-fifths  as  broad  as  this 
joint  is  long.  On  its  outer  surface,  near  the  distal  and  outer  end,  is  a  delicate  bristle. 
The  third  segment  is  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  second  basal,  tapers  to  a  point,  and  just 
below  the  distal  end  is  a  delicate  little  bristle.  Near  the  end  of  the  joint  and  on  the 
inner  side  is  a  very  stout  broad-based  spine,  not  articulating,  and  nearly  half  as  long  as 
the  whole  segment.  Frequently  the  foot  of  one  side  is  a  little  longer  than  of  the 
other. 

The  whole  animal  .is  very  unsymmetrical,  especially  in  the  shape  of  the  last 
thoracic  segment  and  the  genital  segment  of  the  abdomen.  The  characters  of  the 
swimming  feet,  as  to  proportions,  and  especially  as  to  the  absence  of  spines  on  the  last 
joint  of  the  exopodite,  and  the  absence  of  anything  like  the  usual  ocelli  of  Labidocera, 
are  points  which  appear  to  remove  it  from  that  genus.  The  abdomen  of  most  females 
is  more  or  less  enveloped  in  a  mass  of  colourless,  structureless  membrane.  The  $  is 
distinctly  five-jointed  in  the  abdomen,  whereas  in  Labidocera  this  is  four-jointed.  The 
right  anterior  antenna  especially  also  differs  from  other  species.  From  the  characters 
'of  the  female  feet  and  the  abdomen  of  the  males  I  have  thought  it  justifiable  to  create 
a  new  genus  for  this  animal.  I  name  the  species  after  Mr.  Hodgson,  the  naturalist  of 
the  '  Discovery  '  Expedition. 

$  smaller  than  the  9  (1*6  mm).  Cephalothorax  with  head  separate  from  next 
segment,  two  dark  lateral  spots,  but  not  ocelli,  in  front  of  the  head.  Abdomen  little 
more  than  half  as  long  as  the  thorax.  Head  evenly  rounded,  without  side  hooks,  last 
thoracic  segment  rounded  and  not  produced.  Abdomen  of  undoubtedly  five  segments, 
of  which  the  second  is  about  as  long  as  the  third  and  fourth  together,  the  first  is  very 
short,  the  fourth  is  twice  as  long  as  the  anal,  which  is  a  short  segment ;  the  furcal 
segments,  of  which  the  right  is  a  little  larger  than  the  left,  are  twice  as  long  as  broad 
and  three  times  the  length  of  the  anal  segment. 

Right  anterior  antenna  a  clasping  organ,  the  middle  joints  swollen,  the  joint 
before  the  elbow  with  a  marginal  row  of  small  teeth  and  with  only  two  distinct 
segments  beyond  the  elbow,  of  which  the-  distal  is  very  long  and  thin  (over  three  times 
as  long  as  broad),  and  in  its  distal  part  carrying  on  the  inner  margin  a  very  long  spine 
tapering  to  a  fine  whip-like  extremity,  but  broad  in  its  basal  portion.  This  appendage 
is  half  as  long  again  as  the  whole  joint.  The  joint  immediately  distal  to  the  elbow  has 
on  its  margin  proximally  a  short  but  thick  spine.  I  find  it  very  difficult  in  any  of  the 
specimens,  of  which  there  arc  several,  to  agree  with  any  degree  of  accuracy  upon  the 
exact  number  of  segments  in  this  antenna  owing  to  the  fact  of  its  being  curled  up 
in  every  case.  First  to  fourth  feet  and  mouth  organs  as  in  the  female. 

5th  feet,  powerful  clasping  organs,  the  right  one  of  four  segments,  the  left  of 
three,  with  a  common  basal.  The  first  segment  of  the  right  foot  has  on  its  inner 
margin  a  small  knob  projection,  the  second  has  two  short,  thick  spines,  the  third  a  fine 
spine,  and  the  last  joint  is  curved  into  a  strong  hook,  without  any  appendages. 


Tip-  in-i  juint  of  tin-  l<-tt  l->"i  li.i-  .1  -Ill-it  spine  on  the  extcrnnl  margin,  an<l  tin- 
last  joint  is  broad  proximal  ly  and  folinecous,  and  on  its  inner  surface  is  a  row  of  fine 
bristles,  with  three  or  f«-ur  stiff  ami  lunger  than  the  rest 


EUCALANUS  (DANA). 

That  any  species  of  Euatlanua  should  be  found  at  extreme  southern  latitudes  is 
certainly  curious.  E.  elongntux  certainly  occurs  south  of  lat  40°,  and  aUmt  40°  W. 
lung.,  '  Gauss'  collection  ;  and  in  the  '  Discovery*  collection  I  have  found  al>out  half  a 
dozen  examples  of  a  Knfalitnu*  which  I  regard  as  a  variety  of  E.  xiibttnuiti  or  mucro- 
natti*.  This  occurred  at  station  marked  21.  x.  01,  lat  57°  25|'  8.,  long.  151°  }'  E., 
and  station  lat  56°  31'  8.,  long.  156°  19'  30",  22.  xi.  01  ;  in  both  cases  a  long 
•  h'tance  outside  the  Antarctic  Circle, 

The  ?  (no  males  were  found)  is  4  mm.  long.  The  head  is  very  triangular, 
elongated,  and  produced  in  front  into  a  blunt  point  slightly  bent  downwards;  there  are 
lateral  swellings  as  in  attenuatus,  the  part  behind  is  not,  however,  indented.  The  la.-t 
thoracic  segment  is  rounded.  The  abdomen  has  three  segments,  and  one  tail  bristle  on 
the  left  side  is  a  little  thicker  and  longer  than  the  rest  The  genital  segment  is 
laterally  swollen  and  broader  than  long.  Posterior  antenna-  with  first  and  second 
joints  of  the  exopodite  coalesced,  the  first  joint  of  the  endopodite  alx>ut  three  times  as 
long  as  broad,  and  about  the  same  length  as  Ri  2.  The  mandibles  with  very  short  /.'/. 
the  proximal  part  about  three  times  as  long  as  the  distal,  the  whole  Hi  very  much 
shorter  than  the  distal  part  of  the  basal,  and  with  four  bristles  and  two  short  marginal 
bristles.  Maxilla,  B  2  with  five,  Hi 1  with  four,  Ri  2  with  four,  Hi  3  with  five  bristles. 
With  some  resemblance  to  E.  subtenuis,  piUattu,  and  mucronatus,  it  is  larger  than  any 
of  them.  The  five  bristles  on  the  B  2  of  the  maxilla  cause  it  to  differ  from  either 
mucnmaltu  or  *ut»tenui*t  and  it  has  considerable  differences  from  piUatun  in  SIM, 
posterior  antenna  and  mandible.  The  shape  of  the  head  is  certainly  not  that  of 
subtenuis,  nor  is  it  so  triangular  and  pointed  as  mucronatus. 


CTENOCALANUS  (GIEHBRECHT). 
ORNOCALANUS  VAXUS. 

• 

Ctaucaianiu  ranu*.    Oiabrecht,  Atti  Ace.  Lincei  Rend.,  8er.  4,  1888,  p.  886. 
„  „  Fauna  a.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  194. 

This  is  extremely  abundant  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collections,  but  does  not  differ  in 
any  material  particular  from  the  species  well  known  in  the  Atlantic.  Its  range  of 
distribution  is  very  great,  extending  from  the  Faroe  Channel  (Wolfenden)  throughout 
the  Atlantic  to  the  southernmost  parts  of  the  Antarctic  area,  i.f.  to  the  ice  region. 

N  2 


30  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEX. 

CLAUSOCALANUS  (GIESBRECHT). 

CLAUSOCALANUS  ARCUICORNIS. 

Clausocalanus  arcuicornis.    Giesbrecht,  Atti.  Ace.  Lincei  Rend.,  Ser.  4.,  vol.  4,  p.  334. 

Giesbrecht,  Fauna  u.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  50. 
„  „  Giesbrecht  u.  Schmeil,  Das  Tierreich,  p.  27. 

That  this  species  should  occur  so  far  south  is  rather  peculiar.  It  was  found  in  the 
collections  made  at : — 

Lat.  49°  40'  S.  Long.  172°  18'  30"  W. 

Lat.  55°  44'  S.  Long.  95°  43'  30"  W. 

Lat.  56°  12'  45"  S.  Long.  136°  18'  30"  W. 

Lat.  57°  25^'  S.  Long.  151°  43'  E. 

Lat.  58°  49'  45"  S.  Long.  154°  48'  W. 

Lat.  59°  19'  S.  Long.  120°  24'  30"  E. 

Lat.  63°  5'  S.  Long.  175°  43'  E. 

Lat.  84°  01'  S.  Long.  170°  49'  E. 

and  does  not  differ  essentially  from  the  species  common  in  the  Atlantic.  It  has  a 
considerably  greater  range  than  was  thought,  since  I  can  record  it  from  the  Irish  coast 
to  nearly  the  Antarctic  Circle. 

GAETANUS  (GIESBRECHT). 

GAETANUS  ANTARCTICUS. 

(Plate  III.,  fig.  6.) 
Qaetanus  antarcficus,  Wolfenden,  Plankton  Studies,  Part  I.  (1905),  p.  7. 

Size  8  mm.  The  body  is  very  robust  and  dorsally  very  gibbous.  The  head  and 
first  thoracic  segment  are  coalesced,  and  together  much  longer  than  all  the  rest.  The 
last  thoracic  segment  carries  two  short  stout  curved  spines,  directed  backwards.  The 
head  is  in  its  upper  part  quite  square,  and  with  short  stout  curved  spine,  directed  a 
little  forwards.  The  abdomen  is  not  a  quarter  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Anterior  antennae  not  as  long  as  the  body,  of  twenty-three  segments,  with  the 
eighteenth,  nineteenth  and  twenty-first  segments  longer  than  the  twentieth,  and  all 
joints  with  very  few  setae.  Hi  of  the  posterior  antennae  more  than  half  the  length  of 
Re.  Posterior  foot  jaws  with  lamellar  process  on  the  first  basal. 

Maxillae  ;  Li  2  and  Li  3,  each  with  four  bristles  ;  B  2  with  five,  Ri  small  and  two- 
jointed.  Re  small,  and  less  than  half  the  length  of  B  2. 

First  feet,  Re  of  three  segments  with  three  marginal  spines,  the  segmentation  being 
complete  ;  Ri  of  only  one  segment. 


SI 

Second  feet,  Jti  .lutinrtly  two-joiut«Hl. 

Third  ami  fourth  feet,  Hi  and  Re  of  three  joint*  each.  D  2  of  the  fourth  feet  with 
tuluil  bristles  as  in  Gaidin-. 

The  extraordinary  rise  of  this  animal  makes  it  the  largest  known  specie*  of 
Gaetanut.  It  occurred  once  only  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection,  and  also  appeared  in 
the  '  Gauss '  collection,  and  is  probably  Antarctic  in  its  habitat  Several  new  special  of 
Gaetanus  have  been  described  recently,  and  it  may  serve  some  useful  purpose  to 
recapitulate  here  the  different  species  discovered  since  Giesbrecht  and  Schmeil's  last 
work  (Tierreich,  1898). 

1.  GABTANUS  MAJOR. 

0.  maftr,  Wolfenden,  Proc.  Zool.  8oc.,  London,  Feb.  8,  1903,  in  Dr.  Fowler's  paper. 
„         Farran,  Ann.  Rep.  Fifth.  Ireland,  1902-OS,  Part  II.,  App.  II.,  1905. 

Size  5  mm.  and  over.  Anterior  antennae  larger  than  the  body  by  al>out  one  joint ; 
lamellar  appendage  of  posterior  foot  jaws  absent ;  Re  of  first  feet  of  three  segments, 
and  with  three  Se.  Cephalic  spine  short,  and  as  in  G.  armiger. 

2.  GABTANUS  CAUDANI. 

Oattanut  catidiwi,  Canu,  Ann.  Univ.  Lyon,  V.  26,  1896. 

„  ..       Wolfunden,  Jour.  .Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.,  19u4,  p.  24. 

..     (?)  pdeatu*,  Farran,  ibid. 

Like  G,  mils*,  but  anterior  antennae  only  one-and-half  times  as  long  as  the  body  ; 
lamella  of  posterior  foot  jaw  like  that  of  G.  miles.  Re  of  first  feet,  three  segmented 
basals  of  fourth  feet  with  tulwl  bristles,  5  mm.  and  over.  Cunu's  original  description 
was  of  one  immature  <? .  Farran's  were  also  immature  specimens. 

3.  GAKTANUS  HOLTI. 

Oattantu  holti,  Farran,  ibid. 

„        lattfrmu,  Sara,  Boll.  Mns.  Monaco,  No.  26,  March,  1905. 

„        longispinu*,  Wolfenden,  Plankton  Studies,  Part  I.  (1905),  p.  7. 

Cephalic  spine  strong  and  directed  l>ackwards  with  long  interval  between  the 
frontal  part  and  base  of  the  horn.  Anterior  antennae  not  as  long  as  the  body-spinet  of 
the  last  thoracic  segment,  strong,  long,  and  directed  backwards.  Small  lamella  on 
posterior  foot  jaw.  First  feet  with  three  segments  and 'three  Se.  Fourth  feet  with 
basal  tubal  bristles.  Size  4*74  mm. 

4.  GAETAMDS  ANTARCTICUS. 
Gaetanii*  antarctieut,  Wolfenden,  Plankton  Studies,  Part  I.  (1905),  p.  7. 

Thorax  gibbous,  very  stout  short  curved  cephalic  spine  directed  forwards,  head 
square,  not  like  G.  armiger.  Abdomen  short  and  thick,  not  a  quarter  of  whole  length. 


K.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

Anterior  antennae  not  as  long  as  the  body.  Posterior  foot  jaw  with  lamella.  Re  of 
first  feet  with  three  segments  and  three  Se.  Fourth  feet  with  tubal  bristles.  Size 
8  mm. 

5.  GAETANUS  MINOR. 
Gaetamis  minor,  Farran,  Ann.  Rep.  Fish.  Ireland,  1902-03,  P.  II.,  App.  II.  (1905),  p.  34. 

Cephalic  spine  as  in  G.  armiger,  long  slender  spines  of  last  thoracic  segment. 
Anterior  antennae  reaching  only  to  genital  segment.  First  feet  with  Re  of  two 
segments  and  only  two  Se.  Second  feet  with  one-jointed  Re.  Size  2'4  mm. 

6.  GAETANUS  ROBUSTUS. 
Gaetamis  robustus,  Sara,  Bull.  Mus.  Oceanographique  Monaco,  no.  26  (1905),  p.  11. 

Robust,  cephalothorax  a  little  swollen  in  middle.  Cephalic  spine  small,  curved, 
or  sometimes  absent.  Spines  of  last  thoracic  segment  very  strong  and  divergent. 
Abdomen  thick  and  about  one-third  of  whole  length.  Anterior  antennae  scarcely  as 
long  as  the.  body.  Size  8  mm.  (?  possibly  the  same  as  G.  antarcticus,  but  the 
description  of  G.  robustus  is  insufficient.) 

7.  GAETANUS  INERMIS. 

Gaetanus  inermis,  Sars,  op.  cit.,  p.  12. 

Body  very  thick,  anterior  division  swollen.  No  trace  of  cephalic  spine,  last 
segment  of  thorax  rounded  and  without  spines.  Abdomen  very  short,  not  a  quarter  of 
whole  length.  Anterior  antennas  not  longer  than  body.  Structure  of  other  parts  not 
different  from  other  species  of  this  genus  (?)  Size  6  •  30  mm. 

(In  the  absence  of  cephalic  and  thoracic  spines,  which  are  constant  in  this  genus, 
this  is  probably  not  a  Gaetanus.) 

8.  GAETANUS  CURVICORNIS. 
Gaetamis  cvrvicornis,  Sars,  op.  cit.,  p.  11. 

Body  like  G.  miles  (Giesbrecht),  short  curved  cephalic  spine.  Spines  of  last  thoracic 
segment  moderately  large  and  divergent.  Very  short  abdomen  only  a  quarter  the 
whole  length.  Anterior  antennae  scarcely  longer  than  the  body.  Size  4  •  35  mm. 

9.  GAETANUS  KRUEPPI. 
Gaetamis  kruppi,  Giesbrecht,  Mitt.  Zool.  St.  zu  Neapel,  XVI.  (1903),  p.  202. 

Like  G.  armiger,  but  larger,  viz.,  3 '6-4  mm.  long,  thorax  shorter.  Anterior 
antennae  reach  three  joints  beyond  furca,  twenty-second  segment  longer  than  in  G. 
armiger.  Feet  like  G.  miles.  $  3 '7  mm.  long,  thoracic  spines  shorter  than  9  and 
antennas  shorter  than  body.  Se  of  Re  2  of  first  foot  rudimentary  ;  fourth  feet  without 
tubal  bristles.  Fifth  feet  Ri  of  one  segment,  Re  of  right  foot  of  two  ;  of  left,  of  three 
segments.  Mediterranean. 


COI'EI'UDA  33 


XANTHOCALANUS  (GIKBRBCHT). 

!        '..•    i:.-   ..nl\     lu>.    .-\:i  in  ].!••-   ••:    tii;~    •_•  Mill-     in    !:!••   •  I  •:   .  .,\,  ;  \ 

the  jml-lication  of  Giesbrecht  and  Schmeil's  "  Copepoda  "  (in  "  Tierreich  ")  the  genus  has 

...!      ll:   ll.V       l.MlM'.ll  il      -]»•, -1. -  T..     I'M      "I  iLMII.lIK       dntribed      -)"'!.-.     B    .     .     A".      /  ,     ' 

and  .V.  minor  (Gittbrecht),  are  now  added  .V.  Ixwilis  (Sara),  X.  propinquu.*  (Saw), 
A'.  mttticitA  (Sara),  X  crixtatu*  (Wolfenden),  X.  subcrixtatus  (Wolfondcn),  X.  simplex 
(Wolfeuden),  X.  mag  mi*  (Wolfenden),  X.  calaminus  (Wolfenden),  X.  atbmtictw 
(Wolfenden),  X.  greeni  (Farran),  X.  pinyui*  (Farran),  and  A'.  tJ>tnxtt.<t  (Farran) ;  and, 
as  they  are  described  in  scattered  publications,  it  may  be  well  to  recapitulate  the 
characters  here. 

1.    X.    AOILIS. 
A',  ayilu,  Giesbrecbt,  Fauna  a.  FL  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  286. 

Size  2'4 ;  furcal  segments  broader  than  long,  abdominal  segments  very  hirsute ; 
anterior  antennn  reaching  end  of  furca ;  fifth  feet  three  segment*,  beset  with  spines 
and  teeth,  and  with  three  apical  teeth. 

In  the  <J  only  one  (the  left)  foot  five-jointed.     (Mediterranean.) 

2.  X.  SUBAOILIS. 

X.  tuboffilu,  Wolfenden,  Jour.  Mir.  Biol.  Awoc.,  VII.  (1904),  p.  118. 

Size  2'6  mm.,  resembling  A',  ayilis,  but  abdominal  segments  not  hirsute. 

Fifth  feet  with  three  segments,  the  basal  with  strong  teeth,  the  middle  with  only 
hairs,  the  distal  spinulose  and  with  three  long  apical  spines. 

4  with  a  pair  of  fifth  feet  nearly  equal,  the  right  of  four,  the  left  of  five 
segments.  (Mull  of  Galloway.) 

3.  X.  BUREAUS. 
X.  bortati*,  Sara,  Crustacea  of  Norway,  Vol.  IV.,  p.  46. 

Size  3 '50  mm.  ;  furcal  segments  as  broad  as  long,  anterior  antenna)  reach  end  of 
genital  segment ;  fifth  feet  of  three  segments,  proximal  two,  with  teeth  on  inner 
margin  ;  last  with  two  apical  and  two  lateral  spines. 

<J  with  a  pair  of  fifth  feet  left  of  five  segments,  right  very  short  and  of  only  three 
segments.  (Polar  Seas.  Norway.) 

4.  X.  PROPINQUUS. 
X.  propinqutu,  San,  l«e.  at. 

Size  1 75  in  in.  ;  furcul  rami  longer  than  broad ;  anterior  antennae  slender  and 
reaching  only  to  second  abdominal  segment,  posterior  antennae  with  lie  much  longer 


34  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

than  Hi  ;  fifth  feet  of  three  segments,  last  much  smaller  than  proximal  two,  only  basal 
with  marginal  teeth,  end  segment  with  three  short  outer  and  one  long  inner  spine. 

<J  a  pair  of  fifth  feet,  the  right  very  rudimentary  and  short,  of  three  segments. 
(Polar  Sea.  Norway.) 

5.  X.  CRISTATUS. 
X.  cristatus,  Wolfenden,  Jour.  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.,  1904,  p.  119. 

Size  5 'Omm.;  head  triangular  and  with  prominent  crest,  anterior  antennae 
reaching  to  end  of  furca  ;  fifth  feet  of  three  segments,  all  densely  spinulose,  with  two 
short  apical  spines.  <J  not  known.  (West  of  Ireland.) 

6.   X.    SUBCRISTATDS. 
X.  subcristatus,  Wolfenden,  Plankton  Studies,  Part  II.  (1906),  p.  81. 

Size  7'0  mm.  ;  head  with  crest,  abdomen  very  hirsute,  furcal  segments  very  short, 
anterior  antennae  reaching  end  of  genital  segment ;  fifth  feet  three  segments,  the  distal 
long  and  tapering,  with  two  short  apical  spines  ;  all  these  segments  densely  spinulose. 
(J  not  known.  (South  Polar  Sea.) 

7.  X.  MAGNUS. 

-  *• 
X.  magnus,  Wolfenden,  op.  cit.,  p.  32. 

Size  8 '8  mm.  ;  head  rounded,  not  clearly  separated  from  next  segment;  furcal 
segments  very  short,  anterior  antennae  reaching  the  genital  segment ;  abdominal 
segments  very  hirsute  ;  fifth  feet  of  three  segments,  very  small  ;  all  segments  very 
spinulose,  with  two  apical  and  two  lateral  spines  on  the  last  segment.  <J  not  known. 
(South  Polar  Sea.) 

8.  X.  SIMPLEX. 
X.  simplex,  Wolfenden,  op.  cit.,  p.  30. 

Size  1'45  mm.  ;  whole  surface  of  thoracic  segments  covered  with  fine  prickles, 
anterior  antennae  very  short,  posterior  antennae  with  Re  nearly  twice  as  long  as  Ri  ; 
anterior  foot  jaws  with  only  vermiform  processes,  posterior  foot  jaws  with  long,  thin 
B  2  without  bristles  ;  fifth  feet  very  small,  of  common  basal  and  two  segments,  the 
distal  one  very  small,  with  two  apical  spines  on  the  left  and  only  one  on  the  right  foot. 
<J  unknown.  (West  of  Ireland.) 

9.    X.    CALAMINUS. 
X.  calaminus,  Wolfenden,  op.  cit.,  p.  34. 

Size  5  '5  mm.  ;  furcal  segments  as  broad  as  long,  posterior  antennae  with  rarni  of 
equal  length  ;  anterior  foot  jaw  with  powerful  toothed  hook  on  fourth  lobe,  and  two 
slenderer  hooks  on  fifth  lobe  ;  brush  and  vermiform  processes  ;  posterior  foot  jaw  short 
and  stout,  the  bristles  of  the  endopodite  very  peculiar  and  like  quills,  with  broad 
chitin  expansion  with  serrated  edge  ;  fifth  feet  very  small,  of  three  segments ;  distal 
segment  with  short  apical  and  two  short  marginal  spines.  (Bay  of  Biscay.) 


OOPVOD*. 

10.    X.    ATLANTICCa 
X.  ttlantietu,  Wolfenden,  Jour.  Mar.  Biol.  Amoc.,  April,  1904. 

nun.  ;  ant.  ii.. r  antennas  much  shorter  than  thorax  and  very  thick  Iwsnlly, 
abdominal  segments  prickly  and  hirsute,  feet  very  spiuulose  ;  fifth  of  three  segment*, 
distal  the  largest,  with  four  large  articulating  spines,  two  apical,  two  lateral  ;  all 
segments  very  spiuuloae ;  furcal  rami  as  broad  as  long,  and  lie  of  posterior  antennao 
much  longer  than  Hi.  (West  of  Ireland.) 

11.  X.  oBTUsrs. 

X.  obtuna,  Farntn,  Ann.  Rep.  Fish.,  Ireland,  I'.uii-oS,  pt.  ii.,  App.  II.  (1005),  p.  40. 

Size  2*4  nun.  Furcal  rami  little  longer  than  broad,  anterior  antenna;  reach  genital 
segment,  feet  very  spinulose.  Fifth  feet,  three  segmented,  spinulose,  and  with  two 
terminal  and  two  lateral  spines  on  last  segment ;  second  joint  longest,  and  spiuulose  on 
both  margins.  (Atlantic.  Ireland.) 

12.  X.  PINOUIS. 

JT.  jmyvu,  Farran,  Ann.  Rep.  Fuh.,  Ireland,  1902-03,  pi.  ii.,  App.  II.  (190.1),  p.  40. 

Bin  4*5  mm.  Head  imperfectly  separated  from  thorax ;  lateral  processes  of 
last  segment  blunt ;  furcal  segments  slightly  longer  than  broad ;  anterior  antenna) 
short,  not  as  long  as  thorax  ;  rami  of  posterior  antenna)  short  and  broad  ;  feet  spinuloHe. 
Fifth  feet  of  three  segments,  and  two  lateral  and  two  apical  end  spines  ;  surface  of 
third  and  margins  of  first  (inner)  and  second  (outer)  spinulose.  (Atlantic.  Ireland.) 

13.    X.    GREEN  I.       X.    MUTICUS. 

A'.ffrtmi,  Farran,  Ann.  Rpp.  Fish.,  Ireland,  1902-03,  pt.  ii.,  App.  II.  (190:.),  p.  40.     .V.  mutietu,  Hare, 
Bull.  Mas.  Monaco. 

Size  5'30-G  mm. ;  last  two  segments  of  thorax  united,  last  segment  with  obtusely 
triangular  margins  ;  furcal  segments  short,  broader  than  long ;  anterior  antenna?  little 
longer  than  body.  Fifth  feet  small,  two-jointed  (Sars),  or  three-jointed  (Farran),  without 
spines  on  inner  margin  ;  last  joint  with  three  small  apical  spines.  (Atlantic.  Ireland.) 

14.  X.  TYPICUS. 
Amallophora  typita,  Scott,  Tr.  Linn.  8oc.  (2),  VI.  (1894),  p.  54. 

Only  the  4  known ;  27  mm.  long ;  anterior  antenna),  twenty  segments ;  right 
fifth  foot  short  and  three  segments,  left  like  that  of  .V.  agUis. 


TOI-  IT. 


36  R.  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

XANTHOCALANUS  ANTARCTICUS. 
(Plate  VII.,  figs.  10,  11.) 

9  2 '5  mm.  long  (cephalothorax  2'0  mm.,  abdomen  0'5  mm.  long).  Abdomen, 
therefore,  only  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  thorax.  Head  rounded  and  rather  oval  in 
front,  with  bifid  rostrum,  composed  of  two  chitinous  plates  each  with  a  long  and  rather 
thick  filament.  Head  separate  from  first  thoracic  segment,  last  two  segments  separate, 
and  distal  segment  on  each  side  produced  into  lappets  ending  in  rather  pointed  but 
rounded  margins.  Furcal  segments  half  as  long  again  as*broad.  In  the  middle,  the 
thorax  is  broad,  about  half  as  broad  as  long.  Abdominal  segments  with  row  of 
pectinations  laterally,  and  over  whole  dorsum  at  the  margin  of  the  very  short  anal 
segment.  Anterior  antennae  twenty-four  segments,  and  short,  only  reaching  to  the 
end  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Posterior  antennae  with  Re  a  little  longer  than  Ri. 

Mandibles,  Ri  and  Re  about  equal ;  B  2  with  three  marginal  bristles  ;  Re  elongated 
and  narrow,  with  seven  bristles.  Maxilla,  B  2  and  Ri  elongated  and  narrow,  imperfectly 
segmented;  B2  with  four,  Ril  with  1,  Ri2  and  3  with  six  bristles,  Li  1  nearly 
twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  long,  thin  hook  bristles.  Anterior  foot  jaws  with  very 
convex  B  2,  the  proximal  margin  of  the  basals  much  embayed.  Strong  toothed  and 
curved  hook  on  the  last  lobe  ;  a  number  of  brush  processes,  with  small  heads,  and  two 
vermiform  processes"  distally. 

Posterior  foot  jaws,  having  proportionately  B  1  :  B  2  :  Ri  =  40  :  30  :  20,  the 
second  basal  about  three  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad,  and  a  brush  process  on  the 
first  basal. 

1st  feet  Ri  =  1  segment.    Re  =  3  segments  with  three  long,  thin  marginal  spines. 
2nd   feet   Ri  =  2   segments,   Re  =  3   segments.     Ri  2  with  a  strong  corona  of 
spines. 

3rd  feet  with  a  few  delicate  spines  on  surface  of  Re  2. 

4th  feet  Ri  =  2  segments,  Re  =  3  segments.  Ri  2  with  a  few  spines  on  the 
outer  margin.  The  exopodites  of  the  3rd  and  4th  feet  not  spinulose. 

5th  feet  small.  A  common  basal  and  each  three  segments  ;  the  first  segment 
rather  longer  and  broader  than  the  second,  with  convex  inner  margin,  and  several 
(about  eight  or  nine)  strong  teeth  on  the  margin  ;  the  second  segment  with  two  or 
three  shorter  spines  on  the  proximal  part  of  the  convex  inner  margin ;  the  third 
segment  with  two  short  apical,  and  one  outer  and  one  inner  marginal  spines — four  in 
all — each  articulating  with  the  segment,  and  on  the  inner  margin  a  bunch  of  small 
teeth.  A  cluster  of  five  spines  on  the  distal  surface  of  the  last  segment,  and  two  very 
small  spines  on  the  outer  margin  of  the  middle  segment  distally.  No  spines  on  the 
surface  of  the  twp  proximal  joints. 


'  "I'KPODA. 

XANTHOCALANUS  MACHOS. 

(Plate  VII.,  figs.  1-9.) 

maynut,  \V,.lf,  u.l. n,  Plankton  Studiw,  Part  II.  (1906),  p.  82. 
9  ii  0  nun.  long.  Head  dorsally  with  line  of  separation  from*  the  first  segment, 
n MI n« led  aid  without  any  trace  of  crest  ;  produced  in  front  into  a  chitiuoun  lamella 
with  two  pointed  mini.  Last  thoracic  Hegmeut  on  each  side  a  little  produced.  Al>domen 
short,  die  ccphalothorax  In-ing  three  and  a  half  times  its  length.  Genital  segment 
protulieraut  ventrally  and  longer  than  the  next  two,  anal  segment  very  small,  and 
furcal  segments  much  longer  than  the  anal. 

Anterior  antennae,  reaching  about  the  end  of  the  genital  segment,  of  twenty-four 
segment*,  with  thiek  Iwsal  joints,  the  eighth  and  ninth  coalesced,  the  last  segment  very 
small.  Posterior  antennae  with  Ri  longer  than  Re,  the  first  joint  of  the  latter  with 
strong  rounded  projection  of  the  lower  and  inner  margin.  The  masticatory  plate  of 
the  mandibles  with  strong  teeth,  the  two  outer  longer  than  the  inner  ones,  which  are 
short  and  all  of  the  same  size.  Anterior  foot  jaws  short,  but  strongly  built,  the  outer 
margin  very  convex,  the  last  lobe  bearing  a  very  strong  thick  basally  and  curved  sickle- 
shaped  hook,  tapering  distally  ;  all  the  bristles  of  Ri  represented  by  sensory  brush  and 
vermiform  appendages.  The  posterior  foot  jaws  somewhat  extended,  the  first  liasal 
comparatively  thick  and  with  a  brush  appendage,  the  second  basal  elongated  and  thin, 
with  very  short  marginal  bristles  ;  Hi  also  elongated,  the  first  and  second  joint*  long, 
and  its  bristles  comparatively  short  Maxillae  very  like  the  preceding  species,  but  B  2 
with  five,  Ri  with  ten  bristles,  Re  elongated  and  narrow. 

1st  feet,  Re  with  three  distinct  segments  and  three  external  spines  ;  Ri  only  one 
segment 

2nd  feet,  Re  of  three  broad  segments  very  spinulose  on  the  surface,  and  with  short 
external  marginal  spines,  Ri  of  two  segments  with  prominent  bunches  of  spines  on  the 
surface  of  Ri  2. 

3rd  and  4th  feet,  each  ram  us  of  three  segments,  the  surfaces  spinulose. 
5th  feet  small,  of  three  .segments  more  or  less  covered,  especially  the  last  segment 
and  margins,  with  comparatively  long,  spine-like  bristles ;  the  terminal  segment  with 
two  short  terminal  and  two  very  short  marginal  spines,  not  articulating. 

This  is  an  adult  female,  and  resembles  the  animal  I  have  descril>ed  as  Xaiithocalanu* 
magnu*  (Plankton  Studies,  Feb.,  1906)  so  closely  that  I  think  they  must  be  regarded 
as  the  same  animal.  The  '  Gauss '  animals  are,  however,  very  much  larger  (up  to  8*8 
mm),  but  the  only  essential  differences  which  I  can  detect  are  the  much  greater  size 
of  the  latter,  the  rather  more  pointed  dorsum  of  the  head,  and  the  more  hirsute 
abdominal  segments.  In  these  collections  I  have  found  many  examples  which  appear 
to  differ  only  in  size,  and  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  this  '  Discovery '  example  is 
ni.-ifly  a  smaller  one  of  the  same  species.  The  5th  pair  of  feet  are  strikingly  different 
from  the  northern  species. 


38  R.  NOERIS  AVOLFENDEN. 


HETERORRHABDUS  (GIESBRECHT). 

Only  one  specimen  of  this  genus  occurs  in  the  'Discovery'  collection,  which  is 
only  what  might  be  expected  from  the  fact  that  the  collection  is  practically  only 
epiplanktonic,  whereas  Heterorrliabdus  is  without  doubt  one  of  the  most  confirmed  deep- 
water  genera  of  Copepoda.  The  species  //.  auslrina  (Giesbrecht),  which  occurs  in  the 
'  Belgica '  and  '  Gauss '  collections,  is  absent  from  those  of  the  '  Discovery,'  and  the  only 
specimen  of  the  genus  occurring  in  the  latter  is,  I  think,  referable  to  II.  longicornis. 

HETERORRHABDUS  LONGICORNIS. 

Heterochata  longicornis,  Giesbrecht.    Atti.  Ace.  Line.  Rend.,  Ser.  4,  v.  (1889)  p.  811. 

„  „  „  Fauna  u.  Fl.  Neap.  XIX.  (1892),  p.  373. 

„  „        Wolfenden.    Jour.  Mar.  Biol.  Assoc.,  Vol.  VII.  (1904)  p.  124. 

?  Heterocfueta  major,  Dahl.    Verb.  d.  Zool.  (resells.,  1894,  p.  79. 
Heterorhabdus  major,  Wolfenden.    Plankton  Studies,  Part  I.  (1905),  p.  11. 

I  first  described  the  male  of  H.  longicornis,  hitherto  unknown,  in  1902.  Since 
then  I  have  found  it  frequently  throughout  the  Atlantic,  extending  to  the  Antarctic 
area.  Dahl's  description  of  H.  mnjor  is  very  scanty,  and  the  only  essential  point  of 
difference  between  it  and  longicornis  appears  to  be  one  of  size.  The  specimen  in  the 
'  Discovery '  collection  is  a  $  of  4  •  5  mm.  length,  but  there  is  no  essential  difference 
between  it  and  smaller  males  from  the  Faroe  Channel.  I  suggest  therefore  that  Dahl's 
H.  major  is  really  H.  longicornis,  and  I  now  think  that  the  species  which  I  described  in 
"  Plankton  Studies  "  as  H.  major  may  best  be  described  as  //.  longicornis  (Giesbrecht). 

The  diagnostic  points  of  H.  major  (Dahl)  are,  according  to  this  author,  "  anterior 
antennae  very  long,  the  posterior  foot-jaw  with  only  weak  median  bristles;  the 
penultimate  lobe  of  the  anterior  foot-jaw  a  long  '  tap '  lobe,  the  mandible  teeth  but 
little  differing  in  thickness,  nearly  the  same  distance  apart ;  the  exopodite  of  the  third 
feet  like  those  of  the  second  and  fourth,  the  size  over  5  mm.  long." 

Except  as  to  size,  it  will  be  observed  that  none  of  these  points  differ  from  those  of 
II.  longicornis,  the  largest  examples  of  which  are  not,  however,  more  than  3  •  5  mm.  long 
in  the  North  Atlantic. 

The  '  Discovery  '  specimen  is  a  $  of  4  •  5  mm.  length,  the  anterior  antennae  several 
joints  (about  six)  longer  than  the  whole  body  ;  the  geniculating  antennae  with  six 
joints  beyond  the  elbow.  The  right  furcal  segment  is  much  longer  than  the  left.  The 
fifth  lobe  of  the  anterior  foot-jaw  has  a  very  thick-based  stout  curved  hook,  without 
teeth  or  bristles  except  for  a  few  bristles  at  the  proximal  end ;  the  lobe  itself  is  very 
large.  The  two  other  bristles  are  long  and  thin.  The  sixth  lobe  has  a  long  and  thin 
hook,  also  uncombed.  The  bristles  of  Ri  are  extremely  long.  The  posterior  foot-jaw 
has  a  long  thin  second  basal,  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  and  only  two  weak  bristles 
in  the  middle.  The  mandible  has  a  large  simple  conical  tooth  on  the  outside,  and 


these  out.  i  t.-.-tli  an-  n..t  in  cither  mandible  thickened.  The  thin!  fail Nttmble  tin- 
fourth.  The  riv'lii  fifth  foot  him  a  long  upright  procem  on  D  2,  haired  marginally  ;  the 
Ri 2  hronil  an. I  with  a  marginal  protuberance  on  which  are  two  or  three  short  teeth 
and  a  -mall  liuiu-h  of  hair-,  flattened  long  spine  distal  to  it  Re  3  a  long  curved  spoon - 
shaped  segm.-nt.  with  a  stout-based  apical  spine,  shorter  spine  on  the  inner  aspect ; 
the  right  Ri  with  the  second  segment  elongated  and  narrow,  the  third  segment 
comparatively  broad  and  short,  the  inner  marginal  bristle  of  Ri 2  thickened. 

Tin-  left  foot  has  a  haired  marginal  projection  as  Ji  2,  Its'.}  with  a  long  stout 
apical  spine,  three-quarters  as  long  as  the  segment,  and  with  a  short  marginal  spine  on 
the  inner  side,  Hi  2  broad,  with  thickened  bristle.  A  specimen  of  //.  imijicomi*  from 
the  Faroe  Channel  measured  3*5  mm.  long  ;  Ksterly  records  it  from  Diego,  California, 
3  mm.  long.  The  Southern  Ocean  species  evidently  reaches  a  much  greater  length 
(4*5  mm.). 

FAROELLA  (WOLFKNOKN). 

In  the  course  of  my  cruising  in  the  Faroe  Channel  in  1901  I  captured  a 
copepod  which  differed  from  any  known  species,  to  which  I  originally  gave  the  name 
Pfieitdaetidiw  multiscrrata,  in  the  paper  read  at  the  British  Association,  1902.  In  1903 
appeared  Bars'  supplement,  in  which  he  described  a  new  genus,  AZtidiojtMi*,  which 
appeared  to  be  the  same  animal ;  and  as  I  had  already  recognised  that  this  copepod  was 
distinctive  from  others  closely  allied  (PseuJcetitleu*,  Chiridiii*,  GaiJhi*),  I  had  created 
for  it  a  new  genus,  Fart*-lla.  My  paper  had  been  in  the  printers'  hands  for  some  time  when 
Professor  SOTS'  supplement  appeared  with  the  description  of  sKtiiliofuti*.  Consequently 
I  do  not  know  to  which  name  priority  should  be  given,  nor  do  1  feel  yet  certain  that 
the  genus  described  briefly  by  Sara  is  identical  with  the  FnrnfUa  ilescriU-d  by  me  in  the 
J.  J/.  B.  AM.  of  1904.  Certainly  the  Farotlla  of  the  Antarctic  Sea  has  some  dihVrrinT-, 
and  I  therefore  retain  the  name  for  the  genus  which  I  originally  gave,  more  especially 
as  Professor  Sars,  who  has  examined  some  Irish  specimens,  states,  as  I  am  informed, 
that  they  are  not  identical  with  his. 

FAROELLA  ANTARCTICA. 
(Plate  II.,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  4.) 

?  size  4*3  mm.  (cephalothorax  3*3  mm.,  abdomen  1*0  mm.).  The  fore-body  is 
therefore  over  three  times  as  long  as  the  abdomen.  The  head  and  first  thoracic  segment 
are  united,  the  two  last  segments  of  the  thorax  separate,  the  anterior  segment  over  twice 
as  long  as  the  four  last  segments ;  the  most  posterior  of  these  is  well  defined  from  the 
one  in  front,  small,  and  laterally  prolonged  into  stout  spines  which  are  about  three- 
quarters  as  long  as  the  genital  segment  In  dorsal  aspect  the  head  is  rather  triangular- 
shaped,  and  on  each  side  below  the  level  of  the  posterior  antennas,  laterally  expanded. 
In  the  lateral  aspect  the  head  is  evenly  rounded,  oval,  and  with  stout  two-pointed 


40  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

rostrum  directed  forwards,  with  slight  curve  downwards,  the  rostral  spines  not  at  all 
divergent,  as  in  Sars'  picture  of  ^Etidiopsis.  The  whole  cephalothorax  is  studded  with 
fine  and  closely-set  prickles.  Abdomen  of  four  segments,  slender,  the  genital  only  a 
little  larger  than  the  next,  with  strong  ventral  protuberance,  >  Ab  2  >  Ab  3  >  Ab  4. 
Furcal  segments  as  long  as  the  anal,  and  twice  as  long  as  broad.  Tail  bristles  four  ou 
each  side,  with  very  short  and  delicate  ventrally  placed  accessory  bristles.  Anterior 
antennae  reaching  just  beyond  the  end  of  the  genital  segment,  the  first  two  joints 
comparatively  large  and  as  long  as  the  next  five  joints,  the  combined  eighth  and  ninth 
joint  as  long  as  the  two  joints  either  proximal  or  distal  to  it,  the  eighteenth  and  nine- 
teenth joints  longer  than  those  proximal  or  distal,  and  the  twenty-fourth  separate  from 
the  twenty-fifth.  All  joints  only  sparingly  setiferous. 

Posterior  antennae  with  exopodite  a  little  longer  only  than  the  endopodite. 

Anterior  foot-jaws  with  the  outer  margin  of  the  basal  only  a  little  convex,  the 
fifth  lobe  longer  than  the  four  proximal  and  nearly  equally-sized  lobes,  the  Ri  small 
but  distinctly  segmented.  Each  lobe  with  three  bristles,  two  each  on  the  first,  second, 
third,  and  one  on  the  fourth,  being  stout,  long,  and  with  wide  apart  stiff  marginal 
bristles.  Bristles  of  Ri  long,  not  feathered,  but  slightly  serrated  marginally. 

Posterior  foot  jaws  having  proportionately  -B  1  :  B2  :  Ri  =  W  :  12  :  5.  J32 
therefore  a  little  longer  than  JSl,  and  over  twice  as  long  &sRi;  B  1  two  and  a  half 
times  as  long  as  broad,  with  two  small  lobes  with  respectively  two  and  three  short 
bristles  ;  B  2  four  times  as  long  as  broad,  its  marginal  bristles  very  small  and  distal  of 
the  middle.  Ri  short  and  distinctly  five-segmented. 

Maxillae,  Le  1  with  nine  bristles  and  its  outer  margin  nearly  straight ;  B  2  with 
five,  and  not  segmented  from  Ri  with  thirteen  bristles ;  Le  2  a  small  lobe,  but  without 
bristles  ;  Re  small,  longer  than  broad,  and  with  ten  bristles  ;  Li  1  with  nine  large  hooks 
and  four  bristles  ;  Li  2  and  3  well-formed  lobes. 

First  feet.  Ri  one-jointed  ;  Re  three-jointed,  with  three  long  thin  marginal 
spines. 

Second  feet.  Ri  two-jointed,  Ri  1  short,  Ri  2  very  elongated,  and  nearly  four 
times  as  long  as  Ri  1.  The  whole  Ri  only  extends  to  the  distal  end  of  Re  2.  On  the 
distal  part  of  the  surface  of  Ri  2  is  a  bunch  of  fine  hairs  ;  Re  3  is  as  long  as  Re  1  +  2, 
and  its  end  saw  is  longer  than  the  Re  3  and  beset  with  a  great  number  (exceeding 
fifty)  of  closely-set  teeth,  of  which  those  in  the  middle  are  the  largest. 

Fourth  feet.  Ri  and  Re  of  three  segments  each.  Ri  proportionately  longer  than 
in  the  other  feet,  and  the  third  segment  as  long  as  Ri  1  +  2,  and  a  little  over  three 
times  as  long  as  broad,  with  fine  hairs  on  the  surface  distally.  Re  3  much  longer  than 
Re  1  +  2  and  over  three  times  as  long  as  broad.  Its  end  saw  three-quarters  as  long 
as  the  Re  3,  and  with  over  fifty  closely-set  teeth.  No  fifth  feet. 

The  chief  points  in  which  this  Antarctic  species  differs  from  that  of  the  northern 
seas  are  in  its  greater  size,  the  greater  strength  of  the  rostrum,  the  rather  different 
body  proportions,  and  the  more  equal  size  of  the  rami  of  the  posterior  antennae.  The 


41 

chititi   every  when-  in  tlir  <  cphalothorax    is  almost    covered    with   prickles,  and   the 
whole  animal  is  more  robust 

MICBOCALANUS  (SAR.S). 

MlCROCALANUS   PU8ILLU& 

(Plate  II.,  fig.  5.) 

Micntalmu*  jnuXlvt,  0.  0.  Sara,  CnwUc.  of  Norway,  IV.  (1908),  p.  15(1. 
PHHimlanttM  pyymtmt,  San,  Norwegn.  N.  Polar  Expdn.,  Vol.  V.  Crustacea,  1900. 
„  „         Gioibnvht, '  Belgica '  K.-|*>rt,  p.  20. 

Sars  originally  descritad  a  small  Calanoid,  PieiulocalanuA  pyynueux,  from  Nunsen's 
Polar  Expedition,  which  he  subsequently  re-named  Mlcrncalainis,  and  included  in  the 
new  genus  a  second  and  still  smaller  form  of  M.  jnisillu*.  Giesbrecht  described  a  .small 
Calanoid  from  the  Antarctic  seas,  which  agreed  generally  with  Bars'.  Polar  species,  except 
for  very  small  differences,  e.g.  the  length  of  the  anterior  antennae,  and  the  length  of  the 
outer  marginal  spines  of  the  exopodites  of  the  feet.  The  size  varied,  mostly  from 
0' 7-0 '75  mm. ;  some  were  even  smaller.  P.  pyymseu*,  Sars  (=  M.  pygmaus,  San*),  i« 
a  little  longer,  viz.  '  86  mm.  (Sars). 

The  '  Discovery '  collection  contains  many  examples  of  a  very  small  Calanoid 
which  agrees  so  closely  with  Sars'  M.  pusilltut,  that  I  regard  them  as  identical ;  and 
Giesbrecht's  Pseudocalanus  pyymsews  must,  I  think,  l>e  also  regarded  as  identical.  This 
small  Calanoid  is  one  of  the  few  examples  of  complete  agreement  in  form  and  structure 
between  the  Polar  and  Antarctic  forms,  and  on  that  ground  is  of  interest. 

The  female  is  O'GO  mm.  long.  Cephalothorax  two  and  a  half  times  longer  than 
the  abdomen ;  the  head  and  first  segment  united,  the  former  evenly  rounded  and  with 
short,  delicate  rostrum  ;  the  greatest  breadth  not  quite  half  the  length  ;  the  last 
thoracic  segment  with  rounded  and  only  slightly  produced  margins  ;  abdomen  of  four 
segments.  The  genital  segment  is  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  next,  which  is  rather 
larger  than  the  distal  segment,  and  the  anal  as  long  as  the  segment  preceding  it. 
Furcal  segments  as  long  as  the  anal  and  longer  than  broad,  with  four  short  terminal 
bristles.  The  genital  segment  is  very  swollen  laterally,  but  symmetrical,  and  rather 
tumid  vi-nt rally. 

Anterior  antennae  reaching  about  the  end  of  the  genital  segment,  and  of  twenty- 
three  joints. 

Posterior  antennae  with  Re  about  one-third  longer  than  the  /•'/'. 

Mandibles  with  Ri  much  longer  than  Re,  both  rami  fully  segmented. 
Masticatory  plate  with  strong  cutting  teeth  seven  or  eight  in  number,  and  distally 
nearly  half  as  broad  as  long. 

Anterior  foot  jaws  with  five  well-formed  lobes,  of  Calami*  type,  with  well- 
segmented  Ri. 


42  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

Posterior  foot  jaws  with  segments  proportionately  Bl,  B'2,  Ri  =  9,  8,  9.  Ri 
elongated  and  thin,  with  five  distinct  segments. 

First  feet,  Ri  of  one,  Re  of  three  segments,  the  first  without  Se ;  Ri  with  four  Si. 

Second  feet,  Ri  of  two,  Re  of  three  segments  ;  no  Si  on  B  1  or  B  2. 

Fourth  feet,  Ri  and  Re  of  three  segments  each.  The  end  saw  extremely  long,  and 
longer  than  the  whole  Re,  broad  and  coarsely  serrated  marginally. 

In  the  second  to  the  fourth  feet  the  Re  3  has  three  outer  marginal  spines.  No 
fifth  feet. 

The  few  males  present  were  apparently  immature. 


HALOPTILUS  (GIESBRECHT). 

One  species  of  this  genus  appears  to  be  characteristic  of  the  Antarctic  fauna,  since 
it  is  present  in  very  many  of  the  '  Gauss '  samples,  but  curiously  enough,  occurred  only 
once  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection.  It  is  large,  and  distinguished  at  a  glance  from  any 
other  examples  of  the  genus  by  the  prominent  black  ocellus  dorsally  placed,  an  organ 
not  possessed  by  any  other  species  of  Haloptilus. 


HALOPTILUS  OCELLATUS. 
(Plate  III.,  figs.  1,  2.) 
Haloptilus  ocellatus,  Wolfenden,  Plankton  Studies,  Part  I.  (1905),  p.  14. 

9,  of  length,  from  the  end  of  the  frontal  spine  to  the  end  of  the  furca,  875  mm., 
with  cephalothorax  over  five  times  as  long  as  the  abdomen ;  the  conjoined  head  and 
first  segment  much  longer  than  the  remaining  segments  of  the  anterior  body  (about 
one- third) ;  the  last  two  segments  of  the  cephalothorax  united,  and  with  rounded 
margins.  On  the  second  segment,  in  the  centre  of  the  dorsum,  or  a  little  to  the  right 
of  the  centre,  is  a  prominent  and  very  black  rounded  pigmented  ocellus,  standing  out 
in  clear  contrast  to  the  rest  of  the  very  transparent  animal.  The  frontal  spine  is  long, 
tapering,  and  usually  a  little  curved  downward,  and  often  laterally,  towards  the  tip. 
The  distance  from  the  tip  of  the  spine  to  the  base  of  the  anterior  antennae  is  equal  to 
the  distance  between  the  latter  and  nearly  to  the  distal  end  of  the  second  cephalic 
segment.  Abdomen  of  four  segments,  with  the  anal  as  long  as  the  two  preceding,  and 
the  furcal  segments  over  twice  as  long  as  broad. 

Anterior  antennae  a  little  longer  than  the  whole  animal,  reaching  beyond  the  furca 
by  about  three  or  four  joints,  and  sparingly  setiferous. 

Posterior  antennae  with  endopodite  very  long  and  exopodite  very  short,  the  latter 
of  six  joints,  with  doubtful  division  of  the  last,  which  would  be  the  seventh  joint,  the 
basal  or  first  segment  very  long,  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  joints  distal  to  it.  lie  not 


COPEPODA.  43 

more  than  one  quarter  as  long  as  /?;  1.  AV  1  elongated  and  seven  or  eight  times  M 
long  as  broad. 

Anterior  foot  jaws  with  a  rather  stout,  but  unarmed  hook  on  the  fifth  lobe,  not 
longer,  however,  than  the  other  bristles. 

Posterior  foot  jaws  thick,  with  Ri  of  similar  thickness  to  D  2,  and  of  five 
segments ;  the  five  stout  curved  hook  bristles  of  nearly  equal  length,  the  two  terminal 
only  a  little  the  longest  and  thickest 

Mandibles  with  Ri  very  long  and  Re  only  as  long  as  Ri  1  ;  masticatory  plate  with 
outer  stout,  brond-liased,  conieal  and  curved  tooth;  three  pointed  abort  teeth  internal 
t««  it,  rather  like  //.  mucranatu*. 

Maxillae. — First  inner  lobe  with  six  bristles,  of  which  only  two  of  the  distal  ones 
arc  stout  hooks  ;  second  inner  loin;  with  one  stout  long  bristle ;  third  inner  lol>c  with 
one  stout  elongated  and  two  short  thin  bristles  ;  B  2  about  as  broad  as  long,  with  four 
elongated  and  thick  bristles  and  one  thin,  short  proximal  bristle,  Ifi  longer  than  broad, 
and  about  three-quarters  as  long  as  Z?2  and  only  half  its  width,  and  with  five  bristles ; 
Rf  very  long,  twice  as  long  as  Ri  +  Ji2,  and  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  eleven 
bristles,  of  which  the  three  innermost  arc  short  and  thin. 

All  feet  with  three  jointed  rami,  Re  of  fifth  pair  only  five-sevenths  as  long  as  lie 
of  fourth  pair ;  AV  of  fifth  pair  only  as  long  as  Re.  1  +  2  ;  Re  3  longer  than  Re  1+2, 
twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  three  inner  bristles,  two  outer  spines,  and  end  spine  nearly 
as  long  as  the  last  segment.  I  have  not  yet  seen  the  <J  of  this  species. 

OITHONA  (BAIRD). 

Two  species  of  this  genus  occur  in  these  collections,  one  of  which,  viz.,  Oithona 
fiimilu,  is  of  world-wide  distribution,  and  occurs  with  great  frequency  in  Antarctic 
collections ;  the  other,  to  which  the  name  Oitfuma  frtgitla  has  been  given  by 
Qieabneht  (and  which  has  been  fully  described  by  him  in  the  '  Belgica '  report,  v'ule 
ante),  occurs  very  sparingly  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection. 

HARPACTICU8  (DANA). 
HARPACTICUS  FURCIFER. 

/farjxiftieus  furrifer,  Oicsbrecht,  •  Belgica '  Report,  p.  37. 

The  9  of  this  species  was  first  described  by  Giesbrecht  in  the  '  Belgica '  report ; 
and  in  the  '  Discovery '  collection,  marked  4.  i.  02.  W.Q.,  occurred  three  specimens  of 
the  male,  though  female  examples  were  conspicuously  absent 

The  9 ,  according  to  Giesbrecht,  is  1  '55  mm.  long ;  the  rostrum  small,  fhe 
scries  of  points  on  the  abdominal  segments  not  numerous,  the  furca  as  long  as  both  last 
abdominal  segments,  narrowing  distally  and  alx>ut  three  times  as  long  as  broad ;  the 


VOL.  IV. 


,1 


44  R.   NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 

anterior  antennae  nine-jointed,  the  exopodite  of  the  posterior  antennae  like  //.  chelifer, 
but  smaller,  the  second  basal  of  the  mandible  like  H.  brevicornis  ( =  H.  fulvu*),  and  the 
exopodite  scarcely  half  as  long  as  the  endopodite  ;  both  rami  of  the  maxillae  are  about 
equal ;  the  first  lobe  of  the  anterior  foot  jaws  has  three  bristles,  the  fourth  lobe  is  long, 
and  its  hook  short,  the  posterior  foot  jaw  is  much  thinner  and  weaker  than  in  //.  chelifer 
and  //.  brevicornis  and  more  like  H.  flexus.  The  first  feet  have  thin  and  weak  terminal 
claws,  both  rami  of  only  two  segments,  and  the  endopodite  is  short,  the  joints  of  both 
branches  being  broader  than  in  flexus ;  the  endopodites  of  the  second  and  fourth  feet 
are  larger  in  proportion  to  the  exopodites  than  in  chelifer  and  brevicornis,  and  in  the 
fourth  pair  reach  to  the  middle  of  the  last  joint  of  the  exopodite ;  the  bristles  on 
the  second  endopodite  joint  are,  however,  two,  instead  of  one  as  in  chelifer ;  the  last 
joint  of  the  fifth  feet  is  comparatively  small,  and  is  scarcely  half  so  broad  as  this ; 
its  last  joint  has  five,  the  process  of  the  basal  joint,  four  bristles. 

The  striking  feature  of  H.  furcifer  is  the  length  of  the  furcal  segments,  which  are 
usually  very  short  in  this  genus,  and  though  related  to  //.  flexus,  it  differs  in  the  size, 
which,  in  the  latter  species,  is  only  •  64  mm.  in  length,  compared  with  1  •  5  in 
H.  furcifer. 


45 


I  XPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

PLATE   I. 

Calm*u  pnpitHfinu,  fig.  1.     Whole  animal,  9 .    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 
fig.  2.    Whole  animal,  $ .    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 

»  .,  fig.  8  and  Sa,  $ .    5th  pair  of  feet    Oc.  8,  obj.  }  in. 

fig.  4.    9 .     Ban!  joint  of  5th  foot    Oc.  8,  obj.  \  in. 
simillimui,   fig.  5.     Whole  animal,  9 .    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 
»  n          fig.  6.     Ban!  joint  of  5th  foot.    Oc.  8,  obj.  J  in. 

tonnu,      fig.  7.    Whole  animal.  9 .    Oc.  8,  obj.  1  in. 
„  »          fig.  8.     Bawl  joinU  of  5th  foot,  9 .    Oc.  3,  obj.  |  in. 

arutu*,       fig.  9.    Whole  animal,  9 .    Oc.  3,  obj.  2  in. 

,,          fig.  10.     Batul  joints  of  5lh  foot,  9 .    Oc.  3,  obj.  J  in. 


PLATE    II. 


FantUa  antarttifa,  fig.  i. 
fig.  2. 
fig.  *. 

n  „  |f.  4, 

JUirrofolaniui  piitil/u*,  fig.  5. 
lltiinralaniu  yrandif,    fig.  6. 


9 ,  whole  animal.    Oc.  3,  obj.  2  in. 
9 ,  Posterior  foot-jaw.    Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 
9 ,  lit  foot.    Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 
9 ,  2nd  foot    Oc.  8,  obj.  1  in. 
9 ,  wliole  animal.    Oc.  8,  obj.  \  in. 
9 ,  whole  animal.    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 


PLATE    III. 


Haloptihu  ortllaitu,      fig.  l. 

fig.  2. 

Mrtridia  print«p»,         fig.  8. 
fig.  4. 

»  n  fig.  5. 

Gotten  tu  antarcfieiu,  fig.  6. 


9 ,  whole  animal.    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 
5th  foot,  9 .    Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 
Whole  animal,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  2  in. 
5th  pair  of  feet,  9 .    Oc.  8,  obj.  }  in. 
2nd  pair  of  feet,  9 .    Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 
9 ,  whole  animal.    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 


Kiifhmta  fimilit,  fig.  1. 
fig-  2. 
fig.  3. 

„       anlarrtifa,  fig.  5. 

n  ,,  fig.  6. 


PLATE    IV. 

9 ,  whole  animal.    Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 

9 ,  l»t  foot    Oc.  8,  obj.  1  in. 

9 ,  2nd  foot    Oc.  8,  obj.  1  in. 

9 ,  aUloiwn  and  genital  segment     Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 

9 ,  abdomen  and  genital  Rcgment.    Oc.  3,  obj.  2  in. 

9 ,  abdomen,  lateral  view.    Oc.  3,  obj.  2  in. 


P  2 


46 


R.  NORRIS  WOLFENDEN. 


PLATE  V. 

Stephus  longipes,  fig.  1.  Whole  animal,  ,$  .     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

„  „  fig.  2.  Whole  animal,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  J  in. 

„  „  fig.  3.  Whole  animal,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

„  antarclicum,  fig.  4.  Whole  animal,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 

„  „  fig.  5.  Whole  animal,  9  >  dorsal.     Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 

„  „  fig.  6.  5th  feet,  9  .     Oc.  3,  obj.  J  in. 

„  „  figs.  7,  8.    5th  feet,  j  .    Oc.  3,  obj.  i  in. 


Faralabidocera  hodysoni,  fig.  1. 

fig.  2. 

fig.  3. 

fig.  4. 
..  .»  fig-  5. 

fig.  6. 

fig.  7. 
,,  ,,  fig-  8. 


PLATE  VI. 

9  ,  last  thoracic  segment  and  abdomen.     Oc.  3,  obj.  |  in. 

Whole  animal,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  J  in. 

5th  foot,  9  •    Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

4th  foot,  9  >  exopodite.     Oc.  3,  obj.  J  in. 

1st  foot,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  i  in. 

2nd  foot,  9  .     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

Posterior  antennae,  9  -     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

Maxilla,  9  .     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 
fig.  9.    Mandible,  9  .     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 
fig.  10.  Anterior  foot-jaw,  9  •     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 
fig.  11.  Terminal  lobes  of  post-footjaw,  9  .     Oc.  3,  obj.  ^  in. 
fig.  12.  Whole  animal,  $ .    Oc.  3,  obj.  i  in. 
fig.  13.  5th  feet,  9 .     Oc.  3,  obj.  \  in. 


Xanthocalanus  magnus, 


PLATE  VII. 

fig.  1.  W.bole  animal.     Oc.  8,  obj.  2  in. 

fig.  2.  Rostrum.    Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 

fig.  3.  Posterior  foot-jaw.     Oc.  3,  obj.  t  in. 

fig.  4.  Anterior  foot-jaw.     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

fig.  5.  Posterior  antenna.     Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 

fig.  6.  Maxilla.     Oc.  3,  obj.  £  in. 

fig.  7.  1st  foot.     Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 

fig.  8.  2nd  foot.    Oc.  3,  obj.  1  in. 

fig.  9.  5th  foot.    Oc.  8,  obj.  \  in. 
Oc.  3,  obj.  \  in. 


antarcticus,  fig.  10.  5th  foot. 


fig.  11.  Posterior  foot-jaw.    Oc.  3,  obj.  \  in. 


6 


Antarctic  I  Discovery )]K\p. 


Copepoda  pi.  I. 

C»l*nin  propinquut  (1—4). 
..       limillimm  (5.  6). 
„       tonsu>  (7,  8). 
,        acuto*  (9.  to) 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Copepoda  pi.  II. 

Karoella  amarctica  (1-4)          Mtcmcalanns  posillu*  (3) 
Khioocalanus  gnutdlt  (6). 


OF 
IV 

OF 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Copepoda  pi.  III. 

Haloptilua  ocelUlui  (i.  a). 
Mnrxlia  princep*  (j — )). 
(•actanu«  antarrticu*  (6) 


^i  ymA  Jfp= 

OF   THE 

UNIVERSITY 


9 


a 


Antarctic  (Discover)-)  Exp. 


Copepoda  pi.  IV 


Kuchacu  simile  ii 

antarctic*  (j.  6) 


OF  THE 

I    UNIVERSITY 

OF 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Copepoda  pi.  V. 

SMphut  lonjcipa  (i— 3). 

aaurcticurn  (4 — 8). 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


Antarctic  (Discover)-)  K\p. 


Copcpoda  pi.  VI. 
Pandabidocera. 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  K\p. 


Cope|x>di  pi.  VII 

Xanthocalanus  magnus  (1—9). 

antarcticus  (10.  n) 


ECHINODEBMA. 
I. 

By  F.  JKKFRKY  BKLL,  M.A. 

Emeritus  Professor  and  Fellow  of  King's  College  ( University  of  Lotulon). 

(5  Plates.) 

HAD  it  not  been  for  the  earlier  return  of  the  'Gauss,'  this  report  would  probably 
have  hud  the  distinction  of  signalising  the  re-discovery  of  the  interesting  Crinoid 
genus,  Prontachocrinu.*,  which,  as  its  name  denotes,  was  one  of  the  prizes  of  the  voyage 
of  the  '  Challenger.' 

As  in  the  collection  of  the  '  Southern  Cross,'  I  am  again  able  to  will  attention  to 
some  remarkable  variations  within  what  arc  obviously  the  limits  of  single  species. 
The  specimens  which  exhibit  these  variations  could  not  have  been  obtained  but 
by  very  careful  collecting,  and  in  the  case  of  Cycethra  it  is  of  importance  to  note 
that  they  were  all  taken  in  a  comparatively  small  area ;  the  examples  of  this  genus 
received  by  two  naturalists,  who  made  a  numl>er  of  species  with  them,  were  all  taken 
from  stations  comparatively  close  to  one  another,*  but  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  such  a 
course  will  never  be  taken  again ;  evidence  as  to  the  variability  of  species  of 
Echinoderms  is  now  beyond  question. 

A.-ANACTINOGONLDIATA. 

I.  HOLOTHURIOIDEA. 

The  collection  of  Holothurians  is  small,  and  the  points  of  greatest  interest  are 
revealed  by  Prof.  MacBride  and  Mr.  Simpson  in  their  valuable  report  on  the  larvae, 
which  follows  this  memoir. 

CHIRIDOTA. 

I  submitted  an  example  of  a  form  taken  at  100  fms.,  off  Coulman  Island,  to 
Prof.  Ludwig,  who  has  made  Antarctic  Synaptids  one  of  his  special  domains.  Owing, 
apparently,  to  the  unfortunate  use  of  formol  the  spicules  are  so  disintegrated  that  a 
definite  judgment  is  impossible,  but  it  seems  probable  that  the  species  Is  C.  pisanii  or 
allied  thereto. 

•  It  U  true  that  C.  timplejc  was  found  at  Trinidad  Channel,  and  the  •  Challenger '  trpeciniem  on  the  eastern 
ride  of  Patagonia ;  bat  he  who  will  look  at  a  map  of  South  America  will  xinile  at  a  "  Chorological  Hynopnu  of 
the  specie*  "  which  give*  three  to  the  Atlantic  and  one  to  the  Pacific. 


F.  JEFFREY  BELL. 


CUCDMAKIA   CROCEA. 

Holothuriti  (Cucumaria)  crocea,  Lesson,  Cent.  Zool.  (1832),  p.  153,  pi.  lii.  fig.  1. 

Cucumaria  crocea*  Ludwig,  Hamb.  Magalh.  Sammelreise,  Holothurien  (1898),  p.  15  ibique  citata. 

In  the  succeeding  memoir  by  Prof.  MacBride  and  Mr.  Simpson  there  will  be 
found  an  interesting  account  of  the  brood-pouches  and  young  of  this  form.  It  was 
taken  at  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.,  and  on  various  dates  at  Winter  Quarters  down 
to  41  fms. 

CUCUMARIA  LAEVIGATA. 

Pentactella  laevigata,  Verrill,  Bull.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  i.  3  (1876),  p.  76. 
Cucumaria  laevigata,  Ludwig,  op.  cit.,  p.  32  ifrique  citata. 

The  characters  of  these  two  species  have  been  fully  discussed  by  Prof.  Ludwig, 
and  it  is  quite  unnecessary  for  me  to  enter  again  on  the  subject. 
Taken  in  Winter  Quarters  to  41  fms.  and  in  McMurdo  Bay. 

Several  distorted  Cucumariae  and  some  young  were  taken  at  various  dates  while 
at  Winter  Quarters,  and  at  78°  25'  40"  S.,  185°  39'  06"  E. 


PSEUDOPSOLUS    FERRARI. 

[  (Plate  V.,  fig.  3.) 

It  is  unfortunate  that  this  new  species  should  be  represented  by  a  single  specimen 
only,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  it  is  unlike  any  form  that  has  as  yet  been  described. 

Tentacles  ten,  two  much  smaller  than  the  rest ;  trivial  pedicels  in  three  complete 
longitudinal  series  ;  dorsal  perisome  devoid  of  large  scales  or  grains,  flexible  and  soft 
to  the  touch,  and  having  only  a  few  trellis-like  spicules.  There  are  some  distinct 
pedicels  scattered  on  the  dorsal  surface.  73  mm.  long,  32 '5  mm.  greatest  width. 

The  important  differences  between  this  species  and  the  only  form  belonging  to  the 
genus  which  has  yet  been  described  are  of  varying  value  ;  the  distinctness  of  the  dorsal 
pedicels  is  of  great  significance,  for  their  presence  in  P.  macquariensia  is  so  inconspicuous 
that  Prof.  Dendy  denied  their  existence,  on  which  Prof.  Ludwig  has  remarked 
"  Zu  einer  Entschuldiguug  will  ich  aber  gleich  hinzufiigen,  dass  die  dorsalen  Fiisschen 
sehr  gering  an  Zahl  und  sehr  retraktil  sind,  sodass  sie  sich  der  Beobachtung  leicht 
entziehen  kb'nnen."  f 

The  spicules  are  more  delicate  and  trellis-like  in  the  new  species,  and  there  is  a 

*  In  my  '  Southern  Cross'  Report  I  cite  Wyv.  Thomson  as  the  first  author  of  the  combination  "  Cucumaria 
crocea  "  ;  he  wrote  Cladodactyla  crocea  in  1876  (not  1878,  and  not  on  p.  65) ;  as  all  my  blunders  were  made  by 
Dr.  Lampert  in  his  "  Seewalzen,"  I  stand  convicted  of  neglecting  the  legendary  advice  of  the  venerable  gentleman 
who  was  once  President  of  my  College  at  Oxford. 

t  Hamburger  Magalh.  Sammelreise  Holothurien  (1898),  p.  49. 


BCHINODERMA.  3 

very  considerable  difference  in  size.  AH  there  in  but  a  single  specimen,  I  thought 
the  question  whether  or  no  it  is  hermaphrodite  might  )>e  left  over  for  the  present 

The  only  suggestion  that  I  have  to  make  is  that  Prof.  Ludwig's  definition  of  the 
genus  (<y>.  cit.,  p.  50)  should  be  altered  by  the  omission  of  the  words  "  Sehr  wcnigen," 
us  applied  to  the  dorsal  "  FUsschen." 

As  the  type  of  the  genus  came  from  Macquarie  Island,  the  two  are  not  widely 
separated  ;  no  information  is  given  as  to  the  depth  of  the  more  northern  species  ;  the 
Antarctic  form  was  taken  at  20  fms.,  while  at  Winter  Quarters. 

THYONK  sp. 
A  young  specimen  was  taken  off  Cape  Adare. 

MRSOTHURIA  MAOKU.ANI. 

Holathuria  magtllani,  Ludwitr.  Bcr.  Oberheas.  (ten.  xxii.  (1883),  p.  !"'». 

Mfsothnria  magtllani,  Ot«tcrgrcn,  Fintskrift  for  Lilljeborg  (1890),  p.  850;  Ludwig,  Ergebn.  Hamburg. 
Sammelreiae  Holothnr.  (18U8),  p.  8. 

Two  much-injured  specimens  are  assigned  to  this  species  ;  I  was  unable  to  find 
spicules,  but  I  do  not  always  expect  to  find  specimens  taken  out  of  ice-cold  water  and 
from  100  fms.  equal  to  the  Ixjst  products  of  the  lalxiratories  of  Naples  or  Plymouth. 

Coulman  Island,  100  fms. 


B.-ACTINOGONIDIATA . 

IL  CRINOIDEA. 
COMATDLIDAK. 

PROMACHOCRINUS  KERGUELENEXSIS. 

(Plate  I.) 
Promaehocnnus  kergutlenxi*,  P.  H.  Carpenter,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  zzviii.  (1879),  p.  885. 

This  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  interesting  finds  of  the  '  Discovery,'  for  the  genus 
was,  till  the  German  South  Polar  Expedition  brought  l>ack  specimens,  only  known  from 
the  collections  of  the  '  Challenger,'  which  found  two  species  in  the  Southern  Seas,  and 
one  a  few  degrees  north  of  the  Equator.  The  only  addition  to  our  knowledge  since 
Dr.  Carpenter's  report  has  been  the  note  by  Dr.  Minckert  of  Greifswald,*  while  Dr. 
Bather  has  suggested  that  it  may  be  a  "  permanent  meristic  variation."!  I  give  a  figure 

•  Zoo].  Anzeig.  xxviii.  (1906),  p.  400. 
t  TreatUe  on  Zoology  iii.  (1900),  p.  195. 


F.  JEFFREY  BELL. 

of  a  self-dissected  specimen  which  is,  I  think,  clearer  and  more  illuminating  than  the 
originals  of  the  '  Challenger '  report.  It  would  be  of  particular  interest  to  discover 
fossil  examples  of  this  ten-rayed  form ;  at  present,  all  we  can  say  as  to  the 
"  permanency "  of  the  form  is  that  it  has  endured  for  thirty  years ;  as  to  the 
polyphyletic  origin  of  the  genus  which  Dr.  Bather  suggests,*  we  can  only  say  that 
we  have  only  such  data  as  are  given  by  the  distribution  of  the  genus.  Though 
Dr.  Minckert  had  made  two  genera,  he  has  not  contributed  to  the  elucidation  of 
Dr.  Bather's  suggestion. 

Taken  at  East  end  of  Barrier,  100  fms. ;  off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.  ;  and  at 
Winter  Quarters. 

A?TTEDON   ADRIANI. 

(Plate  II.) 

This  new  species  is  represented  by  a  number  of  specimens  ;  as  I  have  already 
named  a  member  of  the  genus  A.  wilsoni,  I  take  the  specific  name  from  the  second 
Christian  name  of  Mr.  E.  A.  Wilson,  M.B.,  surgeon  and  naturalist  to  the  Expedition. 

It  was  taken  at  various  depths,  down  to  130  fms.,  at  Winter  Quarters,  and  at 
500  fms.  off  Mts.  Erebus  and  Terror. 

At  first  sight  this  species  does  not  recall  the  northern  A.  eschrichti,  but  it  shows, 
on  analysis,  some  striking  points  of  resemblance — the  shape  of  the  centrodorsal,  the 
length  (but  not  the  number  of  the  cirri),  and  the  shapes  of  their  joints,  as  well  as 
the  form  of  the  first  brachial ;  but  what  distinguishes  the  creature  from  all  Antedons 
known  to  me  is  the  saw-like  appearance  of  the  arms  when  viewed  from  the  side, 
and  well  shown  in  the  figure  ;  this  is  due  to  the  presence  of  a  well-marked  square 
protuberance  on  the  dorsal  face  of  most  of  the  arm -joints. 

Arms  ten,  centrodorsal  semicircular,  with  three  rows  of  cirri ;  these  are  from 
50-60  in  number,  may  be  60  mm.  long,  and  may  have  as  many  as  60  joints ;  the 
axillary  has  a  prominent  knob,  and  the  outer  edge  of  the  first  brachial  is  twice  as 
long  as  the  inner  ;  the  arm-joints  are  stout,  laterally  compressed,  and  nearly  all  have 
one  or  two  dorsal  spinous  processes ;  syzygies  are  extraordinarily  rare  in  the 
proximal  part  of  the  arm,  where,  too,  the  pinnules  are  rather  short ;  further  out 
they  are  better  developed.  No  specimen  is  anything  like  perfect 

ANTEDON  ANTARCTICA. 
Antedon  antarctica,  P.  H.  Carpenter,  Chall.  Rep.  Comatulae  (1888),  p.  144. 

I  have  compared  a  single  specimen  taken  at  Winter  Quarters  with  those 
collected  by  the  '  Challenger '  at  Heard  Island,  and  have  no  doubt  of  their  identity. 
Some  young  specimens,  which  appear  to  belong  to  this  species,  were  also  taken. 

*  Treatise  on  Zoology  iii.  (1900),  p.  195. 


l.<  IUNODERMA.  5 

II L  ECHINOIDEA. 

ClDARIDAB. 

ClDARIS  CANALICULATA. 

Ttmnofidari*  eanalieulata,  A.  Agaasiz,  Bull.  M.C.Z.  i.  (1868),  p.  18. 

Goniocxhirt*  tanatietiiata,  itl.  Rev.  Bchin.  (1872),  p.  131  ;  Wyv.  Thomson,  Journ.   Linn.  Roc.  xiii.  (1876), 

p.  <'•'• ;  LOTCII,  Bib.  Svnisk.  AluuK  Udlg.  xiii.  iv.,  1.  p.  5  ;  Again.,  Mrin.  M.C.Z.  xxxi.  (1'JOt),  p.  4. 
OUtrit  (Doroeulari*)  ranalieulata,  I)6derlcin,  Jup.  Secigel,  i.  (1887),  p.  10. 

Cidaru  canalirulata,  Mi-inner,  Ergebn.  Hamb.  Mugalh.  Sainmelreisc,  v.  (1900),  1.,  p.  :i  ibiqvt  ritaia. 
Sttrtofidarit  canaticulaia,  Mortciiacn,  Ingolf  Echinoid.  (1903),  p.  29. 

I  have  given  the  name  of  C.  eanalieulata  to  a  number  of  specimens  of  an 
Echinoid,  which  were  mainly  collected  at  a  depth  of  100  I'm-.,  but  I  must  own  to 
grave  doubts  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  name.  It  seems  to  have  escaped  notice 
that  this  consensu  omnium  (with  the  exception  of  Dr.  Mortensen*)  circumpolnr 
Antarctic  form  was  first  descril>ed  from  the  "  Caroline  Islands,"  which  Caroline  Islands 
we  surmise  to  be  those-  in  the  Pacific,  as  in  the  Revision  of  the  Echini  we  find 
M  Caroline  and  Sandwich  Islands  "  ;  elsewhere,  Zanzibar  and  the  Navigator  Islands  arc 
given  as  habitats,  "if  the  localities  are  to  l>e  trusted"  ;  that  is  to  say,  the  species 
was  founded  on  specimens  said  to  IT  found  within  the  tropics. 

I  am  not  going  to  join  those  who  claim  that  forms  must  differ  specifically,  either 
because  they  are  found  at  different  spoto  or  different  depths ;  but,  as  I  showed  ninny 
years  ago,  there  is  a  distinct  intertropical  fauna  in  the  Great  Ocean ,f  and  the  fact,  if 
fact  it  be,  that  a  member  of  that  fauna  is  also  a  circumpolar  Antarctic  form  ought  to 
rest  on  the  firmest  possible  basis.  Unfortunately,  the  National  Collection  has  no 
examples  from  any  station  further  north  than  Tasmania. 

Again,  the  original  diagnosis,  based  on  the  Caroline  specimen  or  specimens,  is  too 
short  for  a  form  which  every  student  who  has  examined  it,  except  Dr.  Mortensen,  allows  to 
be  eminently  variable  ;  with  the  exception  of  Prof.  Doderlein,  none  of  these  students  has 
given  a  serious  diagnosis  of  the  species,  and  even  his  is  not  altogether  what  one  wants. 

Yet  another  difficulty  remains  to  be  mentioned ;  it  is  generally  agreed  that 
C.  nutrix  J  and  C.  vivipara  are  synonyms  of  C.  eanalieulata ;  in  other  words,  the  form 
has  a  marsupial  habit,  but  I  cannot  detect  signs  of  it  in  the  specimens  l>eforc  me ; 
it  may  be,  of  course,  as  it  curiously  is  in  the  case  of  Hemiaster  caoernosu*,  that  this 
collection  consists  of  males  only ;  but  Mr.  Hodgson  tells  me  that  he  observed  no  signs 
of  viviparous  habit;  our  experience,  in  fact,  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  late  I'Vlix 
Bernard  § :  "  Quoique  G.  eanalieulata  soit  signal^  comme  vivipare,  je  n'ai  pas  constate 
aucun  jeune  sur  le  corps  des  adultes." 

•  Op.cit.,  p.  27. 

t  For  tome  modification  of  this  doctrine,  we  Prof.  Koehlcr  in   "  Die  Fauna  8udwe»t-Au*tralien» "  I.  IT. 
(1907),  p.  242. 

J  Prof.  Lyman  Clark  doubU  this  (see  f.-n.  next  page) ;  of  C.  vivipara  of  Studer  he  makes  no  mention. 
f  Boll.  Mas.  Parix,  i.  (1896),  p.  272. 

VOL.   IT.  Q 


6  F.  JEFFREY  BELL. 

Specimens  were  taken  at  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.  ;  Winter  Quarters,  100  fms. ; 
East  end  of  Barrier,  100  fms. 

This  species  is  one  that  has  lately  been  the  subject  of  some  dispute  ;  Prof.  Agassiz,* 
who  originally  described  it,  suggests  that  it  be  placed  in  a  new  sub-genus  Centrocidaris, 
while  Dr.  Mortensen  f  finds  it  to  consist  of  several  species,  but  he  does  not  appear  to 
be  sure  of  the  exact  number.  J 

ECHINIDAE. 

ECHINUS   MARGARITACEUS. 

Echinus  margaritaceus,  Lamk.  An.  s.  V.  iii.  (1816),  p.  47;  Bell,  Coll.  'Southern  Cross'  (1002),  p.  219 

ibique  citato,;  Mortensen,  Ingolf  Echinoid.  (1903),  p.  101. 

Echinus  diadema,  Studer,  MB.  Akad.  Berlin  (1876),  p.  456  ;  AI.  Ag.  Chall.  Rep.  Echin.  (1881),  p.  117. 
Echinus  horridus,  Al.  Ag.  op.  cit.  p.  117  ;  Mortcnsen,  op.  tit.  p.  102. 
Sterechinus  antarcticus,  Koehler,  Echiu.  Voy.  'Belgica'  (1901),  p.  8. 

This  appears  to  be  a  circumpolar  species,  as  I  remarked  when  I  reported  on  the 
collections  of  the  '  Southern  Cross.'  It  was  taken  by  the  '  Discovery,'  not  only  at 
several  dates  in  Winter  Quarters,  but  at  the  East  end  of  the  Barrier  Reef,  100  fms.  ; 
at  Cape  Wadsworth,  8-10  fms. ;  off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.  ;  and  South  of 
Antarctic  Circle,  254  fms. 

HRMIASTER  CAVERNOSUS. 

• 

Spatangus  (Tripylus)  cavernosus,  Philippi,  Arch.  f.  Nat.  xi.  (1845),  p.  345. 

Hemiaster  cavernosus,  A.  Ag.  Rep.  Ech.  (1872),  p.  132  ;  Meissner,  Ergebn.  Hamburg  Magalh.  Sammelreise, 

v.  (1900),  p.  13  ibique  ci/ata;  Bell,  Coll.  'South.  Cross'  (1902),  p.  219. 
Abatus  cavernosus,  Loven,  Bih.  Svenska  Vet.  Akad.  Hdlgr.  xviii.  4,  no.  1,  p.  3. 

This  species  is  not  very  well  represented  in  this  collection,  and,  curiously  enough, 
all  the  examples  are  males. 

If  the  late  M.  Bernard  §  was  right  in  regarding  Tripylus  excavatm  as  a  synonym, 
the  name  of  the  species  ought  to  be  excavatus,  as  that  was  the  first  of  the  three  species 
described  by  Philippi ;  for  myself  I  am  inclined  to  abide  by  Prof.  Agassiz's  view. 

Taken  at  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.  ;  Winter  Quarters,  20  fms. ;  and  East  end  of* 
Barrier  Reef,  100  fms. 

IV.  ASTEROIDEA. 

The  collection  of  starfishes  was  rather  large,  and  contained  some  very  fine 
specimens ;  but,  as  will  be  shown  later,  there  is  very  great  difficulty  in  coming  to 
definite  conclusions  regarding  them,  and  I  have  preferred  to  be  vague  rather  than 
dogmatic  in  treating  of  them. 

*  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  xxxi.  (1904),  p.  32.  t  Ingolf  Echinoid.  (1903),  pp.  25-7. 

J  As  the  final  proof  was  passing  through  the  press  I  received  Prof.  Lyman  Clark's  latest  memoir  on  the 
Cidaridae  (Bull.  Mus.  C.  Z.  li.  (1907),  no.  7) ;  he  has  instituted  a  new  genus,  Austrocidaris. 

§  Bull.  Mus.  Paris,  i.  (1895),  p.  247. 


I..  HINnDKK.M  \  7 

AXTERIAS    BRAN  DTI. 

Attrruu  braiuiti.  Bull,  Proc.  Zool.  Hoc.  (1881),  p.  91. 
Antiritu  tuylttta,  id.,  op.  cit.  pp.  94  und  .".of,. 

Dr.  Mcissm-r  has  suggested  that  A.  neglecla,  which  I  descrilied  at  the  same  time 
as  A.  brandti,  is  the  same  species.  I  think  he  is  right;  A.  belli  of  Prof.  Studer  and 
.-1.  ffl&merata  of  Sladen  appear  to  be  also  synonymous ;  with  regard  to  the  first  three- 
Prof.  Perrier  suggested  the  same  view  in  1891. 

My  species  were  described  on  pp.  91  and  94  of  the  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  for  1881  ; 
Dr.  Moaner's  synonymy  will  be  found  on  p.  7  of  the  Ergeb.  Hamburg  Magalhan. 
Snmmelreise,  Lief.  vii.  (1904).  I  suggested  in  the  report  on  the  'Southern  Cross' 
collections  (p.  215)  that  the  species  was  circumpolar  in  its  distribution,  and  so  it 
certainly  is. 

A  large  number  of  specimens  were  collected;  the  largest,  from  4-10  fms. 
McMurdo  Bay,  was  the  "  mother  of  a  number  of  young  after  capture  "  *  ;  and  some  other 
large  specimens  were  taken  at  No.  3  hole,  and  some  smaller  at  No.  11.  Flagon  Point 
(10-20  fins.),  Cape  Wadsworth,  and  Hut  Point  also  yielded  examples  ;  the  large; 
examples  marked  48  and  49  are  only  said  to  be  from  Winter  Quarters. 

From  100  fms.  (East  end  of  Barrier)  and  130  fms.  (No.  2)  specimens  were 
collected  which,  but  for  the  formidable  synonymy  of  the  species,  I  should  be  inclined  to 
regard  as  distinct 

A.STERIAS   LONOSTAFFI. 

This  fine  species  is  represented  by  a  single  specimen,  which  presents  well-marked 
features.  I  name  it  after  the  generous  friend  of  science  whose  contribution  to  the 
funds  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  made  the  voyage  of  the  '  Discovery ' 
possible. 

A  large  stout  form  with  R  about  equal  to  3  r ;  the  whole  of  the  dorsal  surface  is 
uniformly  and  densely  covered  with  paxilliform  spines  of  some  size.  The  madreporitc  is 
of  moderate  size ;  the  podia  are  enormous,  the  adambulacral  spines  are  long, 
cylindrical,  blunt  at  the  tip,  so  irregularly  set  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  whether  there 
are  two  or  three  rows  ;  beyond  them  there  are  shorter  and  more  delicate,  but  otherwise 
similar  cylindrical  spines  very  closely  set ;  there  are  two  quite  well-marked  seta  of 
marginal  plates ;  the  inferomarginals  are  very  narrow  in  the  angle  of  the  arm,  while 
the  superomarginals  in  the  same  region  are  very  short ;  both  sets  are  covered  with 
coarse  granules,  among  which  no  pedicellariae  are  to  be  detected.  The  podia  within 
the  oral  circlet  are  of  enormous  size.  It  =  210  ;  r  =  70. 

W.Q. ;   10-20  fms. 

• 

As  there  is  only  a  single  specimen,  no  comparisons  arc  possible ;  but  it  may  be 

*  The»e  have  been  made  the  subject  of  an  intere«ting  separata  report  by  Prof.  MacUridc  and  Mr.  J.  < '.  Siiiipnon. 

Q  2 


F.  JEFFREY  BELL. 

pointed  out  that  the  closely  packed  arrangement  of  the  podia,  and  the  distinctness  of 
the  two  rows  of  marginal  plates  are,  on  Mr.  Sladen's  basis  of  classification  of  Starfishes. 
mutually  destructive  ;  but  the  well-known  observations  of  Prof.  Ludwig  on  Echinaster 
sepositus  justify  us  in  supposing  that  we  have  here  a  case  of  retarded  disappearance  of 
the  marginals ;  the  crowding  of  the  podia  appears  to  be  a  much  more  important 
morphological  character ;  but  the  union  of  these  two  strikes,  I  think,  a  final  blow  at 
the  current  classification,  against  which  Prof.  Ludwig  has  already  raised  his  voice,  and 
the  adoption  of  which  by  MM.  Delage  and  Herouard  in  their  "  Zoologie  Concrete " 
came  as  a  great  surprise  to  me. 

HEURESASTER*  HODGSONI. 
(Plate  III.) 

Two  specimens  of  a  very  fine  starfish  were  taken  at  about  25  fathoms  while  in 
Winter  Quarters ;  they  appear  to  me  to  form  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  as  to  the 
general  position  of  which  there  can  be  little  doubt ;  a  still  larger  specimen  was  taken 
from  McMurdo  Bay  at  2  fms. 

It  has  somewhat  the  appearance  of  Porania,  but  has,  in  the  larger  examples,  spines 
in  the  interambulacral  actinal  areas.  Prof.  Perrier  defines  the  Poraniidae  as  follows : 
"  Squelette  masqu£  par  les  te'guments  ;  marginales  apparentes,  mais  formant  au  corps 
un  bord  tranchant ;  squelette  ventral  forme  de  series  de  plaques  allant  de  chaque 
adambulacraire  a  une  marginale,  squelette  dorsal  reticule." 

I  have  invented  for  it  a  name  which  will  remind  the  student  both  of  the  name  of 
the  ship,  and  of  its  indefatigable  biologist. 

The  larger  specimens  may  be  thus  described  :  Arms  long,  tapering  to  a  rather  fine 
point,  R  is  about  =  3.  The  upper  surface  is  smooth  and  soft  to  the  touch,  and  has 
papulae,  in  ill-defined  areas,  spread  over  the  whole  of  it ;  the  edge  is  quite  sharp, 
forming  almost  a  ledge,  and  made  up  by  a  large  number  of  small  supero-  and  infero- 
marginals.  The  lower  interambulacra  covered  with  some  eight  rows  of  small  regularly 
set  plates  covered  with  rather  coarse  granules,  and,  in  the  angle,  with  short  spines 
which  give  a  hairy  appearance  to  these  areas.  The  ambulacral  groove  is  bounded  by 
rows  of  four  or  five  spines,  of  which  the  outermost  is  small  and  the  innermost  spatulate 
and  fluted  at  its  free  end.  The  podia  are  stout.  At  each  oral  angle  there  is  a  huge 
spine,  the  distal  third  of  which  is  glossy.  These  specimens  are  flat,  but  the  smallest 
example  has  the  disc  arched,  and  this  is  probably  more  natural— 

R  =  200  r  =  70. 
R  =  130  r  =  50. 
R  =  90  r  =  30. 

Accepting  Prof.  Perrier's  family  diagnosis  of  the  Poraniidae,  we  may  make  the 
generic  diagnosis  of  Heuresaster :  Abactinal  surface  only  invested  by  integument, 

*  EiptcK,  discovery. 


milNOHKUMA.  9 

margin  very  sharp,  the  inner  artiiml  ambulacrals  with  spines,  the  oral  angle  provided 
with  a  large  spine.  While  the  specific  characters  would  appear  to  lie  that  the  IOIIL'«T 
nulius  is  nnm-  than  twice  as  long  as  the  shorter  ratlins,  the  marginal  plates  arc  very 
numerous,  and  the  innermost  amlmlacral  spine  is  spatulatc  and  fluted  at  ita  free  end. 

The  smallest  specimen  has  not  quite  acquired  the  generic  characters  of  the  larger ; 
the  abactinal  integument  is  not  so  thick  as  to  altogether  hide  the  superficial  granules, 
and  the  granules  on  the  actiual  internmbulacra  have  not  developed  into  spines,  so  that 
t  lii-re  is  no  marked  difference  between  the  outer  and  the  inner  parts  of  these  areas. 

PKXTAOONASTKR  INCERTTS. 

The  single  small  specimen,  is,  I  think,  an  ally  of  the  Australian  species  of  Penta- 
gonattter  (sens,  lot.),  but  the  arms  are  proportionately  longer  than  they  generally  arc 
in  this  genus ;  it  is,  possibly,  an  immature  specimen  in  which  It  would  gradually 
increase  in  proportion  to  r.  If  it  should  prove  to  )>c  an  adult,  its  proportions  may  l»- 
compared  to  those  of  P.  duetx-ni  and  /'.  yunni;  it  is,  however,  to  IHJ  distinguished  by 
the  fact  that  there  are  no  large  plates  on  the  actinal  inter-radial  areas,  the  plates  being 
of  the  character  of,  and  a  little  larger  than,  the  small  squarish  granular  plates  which 
bound  the  marginals;  these  last  number  about  12/14  for  the  side  of  each  arm,  and 
are  completed  by  a  large  terminal ;  there  are  two  rows  of  well-developed  spines  at  the 
sides  of  the  ambulacra ;  those  of  the  inner  row  are  nearly  twice  as  long  and  as 
numerous  as  the  outer.  I  propose  to  call  this  form  Pentagonaster  incertus ;  it  was 
taken  at  96-120  fins.,  in  MacMurdo  Bay. 

LEPTOPTYCHASTER  KERUUELENENSIS. 

Lf/tfoptycfuuter  kfrgtulenmsu,  E.  A.  Smith,  Phil.  Trans.  lf.8  (1879),  p.  i'7s.  pi.  xvii.  2;  Sladen,  Chall. 

Rep.  Ast.  (I** li).  p.  18t;  Bell,  Mar.  Invert.  8.  Africa  iii.  (l»0.r>)  p.  2»L'. 
Leptoptyfhaster  antarctic  UK,  Sluden,  op.  eil.  p.  190. 

I  must  own  to  some  temerity  in  associating  a  specimen  in  which  R  =  212  and 
r  =  58  with  a  species  whose  type  had  /?  =  38  and  /•  =  12*5,  and  a  representative 
of  which,  hardly  much  larger,  was  found  to  be  bearing  young ;  but  even  the  most 
recent  writers  on  Echinoderras  have  not  yet  promulgated  the  doctrine  that  difference 
in  size  is  a  specific  character,  though  I  am  riot  quite  sure  that  in  practice  they  do 
not  sometimes  act  as  though  they  had.  However,  one  has  only  to  get  a  clear  idea 
of  the  essential  characters  of  this  genus  to  feel  sure  that  one  has  it  here  ;  as  to  spo«  ifi.- 
characters,  it  is  first  to  l>e  said  that  most  of  the  L.  kerguelenensi*  material  is  badly 
preserved,  while  the  condition  of  L.  antarcticus  is  particularly  good.  Though  the 
differences  between  the  two  species  appear,  from  Mr.  Sladen's  lengthy  description,  to 
!»•  considerable,  it  will,  I  think,  be  found  on  examination  of  the  specimens  preserved 
in  the  Museum,  that  L.  antarcticus  is  but  the  expression  of  some  early  stages  of 
L.  kergueleiicnsis.  It  will  Ixj  rememl>ered  that  both  "species"  come  from  closely 
adjacent  localities.  At  any  rate,  we  now  know  that  the  specimens  of  L,  antarcticu* 


10  F.  JEFFREY  BELL. 

are  small,  and  that  the  known  adults  of  the  genus  are  large  ;  it  is  safe,  therefore, 
to  conclude  that  this  specific  name  may  be  made  a  synonym 

Mr.  Hodgson  collected  some  quite  young  examples  chiefly  in  W.Q.,  and,  with 
the  specimens  sent  by  the  Government  Biologist  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  we 
have  now  a  very  satisfactory  series  ;  it  was  also  taken  at  McMurdo  Bay,  96-100  fms. 

CYCETHRA  VERRUCOSA. 
(Plate  V.,  fig.  1.) 

Ooniodiscus  verrucosus,  Philippi,  Arch.  f.  Nat.  1857,  p.  132,  teste  Meissner,  Zool.  Anz.  xxi.  (1898),  p.  394. 
Cycelhra  simplex,  Bell,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1881,  p.  96  ;  id.  Coll.  'Southern  Cross,'  1902,  p.  215  ibique  dtata. 

I  was  much  to  blame  for  neglecting  or  forgetting,  in  1902,  Dr.  Meissner's  very 
useful  note  ;  the  alteration  of  the  name  is  not,  of  course,  of  the  least  importance  to  any 
sensible  human  being,  but  the  knowledge  that  the  species  extends  nearly  as  far  north 
as  Valparaiso  is  of  great  interest  and  significance,  for  it  shows  us  that  the  distribution 
is  far  wider  than  we  supposed  ;  had  Dr.  Leipolt  (Zeit.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  lix.  (1895)  p.  602) 
known  of  it,  he  would  have  spoken  with  less  point  than  he  did,  when  he  doubted 
Prof.  Studer's  locality  of  38°  10'  S. 

The  variations  of  this  species  are  truly  bewildering ;  I  have  had  an  extreme  form 
figured,  and  offer  a  slight  account  of  it ;  it  was  long  before  I  could  convince  myself 
that  it  is  C.  verrucosa,  and  I  am  doubtful  as  to  convincing  others. 

The  upper  surface  is  uniformly  covered  by  delicate  spines  which  end  in  a  few,  not 
more  than  ten,  paxilli ;  the  space  between  these  spines  is  soft  and  membranous ;  the 
lower  surface  is  densely  covered  with  spines  of  moderate  length  and  sharp  at  the  tip ; 
the  spines  bordering  the  ambulacral  grooves  are  somewhat  irregularly  arranged,  but  are 
longer  and  blunter  than  those  that  crowd  the  interambulaeral  spaces ;  there  is  a 
single  glossy  spine  at  each  angle  of  the  mouth.  The  two  rows  of  marginal  plates  are 
well  defined,  and  the  paxilli  are  somewhat  longer  and  more  numerous  than  those  on  the 
upper  surface  of  the  body.  The  madreporite  is  very  prominent  and  is  not  far  from 
the  centre  ;  close  to  this  last  there  is  a  small  tuft  of  white  spines  which,  I  suppose, 
guard  the  anus.  Colour,  light  creamy  yellow  ;  body  flat ;  M  =  55  ;  r  =  20. 

Examples  were  taken  on  various  dates  at  Winter  Quarters ;  off  Castle  Rock, 
14  fms.  ;  Cape  Wadsworth  ;  Coulman  Island  ;  McMurdo  Bay,  20  frns.  It  does  not 
appear  to  inhabit  deep  water. 

HENRICIA  ORNATA. 

Echinaster  (Cribella)  ornatm,  Perrier,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  xii.  (1869),  p.  251. 
Henricia  ornata,  Bell,  Mar.  Invert.  8.  Africa,  iii.,  (1905)  p.  250. 

H.  ornata  is  recorded  by  Sladeu  from  Campbell  Island  ;  his  H.  simplex,  which 
is  a  synonym,  was  taken  off  the  Crozets,  Marion  Island,  etc. 

One  specimen  was  obtained  off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.  ;  one  from  4-10  fms. 
McMurdo  Bay  ;  and  three  from  96-120  fms.,  in  the  same  bay. 


l.t'lliNODKKMA.  11 

SMI  \-iii:   ...  i. .i:\i-i  \n  v 
Sfhuitr  octortuliattu,  Lodwig,  Voy. '  Belgica,'  Secrternc  (1908),  p.  25,  pi.  iii. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  was  taken  at  100  fins.,  off  Coulninn  Island.  As 
the  '  Belgica '  took  it  at  four  stations  between  80°  and  88°  West,  it  is,  perhaps,  a 
circumpolar  species. 

Two  specimens  of  Starfish  remain  to  be  noticed,  which  I  shall  not  uamc,  as  I 
feel  confident  that  they  have  undergone  some  change  either  in  formalin  or  otherwise, 
or  are  abnormal  specimens  which  will  not  be  again  found  ;  one  English  naturalist  has 
so  burdened  the  literature  of  Starfishes  with  generic  names  based  on  immature 
specimens  that  I  may  be  pardoned  for  not  following  in  his  footsteps. 

Both  of  these  specimens  are  very  soft  to  the  touch,  owing  to  the  numerous  large 
papulae  and  the  apparent  absence  of  any  hard  parts  on  the  upper  and  lower  surfaces 
of  the  Starfish,  with  the  exception  of  a  large  and  prominent  madreporite,  and  of  a 
few  spiculcs  round  the  vent ;  the  ambulacral  grooves  are  wide,  and  the  pod  in  of  large 
size  ;  there  are  two  well-marked  rows  of  spines,  the  more  proximal  of  which  are 
blunter  and  more  flattened  than  the  more  distal ;  beyond  the  outer  row  there  is  some 
slight  difference  in  the  two  specimens,  for  in  one  the  integument  rapidly  becomes 
smooth,  while  in  the  other  regular  rows  of  spines  may  extend  as  far  as  the  margin. 
1  have  not  seen  any  pedicellariae. 

The  "  register  numbers  "  of  these  two  specimens  are  :  1906.  1.  22  ;  2  &  3. 

V.  OPHIUROIDEA. 

Though  the  collection  of  Brittlestars  is  large,  there  are  not  many  species ;  the 
two  new  genera  signalised  by  me  in  the  report  on  the  '  Southern  Cross '  collection 
are  both  well  represented,  and  of  Ophiosteira  there  is  so  remarkable  a  variety  that  I 
am  constrained  to  add  another  figure  to  those  that  I  have  already  published.  There 
are  many  small  immature  forms  which  will  be  of  much  use  in  studying  the  evolution  of 
species,  but  to  which  it  would  be  most  unwise  to  give  definite  systematic  names  ;  as  it 
is,  I  am  perhaps  a  sinner,  though  not  so  great  as  some,  for  I  should  be  hard  put  to  it 
to  defend  myself  against  the  suggestion  of  MM.  Delage  and  Hdrouard,*  that  Ophiocrene 
is  a  young  Aslrophyton. 

OPHICRA  KOEHLERI. 

Like  0.  flagellata  of  Lyman,  in  having  the  disc  covered  with  smooth  skin,  in 
which,  in  neither  of  the  two  specimens,  are  small  scales  distinctly  visible  ;  the  lower 
arm  spines  are  deeply  imbedded  in  the  skin,  and  thick  skin  obscures  the  forms  of  the 

•  Zool.  Concrete  iii.  (1908),  p.  159. 


12  F.  JEFFREY   BELL. 

oral  plates.  The  diameter  of  disc  is  27  or  20  mm.  ;  no  arm  complete  ;  width  of  arm  at 
base  about  4  mm.,  upper  arm  plates  broader  than  long ;  about  7  arm  spines,  the  upper 
free  and  pointed  at  their  free  ends,  the  lower  shorter,  imbedded  in  thick  skin,  and 
blunted  at  the  tip ;  lower  arm  plates  with  narrow  distal  and  proximal  edges.  Arm 
insertion  of  disc  well  marked  and  guarded  by  about  15  spines,  of  which  the  median  are 
distinctly  the  larger. 

Colour  in  spirit :  disc  sickly  white,  arms  more  the  colour  of  human  flesh. 

Taken  at  67°  21'  46"  S.,  155°  21'  10"  E.  254  fms. 

I  am  sorry  that  both  the  specimens  of  this  interesting  species  are  a  good  deal 
broken,  as  I  should  have  liked  to  have  had  something  better  to  offer  to  the  honour  of 
the  distinguished  French  naturalist  who  has  done  so  much  for  our  knowledge  of 
Ophiuroids. 

OPHIOZONA  INERMIS. 
Ophiozona  inermis,  Bell,  Rep.  'Southern  Cross'  (1902),  p.  217. 

This  species,  which  was  not  well  represented  in  the  earlier  collections,  was  found 
on  numerous  dates  during  the  stay  of  the  '  Discovery '  at  Winter  Quarters. 

It  exhibits  a  very  wide  range  of  variation,  so  great  indeed  as  to  have  been  at  first 
quite  bewildering  ;  and  it  may  be  noted  that  Mr.  Hodgson  did  not  recognise  any  of 
them  as  belonging  to  an  already  known  Antarctic  form. 

In  the  '  Southern  Cross '  report  I  figured  some  of  the  remarkable  variations  in  the 
arrangement  of  the  plates  of  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  disc  of  Ophiosteira  antarctica ; 
a  similar,  but  less  striking,  variation  obtains  in  this  Ophiozona.  In  0.  antarctica  I 
described  the  serrated  and  keeled  appearance  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  arm ;  this  is  to 
be  seen  also  in  some  examples  of  0.  inermis.  The  most  striking  differences  are  to  be 
seen  in  the  height  of  the  disc,  and  the  size  of  the  so-called  radial  shields ;  so  that  it 
is  by  no  means  always  true  that  the  shields  are  inconspicuous. 

Winter  Quarters,  10-178  fms.  (various  dates)  ;  MacMurdo  Bay,  96-120  fms.  ; 
East  end  of  Barrier,  100  fms.  ;  off  Barrier,  300  fms. ;  Coulman  Island,  100  fms. 

In  some  specimens  the  dorsal  plates  of  the  disc  are  deeply  incised  ;  this  appears  to 
be  due  to  want  of  sufficient  calcareous  matter,  but  as  others  are  infested  by  a  sponge  it 
is  possible  that  it  is  the  cause. 

OPHIOSTEIRA  ANTARCTICA. 

(Plate  V.,  fig.  2.) 
Ophiosteira  antarctica,  Bell,  Rep.  '  Southern  Cross'  (1902),  p.  218. 

It  appears  that  the  '  Southern  Cross '  did  not  exhaust  the  variations  in  the  disc 
plates  of  this  wonderful  species  ;  the  upstanding  plates  shown  in  Plate  V.,  fig.  2,  are 
worthy  of  record,  and  it  may  be  noted  that  the  single  arm  left  to  this  disc  has  the 
dorsal  serration  extremely  well  marked. 


BCHINODERMA.  13 

In  the  original  diagnosis  of  the  genus  I  spoke  of  "a  large  keel-like  plate  on  the 
disc,  which  completely  overshadows  the  radial  shields,"  although  I  WHS  aware  of  and 
figured  (Plate  XXVI.,  fig.  3)  an  angle  of  the  disc  in  which  there  appeared  to  l>e  two  large 
radial  shields  ;  in  this  case,  however,  three  of  the  angles  of  the  disc  conform  exactly  to 
the  diagnosis. 

I  have  now  before  me  a  specimen  in  which  all  five  angles  have  a  pair  of  plates. 
Were  it  not  for  the  '  Southern  Cross '  specimens  it  would  not  be  possible  to  put  this 
specimen  with  the  genus  Ophiosteira  at  all. 

When  we  are  asked  whether  "  specific  characters  are  useful,"  we  may  retort  that 
generic  characters  even  are  not  always  constant. 

Winter  Quarters,  13  fms.     Coulman  Island,  100  fms. 

• 

OPHIONOTUS  VICTORIAE. 

Ophionotiit  vicloriat,  IU-11,  Hop.  '  Southern  Cross '  (1902)  p.  219. 

This  species  was  not  so  abundant ;  it  was  taken  of}'  the  Barrier  at  300  fins.,  near 

Franklin  Island,  and  from  254  fms.  at  an  unrecorded  locality. 

t 

OPHIACANTHA  IMAGO. 

Ophiaf an/ha  imago,  Lyman,  '  ('ball.'  Rep.  Ophiur.  (1882),  p.  186  ibi'jttf  citatum. 

I  hope  I  am  right  in  referring  to  this  species  specimens  from  Winter  Quarters, 
30  fms.  ;  Hut  Point,  77°  12'  12"  8.,  167°  27'  W.,  77°  50'  30"  S.,  165°  40'  R,  100  fms. ; 
but,  in  sooth;  some  of  the  '  Challenger '  types  of  Ophiuroids  are  hardly  mature. 

OPHIACANTHA  VIVIPARA. 

Ophiarantha  vivipara,  Ljungman,  Ofr.  Vet.  Akad.  Forh.  1870,  p.  471  ;  E.  A.  Smith,  Phil.  Trans.  1G8 
(187«),  p.  278,  pi.  xvii.  fig.  8. 

A  numl •<•]•  of  authors  have  mentioned  this  species,  but,  since  Dr.  Liitken  was  cited 
by  Mr.  Edgar  Smith,  I.S.O.  (Phil.  Trans.,  vol.  168,  p.  278),  as  doubtful  of  Ljungman's 
original  locality  ("  Altatam  urbem  mexicanam  "),  none  seems  to  have  remarked  on 
the  apparent  peculiarity  of  the  distribution  of  this  species. 

Prof.  Theel  has  been  so  good  as  to  let  me  see  Ljungman's  Altaian  specimen,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  inform  me  that  the  types  of  Ljungman's  Ophiacantha  vivipara  were 
brought  home  from  two  quite  different  localities,  Altata  and  Falkland  Islands. 
Ljungman  does  not  give  (op.  cit.)  the  latter  locality,  but  Liitken  (Zool.  Record  1872, 
p.  448),  threw  grave  doubts  on  the  Mexican  origin  of  the  specimens,  and  suggested  that 
Patagonia  was  the  "  true  habitat  of  the  typical  specimen."  What  is  really  more 
interesting  is  the  question  whether  the  brood-pouch  habit  of  a  given  species  is  found 
in  the  confines  of  the  tropics  as  well  as  in  the  colder  waters  of  the  globe.* 

•  For  a  list  of  the  viriparon*  Echinodermi  of  wanner  waters,  and  for  their  preponderance  in  Arctic  and 
Antarctic  Seaa,  <•/.  Ludwig,  Zool.  JB.  Snppl.  Bd.  vii.  (1904),  p.  684. 

TOL.  IT.  R 


14  F.  JEFFREY  BELL. 

The  single*  six-armed  specimen  taken  by  the  'Discovery'  at  8-15  fms.  off  Cape 
Wadsworth  is  a  good  deal  stouter  than  Ljungman's  types,  but  I  can  see  no  reason  for 
making  it  a  new  species  ;  the  arms  of  the  young  may  be  seen  projecting  from  some  of 
the  bursae. 

OPHIACANTHA  COSMICA. 

Ophiacantha  cosmica,  Lyman,  Chall.  Rep.  Ophiur.  (1882),  p.  194  ibique  citatum. 

This  widely  spread  species  was  taken  on  various  occasions,  but  many  of  the 
specimens  have  been  marked  by  me  "  immature  "  ;  in  connection  with  this  I  should 
like  to  quote  some  words  of  Mr.  Lyman  :  "  The  specimen  just  described  is  unusually 
large  for  this  division  of  the  genus,  which  leads  me  to  think  that  the  bulk  of  those 
now  known  are  immature,  and  therefore  to  be  treated  with  all  the  more  caution." 

Winter  Quarters-.     Off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.     Off  Barrier,  300  fms. 

OPHIOCONIS   ANTARCTICA. 
Ophiocoiiis  antarctica,  Lyman,  Chall.  Rep.  Ophiur.  (1882),  p.  107  ibique  citatum. 

If  I  have  correctly  determined  some  specimens  from  Winter  Quarters,  the  types 
of  Mr.  Lyman 's  are  very  far  from  reaching  the  size  to  which  this  form  attains. 

AMPHIURA  BELGICAE. 

Amphiura  beli/icat,  Koehler,  Res.  Voy.  'Belgica'  (1901),  p.  27. 

The  Antarctic  area  appears  to  be  the  home  of  large  specimens  of  Amphiura ;  not 
only  did  the  '  Discovery '  bring  home  several  examples  of  what  appear  to  be  the 
species  obtained  by  the  '  Belgica,'  but  there  is  a  single  specimen  off  the  Barrier  at 
301  fms.,  which  has  a  disc  diameter  of  18  mm.,f  and  which  can  hardly,  I  think,  be 
the  fully  adult  example  of  the  somewhat  smaller  specimens ;  but,  as  it  is  solitary,  I 
hesitate  to  regard  it  as  an  undescribed  species. 

Several  specimens  of  A.  belgicae  were  taken  at  Cape  Wadsworth,  8  to  15  fms.,  and 
off  the  Barrier  at  -300  fms.  ;  the  latter  is,  as  already  said,  the  locality  of  the  single 
larger  form.  Like  Solaster  octoradiatus,  A.  belgicae  is  probably  a  circumpolar  species. 

YOUNG  OPHIURID. 
(Plate  IV.) 

I  give  some  figures  of  a  remarkable  Ophiuroid,  to  which  it  is  very  difficult  to 
assign  a  systematic  place  ;  it  appears  to  be  a  young  form  in  which  some  of  the  arm- 
plates  are  still  not  consolidated.  The  exceedingly  large  size  of  the  bursal  slits  is 
perhaps  only  due  to  the  mode  of  preservation. 

Two  specimens,  both  broken,  were  taken  in  Winter  Quarters  on  2.  1.  04,  and  two 
off  Barrier. 

*  As  there  is  but  a  single  specimen  this  collection  throws  no  critical  light  on  Prof.  Koehler's  just-made 
suggestion  that  this  species  exhibits  sexual  limorphism ;  cf.  Bull.  Sci.  France  xli.  (1907),  p.  322. 

t  That  is  exactly  the  same  as  the  disk  diameter  of  A.  magnified,  of  which  Prof.  Koehler  has  lately  published 
a  brief  diagnosis.  See  Zool.  Anz.  xxxii.,  p.  146  (17  Sept.  1907),  but  the  species  is  not  the  same. 


EOHINODERMA.  15 

AsTKOTOMA    AOASSIZI. 
Antrotoma  agattuu,  Lynwn,  III.  Ciital.  MUB.  C.  Z.  No.  viii.  II.  (1H75),  p.  24. 

Mr.  Lynmn  calls  attention  to  the  coarse  granulation  on  his  single  specimen, 
which  came  from  the  Straite  of  Magellan  ;  the  series  now  collected  shows  that  the 
granulation  may  be  more  or  less  obscured  by  thick  skin.  It  is  remarkable  that  the 
species  was  not  collected  by  the  '  Gauss.' 

McMurdo  Bay,  96-120  fins. 

Specimens  from  off  C'nulman  Island,  and  from  77°  12'  S.,  167°  27'  E.,  2  fins,  seem 
to  In-  sutliciently  different  to  IKS  regarded  as  varieties. 


R  2 


16  P.  JEFFKEY  BELL. 


DESCRIPTION    OF    PLATES. 


ECHINODEKMA. 
PLATE  I. 

Promacochrinus  Tcerguelenensis. 

FIG.  1. — Disc  and  base  of  arms  from  the  side  to  show  the  insertion  of  the  cirri,  and  the  form  of  the 

cirrus  pit,  and  the  shape  of  the  disc,     x  2. 
FIG.  2. — Disc  and  base  of  arms  from  below  ;  the  central  boss  is  more  distinctly  seen  than  in  fig.  1. 

X  24. 
FIG.  8. — An  arm  from  the  side,  x  3  ;  the  roughened  edges  of  the  joints  are  well  seen  in  this  figure  ;  the 

proximal  pinnules  only  are  completely  shown. 

PLATE  II. 

Antedon  adriani. 
General  view  of  this  Crinoid.     x  2. 

f- 

PLATE  III. 

Heuresaster  hodgsoni. 

X  not  quite  if,  seen  from  below,  to  show  the  breadth  of  the  anibulacral  grooves,  their  size  and 
arrangement. 

PLATE   IV. 

The  young  Ophiurid  (see  p.  14). 
FIG.  1. — Aboral  view  of  disc  and  arm.     x  f> 
Fio.  2. — Oral  view  of  same,     x  f . 

FIG.  3. — View  of  mouth  to  show  arrangement  of  the  oral  and  adjacent  plates,     x  8. 
FIG.  4. — 1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  upper  arm-plates,     x  10. 
FIG.  5. — View  of  arm  from  above,  at  about  its  middle,     x  10. 
FIG.  6. — 1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  lower  arm-plates,     x  10. 
FIG.  7. — View  of  arm  from  below  at  about  its  middle,     x  10. 

PLATE  V. 

FIG.  la. — Variety  of  Cycethra  (see  p.  10)  from  above  ;  fig.  Ib  from  below  ;  both  slightly  reduced. 

FIG.  2a. — Disc  of  an  Ophiosteira  (see  p.  12),  magnified  to  show  keel-like  plates ;  2a,  seen  from  above ; 

2b,  seen  from  the  side. 
FIG.  3. — Pseudopsolus  ferrari.     X  f. 


: 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Echinoderma  pi.  I. 


lw>)«>«   4.1       H«u*rwortk.  tr 


X     2 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  lixp. 


Echinoderma  pi.  II. 


!>•')••• 


•'      OF  THE 

:     UNIVERSITY 

OF 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Echinoderma  pi.  III. 


»    J    B    T.rtl    a. I    Imiur »orlh  M. 


OF 
^41   -' 


6 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  K\p. 


Kdiinoderma  |>l.  IV. 


1« 


AnUrctic  (Discover)-)  Exp. 


Tint.  4*1.    H«lh  4.1  fliitorank.  M. 


Echinoderma  pi.  V. 


£     ECHINODERMA. 

n.-ECHINODERM   LARV^. 

By  E.  W.  MAcBwDE,  M.A.,  D.Sc.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Zoology,  McGill  University;  and 
J.  C.  SIMPSON,  B.Sa,  Demonstrator  of  Zoology,  AfcGill  University. 

(1  Plate.) 

THE  collection  of  larval  Echinoderms  brought  back  by  the  National  Antarctic  Expedition, 
when  received  by  us  from  the  authorities  of  the  British  Museum,  was  found  to  consist 
of  forty  tubes  of  material  collected  during  the  years  1902-1904.  Of  these  forty  tubes, 
however,  by  far  the  greater  number  contain  nothing  but  early  segmenting  eggs  showing 
no  distinctive  features ;  the  present  paper  is,  therefore,  in  reality  based  upon  the 
contents  of  eight  tubes  only. 

A  preliminary  examination  showed  that,  though  the  collection  contained  but 
four  species  of  Echinoderms,  these  differ  widely  from  one  another,  there  being  one 
representative  of  each  of  the  four  great  classes  of  the  sub-phylum  Eleutherozoa.  These 
four  species  are :  Asterias  brandti  Bell,  Cucumaria  crocea  Lesson,  a  new  Echino- 
plutew,  and  an  Ophiopluteus  which  may  also  be  new. 

At  first  sight  the  Aster ia*  seemed  to  promise  much,  for  there  were  two  tubes 
containing  a  couple  of  hundred  specimens  which  had  been  l>orn  after  the  capture  of  the 
mother.  More  careful  examination,  however,  disclosed  the  fact  that  they  were  all 
of  approximately  the  same  age,  only  two  closely  related  developmental  stages  being 
represented.  In  the  case  of  the  Cucumaria,  besides  a  number  of  new-born  young,  the 
collection  contained  an  adult  female  which  was  the  mother  of  some  of  them.  To  this 
specimen  considerable  interest  attaches,  from  the  fact  that  in  it  an  unsuspected  brood- 
pouch  containing  a  great  number  of  embryos  was  found.  Of  the  two  plutei  it  need  only 
l>e  said  in  this  place  that,  since  they  are  probably  the  first  free-swimming  Echinodenn 
larvae  found  within  the  Antarctic  Circle,  they  are  not  without  considerable  importance. 

In  the  matter  of  preservation  the  material  leaves  much  to  be  desired  ;  but  when 
one  considers  the  difficulties  of  collecting  under  Antarctic  conditions,  it  could  hardly  be 
expected  that  this  could  be  otherwise.  Of  necessity  the  only  preservatives  used  were 
formalin  and  spirit,  and  as  neither  of  these  is  at  all  suitable  to  Echinoderm  larvae,  the 
specimens  show  very  little  histological  detail. 

In  examining  the  material  it  was  found  that  the  preservation  of  the  plutei  was 
such  as  to  make  sectioning  useless,  so  they  were  studied  ///  toto,  first  unstained,  and 
then  stained  in  eosin  and  mounted  in  balsam.  This  method  was  found  to  give  very 
satisfactory  results.  The  Asterias  and  Cucumaria,  however,  were  treated  quite 
differently.  Selected  specimens  of  these  were  first  carefully  drawn  at  a  magnification 


2  E.  w.  MACBRIDE  AND  j.  c.  SIMPSON. 

of  12£  diameters  by  the  aid  of  the  camera  lucida,  and  then,  after  double  imbedding  in 
celloidin  and  paraffin,  were  cut  into  serial  sections  and  stained  with  Delafield's 
hsematoxylin. 

In  the  succeeding  pages  the  four  species  will  be  taken  up  and  described  in  detail. 

1.    ASTERIAS   I5RANDTI. 
Asterias  brandti,  Bell,  P.Z.S.,  1881,  pp.  94  and  506. 

The  young  of  this  species  contained  in  the  collection  consist  in  a  brood  "  born 
after  the  capture  of  the  mother,"  which  was  taken  in  McMurdo  Bay,  February  13th, 
1902. 

The  parent  was  identified  by  Professor  F.  Jeffrey  Bell  as  A.  brandti,  but  as  it  was 
not  sent  with  the  embryos,  nothing  definite  can  be  said  as  to  its  "  brood-care,"  except 
that  this  species  must  now  be  added  to  the  list  of  viviparous  Asteroidea.  It  is 
probable,  however,  that  according  to  the  analogy  of  its  family,  the  young  are  attached 
to  the  lips  of  the  mother  during  the  earlier  stages  of  development. 

All  the  embryos  of  this  brood  are  of  approximately  the  same  stage ;  the  difference 
between  the  youngest  and  oldest  being  simply  a  matter  of  size.  The  youngest  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1 ,  which  gives  a  ventral  view.  It  measures  2  •  4  mm.  from  the  centre  of 
the  disc  to  the  tip  of  the  arms,  while  the  radius  of  the  disc  is  1  •  5  mm.  (R.  =  2  •  4  mm., 
r.  =  1*5  mm.).  The  only  external  trace  of  the  embryonic  condition  is  in  the  closed 
mouth  and  the  small  pre-oral  lobe  or  larval  organ.  The  oldest  embryo  is  much  larger 
than  the  preceding  (R.  =  3 '  2  mm.,  r.  =  1  •  6  mm.),  but  apart  from  the  smaller  size  of  the 
pre-oral  lobe  there  is  little  difference.  Internally,  too,  there  is  little  difference  in  the 
development  of  the  organs,  so  that  they  may  very  well  be  described  together. 

As  may  be  seen  from  the  figure,  metamorphosis  is  complete  in  these  young  starfish, 
and  an  examination  of  serial  sections  shows  that  the  internal  organs  have  nearly  all 
attained  the  adult  relations.  As  these  relations  are,  moreover,  practically  the  same  as 
those  in  a  young  Asterina  gibbosa  of  the  same  stage,  it  will  only  be  necessary  to  mention 
here  the  few  points  which  show  peculiarity. 

In  the  first  place  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  great  size  attained  before  the  mouth 
and  anus  are  formed  must  be  looked  upon  as  an  expression  of  the  favourable  conditions 
under  which  development  of  this  species  proceeds.  Another  indication  of  the  same 
thing  may  be  seen  in  the  amount  of  yolk  which  still  remains  in  the  closed  gut,  and 
which  may  even  be  seen  outside  the  gut  in  the  space  between  its  dorsal  wall  and  the 
inner  wall  of  the  coelom. 

The  pre-oral  lobe  (larval  organ)  in  the  oldest  stage  is  little  more  .than  a  vestige, 
but  in  the  youngest  its  connection  with  the  inner  perihsemal  ring  can  still  be  traced. 
The  water-vascular  system  is  well  developed,  and  one  can  follow  it  quite  easily  in 
vertical  sections.  The  madreporic  pore,  pore-canal,  and  stone-canal  may  be  said  to 
have  assumed  the  adult  relations.  The  axial  sinus  can  be  seen  adjacent  to  the  stone- 


i.\i: 

canal,  and  can  Ixs  traced  from  its  owning  into  the  latter  to  its  junction  with  the  inner 
perihtemal  rim;  In  n«.n«>  of  the  sections,  however,  can  one  be  sure  of  the  al>oral  sinus 
or  of  ill--  nm<lrr|M.ric  vesicle,  though  this  is  doubtless  due  to  the  preservation. 

Several  [Hiinis  iii  tin-  structure  of  these  young  A  ate  rids  suggest  a  relation  to  an 
embryonic  starfish  studied  in  this  laboratory  some  time  ago  by  Dr.  E.  H.  Henderson  (4). 
These  were  large  yolky  eggs  of  an  unknown  species,  belonging,  probably,  to  the  genus 
AiMstfruu,  collected  off  the  Franklin  Islands.  In  the  remarkably  close  resemblance  to 
the  development  of  Anterina  gibboaa  of  the  same  age,  and  in  the  similarity  in  the 
appearance  and  distribution  of  the  yolk,  we  have  indications  of  a  near  relationship 
Aoen  this  species  and  Asttrias  brandti,  but  the  great  difference  in  age  between  the 
two  lots  of  embryos  makes  it  difficult  to  institute  a  closer  comparison. 


2.  OPHIOPLUTKUS  sp.n.  (?). 
(Fig.  2.) 

Two  specimens  of  this  presumably  new  Ophwpluteus  were  taken  at  the  Winter 
Quarters  of  the  Expedition  ;  the  first  on  December  15th,  1903,  from  No.  12  hole,  in 
8  fins,  of  water;  the  other  on  January  4th,  1904,  from  No.  13  hole,  in  6  fins.  The 
first  is  in  a  comparatively  good  state  of  preservation  :  the  second  is  Iwdly  disintegrated, 
and  from  it  alone  little  could  be  made  out  It  is,  however,  of  approximately  the  same 
stage  of  development,  though  a  little 'larger,  than  the  first  The  following  description 
is,  therefore,  based  upon  the  letter  preserved  specimen. 

The  body,  exclusive  of  the  arms,  measures  2*3  mm.  in  length,  and  is  marked  by 
a  strongly  developed  conical  papilla  at  its  posterior  end. 

Three  pairs  of  arms  are  developed  ;  of  these  the  antero-laterals  and  post-orals 
are  only  slightly  developed,  but  the  postero-lateral  pair  are  already  equal  to  the  body 
in  length  and  are  widely  divergent  This  development  of  the  postero-lateral  arms 
reminds  us  of  the  great  size  of  the  corresponding  amis  in  the  larva  of  Ophwthriz 
fragilis,  which  is  such  an  early  and  marked  characteristic  of  this  species.  In  fact,  the 
whole  appearance  of  our  specimen  is  strongly  reminiscent  of  the  larva-  of  Ophiothrix. 
The  ciliated  band  can  be  traced  quite  distinctly  bordering  all  the  arms. 

In  our  better  specimen  the  coelom  can  just  be  made  out.  On  the  left  side  it  has 
already  divided  into  anterior  and  posterior  coeloms,  but  on  the  right  side  it  is  still 
undivided. 

The  gut  is  well  developed  and  shows  the  characteristic  division  into  oesophagus, 
Urge  spherical  stomach,  and  intestine  opening  on  the  ventral  surface. 

No  trace  of  the  skeleton  is  preserved  in  these  specimens,  and  this,  together  with 
their  young  stage,  makes  classification  impossible.  Judging  from  their  habitat, 
however,  and  from  their  general  appearance,  they  are  quite  possibly  examples  of  a  new 
•paries. 


E.   W.  MAcBRIDB  AND  J.   C.   SIMPSON. 
3.    ECHINOPLUTEDS    ANTARCTICUS. 

(Fig.  3.) 

The  material  contained  only  two  specimens  of  this  larva :  one  taken  in 
lat.  78°  29'  10"  S.,  long.  103°  38'  18"  W.,  on  January  25th,  1902,  and  labelled  "30," 
the  other  marked  "  42,"  taken  in  the  D-net  at  Hut  Point,  near  the  Winter  Quarters 
of  the  Expedition,  on  February  19th  of  the  same  year.  Both  specimens  are  of 
approximately  the  same  age. 

In  the  stained,  and  mounted  condition  the  specimens  measure  072  and  0'84  mm. 
in  length,  including  the  arms ;  but  in  each  case  the  body,  which  is  sub-spherical  in 
form,  is  0'43  mm.  in  diameter. 

Four  pairs  of  arms  can  be  made  out ;  of  these,  the  post-oral  pair  are  the  longest, 
being  a  little  more  than  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  body.  Of  the  others,  the  antero- 
laterals  are  about  half  and  the  postero-dorsals  about  one-quarter  the  body-length. 
The  pre-oral  arms  are  very  rudimentary,  appearing  only  as  small  outgrowths  at  the 
bases  of  the  antero-laterals.  All  the  arms  are  close  together  and  are  approximately 
parallel. 

The  ciliated  band,  which  borders  all  the  arms,  extends  back  between  the  post-oral 
and  postero-dorsal  arms  of  either  side,  so  as  to  form  lateral  bays  running  about  half 
way  along  the  body. 

Three  pairs  of  epaulettes  are  present,  and  are  arranged  so  as  to  form  two 
incomplete  ciliated  bands  encircling  the  body.  The  anterior  circle  consists  of  a 
ventral  pair  situated  at  the  bases  of  the  post-oral  arms,  and  a  dorsal  pair  in  a 
somewhat  corresponding  position  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  body  at  the  bases  of  the 
postero-dorsal  arms.  The  posterior  circle  is  made  up  of  a  single  pair  only,  and  these 
are  smaller  and  much  narrower  than  either  of  the  other  pairs,  and  are  laterally  placed 
near  the  posterior  end  of  the  body. 

We  find  that  three  Echinoplutei  have  been  described  in  which  the  presence  of 
six  ciliated  epaulettes  is  noted.  These  are  :  E.  coronatus,  E.  theeli,  and  the  pluteus 
of  Echinus  esculentus.  From  each  of  these,  however,  the  present  larva  differs 
considerably.  In  Echinus  esculentus  the  presence  of  the  posterior  pair  of  epaulettes 
was  first  pointed  out  by  MacBride  (8),  and  a  great  deal  of  material  of  the  larvae  of  this 
species  has  been  at  our  disposal  for  comparison  with  our  new  type.  Selecting  an 
individual  which,  judging  by  the  development  of  the  so-called  "  Echinus-rudiment," 
is  of  the  same  age  as  our  specimens  of  E.  antarcticus,  we  find  that  the  size  of  the 
characteristic  larval  arms  is  quite  different.  The  post-oral  and  postero-dorsal  pairs 
are  of  about  the  same  length,  and  are  already  about  twice  as  long  as  the  body,  instead 
of  two-thirds  and  one-quarter  the  body-length,  as  they  are  in  E.  antarcticus.  The 
antero-laterals  are  also  of  great  length,  being  more  than  twice  as  long  in  comparison  as 
are  the  corresponding  arms  in  our  new  species.  The  most  marked  difference,  however,  is 


BCHINODERM 

iu  the  pro-oral  pair  ;  for  while  these  m  more  rudiments  in  E.  antarcticiu,  they  are 
almost  equal  to  the  length  of  the  body  in  K.  fsculrntu*. 

The  other  two  larva1,  E.  coronatu*  and  E.  thfeli,  were  described  by  Mortcnscn  (9). 
The  first  of  these  is  a  larva  of  about  the  same  or  a  slightly  older  stage  than  our 
specimens.  In  it,  however,  the  post-oral  and  postero-dorsal  iinns  arc  about  one  and  a 
half  times  as  long  as  the  body,  while  the  antcro-laterals  and  prc-orals  are  equal  to  it 
in  length.  Besides  this  great  difference  in  the  arms  there  is  also  a  difference  in  the 
posterior  pair  of  epaulettes  ;  for  Mortensen  describes  these  as  "  very  broad,"  while  in 
K.  <intn  ret  it-it*  they  are  much  the  smallest  of  the  six. 

In  E.  theeli  we  are  dealing  with  a  larva  which  is  much  younger  than  the  others 
just  mentioned,  but  even  here  we  see  certain  features  in  the  arms  by  which  to 
differentiate  the  two ;  for  while  three  pairs  of  the  arms  are  of  ul>out  the  same 
proportionate  length  as  in  our  specimens  of  K.  antarcticus,  the  fourth,  the  pre-orals, 
are  long  and  well-developed,  not  at  all  resembling  the  mere  rudiments  by  which  they 
are  represented  in  the  latter  specks. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  Ophiopluteus,  so  here  nothing  can  l>e  made  out  of  the 
skeleton,  the  result,  probably,  of  the  method  of  preservation. 

On  the  left  side  of  the  larva  a  well-developed  "  Echinus-rudiment "  can  IK?  seen, 
but  of  this  no  details  can  be  made  out  in  either  of  the  mounts. 

4.    CCCUMARIA    CROCKA. 

NolotMuria  (Cueumaria)  erotta,  Leason,  Cent.  Zool.  (1832),  p.  153,  pi.  lii.,  fig.  I. 
Cttfumaria  trofta,  Lam  pert,  Secwalzcn  (1885),  p.  214. 

Our  collection  contains  some  two  hundred  specimens  of  the  young  of  this 
Holothurian,  "  born  after  the  capture  of  the  mothers,"  and  one  adult  female,  the 
parent  of  some  of  these  young  ;  all  taken  at  Hut  Point,  near  the  Winter  Quarters  of 
the  Expedition,  on  the  13th  and  28th  of  February,  1904. 

The  young  of  this  species  were  first  dredged  by  the  '  Challenger '  at  the  Falklands 
in  January,  1876.  Since  that  time  nothing,  so  far  as  we  can  learn,  has  been  added  to 
our  knowledge  of  their  development,  and  as  the  specimens  then  found  were  of  a 
considerably  older  stage  than  those  brought  back  by  the  '  Discovery,'  it  may  be  well 
to  recall  certain  of  the  observations  made  by  Sir  Wyville  Thomson  at  that  time,  which 
have  a  special  bearing  upon  the  developmental  history. 

In  his  "  Voyage  of  the  '  Challenger,' "  Sir  Wyville  says  :  "In  a  very  large 
proportion  of  the  females  which  I  examined,  young  were  closely  packed  in  two 
continuous  fringes  adhering  to  the  water-vascular  feet  of  the  dorsal  ambulacrum. 
The  young  were  in  all  the  later  stages  of  growth,  and  of  all  sizes,  from  5  mm.  up  to 
40  mm.  in  length ;  but  all  the  young  attached  to  one  female  appeared  to  be  of  the 
same  age  and  size.  .  .  .  All  the  young  I  examined  were  miniatures  of  their  parents  ;  the 
only  marked  difference  was  that  in  the  young  the  ambulacra  of  the  bivium  were  quite 

VOL.  IT.  8 


6  E.  w.  MACBRIDE  AXD  ,T.  c.  SIMPSON. 

rudimentary."  They  "  attached  themselves  by  the  tentacular  feet  of  the  trivial 
ambulacra,  which  are  early  and  fully  developed."  He  says,  however,  that  they  "  were 
too  late  at  the  Falklands  (January  23rd)  to  see  the  process  of  attachment  of  the 
young  in  their  nursery  ....  There  can  be  little  doubt  that,  according  to  the  analogy 
of  the  class,  the  eggs  are  impregnated  either  in  the  ovarial  tube  or  immediately  after 
their  extrusion,  that  the  first  developmental  stages  are  run  through  rapidly,  and  the 
young  are  passed  back  from  the  ovarial  opening,  which  is  at  the  side  of  the  mouth, 
along  the  dorsal  ambulacra,  and  arranged  in  their  places  by  the  automatic  action  of 
the  ambulacral  tentacles  themselves."  (Vol.  II.,  p.  215  et  seq.) 

Now  the  young  brought  back  by  the  '  Discovery,'  with  two  exceptions,  all 
measured  from  2^  mm.  to  3  mm.  in  length,  and  had  been  born  in  the  interval 
between  capture  and  preservation  ;  it  seems,  therefore,  that  we  had  here  a  key  to  the 
solution  of  the  manner  in  which  the  early  developmental  stages  are  passed  over,  and 
that  we  might  thus  get  a  more  complete  history  of  the  "  brood-care  "  of  this  species. 

A  careful  examination  of  the  adult  female  specimen,  made  with  this  object  in  view, 
showed  two  prominent  openings,  each  about  3  mm.  in  diameter,  situated  in  the  dorsal 
interambulacrum,  a  short  distance  behind  the  peristome  (Fig.  4).  Looking  into  these 
openings,  one  could  see  a  number  of  embryos  of  about  the  same  size  as  the  new-born 
specimens  of  the  collection.  At  first  sight  these  openings  seemed  to  lead  into  the  body- 
cavity,  but  a  careful  dissection  revealed  the  fact  that  they  were  in  reality  the  openings 
of  two  large  brood-pouches  situated  in  the  dorsal  body-wall  (Fig.  5).  Owing  to  the 
extreme  contraction  of  the  specimen,  the  extent  of  these  pouches  can  be  made  out  only 
approximately.  The  right,  which  is  by  far  the  larger  of  the  two,  extends  from  the 
raid-dorsal  line  downwards  to  the  right  ventral  interambulacrum,  and  from  a  point  just 
behind  the  peristome  backwards  for  about  one- third  of  the  body  length.  The  left  sac, 
however,  is  only  about  half  as  large.  Both  pouches  are  divided  up  by  a  number  of 
pillars  representing  the  podia,  which  thus  seem  to  traverse  the  sacs.  In  reality, 
however,  the  podia  are  probably  only  surrounded  by  the  pouches  as  they  develop. 
Some  idea  of  the  extent  of  these  spaces  may  be  gained  from  the  figure,  which  is  drawn 
of  the  natural  size.  No  communication  was  found  between  the  two  sacs,  nor  was  any 
opening  into  the  body-cavity  or  genital  ducts  made  out. 

In  these  two  pouches  140  embryos  were  found — 110  in  the  right  and  30  in  the 
left.  These,  however,  are  all  of  the  same  size,  and  of  a  comparatively  late  stage  of 
development,  with  the  exception  of  two  specimens  which  are  much  less  developed  than 
the  rest. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Professor  F.  Jeffrey  Bell  we  have  also  been  able  to  examine 
three  other  specimens  of  C.  crocea  belonging  to  the  British  Museum.  It  was  hoped 
that  they  might  show  some  trace  of  these  brood-pouches,  but  the  most  careful  search 
revealed  nothing. 

If  we  now  try,  from  the  facts  before  us,  to  get  a  connected  idea  of  the  "  maternal 
care  "  of  this  species,  we  shall  probably  find  that  its  course  is  somewhat  as  follows :— 


KCHIXonERM   LARVA  7 

The  eggs,  either  l>eforc  or  after  fertilization,  are  shed  into  the  water  and  are  attached 
to  the  mother's  back,  possibly  by  means  of  a  mucoid  secretion.  They  are  soon, 
however,  surrounded  by  the  brood-pouches,  which  probably  develop  by  a  sinking-in  of 
the  dorsal  ectoderm,  and  here  they  are  retained  until  they  have  reached  a  condition 
where  the  tentacles  are  able  to  serve  as  organs  of  attachment  to  the  mother.  This  we 
know  must  be  when  the  little  animals  are  between  3  mm.  and  5  mm.  in  length.  They 
then  pass  out  of  the  brood-pouches  and  are  arranged  along  the  dorsal  ambulacra  of  the 
mother  as  Thomson  has  described. 

The  presence  in  the  sacs,  among  a  large  number  of  older  embryos,  of  two  whi«-h 
are  comparatively  young,  naturally  brings  up  the  quest  ion  of  the  number  of  broods  in 
this  species.  Are  all  of  the  young  brought  forth  in  a  single  brood,  or  is  there  a 
succession  of  broods  such  as  we  find  in  Synapta  vivipara,  Clark  (3)  ?  If  these  two 
embryos  represented  the  beginning  of  a  second  and  younger  brood,  one  would  expect 
to  find  the  gonad  of  the  mother  showing  some  sign  of  activity  ;  but,  as  this  is  not  the 
case,  we  must  conclude  that  they  are  members  of  the  same  brood  as  the  larger  embryos, 
and  that  their  development  has  been,  for  some  reason  or  other,  retarded.  What 
evidence  we  have,  therefore,  seems  to  be  in  accord  with  Thomson's  ol>servation  that  all 
the  young  attached  to  one  mother  were  of  the  same  age  and  size. 

Coming  now  to  the  embryos  themselves,  it  is  somewhat  disappointing  to  find  that 
among  the  large  number  brought  back  only  two  stages  arc  represented.  Turning  our 
attention  to  the  younger  of  these,  we  see  that  of  the  two  specimens  in  the  collection 
one  was  somewhat  distorted  through  the  pressure  of  the  surrounding  embryos  in  the 
brood-pouch ;  but  this  does  not  at  all  affect  the  disposition  of  the  internal  organs  as 
seen  in  sections.  The  other  specimen,  apparently  quite  normal,  is  oval  in  form,  and 
measured  before  sectioning  1*8  by  1*2  mm.  No  evidence  of  any  external  opening 
could  be  made  out 

When  sections  of  this  stage  are  examined  it  is  seen  to  be  a  typical  pcntactula,  and 
the  only  points  which  need  be  specially  mentioned  arc  in  connection  with  the  water- 
vascular  system.  The  ring  canal  is  well  developed,  and  the  radial  canals  coming  off 
from  it  can  easily  be  followed  as  they  arch  back  and  run  towards  the  aboral  pole.  As 
yet  there  is  no  sign  of  the  development  of  podia,  but  the  tentacular  canals  can  be  seen 
to  originate  one  on  either  side  of  each  radial  canal,  close  to  where  it  comes  off  from  the 
ring  canal,  and  to  run  out  into  the  tentacles  which  do  not  reach  the  surface  of  the 
embryo,  but  still  project  into  the  "atrium."  Even  at  this  stage  valves  may  be  seen 
guarding  the  entrance  to  these  tentacular  canals.  The  stone-canal  is  well  formed,  and 
runs  out  in  the  dorsal  inter-radius  to  open  into  a  large,  clearly-defined  axial  sinus. 
From  the  latter  the  pore-canal  can  I ><•  traced  outwards  for  a  short  distance,  but  we  were 
not  able  to  follow  it  to  its  external  opening  in  this  stage,  though  in  the  older  embryos 
it  is  very  easily  followed.  No  Polian  vesicle  has  yet  been  developed. 

Of  the  later  stage  there  were  a  great  number  of  specimens,  for  it  was  found  that 

all  the  embryos  in  the  brood-pouches  (with  the  exception  of  the  two  already  mentioned), 

-  -J 


8  E.  w.  MAC-BRIDE  AND  j.  c.  SIMPSON. 

and  a  second  brood  dredged  a  fortnight  later,  are  of  approximately  identical 
development.  These  embryos  all  measure  from  2  •  5  to  3  mm.  in  length,  and  have 
assumed  the  typical  ten-tentacled  form.  The  tentacles  are  still  simple,  unbranched, 
peg-like  outgrowths  (Fig.  6),  but  there  is  some  slight  indication  of  a  differentiation  in 
size,  the  two  ventral  tentacles  being  just  a  shade  smaller  than  the  rest. 

In  sections  the  digestive  tract  is  seen  to  be  well  developed,  though  the  ossophagus 
is  still  solid,  and  the  anus  has  not  yet  been  formed.  The  stomach  walls  are  thrown 
into  heavy  folds  and  the  intestine  shows  the  characteristic  double  twist. 

The  water-vascular  system  in  this  stage  shows  many  advances.  The  pore-canal 
can  be  distinctly  seen  to  open  to  the  outside,  and  can  be  traced  into  the  axial  sinus, 
which  runs  for  a  short  distance  in  the  body-wall  before  it  communicates  with  the  stone- 
canal.  The  presence  in  Holothurians  of  an  axial  sinus  opening,  on  the  one  hand,  into 
the  stone-canal,  and  on  the  other  to  the  outside  by  means  of  the  pore-canal,  has  been 
described  in  two  cases  only — once  by  Bury  (2)  and  once  by  Ludwig  (6).  As  Bury's 
observation,  however,  has  been  very  generally  questioned,  and  as  Ludwig,  though 
noting  the  presence  of  these  structures,  does  not  attach  any  very  great  weight  to  them, 
the  present  discovery  becomes  of  extreme  interest  and  importance,  as  a  confirmation 
which  places  the  matter  beyond  doubt.  As  has  been  noted  above,  in  the  younger 
embryos  the  pore-canal  cannot  be  traced  throughout  its  whole  length,  but  this  is  in  all 
probability  due  to  bad  preservation. 

A  large  Polian  vesicle  is  now  seen  in  the  left  dorsal  interradius,  a  position  which 
Ludwig  (5)  says  it  occupies  in  some  Cucumarise,  though  he  does  not  mention  C.  crocea. 
Tube  feet  have  made  their  appearance,  and  we  now  find  four  arising  from  each  radial 
canal,  though  they  have  not  as  yet  reached  the  surface. 

The  state  of  the  preservation  prevents  any  very  minute  study  of  the  nervous 
system,  but  one  can  readily  see  the  well-developed  nerve-ring  and  the  five  radial 
nerves,  as  well  as  the  branches  to  the  tentacles. 

The  epi-neural  ring  and  canals  are  also  clearly  seen,  and  we  find  that  the  ring  also 
gives  off  branches  which  accompany  the  tentacular  nerves. 

Of  the  condition  of  the  mesenteries  little  can  be  made  out.  A  bunch  of  cells  in 
the  dorsal  mesentery  close  to  the  stone-canal  may  very  possibly  be  the  rudimentary 
gonad,  but  of  these  points  it  is  impossible  to  be  sure. 


In  conclusion,  it  may  be  said  that  the  collection,  though  small,  has  yielded  many 
interesting  points.  Chief  among  these  may  be  mentioned  the  discovery  of  two 
pelagic  Echinoderm  larvae  within  the  Antarctic  Circle,  and  of  the  brood-pouch  in 
Cucumaria  crocea.  The  first  are  important  because  they  disprove  the  generally 
accepted  theory  that  none  ot  the  Antarctic  Echinoderms  have  free-swimming  larvae, 
the  second  because  it  fills  a  gap  in  our  knowledge  of  the  life-history  of  a  well-known 
form.  The  well-marked  axial  sinus  and  pore-canal  in  the  Cucumaria  embryo  is  also 


ECHLXODEKM   LAKVJS.  9 

a  point  of  importance,  since  it  gives  positive  evidence  of  the  existence  of  thoao 
structures  among  the  Cucumariithe,  a  fact  which  hat  been  asserted,  but  never 
conclusively  proven. 

Zoological  UU.ratory,  McGill  University,  April  1st,  1U07. 


LIST    OF    PAPERS    QUOTED. 

1.  I'.KI.I..  P.  J. — "  Echinoderms "  in  Report  on  the  collcctioni  of  the  'Southern  Cross,'  Ixjmloii,  l'Mr>, 

p.  214. 

2.  BUBY,  H.— "Studies  in  the  Embryology  of  the  Echinoderms."    Q.J.  Micros.  Sci.,  vol.  29  (1H89). 

pp.  409-449. 

3.  CLAKK,  H.  L.— "  SynapU  vivipara  :  a  contribution  to  the  morphology  of  Echinoderniata,"  Boston, 

Memoirs  Soc.  Nat.  Hut.,  5  (1898),  pp.  5.-J-88,  5  pU. 

4.  HKXDERSOX,  E.  H. — •'Some  observations  on  the  development  of  an  Ante-rid  with  large  yolky  sggi 

from  the  Franklin  Islands,"  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  1C  (l'JO'>). 

6.     LUDWIO,  H.— "  Die  Secwalzen  "  in  Broun's  Klasseu  u.  Orduuiigcn  d.  Thier-Rcichs,  '2  Bd.,  3  Abth., 
1  Buch.  (1889-92). 

6.  LUDWIG. — "  Zur  Entwicklungsgeschichtc  dcr  Holothnrien."    Sitzungsber.  I'renss.  Akad.  d.  Wit*. 

Berlin,  1891,  p.  COS. 

7.  MACBBIDB,   E.   W.—"  Development  of    Astcrina   Kibbosa."     Q.J.   Micros.  Sci.,  vol.   88  (1896), 

pp.  389-411. 

8.  MACBRIDK.  E  W.— "The  Development  of  Echinoids,"  pt.  1.    "The  lame  of  Echinus  miliaris  and 

E.  esculentns."    Q.J.  Micros.  Sci.,  vol.  42  (1899),  pp.  835-339. 

9.  MOBTKKSKX,  TH.— "Die   Echinodermenlarven  dcr   Plankton-Expedition  d.  Humboldt-Stiftung." 

Bd.  II.  J.,  Kiel  and  Leipzig,  1898. 
10.    THOMHOX,  C.  WYVILLB.— "  The  Voyage  of  the  Challenger— the  Atlantic,"  London,  1«77. 


TABLE    OF    PLATES. 

FIG.  1.     Atttruu  brandtt 'Bell,     x  12J.     Youngest  embryo  of  brood. 

Fio.  2.     Ophiopluteus  sp.  n.  ?     x  Ion. 

Flo.  8.     te/iinopltilfiix  antarcticiu  sp.  n.     x  100. 

Fio.  4.     Cticumaria  trocea  Lesson,     x  1.     Adult  female,  showing  openings  of  the  two  brood-|iuuchet. 

Fio.  &.     Cueumaria  crocra  Lesson,      x  1.      Another  view  of  the  same  specimen,  with  the  Iwdy-wall  cut 

through  so  as  to  expose  the  interior  of  the  brood-pouches. 
Fio.  6.    Cttcvmaria  crocfa  Lesson,     x  12£.     Young  embryo,  born  after  capture  of  the  mother,  which  is 

shown  in  figs.  4  and  5. 
Fio.  7.    Cueumaria  erotta  Lesson.     Transverse  section  through  the  anterior  region  of  embryo  shown  in 

fig.  6. 


Tic  2    0»mo*LuTtus    in  »»  * 

. 


FlG    I     ASTCMIAS     BKANDTI. 

Yov.»»<j»»l  «mbryo  of   brood 


Bruotl-pvvt, 


FlC   3.ECHINOPLUTCUS     ANTARCTICUS. 

*IOO 


Tmtmtltt. 


FlC   5.    CUCUMAMIA    CMOCCA 
Adult  f«m«l»  —  to  Show 
interior  of  brood-pouch«». 

K/ 


.  VrntroJ  Tmta 


FlC    4    CUCUMARIA     CROCCA. 

Adult  f*m»l»  —  to  «how 
openings  of  brood-pouch**. 


P*r*  Cm*  *  I 

,  Axiul  Sinui. 


.  Sr»n«    tanat 


•Kptn»u:-ul  Catttl. 
Kmdim.1  fitrvo. 
-Radiml  Ca»ml 


Polian  Vrtitlt 


FlC    6.    CUCUMANIA     CROCCA. 
Young    tmbryo  born  tflir 
c«ptur*   of  mother. 


Riny  Canal 


FlC.7.    CUCUMARIA     CROCCA 

Tr»n»v«r§*    ttction   through 
jnt«nor    r»g.on   of  •mbrjro 
•  hewn   in    FIIJ    6. 


To  W  b«Md  «itk  pUir 


eu3TujqoiHqO     Soil 
00\x 


z»A:>iio<i- booi  ft  - 


A300SO     AIHAMU3UO 

wode  oJ  -8lsm»> 
>o 
.t  x 


A330flO    AlflAMUOuO    .6 
woHa  0J  -.slsms^  JIubA 
asHauoq-booid  >o 


»<r«»Vi.  JnjfcoR  -7 


A330HO     AIHAMUOUO    T.OI? 
oiJosi    saisvensiT 
>0   noijjsi    10i  isJns 
•8    pi 3    ni    nvvorlz 


q/3 


!  Itvii..!  ,-,,,.|q  djiv/  h,,,,,  , 


Antarctic  (lH*cov«y)  Exp. 


I.   C.  «.  4M  IHIIIHHlfc.  M 


Kchinoderms. 


MYZOSTOMIDAE. 

BY  DR.  RUDOLF  RITTKK  v.  STTMMKR-TRAUNKKUS  (Graz,  Austria). 

(1  Plate.) 

ElNLEITONO. 

DAS  von  der  '  Discovery '  heimgebrachte  uiul  mir  von  Prof.  F.  Jeffrey  Bell  in 
liebenswiirdigster  Weise  zur  Bearbeituug  iibergebeue  J/y.?os/o»uj-Material  umfasst 
mir  fine  relativ  geringe  Anzahl  von  Exemplarcn,  die  sich  auf  zwei  Species,  eine 
freilebende  und  eine  encystirte,  verteilcn.  Die  erstere  ist  eine  neue  Art :  .'/. 
antarcticum,  die  letztere  halte  ich  fur  identisch  mit  dem  schon  von  Prof.  Graff 
beschriebenen  M.  cysti&tlum. 

Wenngleich  also  die  Ausbeute  nur  eine  geringfiigige  Erweiterung  unserer 
beziiglichen  systematischen  KenutnlH.se  zu  bringen  vermochte,  so  erscheint  sic  doch 
in  tiergcographischcr  Beziehung  recht  bemerkenswert :  einerseits,  weil  die  bciden 
Art  en  .-in-  dem  siidlichsten  bekannten  Gebietc  des  antarctiscben  Uzeans  stammen, 
aus  welch'  letzterem  bishcr  noch  nie  Myzostomcn  heimgebracht  worden  sind ;  * 
und  andererseite,  weil  dadurch  ein  neuer  Beweis  fiir  den  Kosmopolitismus 
dea  M.  cyxticolum  geliefert  wird.  Diese  Art  kennt  man  nun  von  drei  geographwch 
ausserordentlich  weit  von  cinander  entfernten  Fundorten  (tropischer  West-Atlantic, 
Ostkiiste  v.  Japan,  Ross-Meer  in  der  Antarctis),  cin  Befund,  welcher  durch  das 
hohe  geologist-he  Alter  der  Gruppe  sowie  durch  die  bekanntlich  sehr  uniformen 
Lebensl>ediugungen  des  Stillwassers  und  der  Tiefsee  seine  Erkliirung  findet. 

Dfc,  wie  schon  gesagt,  das  mir  zur  Bearbeitung  iil>crgebene  Material  nur  eine 
geringe  systematische  Auslwutung  zuliess,  BO  beachrankt  sich  die  vorliegende  Arbeit 
haupteachlich  auf  die  anatomist-he  Beschreibung  der  beiden  Arten.  In  dieser  Hinsicht 
vermochte  ich  insbesondere  das  M.  cyxticolum  genauer  zu  untersuchen,  a  Is  dies  bisher 

•  DM  tudlichste  Oebiet,  ana  welchcm  man  bis  jetzt  Uyzoctomen  kanntc,  nanilich  die  See  urn  die  Prince 
Edward-  und  die  Croiete-Inwln,  liegt  noch  in  der  SubanUrctu  u.  zwar  nur  wcnig  lUdlich  von  der  Nordgrence 
der  treibenden  EUberge  and  der  Sadgrenze  te  Wcltverkchrs.  Von  hier  warden  durch  die  '  Challenger  '• 
Expedition  folgendc  Arten  fpwammelt  :— 

it.  eomfn-ruum  Graff       .         .         .3,  pag.  42. 
U.  coronatum  Graff          .          .  3.     ,,     60. 

Steltthopu*  hyocrini  Graff        .          .     3,     „     70. 

(Die  fettgednickten  Zahlen  zu  Beginn  jedes  Literaturnachwei*e<  beuehen  sich  auf  die  enUprechenden 
Xummem  dea  der  vorliegenden  Arbeit  beigegebenen  Literaturverzeichnisse*. 

Die  Angaben  fremder  Autoren  encheinen  in  folgendem  durchwegs  mit :  pag.,  aba.,  U/.,  fig. ;  die  Venretamgon 
Ml  Bhilai  te  rorliegenden  Abhandlung  mit :  Pag.,  Textfig.,  Fig.,  citiert,  wobei  unter  der  letcteren  Bezeichnung 
die  TO  dieacr  AiM>pjjMBJ»  V^Ujesm  m  imMkiu  rind.) 


DR.  RUDOLF  HITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

geschehen,  und  es  gelang  mir  dadurch  auch  emeu,  allerdings  noch  nicht  voll- 
kommenen  Einblick  in  die  Sexualverhaltnisse  dieser  Species  zu  gewinnen,  der  aber 
immerhin  geeignet  scheint,  auch  die  Geschlechtsverhaltnisse  der  von  Graft'  fur  rein 
dioecisch  gehaltenen  Arten  unter  den  cystenbewohnenden  Myzostomen  in  eine  neue 
Beleuchtung  zu  rticken. 


GENUS  MYZOSTOMA.     F.  S.  LEUCKART. 

1.  MYZOSTOMA  ANTARCTICUM. 

(Textfig. ;  Plate  I.,  fig.  1.) 

"  Winter  Quarters,  8.  iv.  1903,  124  fms." 

Von  dieser  ansehnlichen  auf  Antedon  adriani  Bell  (diese  Reports,  vol.  iv., 
Echinoderma,  p.  4)  freilebenden  Form  lagen  mir  18  zumeist  verschiedenalterige 
Exemplare  vor.  Die  Lange  des  jiingsten  betrug  nur  0'7  mm.,  die  des  altesten 
dagegen  6'0  mm.  Zwischen  diesen  beiden  extremen  Gliedern  der  Reihe  war  noch 
eine  ganze  Anzahl  von  Zwischengrossen  vertreten,  von  welchen  die  auf  einander 
folgenden  in  Bezug  auf  ihre  Lange  zumeist  nur  durch  Bruchteile  von  mm.  differirten. 
Die  nachstehende  Tabelle  giebt  eine  Ubersicht  iiber  die  Dimensionen  der  einzelnen 
Grdssenclassen. 


Classe. 

Exemplare. 

Lange  in  mm. 

Breite  in  mm. 

a 

2 

0-7 

b 

1 

1-0 

Breite  gleich  der  Lange  ;  Korperumriss 

c 

3 

1-1 

fast  rein  circular. 

d 

3 

1-2 

e 

1 

1-5 

Breite  nnr  wenig  grosser  wie  die  Lange. 

f 

1 

1-75 

2-0 

9 

1 

2-5 

2-75 

h 

1 

2-75 

8-0 

i 

2 

3-25 

3-75 

j 

1 

4-0 

5-0 

k 

1 

4-5 

5-5 

I 

1 

6-0 

7-5 

Die  Untersuchung  erstreckte  sich  auf  je  ein  in  Xylol  aufgehelltes  Exemplar  der 
Classe  a,  d,  e,  g,  und  /,  ferner  auf  das  in  Langsschnitte  zerlegte  Exemplar  der  Classe  /. 

Wie  schon  Wheeler  (8,  pag.  228,  abs.  3)  hervorgehoben  hat,  sind  die  Jugend- 
stadien  der  einzelnen  Myzostoma-Arten  von  einander  nur  wenig  verschieden, 
wahrend  die  artlichen  und  generischen  Merkmale  erst  bei  den  erwachsenen  Individuen 
deutlich  zum  Ausdrucke  kommen.  Dieser  Erfahrung  zufolge  stiitzt  sich  die  nach- 
stehende Beschreibung  nur  auf  die  bei  dem  grossten  Exemplare  (Classe  I)  gemachten 
Befunde. 


MYZOSTOMI1UB. 
\l.U;KMKINK    MoRl'HOUMIIK   DBS    KoRPKRH. 

Wie  aus  don  in  iler  obigen  Tatalle  angefUhrtcn  Dimcnaioncn  hervorgcht  besitzt 
1'ci  il-'ii  <_'!••  ivM-ren  Excmplaren  einen  qucrovalen  Urarisa.  An  seiner  Ventralseito 
t'.illi  cine  von  der  Leiltesmittc  bis  zur  Reihc  der  Parapodicn  rciehcnde  com  par  te  un<l 
fast  Bcheibenfonuige  centralc  Partie  auf  ("  Bauchscheibe,"  Graft',  2,  pag.  41,  aba.  3), 
welche  sieh  von  einer  viel  zartcren  und  durchscheinenderen  Randzone  (Fig.  1,  sr) 
ziemlich  scharf  absetzt.  Boi  einer  Lange  von  6  mm.  und  einer  Breite  von  7  •  5  mm. 
btb&gt  die  I  >:•!%••  de.M  K"r|"-r-  in  .!>T  Mil'.'  . -in  i  •_'  nun.  Si.-  v.-niiin.|.-rt  nA  im 
Bereiche  der  Bauchscbcibe  bis  zur  Reihc  der  Parapodicn  hin  relativ  nur  wcnig,  wird 
jedoch  l>eim  Ubergange  von  diescr  in  die  Randzone  cine  weitaus  geringere.  Die 
letzterc  lauft  gegen  den  Korperrand  bin  in  einen  allcrdings  nur  schmalcn  jcdoch 
ganz  deutlioh  erkennbarcn,  schwacb  gewellt«n  Randaaum  aus,  welcher  in  der  Mcdianlinic 
sowohl  am  vorderen  als  auch  am  hintcren  Korperendc  cine  schwache  Einbuchtung 
zeigt  Vom  Randsaum  entspriugen  je<lerseits  10  bilateral-symmetrisch  angeordnete, 
relativ  kurze  (circa  0'75  mm.  lange)  Cirren  (Textfig.,  c),  welche  mit  ihrer  Wurzel  ein 
wenig  auf  die  Doraalfliu-he  der  Randzone  hinaufgerilckt  sind  (Fig.  1 ,  c). 

Die  Riickenflftcbe  des  Korpers  ist  sanft  gewolbt,  die  Bauc"hseitc  dagegen,  dadurch 
daas  sich  die  l>eiden  latemlen  Kdrperhiilften  ventral wiirts  etwas  einbiegen,  in  geringem 
Masse  ooncav  gestaltet.  Dorsalseitig  zeigt  das  Integument  cine  eigentiimliche,  aus 
zahlreichen  kleinen,  dicht  neben  einander  gelegenen  Wiirzchen  bestehende  Sculptur, 
(Fig.  1).  Diese  durch  rinnenartige  Vertiefungen  von  einander  getrcnnten  Erhabeuheiten 
sind  auf  der  Mitte  des  Riickens  am  bedeutendsten  entwickelt  und  nehmen  an  Grosse 
von  hier  aus  gegen  die  Randzone  hin  allmiihlig  ab.  Im  Bereiche  der  letztercn  sind 
sic  nicht  mehr  warnehmbar.  Die  Ventralflache  des  Korpers  ist  im  Allgemeinen  glatt, 
bis  auf  die  Bauchscheibe,  an  welcher  der  Verlauf  der  sehr  stark  cntwickeltcn  Muaculi 
centrales  des  Hackenapparates  durch  leistenfbrmigc  Vorspriinge  dea  Integuments 
deutlich  ausgepragt  erschcint. 

Die  10  Parapotlien  (Textfig.,  par)  sind  kriiftig  dabei  alwr  relativ  schlank  und 
wie  ihre  sehr  entwickelte  Musculatur  vermuten  lasst,  recht  beweglich.  Sie  konnen 
in  eine  Art  von  Scheide  zuriickgezogen  werden,  welche  von  einer  grosscn,  stark 
vorspringenden  Ringfalte  des  ventralen  Integuments  gebildet  wird.  An  den  beiden 
mittleren  Fussstummeln  jeder  Seite  offnen  sich  die  Ausfiihrungswegc  des  miinnlichen 
Geschlechtsapparates  durch  eine  dem  Parapodium  von  aussen  her  ansitzendc  konische 
Genitalpapille  (Textfig.,  p). 

Die  8  langlich  ovalen,  im  eingezogenen  Zustande  nicht  iiber  die  VentralHache 
vorspringenden  Seitenorgane  ("  Saugniipfe  ")  liegen  bilateral  symmetrisch  angeordnet 
im  Gebiete  der  Randzone  auswarte  von  der  Reihe  der  Parapodien  und  in  den 
Intervallen  zwischen  je  2  der  letztercn  (Textfig.,  *>). 

Wie  schon  friiher  erwShnt  ist  der  Vorderrand  des  Korpers  in  der  Medianlinic 
etwas  eingezogen.  Die^c  KinUichtung  schliigt  als  rinncnfonnigc  Vertiefung  auf  die 

TOU  IT.  T 


4  DE.  RUDOLF  BITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

Ventralseitc  tiber,  um  ungefahr  in  der  Mitte  der  Randzone  in  die  Mundoffnung  zu 
fiihren  (Textfig.,  in). 

Die  Kloake  offnet  sich  an  der  Spitze  einer  medianen  flach-konischen  Papille 
(Textfig.,  dp),  welclie  ebenfalls  ventralseitig  und  in  einiger  Entfernung  vom  hinteren 
Korperrande  gelegen  ist.  Auf  derselben  Papille  liegt  ausserdem  unmittelbar  dorsal 
tiber  der  Kloakenoffnung  die  weibliche  Geschlechtsoffnung  (Uterusausmiindung). 


f 


Halbschematisehes  Ubersiohtsbild  der  Organisation  des  M.  antarcticum, 
nov.  sp.  Vergr. :  11-fach.  Ansicht  von  der  Ventralseite  aus ;  die 
Organe  sind  in  ihren  Konturen  sitmtlich  in  die  Bildebene  projicirt. — 
bm,  Bulbus  musculosus ;  c,  Cirren  ;  cl,  Kloake  ;  dp,  Kloakalpapille ; 
TO,  Mundofinung ;  mg,  Magen ;  n,  Nephridien ;  o,  Ovarien  ;  oe,  Oeso- 
phagus ;  p,  Penis ;  par,  Farapodium ;  r,  Rectum ;  rp,  Russelpapillen  ; 
rl,  Hiisscltascho ;  so,  Seitenorgan ;  na,  vorderer  Uterusabschnitt ; 
lib,  hinterer  Uterusabschuitt ;  I,  n,  in,  Hauptstamme  der  Darm- 
verzweigung ;  1,  2,  3,  Hauptstamme  der  Uterus-  (Leibeshohlen-)  Ver- 
zweigung. 

ERNAHRUNGSAPPARAT. 

Die  Mundb'ffnung  fiihrt  in  eine,  bei  eingezogenem  Pharynx  vorne  rohrenartig 
gestaltete  Riisseltasche  (Textfig.,  rt),  in  deren  glockenformig  erweiterte  Caudalhalfte 
die  Spitze  des  Pharynx  hineinragt.  Dieser  tragt  an  seinem  Vorderende  einen 
Doppelkranz  von  kleinen  Tastpapillen  (Textfig.,  rp),  und  zeigt  im  iibrigen,  mit 
seinem  relativ  schwachen  Bulbus  musculosus  (Textfig.,  Inn),  keine  bemerkenswerte 
Ausbildung.  Das  Pharyngealrohr  offnet  sich  am  Hinterende  des  Bulbus  musculosus  (bei 
eingezogenem  Riissel !)  in  einen  dorsoventral  compressen,  beiderseits  aber  taschenartig 
ausgebuchteten  Raum  (Textfig.  oe),  der  nach  hinten  durch  eine  (von  Graff,  2,  pag.  49 
letzter  abs.,  pag.  50  abs.  1,  als  "  Klappe "  bezeichnete)  Ringfalte  vom  Magen 
abgegrenzt  wird.  Es  ist  sehr  warscheinlich,  dass  dieser  Raum  bei  vollig  protrahirtem 
Riissel  sich  rdhrenformig  streckt,  also  einen  Oesophagus  im  Sinne  Graff's  darstellt. 


MY7.nsToMII»AK  5 

Der  grosse  und  weite  Mageu  (Textfig.,  my),  ist  tounenfurmig  gestaltet  und  vom 
kurzen  Rectum  (Textfig.,  r)  durch  einen  Spbinkter  abgesetzt 

Ventralwarts  entepringen  von  ihm  beiderseits  je  drei  Hauptetamme  der  Darmver- 
zweigung  (Textfig.,  I,  II,  ill),  von  welchen  sich  ein  jeder  nach  kurzcm  Verlaufe  in  zwei 
HauptJi-sto  teilt  Von  diesen  sechs  Hauptiisten  verlaufen  in  jeder  Korperhalfte  zwei 
nacb  vorne,  zwei  nach  der  Seite  und  zwei  uach  hinten  und  zwar  ungeteilt  bis  zur 
Randzone  dea  Korpere,  wo  sie  sich  dichotomisch  in  zahlreiche  kleinei-e  Verzweigungen 
auflosen. 

DlM  sehr  kurze  und  cnge  Rectum  (Textfig.,  r)  geht  alslwld  in  die  relativ 
langgestreckte  kolbenformige  Kloake  (Textfig.,  <•/)  iiber,  in  deren  brcitere  Vorder- 
halfte  sich  von  beiden  Seiten  her  die  Nephridieu  (Textfig.,  w)  mit  liingsspaltigen 
Nephroporen  iiffnen.  Nach  hinten  verechniiilert  sich  die  Kloake  allmahlig  und 
miindet,  wie  schon  gcsagt,  durch  einen  an  der  Spitze  der  Klofikulpnpille  gelegenen 
Porus  nach  aussen. 

WEIBLICHER  GESCHLKCHTSAPPARAT. 

Am  sogenannten  "  Uterus  "  lassen  sich  zwei,  durch  ein  enges  und  kurzes  medianes 
Verbindungsrohr  communicierende  Abteilungen,  cine  vordere  und  cine  hintere 
unterscheiden.  Die  eretere  (Textfig.,  ua)  ist  kurz,  dagegen  l>edeutcnd  in  die  Quere 
entfaltet  und  liegt  ol>erhalb  des  ersten  Magendrittels.  Sie  teilt  sicli  lateral  jetlemeitig 
in  drei  Canale,  welche  als  Hauptstamme  der  Leibeshohle  (Textfig.,  ;,  s,  3)  dorsal  von 
den  drei  Hauptetammen  der  Darmverzweigung  verlaufen  und  nach  entsprechender 
dichotomischer  Teilung  auch  deren  weitere  Verastelungen  begleiten.  Der  hintere 
Uterusabschnitt  (Textfig.,  tilt)  ist  gegeniiber  dem  kurzen  vorderen  bedeutend  in  die 
Lange  gestreckt,  rostral  zwar  stark  verbreitert,  caudal  jedoch  rohrenartig  verschmalert 
Er  miindet  durch  die  knapp  oberhalb  des  Kloakalporus  noch  auf  der  Kloakalpapille 
gelegene  weibliche  Geschlechteoflfuung  aus  und  stellt  das  eigentliche  Reservoir  fiir  die 
reifen  flier  dar,  welche  man  im  vorderen  Uterusabschnitte  nur  ganz  vereinzelt  antrifft 

Els  sind  jederseit.s  zwei  Ovarien  (Textfig.,  »)  vorhauden,  von  welchen  je  eines  an 
der  Wurzel  des  zweiten  und  des  dritten  Hauptstammes  der  Leibeshohle  gelegen  ist. 
Diese  beiden  Ovarien  sind  einander  jedoch  sehr  genahert,  so  dass  Hire  freien  in  den 
vorderen  Uterusabschnitt  hineinragende  Spit/en  fast  zusammenzufliessen  scheinen. 

MisNLicHER  GESCHLECHTSAPPARAT. 

Die  Hoden  sind  nach  dem  fiir  die  freilebenden  Arteu  charakteristischen  verzweigten 
Typus  angeordnet* 

•  Bel  den  venehiedenen  Myioitoma-\rien  kann  der  m&nnlicbe  GeniUlapparat  in  dreierlei  Modificationen 
aoftnten,  die  anliMlich  cincr  kiinftigen  Zcrteilung  des  Genus  als  Gattungscharaktere  Verwendang  findrn 
konnteo :— 

(a)  Vertwtigttr  Hoden  ("  (he  typical  ramified  form  "  :  Graff,  8,  pag.  11,  ab*.  D— 

Typen :  11.  eirrifentm  (Graff,  S,  pag.  69-61). 

11.  attrriae  (Stummer,  6,  pag.  570-683). 

l     '_• 


DR.   RUDOLF  BITTER  v.  STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 


EXCRETTONSAPPARAT. 

Die  beiden  Nephridien  beginnen  mit  je  einem  kleinen  und  engen  Nephrostom, 
welches  an  der  caudalen  Wandseite  des  vorderen  Uterusabschnittes  unweit  von  dem 
die  beiden  Uterushalften  verbindenden  Rohre  gelegen  ist.  Von  diesen  Nephrostomen 
aus  verlaufen  die  anfangs  sehr  engen  aber  spater  weiteren  Nephridialcanale  (Textfig.,  n) 
zuerst  in  lateraler  Richtung  an  der  Dorsalseite  des  Magens,  um  dann  an  dessen 
seitlicher  Circumferenz  ziemlich  vertikal  nach  abwarts  zu  ziehen.  Nach  Umgreifung 
des  hintersten  Hauptstammes  der  Darmverzweigung  schlangeln  sie  sich  dann  langs 
der  Ventralseite  des  Magens  zur  Kloake  bin,  in  welche  sie  schliesslich  von  beiden 
Seiten  her  mit  je  einem  spaltfb'rmigen  Nephroporus  ausmiinden. 


VERWANDTSCHAFTLICHE  BEZIEHUNGEN  zu  ANDEREN 

Die  Griinde,  welche  Graff  seinerzeit  (3,  pag.  22,  Abs.  2)  veranlasst  haben,  von 
einer  Untertheilung  des  provisorischen  Sammel-Genus  Myzostoma  abzusehen,  bestehen 
auch  noch  heute,  da  fiir  die  Hauptmasse  der  von  ihm  beschriebenen  Arten  noch 
immer  eingehende  anatomische  Untersuchungen  fehlen,  ohne  die  eine  sy  sterna  tische 


Die  einzelnen  Hodenfollikel  sind  von  einander  relativ  weit  entfernt  und  durch  mehr  oder  minder  breite 
Bindegewebspartien  oder  durch  andere  Organteile  getrennt.  Die  Spermiducte  sind  im  Allgemeinen  verlangert 
und  in  einzelne  Abschnitte  (Vasa  efferentia  und  deferentia,  Samenblase,  Ductus  ejaoulatorius),  differenziert. 
Der  mannliche  Geschlechtsporus  ist  ventralseitig,  zumeist  ziemlich  weit  nach  innen  vom  Korperrande  und  fast 
regelmiissig  an  der  Spitze  einer  kegelformigen  von  der  Basis  des  mittleren  Parapodiums  nach  aussen  hin 
vorspringenden  Genitalpapille  (Penis)  gelegen. 

(6)  Compacter  Hoden  ("  compact  roundish  glands  occupying  definite  areas  in  the  lateral  part  of  the  body  "  : 
Graff,  3,  pag.  11,  abs.  1)— 

Typus  :  M.  cysticolum  (vorliegende  Arbeit,  Pag.  13-14). 

Die  Hodenfollikel  sind  auf  einem  deutlich  umgrenzten  rundlichen  Bezirk  in  den  Seitenteilen  des  Korpers 
concentrirt.  Sie  liegen  enge  neben  einander  und  werden  nur  durch  dunne  Bindegewebsbiilkchen  oder  -lamellen, 
nie  durch  andere  Organteile  getrennt.  In  der  Mitte  des  Hodens  bildet  sich  durch  Platzen  der  dortselbst 
gelegenen  bindegewebigen  Follikelwandungen  ein  centraler  Sammelraum,  in  welchem  sich  die  reifen  Geschlechts- 
producte  anhaufen.  Dieser  steht  entweder  vermittels  eines  ganz  kurzen  unbedeutenden  Ductus  ejaculatorius 
oder  auch  direct  mit  der  mannlichen  Geschlechtsofihung  in  Verbindung.  Letztere  ist  am  Seitenrande  oder  in 
unmittelbarer  Nachbarschaft  desselben  gelegen.  Eine  Genitalpapille  scheint  nie  ausgebildet  zu  werden. 

(c)  Den  dritten  von  den  zwei  vorigen  Modificationen  principiell  verschiedenen  Typus  der  Hodenanordnung 
hat  Wheeler  (8,  pag.  247,  248)  bei  dem  M.  belli  u.  bei  dem  M.  cryptopodium  beobachtet. 

Bei  diesen  zwei  Arten  soil  die  Gesammtmasse  der  Hodenfollikel  dorsal  von  den  Darmiisten  in  der  mittleren 
Korperregion  gelegen  und  durch  zwei  dorsoventrale  Septa  in  drei  Lappen  (einen  medianen  u.  zwei  laterale) 
geteilt  sein.  Die  Hodenfollikel  springen  in  den  dorsalen  Theil  der  Leibeshcihle  ("  Uterus ")  vor,  in  welchen 
auch  die  fertiggebildeten  Spermien  entleert  werden,  die  dann  offenbar  (Wheeler  spricht  sich  dartiber  nicht  aus) 
durch  die  weibliche  Geschlechtsoffnung  (oder  Rloakaloflhung  ?)  ihren  Weg  nach  aussen  finden. 

Bei  der  Isoliertheit  dieser  Beobachtung  und  bei  der  Wichtigkeit,  welche  dieselbe  hinsichtlich  der  Leibes- 
hohlenfrage  Bowie  der  Genese  der  mannlichen  Keimzellen  bei  den  Myzostomen  besitzt,  erscheint  eine 
Nachuntersuchung  dieser  beiden  von  Wheeler  nur  oberflachlich  beschriebenen  Arten  dringend  geboten. 

Anhangsweise  mochte  ich  hier  noch  die  sogenannten  siibectodermalen  Hoden  erwiihnen,  welche  Nansen 
(5,  pag.  78  u.  79)  bei  M.  gigas,  M.  giganteum,  M.  graffi,  u.  M.  carpenteri  beschrieben  hat.  Diese  liegen  als 
vollkommen  von  dem  normalen  verzweigten  Hoden  getrennte  Follikel  dicht  unterhalb  des  Integumentes.  Sie 
scheinen — dies  lasst  auch  ihre  eigentiimliche  Structur  vermuten  (Nansen,  5,  pag.  79,  zeile  3-5)— abgetrennte 
und  in  Biickbildung  begriffene  Terminalfollikel  des  normalen  Hodens  zu  sein. 


MY/.M>T"MII>\i:  7 

Bearl>cituDg  der  Myzoetomiden    umlurchfiihrbar  iat.      Dieser  Mangel   lasst  daher   im 
Allgemeinen   vonlcrhand   nur   eine   additionelle  Einreibung   einer   ucuen    Species   in 

.!..•-••    <;.iU:ni'_'    ll»'l>oten    <T-, -Iiriih-n.       lin    S|M-,-i,-Ilrn    \\inl    in.ni   -i.  li  <lai:iu! '!„•-,  in. ii  L,  n 

miissen   die   neubeschriebene   Form   init    den    wenigen    Arten    zu   vergleichen,  dercn 
Organisation  genauer  bekannt  iat  und  ihre  Beziehungen  zu  ihncn  festzustellen. 

Von  diesem  Standpunkte  aua  betrachtet  stcht  das  M.  antarcticum  jener  Gruppe 
von  Arten  am  nachsten,  zu  welcher  das  M.  cirriferum  (Graff,  2,  div.  pag.,  Nansen, 
5,  div.  pag.,  Wheeler,  8,  pag.  229-236 ;  pag.  276,  abs.  3),  ferner  das  M.  giga*,  das 
\f.  giganteum,  das  M.  graffi,  und  das  M.  carpenter!  gehoren.  (Die  anatomische 
Bcschreibung  filr  die  vier  letztgenanntcn  Arten  bat  Nanscu  5,  pag.  69-70  u.  ff.  pag., 
geliefert.) 

2.    MVZOSTOMA   CY8XXOOLUM. 

(Plate,  fig.  2-10.) 
Mytottoma  cyttifolum,  Graff,  Chall.  Rep.  (1884),  p.  66. 

"  Mte.  Erebus  u.  Terror;  22.  i.  1902  ;  500  fins." 

Unter  dem  von  der  '  Discovery '  heimgebrachten  Crinoiden-Matcrial  fandcn 
sich  an  den  A  mien  eines  Exemplares  von  A  it  ted  on  adriani  Bell  zwei  Cysten  vor, 
welche  eine  Atyzostoma-Pal  beherbergten,  die  ich  fur  identisch  mit  dem  M.  cysticolum 
Graff  (3,  pag.  66-68)  halte. 

HlSTORISCHES   UNO    KRITI8CHE8. 

Diese  cystenbewohnende  Species  wurde  von  dem  genannten  Autor  nach  einer 
Serie  von  Exemplaren  aufgestellt,  die  aus  dem  westlicben  Gebiete  des  tropischen 
Atlantic's  ("  Cabo  Frio,"  Brasilien  ;  "  Insel  Grenada,"  kleine  Antillen)  stammten.  Als 
Wirt  dereelben  fungierte  durcbwegs  Actinometra  meridional  in  var.  cnrinata  P.H.C. 
Graff  hat  aus  Griinden,  welche  er  in  der  Einleitung  zu  seinem  '  Challenger  '- 
Report  (3,  pag.  22,  abs.  2)  auseinandersetzt,  bei  der  Beschreibung  der  l>etrcffenden 
Art  fast  ausschliesslich  nur  ihre  aiisserlich  erkennbaren  Mcrkmale  Howie  ihre 
biologischen  Eigentiimlichkeiten  beriicksichtigt.  Seine  Angaljen  iiber  die  innere 
Organisation  dieser  Form  beschranken  sich  auf  einige  die  Darmverzweigung  sowie  den 
Genitalapparat  betreffende  Befunde.  Obwohl  sich  dieselben  durchwegs  als  richtig 
beobachtet  erwiesen  haben,  so  hat  sich  inzwischen  doch  herausgestellt,  dass  jene 
unter  ihnen,  welche  sich  auf  die  Geschlechtsorgane  des  sogenannten  "  Weibcbens  " 
beziehen,  von  Graff  in  Ubereinstimmung  mit  den  damals  noch  herrschenden 
Ansichten  iiber  die  Morphologic  des  weiblichen  Sexualapparates  missverstandlich 
gedeutet  worden  sind.  Dies  gilt  insbesondere  von  den  angehlichen  "  Hodenrudimenten," 
welche,  wie  spater  (Pag.  27)  dargelegt  werden  wird,  als  die  functionierenden  Ovarien 
aufgefasst  werden  miissen. 

Seit  dem  Erscheinen  der  '  Challenger  '-Publication  ist  das  M.  cysticolum,  soweit 
mir  bekannt,  nur  noch  einmal  und  zwar  an  der  pacifischen  Kiiste  von  Japan  in  einer 


8  DR.   RUDOLF  RITTER  v.  STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

Armcyste  von  Antedon  discoidea  P.H.C.  aiigetroffen  worden.  McClendon,  welcher 
die  beiden  in  der  Cyste  vorhandenen  Individuen  untersucht  hatte,  beschrieb  dieselben 
als  eine  neue  Varietat :  M.  cysticolum  var.  orientate  (4,  pag.  120-121),  und  zwar  mit 
der  Begriindung,  dass  : 

(a)  die    Wirtsformen    der    Graff'schen    und    jene    der    japanischen    Exemplare 

eine  verschiedene  systematische  Stellung  einnahmen  ; 

(6)  die  betreffenden  Fundorte  in  tiergeographischer  Hinsicht  difFerierten,  und 
(c)  die    japanischen     Exemplare     gegeniiber     den     Graff'schen     Typen     einige 

unwesentliche  morphologische  Unterschiede  zeigten. 

Abgesehen  davon,  dass  das  McClendon  vorgelegene  Material  (eine  einzige 
Cyste !)  an  Zahl  weitaus  zu  gering  gewesen  ist,  um  die  Aufstellung  einer  besonderen 
Varietat  zu  rechtfertigen,  so  halte  ich  die  hierfiir  angezogenen  Argumente  des 
genannten  Autors  nicht  fur  einwandfrei. 

(ad  a)  Beziiglich  des  ersten  derselben  erinnere  ich  an  die  durch  Graft"  (3, 
pag.  21)  bekannt  gewordene  Tatsache,  dass  ein  und  dieselbe  Myzostoma-Art  auf 
1-4  Crinoidenspecies  vorkommen  kann  (in  einigen  Fallen  sogar  auf  Vertretern 
zweier  Genera).  Graff,  gevviss  der  erfahrenste  Kenner  der  Myzostoma-Systemntik, 
hat  sich  jedoch  nicht  veranlasst  gefiihlt,  auf  Grund  dieses  Umstandes  verschiedene 
Varietaten  der  betreffenden  Species  zu  unterscheiden. 

(ad  b)  Was  die  von  McClendon  hervorgehobene  zoogeographische  Differenz  der 
Fundorte  anbelangt,  so  diirfte  dieses  Argument  gerade  bei  den  Myzostomen  nur 
mit  grosster  Vorsicht  anzuwenden  sein,  da  das  Verbreitungsgebiet  dieser  Parasiten 
noch  sehr  wenig  bekannt  ist,  aller  Voraussicht  nach  aber  mit  jenem  ihrer  Wirte 
zusammenfallt,  von  welchen  weitaus  die  meisten  sich  als  charakteristische  Vertreter 
der  einen  cosmopolitischen  Charakter  besitzenden  "  Still wasserfauna  "  erwiesen  haben 
(Doflein,  1,  pag.  251  u.  pag.  272-273).  Im  iibrigen  kann  man  der  tiergeographischen 
Differenz  der  Fundorte  als  solcher  allein  keine  Bedeutung  fur  die  Aufstellung  von 
Varietaten  beimessen,  wenn  sich  nicht  die  verglichenen  Localformen  auch  in 
morphologischer  oder  in  biologischer  Hinsicht  als  solche  documentieren.  Diese 
Bedingung  erscheint  meines  Erachtens  nach  bei  den  Exemplaren  McClendon's  nicht 
erfullt, 

(ad  c)  Die  Besonderheiten,  durch  welche  sich  die  letzteren  vor  den  Graff'schen 
Typen  auszeichnen  sollen,  beschranken  sich  auf  die  bedeutendere  Grosse  sowie  auf 
den  etwas  differenten  Bau  der  Cyste,  ferner  auf  die  hervorragenderen  Dimensionen  der 
Parasiten  selbst,  schliesslich  auf  eine  geringfiigige  formale  Differenz  der  sogenannten 
"  Mannchen." 

Die  Grosse  der  durch  das  M.  cysticolum  hervorgerufenen  Cyste  ha'ngt  in  erster 
Linie  von  der  Grosse  des  ihr  Lumen  fast  vollstandig  ausfiillenden  "  Weibchens  "  ab. 
Da  dieses  jedenfalls  von  kleineren  Dimensionen  zu  grb'sseren  heranwachst  und  auch 
sonst  in  dieser  Beziehung  individuelle  Verschiedenheiten  zeigen  kann,  so  werden 


MY/.OSToMM.AK,  9 

demuach  aucb  versrhieden  grosae  Cysten  vorkommen.*  Da  wir  nun  derzeit  iil»-r  die 
umximalc  Grosse,  welche  das  M.  cyxticolum  crrcichon  kann,  noch  vollkommcn  im 
Unklnron  Kind,  so  erscheint  es  vorderhand  untunlich  cine  itbcr  die  Kcknuntcn  Mas.se 
hinauareichendo  Cystengitae  al«  Kriterium  zur  Aufstellung  cincr  neuen  Varietal  zu 
verwenden. 

Ebensowenig  geeignet  sind  zu  diesem  Zwecke  auch  kleinere,  den  formalen  Typun 
der  Cyste  nii-ht  beeintrachtigende  Diiferenzen  im  Bane  derselben.  Den  physiologischen 
Aulass  zur  Bildung  einer  Cyste  gibt  allerdings  das  Myzostoma,  da  es  entweder  durch 
seine  Bisse  oder  warscheinlicher  durch  Absonderung  toxischer  Substanzen,  wie  es  z.  B. 
die  Excretstoffe  sein  konnen  einen  localen  Reiz  auf  den  WirtekOrper  ausiibt,  auf 
welcben  dieser  dann  durch  Wucherung  des  gcschadigten  Gewebes  reagirt.  Da  wir  al  ><T 
den  haupteachlichsten,  das  ist  den  formativen  Anteil  an  der  Cystenbildung  dcr 
Wirtsform  zuschreiben  milssen,  so  werden  wir  kleine,  unwesentliche  Verilnderungeu 
in  der  Morphologic  der  Cyste  in  erster  Linie  ala  deu  Effect  einer  individuellen 
Verschiedenheit  des  Wirtes  zu  betrachten  baben  uud  erst  in  zwciter  Linie,  wenn  sicb 
eine  solche  ausschliessen  lasst,  an  eine  VerHnderung  des  reizenden  Substrates  denken. 
Voraussetzung  fiir  diese  Erwagung  ist  natilrlich,  dass  sich  die  Cysten  an  verscbiedenen 
Individuen  ein  und  derselben  Wirtsspecies  vorfinden.f  In  weit  hoherem  Grade 
milssen  wir  jedoch  die  Wirtsform  fur  etwaige  Verftnderungen  im  Bau  der  Cyste 
verantwortlich  machen,  wenn  ein  und  dieselbe  Afyzostotna-Art  verschiedene  Wirts- 
species befallt.  Es  kommt  denn  eben  die  artliche  Diiferenz  der  letztereu  aucb  im  Baue 
der  auf  ihnen  entstehenden  Cysten  zum  Ausdrucke.  Von  diesem  Gesichtepunkte  aus 
muss  auch  die  von  McClendon  beschriebene  Cyste  beurteilt  werden.  Sie  fallt 
hauptsachlich  dadurch  auf,  dass  sie  im  Gegensatzc  zu  den  mit  einem  einzigen  Porus 
versehenen  Exemplaren  GrafTs,  zwei  derartige  Offnungen  und  zwar  eine  an  jedem  ihrer 
Schmalenden  besitzt 

Als  morphologischen  Unterechied  zwischen  den  von  Graff  und  deu  von  McClendon 
untersuchten  Parasiten  erwahnt  der  letztgeuannte  Autor  vor  allem  die  ttedeutendcre 
Grosse  seiner  Individuen.  Diese  kann  jedoch  ebensogut  durch  individuelles  Wachstum 
oder  durch  besondere  Ernahrungsverhaltnisse  bedingt  sein.  Weiters  hebt  derselbe 
Autor  die  Beobachtung  hervor,  dass  bei  dem  m&nnlich  functionierenden  ("  small 
individual ")  seiner  Exemplare  die  zwischen  der  Korperperipherie  und  der  Reihe  der 

•  Die*  ist  aach  bei  den  von  Graff  untenuchten  Cysten  der  Fall  geweten.  Verglcicht  man  die  auf  die 
Cyvtonlinge  bezttglichen  Angaben  deg  genannten  Anton  mit  dem  von  McClendon  gegebenem  Mane,  §o  ergiebt 
«ch,  dan  die  Ordwendiflierenz  zwuchen  dem  kleinsten  nnd  dem  groraten  Exemplare  Graff's  genan  dietelbe  let, 
wie  zwuchen  dem  letztcren  und  dem  Exemplare  McClendon's : — 

/  kleinste*  Exemplar      .         .     1  mm. 
Graff.cherTyp:  \  ^^^         J          .         .     ,  mm  <  Diflerenz  =  2  mm. 

McClendon's  Exemplar    .....     6  mm.  <         " 

t  Die  Cysten  von  M.  cyttifolum,  welche  Graff  nntenucht  hatte,  fanden  sich  sammtlieh  an  Actinomrtra 
mrridioruMt  var.  earinata  P.H.C.  Obgleich  einige  von  ihnen  kleine  Verschiedenheiten  in  ihrer  Gestalt  and 
ihrer  Lage  am  Crinoidenarme  aufwiesen,  so  ist  es  dem  genannten  Autor  doch  nicht  beigefallen,  die  Insamen  der- 
selben als  diflfcrente  VarieUten  der  tj-puchcn  Form  zu  beschreiben. 


10  DR.   RUDOLF  RITTER  v.  STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

Parapodien  gelegene  Randpartie  ("  edge  of  the  disc  ")  sich  weiter  gegen  das  Centrum 
der  Bauchseite  bin  ausdehnte,  als  dies  bei  der  von  Graff  gelieferten  Abbildung  (3,  taf. 
xiil.  fig.  5)  der  Fall  ware.  Diesem  Umstande  vermag  ich  durchaus  keine  Bedeutung 
zuzumessen.  Jeder  Beobachter,  welchem  zahlreiche  Exemplare  einer  Myzostoma-Sipecies 
zu  Gesicht  gekommen  sind,  weiss  wie  modulationsfahig  hinsichtlich  seiner  centripetalen 
Ausdehnung  gerade  dieser  KOrperabschnitt  ist,  dessen  Areale  durch  starkere  Con- 
tractionen  der  "  bauchstandigen  Muskelmasse  "  (Graff,  2,  pag.  41-42)  vergrossert,  durch 
Entspannung  derselben  verkleinert  werden  kann. 

Von  den  eben  dargelegten  Erwagungen  ausgehend  glaube  ich  also  dass  em 
zureichender  Grund  zur  Aufstellung  einer  neuen  Varietat  fiir  die  von  McClendon 
beschriebenen  Exemplare  des  M.  cysticolum  nicht  vorliegt.  Ich  hoffe  durch  die 
Beschreibung  der  von  der  '  Discovery '  heimgebrachten  Individuen,  fiir  welche  alle  die 
von  dem  obgenannteu  Autor  zu  Gunsten  seiner  Auffassung  ins  Treffen  gefuhrten 
Argumente  in  gleicher  Weise,  ja  vielleicht  in  noch  hoherem  Ausmasse  passen,  wie  fiir 
die  von  ihm  untersuchten  Exemplare,  einen  weiteren  Beweis  fiir  meine  Ansicht 
erbringen  zu  konnen. 


Von  der  inneren  Anatomic  des  M.  cysticolum  berucksichtigt  McClendon  im 
wesentlichen  nur  den  Geschlechtsapparat.  Er  berichtigt  und  erganzt  die  beziiglichen 
Angaben  Graffs  und  bestatigt  auch  fiir  die  genannte  Species  das  Vorhandensein  von 
weiblichen  Gonaden  bei  einem  jeden  der  beiden,  friiher  als  "  Weibchen "  und  als 
"  Zwergmannchen  "  unterschiedenen  Individuen  des  die  Cyste  bewohnenden 
Parasiten-Parchens. 

BESCHREIBUNG  DER  '  DISCOVERY  '-EXEMPLARE. 
CYSTEN. 

Die  beiden  mir  zur  Untersuchung  iibergebenen  Cysten  waren  als  eiformige 
Auftreibungen  des  Wirtsintegumentes  ihrer  Lange  nach  dcm  Crinoidenarme  etwas 
seitlich  von  dessen  Ambulacralrinne  angeschlossen  (Fig.  3). 

Sie  massen  6 '2  mm.  beziiglich  5  mm.  in  der  Lange  und  3'2  mm.  beziiglich  2' 5 
in  der  Breite.  Die  Wandungsdicke  der  grosseren  Cyste  betrug  durchschuittlich 
0'15mm.,  war  also  verbal  tnismassig  viel  geringer  als  bei  den  Cysten,  welche  Graff 
beschrieben  hatte  (3,  pag.  67,  zeile  9-10  ;  pag.  68,  abs.  2 ;  taf.  XIIL,  fig.  4).* 

An  jedem  Cystenende  zeigte  sich  in  gleicher  Weise  wie  bei  den  Exemplaren 
McClendon's  eine  ins  Innere  fiihrende  Offnung,  von  welchen  die  von  der  Mundscheibe 
des  Wirtes  abgewendete  in  beiden  Fallen  viel  grosser  als  die  andersseitige  war  und 
sich  vor  dieser  ausserdem  noch  durch  eine  schwache  Aufwulstung  ihres  Randes 

*  Dies  hangt  mit  der  ansehnlichen  Grosse  der  antarctischen  Myzostoma-IndiviAuen  zusammen ;  derm  eine 
Cyste,  welche  ein  grosseres  Myzottoma  beherbergt,  wird  auch  eine  ausgedehntere,  daher  relativ  diinnere  Wandung 
besitzen  als  eine  solche,  welche  einen  kleineren  Parasiten  umschliesst.  Auch  unter  den  von  Graff  beschriebenen 
Cysten  besass  die  kleinste  (3,  '  Blake  '-Exemplar,  pag.  68,  abs.  2)  eine  dcrbere  Wandung  als  die  (ibrigen. 


MV/OSTOMIDAB.  11 

ausxcirhnotc.  l>i>'  kirinere  der  Cystenoffnungen  wurde  erst  dann  aichtbar,  wciui  man 
die  in  der  Cyste  enthnltonen  Parasiten  entfcrnt  hattc,  so  dans  Licht  durch  den 
punktfonuigen  Porus  fallen  konnte.* 

AUSSERE   MORPHOLOGIE   DER   PARASITEN. 

Jede  Cyste  umschloss,  wie  bei  den  Exemplarcn  Graffs  u.  McClendon'a,  je  ein 
-: — tea  uni.ii.il  mi. I  .-in  tidaara  nlnnlioh-fbnetioittenndM  ln.i:\i.lii:iin  In 
folgendem  will  ich  uacb  dem  Beispiele  der  friihercn  Autoren  der  bequemeren 
Ausdrucksweise  halber  das  erste  als  "  Weibchen,"  das  letztere  als  "  Maunchcu " 
banicbnen,  trotzdem  beide,  wie  spiiter  nachgewiesen  werden  soli,  a  I-  morphulogiscbe 
Hermapbroditen  organisiert  sind. 

A.  Das  Weibchen  ("  female  " :  Graff,  3,  pag.  67  ;  "  large  individual  "  :  McClendon, 
4,  pag.  121),  (Fig.  2  u.  4),  war  der  Lfinge  nach  in  der  Cyste  gelagert,  deren  Innenraum 
es  dabei  so  vollstandig  ausfilllte,  dass  sein  Hinterende  in  ihm  keincn  Platz  mehr  fund 
und  aus  der  groaseren  der  beiden  ('ystenoffnungcn  etwas  herauazuragen  gezwungen  war. 
Auch  der  Breite  nach  entsprach  das  Cystcnlumcn  nicht  den  Dimensioneri  des  Tiercs, 
weshalb  dessen  laterale  Korperpartieu,  wie  dies  schon  die  beiden  vorgenannten  Autoren 
gescbildcrt  batten,  dorsalwarts  aufgcrollt  waren,  so  dass  die  Seitenrandcr  in  der 
Medianebene  nicht  bloss  zur  Beriihrung  sondern  auch  stellenwcise  (am  Hinterende  und 
in  der  Mitte  des  Kdrpers)  znr  Uberlagerung  gelangten  (Fig.  7  u.  8). 

Wie  ein  Blick  auf  das  in  Fig.  4  von  der  Ventralseite  her  abgebildete  Weibchen 
zeigt,  ist  der  (in  der  Fig.  nach  oben  gerichtcte)  Hinterrand  desselben  medial 
ziemlich  tief  eingezogen.  An  dieser  Stelle  springen  die  benachbarten  hintcrsten 
Abschnitte  der  aufgerollten  Seitenrander  nach  riickwarts  vor  und  legen  sich  zugleich, 
wie  dies  aus  Fig.  6  zu  erkennen  ist,  nach  Art  von  zwei  einunder  iiberdeckenden 
Fliigelklappen  von  seitwarts  und  hinten  her,  Ul>er  den  trichterfOrmig  erweiterten 
After  (ao),  sowie  ttber  die  unmittelbar  oberhalb  von-  dicsem  gelcgene  weiblichc 
GeschlechtaOffnung  (t>H).  Sic  schliesscn  dadurch  cine  Art  von  Kloakalraum  ab,  der 
seinerseits  nur  vermittels  eines  sehr  klcinen  terminalen  Porus  nach  aussen  miindct 
Zum  Zwecke  der  Defaecation  verm5gen  sich  diese  "  Analklappen  "  zeitweise  durch 
Contraction  der  entsprechenden  Hautmuskelbezirke  aufzuwulsten  und  so  die  im 
Rectum  angesammelten  Faeces  ins  Freie  gelangen  zu  lassen ;  (dieses  Verhalten  ist 
aus  Fig.  4  ersichtlich,  wahrend  Fig.  6  eine  der  geschlossenen  Analklappen  im 
Ijangsschnittc  zeigt).  Wenngleich  nun  die  Analklappen  in  geschlossenem  Zustande— 
und  dies  scheint  ihr  normales  Verhalten  zu  sein — die  unmittelbare  Verbindung 
des  weiblichen  Geschlechtsporus  mit  der  Aussenwelt  aufheben,  so  beeintrMchtigen 
sie  doch  keineswegs  die  standige  Communication  desselben  mit  dem  von  Graff 
als  "broodpouch"  (3,  Erklarung  zu  taf.  MM.,  fig.  4)  bezeichneten  Behalter. 

•  Dieces  Verhalten  konnte  tnoglicherweise  die  Ang»bc  Graft's  crklaren,  dug  die  von  ihm  untenuchtcn 
Cytten  nor  eine  einzige  Oflhong  beMnen  bitten  (8,  peg.  66-67).  Bei  der  Kleinheit  des  betreffenden  Poms  Ut 
denelbe  ••Mnrdentlich  leicht  in  Ubenehen  I 


VOL.   IV. 


12  DR.   RUDOLF  HITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

Dieser  wird  ja  dadurch  gebildet,  dass  einerseits  von  rechts  und  links  her  die 
aufgerollten  lateralen  Kdrperabsclmitte,  andererseits  von  unten  her  die  mediale 
Riickenpartie  des  Myzostoma  einen  dorsal  von  der  letzteren  gelegenen,  im  Durch- 
schnitte  dreikantigen  Raum  umschliessen  (Fig.  6,  7,  8,  br),  in  welchen  die  reifen 
Eier  abgelegt  werden,  und  in  dem  die  ausschliipfenden  Embryonen  warscheinlich 
einen  Teil  ihrer  Entwickelung  durehmachen.  Mir  scheint  nun  die  Einrichtung  der 
Analklappen,  abgesehen  davon,  dass  sic  der  Afterb'ffnung  einen  ausgiebigen  Schutz 
gewahrt,  auch  fur  die  Sicherung  des  Transportes  der  reifen  Eier  in  die  Bruttasche 
eine  hervorragende  Bedeutung  zu  besitzen.  Denn  nur  dadurch  dass  der  weibliche 
Genitalporus  in  der  oben  geschilderten  Weise  nach  aussen  hin  abgeschlossen  wird, 
vermb'gen  die  Eier  in  den  Brutraum  iiberzutreten,  im  gegenteiligen  Falle  miissten 
sie,  da  das  Hinterende  des  Tieres  aus  der  Cyste  herausragt,  im  Momente  des 
Austretens  aus  dem  Uterus  notwendiger  Weise  ins  Freie  gelangen. 

Wie  der  Hinterrand  des  Weibchens  so  ist  auch  der  Vorderrand  desselben 
medial  etwas  eingebuchtet,  jedoch  bei  weitem  nicht  so  stark  wie  der  erstere.  Die 
Mundoffnung  liegt  frei,  fast  am  vordersten  Korperende,  erscheint  jedoch  etwas  nach 
der  Ventralseite  geriickt  (Fig.  6,  m). 

Auf  der  Dorsalseite  des  Tieres,  also  noch  innerhalb  des  Brutraumes  offnet  sich 
ferner  jederseits  ein  kleiner  Porus  (Fig.  7,  $o),  welcher  unweit  vom  Korperrande  in 
der  die  mittleren  Parapodien  verbindenden  Transversanebene  gelegen  ist.  Diese 
zwei  Offnungen  sind,  wie  spiiter  nachgewiesen  werden  soil  (Pag.  17  und  18),  den 
beiden  mannlichen  Geschlechtsoffnungen  des  Mannchens  (Fig.  5,  <Jo)  homolog,  wenn 
sie  auch  beim  Weibchen  als  solche  nicht  mehr  functionieren. 

Schliesslich  findet  sich  auf  der  Ventralseite  des  Korpers,  direct  unterhalb  des 
Afters  jedoch  bereits  ausser  dem  Bereiche  der  Analklappen,  noch  ein  sehr  kleiner 
medianer  Excretionsporus  (Nephroporus),  (Fig.  6,  np),  der  allerdings  nur  im  Wege  der 
Schnittmethode  sichtbar  gemacht  werden  kann. 

Seitenorgane  ("  Saugnapfe")  fehlen  vollstandig. 

Die  Parapodien  treten  als  ausserst  kleine  rudimentare,  mit  freiem  Auge  nicht 
erkennbare  Warzchen  an  der  Ventralseite  des  Korpers  auf  (Fig.  2,  4  ;  Fig.  7,  h).  Es 
sind  ihrer  jederseits  fiinf  in  einer  genau  zwischen  dem  aufgerollten  Seitenrande  und 
der  ventralen  Mittellinie  verlaufenden  Langsreihe  gelegen.  Sie  bergen  einen  zwar 
deutlichen  und  vollstandigen,  jedoch  infplge  der  Puickbildung  der  Bewegungs- 
musculatur  kaum  functionsfahigen  Hackenapparat. 

Die  Aussenflache  (Ventralseite)  des  aus  der  Cyste  herausgenommenen  Weibchens 
erscheint  makroscopisch  im  Allgemeinen  glatt.  Bei  dem  einen  der  zwei  mir  vorge- 
legenen  Exemplare  (Fig.  4)  waren  Andeutungen  von  Querfalten  zu  bemerken,  die 
jedoch  warscheinlich  auf  Contractionszustande  zuruckzufiihren  sind,  welche  durch  die 
Conservierung  hervorgerufen  wurden.  An  jedem  der  beiden  Exemplare  fand  sich 
weiters  aussenseitig  dort,  wo  zwischen  ihnen  und  der  Cystenwandung  das  kleinere 
Mannchen  gesessen  hatte,  eine  durch  den  Gegendruck  des  letzteren  hervorgerufene 


MTZ08TOMIDAE.  13 

Macho  Delle  (Fig.  2,  </;  Fig.  4),  welche  furmlich  ein  Negativ  von  dessen  Dorsalflache 
darstellte.      l>i.-«'i    Kimlnn-k    wir.l    -;• ':    MB    lobioden    Itei    nil    da      ...,:.; 
stettfindenden  temporarcn  Platzvcrttnderung  de«  MftnncheiiH  entaprechcnd  verschieben. 
Am   conscrvicrtcii    In.lividuum    crecheint    cr    durch    die    vollzogene    Httrtung    dcr 
{ ,,  A.  '•.,    lixicrl 

B.  Das  Mdnnchen  ("  dwarf-male  "  :  Graff,  3,  pag.  67  ;  "  small  individual "  : 
McCieudon,  4,  pag.  121),  (Fig.  5,  9,  10),  saw  in  der  von  den  l>eiden  Autoren 
gnehildertcn  Weise  zwischen  Cystenwand  und  dem  Wcibchcn,  wobei  os  dieaem 
ungefiihr  in  der  Mitte  von  dessen  Ventralseite  rait  der  eigenen  RUckenHache  engc 
angcpresst  war.  Kin  entsprcchend  durch  die  nicht  entleerte  Cyste  gefUhrter 
Querschnitt  lieferte  daher  ganz  ein  ahnliches  Bild  wie  die  von  Graff  auf  tat.  xm. 
seines  '  Challenger  '-Reportes  dargestellte  fig.  4. 

Bezilglich  der  auxseren  Configuration  des  Manuchens  kann  ich  mich  in  der 
Hauptsache  (Gestalt,  Umriss,  Cmisistvnz,  Seitenraud,  Cirrcn,  Parapodicn,  Sciten- 
organe)  auf  die  von  den  beiden  ohgenannten  Autoren  geliefertc  und  auch  fiir  die  mir 

\  .  .1  •_•.  !•  •_••  :  •  !!   '  ''•  •  '  '•  •    \  •  •!!:-•  •!  •  n..  :     ]•  .--!-:•      I  '•••  •  :  i .  :  i  •  , ',  •_•    '' ••  .  :•  ii.  n.       I  '.-i    •  I ;  ••  n    'A  .11  ,-n 

nur  noch  hinsichtlich  der  Kiirperoffnungen  folgende  Ergauzungen  Injizufiigen  : 

Wie  schon  McClendon  lieobachtet  hat,  erscheint  der  Vorder-  und  Hintcrrand  de« 
Mannchcns  in  eincm  schmalen  mcdianeu  Bezirke  ziemlich  weit  nnch  dcr  Kttrpcrmittc 
hin  cingezogcn.  Diese  Einbuchtungen  sctzen  sich  in  ebenso  nchmale  rimuMiforinigc 
Vertiefungen  fort,  von  welchen  die  vordere  und  kiirzere  ventralscitig,  die  hintere 
etwas  langere  dorsalseitig  vcrlauft.  Am  Hinterende  der  ersteren  liegt  der  Mund 
(Fig.  9,  TH),  am  Vorderende  der  letztercn  der  After  (Fig.  9,  ao). 

Oberhalb  von  diesem  mtindet  der  dem  sogenannten  Uterus  dcs  Weitx:hen8 
enteprechende  mediate  Dorsalabschnitt  des  Coeloms  durch  eine  klcine  Offnung  au«t  die 
wir  demgemass  als  ein  Homologon  der  weiblichen  Geschlechtsiiffnung  betnehten 
milssen  (Fig.  9,  60).  Die  beiden  mannlichen  Genitalporen  (Fig.  5,  4o),  welche  in  der 
die  mittleren  Parapodien  verbindenden  Transversanebeue  gelegen  Hind,  offncn  sich 
nicht,  wie  Graff  und  McClendon  fiir  ihre  Exemplare  nngeben,  marginal,  sondern  auf 
der  Doraalseite  des  Tieres,  sind  i  in  less  dem  KOrperrande  sehr  nahe  gerlickt  Von 
diesem  aus  zieht  zu  einem  jeden  von  ihnen  eine  kurze  rinnenfbrmige  Vertiefung  des 
Integuments,  welche  moglicherweise  von  den  beiden  obgenannten  Autoren  als  Ductus 
ejaculatorius  aufgefasst  worden  ist,  woraus  sich  ihre  von  meinem  Befundc  diffcrierende 
Angaben  erklareu  liessen. 

Ein  Excretionsporus  ist  auch  beim  Mannchen  nachzuweisen.  Er  liegt  wie  l>eim 
Weibchen  median  auf  der  Ventralseitc  dicht  vor  dem  After  (Fig.  10,  np).* 

*  Wie  am  dem  Vontebenden  m  entnehmcn  ist,  finden  sich  uiutlichc  aiu  Kr.rpor  den  Wcibcheni 
motretende  Offinangen  Mich  in  gleicber  Lage  beim  Minnchen  vor,  cin  Vorhaltcn,  welche*  niit  dem  Hinweu  auf  die 
•pater  ra  Wy»ilii'iii1iin  morphologuchen  and  biologischen  Bcziehungen  der  beiden  Ge«chlechUformen  ichon 


U   2 


14  DR.   KUDOLF  EITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

INNEEE  ORGANISATION. 

Wie  in  der  Lage  der  Korperoffnungen  so  besteht  auch  hinsichtlich  der  inneren 
Organisation  beim  Mannchen  und  beim  Weibchen  trotz  deren  aiisserlichen  Grb'ssen-  und 
Formdifferenz  eine  principielle  Ubereinstimmung.  Diese  aussert  sich  vor  allem  am 
Sexualsysteme,  das  bei  jeder  der  zwei  Geschlechtsformen  durch  zwei  Apparate,  einen 
mannlichen  und  einen  weiblichen,  vertreten  ist,  von  welchen  aber  beim  Mannchen  nur 
der  erstere,  beim  Weibchen  nur  der  letztere  reife  Sexualproducte  liefert.  Die 
Differenzen  zwischeu  den  Geschlechtsorganen  des  Mannchens  und  jenen  des  Weibchens 
sind  also  hauptsachlich  functionelle  und  dies  gilt  im  Grunde  genommen  auch  fur  alle 
iibrigen  Organe.  Diese  erscheinen  bei  den  zwei  Geschlechtsformen  nach  demselben 
Plane  angelegt  und  unterscheiden  sich  nur  durch  ihr'en  Ausbildungsgrad,  der  seiner- 
seits  von  ihrer  Functionsintensitat  abhangt.  Diese  wird  wieder  durch  die  physiologische 
Sexualitat  des  betreffenden  Individuums  bestimmt.* 

Aus  diesem  Grunde  halte  ich  es  fiir  zweckmassig  in  Nachfolgendem  die  einzelnen 
Organe  gemeinsam  fiir  beide  Geschlechtsformen  zu  beschreiben  und  zwar  in  folgender 
durch  obigen  Gedankengang  begriindeten  Reihenfolge  :— 

(1)  Weiblicher  Geschlechtsapparat. 

(2)  Mdnnlicher  Geschlechtsapparat. 

(3)  Ernalirungsapparat. 

(4)  Excretionsapparat. 

Auf  eine  Schilderung  des  Nervensystems  beabsichtige  ich  aus  dem  Grunde  nicht 
einzugehen,  weil  sich  dasselbe  in  seiner  groberen  Morphologic  nicht  von  jenem  der 
anderen  Myzostomen  unterscheidet,  und  weil  andererseite  eine  Untersuchung  seines 
feineren  Aufbaues,  der  bei  dem  Mannchen  und  dem  Weibchen  moglicherweise 
interessante  Differenzen  vergeben  hatte,  wegen  der  quantitativen  und  qualitativen 
Unzulanglichkeit  des  Materials  aussichtslos  schien. 

WEIBLICHER  GESCHLECHTSAPPARAT. 

Derselbe  wird  bei  den  Myzostomen,  wie  bekannt,  von  einem  Teile  der  Leibes- 
hohle  (dem  Uterus  mit  seinen  Divertikeln),  und  weiters  von  bestimmt  localisirten 
Wucherungen  seiner  peritonealen  Auskleidung  (den  Ovarien)  gebildet ;  (vergl. 
diesbeziiglich  :  Stummer,  6,  pag.  574  u.  ft'.). 

Mannchen :  Bei  diesem  erscheint  der  zu  den  weiblichen  Geschlechts wegen 
umgebildete  Leibeshohlenanteil, — im  Gegensatze  zu  den  ausschliesslich  mannlich 

*  Durch  die  physiologische  Unisexualitat  werden  abgesehen  vom  entsprechenden  Geschlechtsapparate 
hauptsachlich  die  Stoflwechselorgane  (Darm-  u.  Excretionssystem),  in  ihrem  Ausbildungsgrade  beeinflusst,  und 
zwar  in  der  Weise,  dass  die  Functionsuitensitat  dieser  Organe  beim  Weibchen  gegenuber  jener  beim  Miinnchen 
erheblich  gesteigert  erscheint.  Der  miltterliche  Korper,  welchem  die  Ausbildung  der  grossen  und  dotterreichen 
Eier  obliegt,  besitzt  eben  ein  weit  grosseres  StoffwechselbedtirfniB  als  der  vaterliche,  der  durch  die  Production 
der  winzigen  Spermien  diesbeziiglich  nicht  so  sehr  beansprucht  wird  (vergl.  Pag.  20  und  21). 


MY/OSTOMIDAE.  15 

functiunieremlcn  Iiidividueu  andcrer  Afy;o*t»ina-Arten,  bei  welr.hcn  sich  Usher  nur 
spurlichc  Andcutungen  dieser  Coelompartie  uachwciscn  1  lessen, — wohl  entwickclt ;  er 
ist  zwar  hiiimlich  uioht  so  ausgedehnt,  wie  bcim  Weibchen,  zeigt  aber  dieselbe  Untcr- 
glicdcruug  wie  bei  dieseiu.  Er  setzt  sieh  aus  eiuem  dorsalen,  zwei  twit  lichen  und 

fin. -in  ventral-  n  Abschnitte  zusammen. 

lK-r  Cl-StV  rill -|, 11,  ill   ,|,-r   1,,-i    :ili.l,-|vn    !MTIIi:i|'ll|-'»llti--il   t  Ull'  I  I'  -II 1.'  I  <M  I- 1-1 1    M>  .        '    BM 

Arten  gemciniglich  als  Uterus  bezeichneten  Leibeshtihlenpartie.  Er  stellt  ein  mediaues, 
dorsoventral  abgepluttetes  Rohr  dar,  welches  ungefahr  obcrhalb  der  Magenmitte 
beginnt  und  %^>n  hier  aus  unUT  allmahliger  Verschnialerung  nach  rilckwiirts  bis  zur 
weiblichen  Geschlechtsoffuung  verlalift,  durch  welche  es  ausmiindct  (Fig.  9,  ua  +  ub) 
Bald  hinter  seinem  verbreiterten  Vorderende  erscheint  seine  Seitenwandung  rechte  und 
links  in  einen  kurzen  Zipfel  ausgezogen,  an  dessen  Lateralende  sich  je  ein  Nephrostom 
(Fig.  9,  rw)  tfffnet 

Vorne  steht  der  Uterus  jederseite  durch  einen  kurzen  und  breiten  Querast  mit  den 
1'i-i.leii  Seitenabschnitten  der  Leibeshohle  in  Verbindung.  Dicse  verlaufen  y.uniidi.st  in 
dorsoventraler  Richtung  langs  der  rechten  und  liriken  Seitenwand  der  vordereu 
Magenhalftc  nach  abwarte,  um  sodann  l>eiderseits  nach  Umfassung  der  Wurzeln  des  II. 
und  in.  Hauptdarmastes  in  den  Ventralabschnitt  der  Leibeshohle  iil>erzugehen. 

Letzterer  besteht  aus  zwei  symmetrischen,  durch  cine  schmale  suboesophagealu 
Quer-Commissur  verbundene  IlSlften  (Fig.  10,  t7).  Eine  jede  von  diesen  beginnt  als 
ein  langlicher,  unter  und  seitwarts  von  den  lateralen  Mtigenpartien  gelegener 
Hauptraum,  von  dem  weitx;rhin  drei  Divertikel  gegen  die  Hauptdarmftste  ausgehen, 
welche  die  letzteren  untcr  entsprechender  Teilung  lings  ihrer  ganzen  Verzweigung 
ventralseitig  l>egleiten  (Fig.  10,  1,3,3). 

An  der  Wurzel  des  ersteu  und  dritten  dieser  Divertikel  liogt  nun  jc  ein  aus  einer 
localeu  Wucherung  des  Peritonealepithels  hervorgehender  Zellhaufen,  welcher  von 
seitw&rts  und  von  unten  her  in  den  Hauptraum  einspringt  Im  Ganzen  sind  daher 
vier  derartige  Gebilde  vorhanden  (Fig.  10,  0).  Ihrer  Lage  und  ihrem  histologischen 
Aufbaue  nach  miissen  wir  sie  in  Ubereinstimmung  mit  McClendon  (4,  pag.  121,  abs.  3) 
mit  den  von  Nansen  (5,  pag.  78,  abs.  4)  bei  anderen  Myzostomen  entdeckten 
"  problematischen  Orgauen "  homologisieren,  die  spftter  von  Wheeler  (7,  pag.  178, 
abs.  2)  als  die  echten  Ovarien  erkannt  worden  sind.  Dass  sie  Ix-im  M&nnchen  von 
M.  cysticolum  tatsachlich  als  aolche  frliher  oder  spilter  functionieren  lasst  sich  jedoch 
nicht  nachweisen.  Sie  machen  im  Gegensatze  zu  den  product ivcn  Ovarien  des 
Weibchens  einen  kiimmerlichen  Eindruck,  so  dass  man  sie  entweder  als  noch 
unentwickelte  oder  als  riickgebildete  Organe  auffassen  kann. 

Reife  Eier  oder  auch  nur  solche  in  der  ersten  Entwickelung  1ml »•  ich  innerhalb  der 
ganzen  am  Aufbaue  des  weiblichen  Geschlechtsapparates  beteiligten  Leibeshohle 
nicht  beobachten  konnen.  Dieselbe  erscheint, — abgesehen  von  den  die  Ovarien 
darstellenden  Wucherungen, — in  alien  ihren  Abschuitten  von  eincm  glcichmassigen 
Peritonealepithel  ausgekleidet.  . 


16  DR.  KUDOLF  BITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

Beim  Weibchen  zeigt  der  weibliche  Geschlechtsapparat  gegeniiber  jenem  des 
Mannchens  eine  bedeutende  durch  sein  Functioniereii  bedingte  Ausgestaltung.  Vor 
allem  erscheint  die  Leibeshohle  viel  starker  entwickelt.  Dies  gilt  insbesondere  von 
ihren  Seitenabschnitten,  welche  sich  lateralwarts  ausserordentlich  verbreitern,  ventral- 
warts  mit  den  Hauptraumen  des  Ventralabschnittes  sowie  mit  den  von  diesen 
ausgehenden  Divertikeln  verschmelzen  und  sich  so  als  machtige,  die  reichverzweigten 
Darmaste  umhiillende  Sacke  in  den  seitlichen  Partien  des  Korpers  fast  bis  ans 
Integument  hin  erstrecken  (Fig.  7,  8). 

Infolge  dessen  bleibt  das  Korperparenchym,  welches  beim  ManiTchen  noch  in 
relativ  grossem  Massstabe  samtliche  Zwischenraume  zwisclien  den  einzelnen  Organen 
ausfiillt,  beim  Weibchen  hauptsachlich  nur  im  Bereiche  eines  medial  en,  etwa  ein 
Fiiuftel  der  Korperbreite  einnehmenden  Leibesabschnittes  in  Form  grb'sserer  zu- 
sammenhiingender  Bindegewebspartien  erhalten.  Diese  umhiillen  den  Pharynx,  den 
Magen,  den  Euddarm,  den  Uterus,  die  Nephridien  und  das  Bauchmark  (Fig.  8). 
In  den  Seitenabschnitten  des  Korpers  hingegen  erscheint  das  Parenchym  auf  diinne 
die  primaren  und  secundaren  Septen  begleitende  Schichten  sowie  auf  einen  relativ 
schmalen  unterhalb  des  Integuments  verlaufenden  Streifen  beschrankt  der  nur  dort, 
wo  die  Parapodien  zu  liegen  kommen,  zu  etwas  bedeutenderen  Complexen  auswachst. 

Von  jenem  beim  Mannchen  als  Ventralabschnitt  der  Leibeshohle  bezeichneten 
Raum  bleibt  beim  Weibchen  nur  die  suboesophageale  Quercommissur  der  beiden 
Hauptriiume  gesondert  erhalten.  Hinter  dieser  finden  sich  jedoch  noch  einige 
breitere,  zwischen  Magen  und  Bauchmark  verlaufende  Querdivertikel  der  lateralen 
Leibeshohlensacke,  durch  welche  die  letzteren  mit  einander  in  unregelmiissiger  Weise 
verbunden  erscheinen  (Fig.  G,  7,  vl). 

Auch  der  Uterus  (Fig.  6,  7,  8  IM,  ub)  zeigt  im  Allgemeinen  grossere  Dimensionen 
wie  jener  des  Manncliens.  Man  kann  an  ihm  einen  kiirzeren  vorderen  und  einen 
langeren  hinteren  Abschnitt  unterscheiden.  Der  erste  (Fig.  6,  7,  ua)  ist  der  breitere 
und  besitzt  im  Querschnitte  die  Form  eines  gleichschenkeligen  Dreieckes,  welches 
mit  seiner  Grundlinie  der  -dorsalen  Magenwand  fast  unmittelbar  aufsitzt.  Er  liegt 
ober  den  Abzweigungsstellen  der  Hauptdarmiiste  und  steht  beiderseits  fast 
seiner  ganzen  Lange  nach  in  continuirlicher  Verbindung  mit  den  lateralen 
Leibeshohlensacken.  An  seiuem  hintersten  Ende  ciffnet  sich  in  ihm  von  jeder 
Seite  her  ein  Nephrostom  (Fig.  8,  ns).  An  diesen  beiden  Stellen  erscheint 
jedoch  seine  Wandung  nicht  in  derartige  trichterfb'rmige  Zipfel  ausgezogen  wie 
beim  Mannchen.  Hinter  der  Einniiindung  der  Nephrostome  geht  er  in  den 
schmaleren  hinteren  Uterusabschnitt  iiber.  Dieser  (Fig.  6,  ub)  besitzt  im  Allgemeinen 
einen  rundlichen  Querschnitt  mit  radialen  gegen.  seine  Langsaxe  einspringenden 
Epithellamellen  und  verlaiift  unter  allmahliger  Verringerung  seines  Kalibers  ziemlich 
gestreckt  oberhalb  der  hinteren  Magenhalfte  und  oberhalb  des  Rectums  bis  zur 
weiblichen  Geschlechtsoffnung.  Ein  die  letztere  abschliessender  besonderer  Sphinkter 
ist  nicht  ausgebildet 


MYZOSTOMIDAE.  17 


l>i'  Ovnrien  I  Kit.'.  7.  t  li>  ••_<•  n  Mdimill  /u  iwd  --m  il.'i  \.'!iti.il.  n  Bdtl  •!•  i 
LeibeshtthlensScke  unweit  dea  Magens  und  zwar  an  genau  densclben  Kflrperstellen, 
wie  IxMin  MMnnchen,  n&mlich  das  vorderc  unter  und  hinter  dem  i.,  das  ruYkwartige 
hiiit'-i  dem  II.  Hauptdarmastc  ;  (in  der  Fig.  7  ist  das  rtickwartige  (Jvarium  dcr 
linken  Seite  zu  erkcnnen).  Sic  sind  viel  mftchtiger  entwickelt  (ungefahr  15-20  mal 
so  grow)  wie  jenc  des  M&nnchens  und  bestehen  auch  aus  ciuer  viel  grttesereu 
Auzahl  von  Zellen.  Unter  diesen  kann  man  tareite  sehr  deutlich  die  kilnftigen 
Kixi'llen  mit  ihren  groMen  blaschenfbrmigen  Kcrnen  von  den  kleinc  und  dunkle 
Kerne  l>esitzeuden  Nfthrzellen  ("accessory  cells":  Wheeler,  7,  pag.  178,  abs.  2) 
unterseheiden.* 

Die  Innenwandung  der  Leil>eshtihlensacke  und  ihrer  Divcrtikcl  wird  teils  von 
••in.  -in  Peritoneal-,  teils  von  einem  Pseudoepithel  (Stummer,  6,  pag.  578)  gclnldct 
Dieae  Auskleidung  zeigt  iil)crall  einen  reichlichen  Belag  von  sich  daseHwt  entwickelndcn 
Eiern,  welche  bier  in  alien  Bildungsstadien  von  der  eben  vom  Ovarium  losgelosten 
Zelltriade  (Wheeler,  8,  pag.  233,  abs.  2,  "  triplet-cells  ")  an  bis  zum  liefruchtungs- 
fahigcn  la  vertretcn  sinti 

MANNLICHRR  API-ARAT. 

Beim  Miinnchen  ist  derselbe  licreits  von  Graff  und  McC'Icndon  insoweit  gciuiu 
beschrieben  wortlen,  dass  ich  hierzu  nur  folgende  unwesentliche  Erganzungcti  zu  lieferu 
vermag.  In  jedem  der  )>eiden  der  compacten  Form  (vergl.  Pag.  6,  Amncrk.  1,  li) 
angehorenden  Hoden  liegt  ein  deutlicher  ccntralcr  Sammclraum,  der  direct  mit  der 
GeschlechtHoiTnung  communiciert  und  sowohl  Spermien  aln  auch  cine  Mcnge  von 
sich  nicht  weiter  entwickelnden,  vielleicht  auch  degenerierten  Spermat<x;yten 
(Stummer,  6,  pag.  583)  enthalt. 

Beim  \\reibchen  fand  ich  die  beiden  Hoden  genau  in  derselbcn  I^age  uud  in  der 
formell  gleichen  Ausbildung,  wie  beim  MSnnchen.  Sie  liegen  jederseits  in  der  Mittc 
des  aufgerollten  Seitenrandes,  dicht  neben  dem  mannlichen  Geschlechtsporus,  und 
stellen  eine  deutlich  vom  iibrigen  Korperparenchym  abgegrenzte  Mas.se  von  reticu- 
Ifirem  Bindegewebe  dar,  dessen  Intercellularraume  zu  grosseren  Blasen  ausgedehnt 
sind  (Fig.  7,  /).  Die  letzteren  fliessen  in  der  Mittc  dieses  Complexes  zu  einem  dicht  an 
die  mannliche  Geschlechtsdffnung  anschliessenden  centralen  Sammelraum  zusammen. 
Wahrend  aber  die  Intercellularraume  beim  Mannchen  dicht  mit  Keimzellen  bezie- 
hungsweise  mit  deren  Teilungsproducten  erfiillt  sind,  enthalten  sie  l>eim  Weibchen 
relativ  nur  wenige  Zellen.  Von  diesen  lassen  sich  zweierlei  Formen  unterscheiden  : 
Die  einen  gleichen  auffallend  den  von  Graff  (2,  pag.  64,  Abs.  1)  als  "  Rundzellen  " 


i«t,  dmss  schon  Graff  die  Ovarien  bci  If.  ryititolum  gecehen  hat.  Nur  warden  lie  Ton 
ihm  zufolge  der  dunali  noch  hcmchenden  An»chaaung,  dM«  die  Ventweigungen  dm  Uteru«  (Leibethohle  and  ihre 
Dirertikel)  d»»  Oruiam  bei  den  Myzortomen  dmteUten,  als  rudimentare  Hoden  gedentei  (Graff,  8,  pa«.  87, 
at*.  3).  Nach  der  Abbildnng,  welche  der  genannte  Autor  von  dieien  Gebilden  geliefert  hat  (8.  taf.  sin.,  fig.  4,  /). 
•Mfcul"*  es  jedooh  zweifelloi— anch  McClon.lon  ist  dieaer  Meinong  (4.  pag.  131.  aba.  8)— dan  lie  mit  den  oben 
geschiUerten  eohten  Orarien  identificiert  werden  mttsaen.  Die  Prioritat,  die  wahren  Mytnttoma-Ovuien  roent 
goehen  xn  haben  gebuhrt  daher  Graff,  und  nicht  Kanaen,  dem  tie  biaher  mgeKhrieben  worden  Ut. 


18  DE.   RUDOLF  RITTER  v.  STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

beschriebenen  freien  Bindegewebselementen  (Stummer,  6,  pag.  589,  letzt.  Abs.).  Die 
anderen  machen  jedoch  vollstandig  den  Eindruck  von  degenerierten  Zellen.  Sie 
besitzen  einen  ralativ  kleinen  unregelmassig  gestalteten  Kern,  der  sich  mit  Haema- 
toxylin  intensiv  farbt  und  dabei  neben  einem  homogenen  Aussehen  auch  ein 
eigentiimliches  Lichtbrechungsvermogen  entwickelt.  Ihr  Cytoplasma  1st  nur  in  selir 
geringer  Menge  vorhanden  und  im  giinstigsten  Falle  als  ein  kaum  tingierbarer, 
schmaler,  den  Kern  umhiillender  Saum  zu  erkennen.  Von  Spermien  fand  sich 
innerhalb  des  ganzen  Bindegewebscomplexes  keine  Spur.  Der  centrale  Sammelraum 
desselben  enthielt  dagegen  bei  jedem  der  mir  vorgelegenen  Exemplare  eine  feinkornige 
oft  fadig  angeordnete  und  auch  aus  der  Geschlechtsoffnung  dringende  Masse,  in 
welche  zahlreiche  der  oberwahnten  anscheinend  degenerirten  Zellen  eingebettet 
waren. 

Ich  stehe  nicht  an,  die  eben  geschilderten  Organe  auf  Grund  ihrer  Lage  und  ihrer 
Ausbildung  als  functionslose  Hoden  zu  betrachten,  die  jenen  des  Mannchens  vollstandig 
homolog  sind.  Es  ist  infolge  des  ungeniigenden  Materials  selbstverstandlich  sehr 
schwer  zu  entscheiden,  ob  sie  als  Riickbildungen  von  mannlichen  Gonaden  aufzufassen 
sind,  die  in  einem  friiheren  Lebensalter  des  Individuums  functioniert  haben,  oder  ob 
sie  auf  einem  friihen  Entwickelungsstadium  stehengebliebene,  niemals  zur  sexuellen 
Betatigung  gelangte  Apparate  darstellen.  Meiner  Meinung  nach  diirfte  die  erstere 
Annahme  die  zutreffende  sein,  insbesondere  deshalb,  weil  sich  ahnliche  Verhaltnisse 
(Proterandrie  mit  spaterer  Riickbildung  des  Hodens)  bei  zahlreichen  frei  lebenden 
und  auch  bei  einigen  entoparasitischen  Myzostoma-Aiten,  mit  Sicherheit  haben  nach- 
weisen  lassen  (Wheeler,  8,  pag.  288-289).  Schliesst  man  sich  dieser  Ansicht  an,  so 
konnte  man  von  den  oberwahnten,  in  den  Intercellularraumen  vorhandenen  Zellen, 
die  von  mir  als  anscheinend  degenerirt  bezeichneten  Elemente  als  riickgebildete 
Keimzellen,  jene  aber,  welche  den  "  Rundzellen "  Graffs  ahneln,  als  secundar  in  die 
Follikel  eingewanderte  freie  Bindegewebszellen  aufFassen.  Die  feinkornige,  im 
Sammelraum  enthaltene  Masse  wiirde  dann  auf  Reste  von  abgestorbenen  Spermien 
oder  von' zugrundegegangenen  Sperm  atocy ten  etc.  zuruckzufiihren  sein. 

Derartige  functionslose  Hoden  sind  weder  von  Graff  noch  von  McClendou  bei  den 
von  ihnen  untersuchten  "  Weibchen  "  beschrieben  worden.  Ich  glaube  aber,  dass  diesbe- 
ziiglich  ein  Ubersehen  von  Seiten  der  genannten  Autoreiuvorliegt,  da  diese  Gebilde  bei 
dem  vollstandigen  Fehlen  von  tatigen  Keimzellen  und  von  Spermien  nicht  sofort  als 
Hoden  zu  erkennen  sind.  Graff  diirfte  ihnen  schon  deswegen  keine  weitere  Beachtung 
geschenkt  haben,  weil  er  iiberzeugt  war,  in  den  von  ihm  beim  Weibchen  beschriebenen 
"collections  of  small  cells  closely  resembling  the  immature  testicular  follicles  .  .  .  ." 
(3,  pag.  67,  abs.  2)  Hodenrudimente  vor  sich  zu  haben.  Dass  diese  seine  Auffassung 
eine  irrtumliche  war,  und  dass  diese  Gebilde  die  Ovarien  darstellen,  habe  ich  schou 
friiher  (Pag.  17)  erwahnt. 


MYZ08TOM 1 1  •  \  I  19 

ERNAHRUNUS-APPARAT. 

Deraelbe  1st  nach  <li-ni  s.-li.m  von  dm  iihrigen  MjSOCtomen  her  bekannten  TypUH 
gdbaut 

Wegen  der  vi.-l  rinfaoheren  Verhaltnisse,  welche  er  IKMHI  Mdnnchen  aufweist,  aei 
er  ziu-rst  an  diesem  gcschildcrt  :  Rezuglich  von  Mund  und  After  verwewe  ich  auf  die 
8chon  friiher  (Pag.  13)  gelieferten  Angaben.  Der  lange,  cylindrisohe,  an  seiuem 
Vorderende  nicht  mit  Tastpapillcn  ausgertistete  Pharynx  (Fig.  9,  Inn),  steht 
\.-imitt.-l-  «-inrs  kur/ou  "Oesophagus"  mit  dem  Magen  in  Verbiudung.  Dieser 
(Fig.  9,  mg),  zerfttllt  durch  cine  seichte,  quere  Einschniirung  in  einen  vorderen 
weiten  und  einen  hinteren  engeren  Abschnitt  Vom  ersteren  gehen  ventral  jederseits 
<livi  Hunptdarniaste  (Fig.  9,  I,  II,  in)  ab,  welche  sich  nach  kurzem  Vcrlaufc  teilen 
und  mit  ilircii  wenig  zahlreichen,  stumpf  endigenden  Divertikeln  bis  zur  Rand/tone  des 
Ktfrpers  reichen.  Von  dieaen  drei  HaupUlnrmasten  verzweigen  sich  jedereeite  die  zwci 
ereten  in  der  vor  dem  Ploden  gelegenen,  der  dritte  in  der  hiuter  diesem  )>cfindlichen 
Kurjxjrpartie.  Der  hintere  Magenal>schnitt  ist  kleiner  als  der  vordere  und  geht 
vermittels  eines  nur  am  contrahirten  Tiere  (Fig.  5)  sichtbareii  Absatzes  in  das 
rohrenfbrmige  dorsoventral  compresse  Rectum  (Fig.  9,  r)  tiber.  Die  AftcrUffnung 
kann  durch  einen  sich  aus  dem  Hautmuskclschlauche  ditferenzierenden  schwai-li<-n 
Sphiukter  geschlossen  werden. 

Der  gesamtc  Venlauungsapparat  ist  beim  Manuchcn  cnteprcchend  dessen 
geringem  Ernahrungsltodiirfnissc  recht  eiufach  gebaut  Seine  einzcluen  Abschnitte 
setzen  sich  aus  einer  weit  geringeren  Anzahl  von  Zellelementen  zusammen  wic  jene  des 
Weibchens.  Auch  seine  Muscularis  ist  nur  schwach  entwickelt  und  an  manchen 
Stellen  Uberhaupt  nicht  nachzuweisen. 

Beim  Weibchen  hingegen  dessen  Stoffwechselbediirfnis  infolge  der  reichlichen 
Eierproduction  ungemein  gesteigert  ist,  zeigt  der  Erniihrungsapparat  einc  vi.-l 
machtigere  Anagestaltung :  vor  allem  ist  der  Magen  (Fig.  G,  7,  8,  HJ^)  relativ 
bedeutend  voluminoser  wie  IMMIU  Mamie-hen.  Er  wird  seiner  ganzcn  Ausdehnung  nach 
sanit  dem  Oesophagus  (Fig.  6,  <>>)  von  einem  sehr  auflallendcn  Wimpercpithel 
ausgekleidct,  dessen  zahlreiche  und  dicht  stehende  Cilien  wcgen  ihrer  ungewohnlichcn 
Lange  bemerkenswert  sind  (Lange  der  Epithelzellen  :  0'OG8  m.,  jeue  der  Cilien: 
0*1  m.).  Die  Hauptdarmantc  sind  distal wiirte  ausserordentlich  reich  verzweigt 
Ihre  Divertikcl  liegen  vollkommen  in  die  lateralen  LeilM»bohlens&cke  eingcbettet 
(Fig.  7  u.  8,  da),  und  verbreiten  sich  in  grosser  Zahl  insbesondere  innerhalb  der 
aufgerollten  Seitenpartien  des  Korpers,  wo  sie  sich  mit  ihren  Termiualenden  bis 
knapp  unter  den  HautmuskeLschlauch  erstrecken.  Das  Hinterende  des  Magens 
eracheint  seharf  von  Rectum  (Fig.  6,  r)  abgesetzt  Das  letztere  verlauft  in  ziemlich 
gerader  Richtuug  bis  zum  After.  Es  wird  von  einem  Wimpcrepithel  ausgekleidet, 
das  in  radiar  in  sein  Lumen  einspringende  LMngsfalteu  gclegt  ist  Eine 
durch  aiissere  Ring-  und  innere  Lftngsfasern  hergestellte  Muscularis  findet  sich 

TOU   IT.  X 


20  DE.   RUDOLF  EITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

sowohl  am  Magen  als  auch  am  Rectum.  Sie  erscheint  insbesondere  am  ersteren 
kraftig  ausgebildet ;  an  letzterem  ist  sie  jedoch  schwach  entwickelt,  ihre  beiden 
Schichten  werden  aber  hier  noch  durch  eine  periphere  dritte  Lage  vervollstandigt, 
die  aus  locker  verfilzten  Fasern  besteht.  Ein  besonders  difFerenzierter  Sphinkter 
findet  sich  weder  an  der  Grenze  zwischen  Magen  und  Eectum,  noch  um  die 
Afterb'ffnung.  Fiir  die  letztere  wird  die  Function  eines  solchen  wohl  von  den  benach- 
barten  Partien  des  Hautmuskelschlauches  iibernommen.  Ausserdem  erscheint  aber 
der  After  fur  gewohnlich  auch  noch  durch  die  friiher  (Pag.  11)  beschriebenen 
Analklappen  verschlossen. 

NEPHRIDIEN. 

Dieselben  beginnen  jederseits  mit  einem  sich  in  dem  vorderen  Uterusabschnitt 
bffnenden  cylindrischen  Nephrostom  (Wimpertrichter)  (Fig.  8,  9,  ns).  Dieses  setzt 
sich  in  einen  engen,  beim  Mannchen  kiirzeren,  beim  Weibchen,  wegen  dessen 
bedeutender  Dicke,  langeren  Nephridialcanal  fort,  welcher  in  ziemlich  geradem 
Verlaufe  langs  der  Seitenwand  der  hinteren  Magenhalfte  nach  ab warts  zieht  (Fig.  8), 
um  sich  etwa  in  halber  Magenhohe  plotzlich  (diese  Stelle  ist  in  Fig.  8  und  10  mit  * 
bezeichnet)  zu  einer  grossen,  vielfache  Windungen  und  Einschniirungen  zeigenden 
Endblase  zu  erweitern.  Die  letztere  (Fig.  6,  8,  10,  rib)  besitzt  in  ihrem  proximalen 
an  den  Nephridialcanal  anschliessenden  Abschnitt  eine  bedeutende  Ausdehnung, 
verschmiilert  sich  aber  distalwarts  allmahlig  zu  einem  relativ  langen,  ziemlich  gerade 
nach  hinten  verlaufenden  Canal,  welcher  mit  jenem  der  anderen  Kb'rperseite  gegen  die 
Medianebene  convergiert  und  sich  schliesslich  mit  ihm  zu  einem  kurzen  unpaaren 
Endstiick  (Fig.  6,  10,  nu)  vereinigt,  das  durch  den  median,  knapp  unter  der 
Afterb'ffnung  gelegenen  Excretionsporus  (Fig.  6,  10,  np)  ausmiindet. 

Wahrend  der  Nephridialcanal  von  einem  verhaltnismassig  niedrigen  Wimper- 
epithel  ausgekleidet  ist,  findet  sich  in  der  Endblase  bis  zum  Excretionsporus  hin  ein 
deutliches  Driisenepithel,  dessen  hohe  keulenfbrmig  gestaltete  Elemente  (aus  Fig.  8  ist 
die  Lagerung  und  die  relative  Hbhe  derselben  ersichtlich)  der  Wimpern  entbehren. 
Eine  besondere  Muscularis  liess  sich  nur.  an  der  Endblase  nachweisen,  aber  auch 
hier  ist  sie  sehr  schwach  ausgebildet  uud  besteht  lediglich  aus  einer  Ringfaser- 
schichte. 

So  wie  der  Ernahrungsapparat,  zeigen  auch  die  Nephridien  des  Weibchens 
gegeniiber  jenen  des  Mannchens  eine  viel  machtigere  Entfaltung,  die  sich  insbesondere 
in  der  relativen  Lange  des  Nephridialcanals  sowie  in  der  Grbsse  der  Endblase  aussert. 

SEXUALVERHALTNISSE  UND  DIMOBPHISMUS  DER  GESCHLECHTSFORMEN. 

Graff  (3,  pag.  11-12)  unterscheidet  unter  den  von  ihm  beschriebenen  cysticolen 
Myzostomen  zweierlei  in  Bezug  auf  ihre  Sexualverhaltnisse  divergente  Formen  und 
zwar  rein  dioecische  und  rein  hermaphroditische. 


MYZOSTOMIIUE.  21 

Zur  enteren  Gruppe  gehtfren  :  M.  tenuispinum,  M.  willemoeai,  M.  inflator  und 
M.  murrayi.  Bei  diesen  Species  findcu  sich  ID  je  eioer  Cyst*  zwci  auffallcnd  dimorphc 
Imlividuen  vereinigt,  cin  klcines,  nur  mHnnlich  organisirtes  "  Mannchen  "  und  ein 
grosses,  nur  weihliche  Charaktere  besitzendes  "  Weibchen."  * 

Die  zweite  Gruppe  wird  durch  M.  pentacrini  und  M.  deformator  rcpraesentirt, 
Die  Individuen  dieser  beiden  Arten  leben  entweder  einzeln  in  je  einer  Cyste,  oder 
aber  sic  wenlen,  falls  sic  zu  mehreren  (zwei  bis  drei)  eine  solche  bewohnen,  in  dieser 
durch  cntaprcchende  Scheidewande  von  einander  getrennt.  Zur  innigen  Beriihrung 
zweier  Exemplare,  wie  dies  bei  den  rein  dioecischcu  Species  die  Rcgel  i«t,  kommt  es 
daher  l«-i  ibnen  nicht.  Ebensowenig  bestebt  bier  ein  DimurphiHmus  unter  den  InsoHscn 
einer  und  derselben  Cyste.  Jedes  Individuum  zeigt  sowohl  mannliche  \\\<  aurh 
weibliche  Charaktere  und  functioniert  auch  dementsprecheud  als  Hcrmaphrodit.f 

Das  M.  cysticolum  betrachtete  Graff  als  eine  in  sexueller  Beziehung  intermediate 
Form  zwischen  den  rein  dioecischen  und  den  rein  hermaphroditischen  Species  (3, 
pig.  67,  Abs.  2),  da  er  vermutete,  dass  bei  ihr  das  "  Weibchen  "  Hodenrudimente 
betJBHc. 

Auf  Grand  unserer  heutigen  Kenntnisse  iiber  die  Anatomic  dieser  Art  diirfen  wir 
jedoch  behaupten,  dass  ihre  beiden  dimorphen  Geschlechtsindividuen  morphologisch 
als  Hermaphroditen  organisirt  sind,  in  physiologischer  Beziehung  jedoch  nur 
eingeschlechtlich  und  zwar  entweder  nur  als  Mannchen  oder  nur  als  Weibchen 
fniii-ti'niieren.J  Von  einem  Sexualdimorphismus  in  der  gebrauchlichen  Bedeutung 
kann  daher  bei  M.  cysticolum  nicht  die  Rede  sein.  Man  wird  vielmehr  die  bei 
dieter  Species  herrschenden  Geschlechtsverhaltnisse  als  das  Endergebnis  einer 
physiologischen  Sexualdifferenzierung  betrachten  miissen,  die  sich  im  Laufe  der 
Ontogenese  auf  (morphologisch-)  hermaphroditischer  Grundlage  vollzieht  und  dabci  niit 
einer  Dimorph'osierung  der  sich  entwickelnden  Geschlechteindividuen  verbunden  i-t. 

Der  typische  Afyzostoma-H&lritus  und  die  relativ  geringe  Grosse  des  Mannchens, 
ferner  die  verhaltnismMssig  sehr  einfache  Ausbildung  seiner  inneren  Organe  sowie 
der  primitive  Aufbau  seiner  Korpcrgewebe  lassen  dasselbe  viel  urspriiuglicher  und 
unveranderter  erscheinen  als  das  Weibchen,  weshalb  wir  annehmen  miissen,  dass  die 
Dimorphosierung  hauptsachlich  an  dem  letzteren  wahrend  seiner  Entwickelung  voll- 
zieht Es  wird  hicr  die  allmahlig  sich  eiustellende  physiologische  Praeponderanz 
der  weiblichen  Gonaden  nicht  nur  den  hoheren  Ausbildungsgrad  des  weiblichen 
Sexualapparates  (LeibeshOhlc),  sondern  auch  die  functionelle  Ausgestaltung  jener 

•  Mar  einnuU  wurde  von  Onff  (8*,  pag.  8)  in  einer  durch  M.  urillemoeri  herrorgerufcncn  Cyste  blow  ein 
einzige*  und  swu  minnlich  functionierendcs  Individuum  rorgefunden. 

t  In  dieM  Oruppe  gehoren  noch  :  il.  beardi  and  If.  platypu*  (Oraff  8ft,  p«g.  18  a.  14 ;  far  M.  plat y put  niche 
•uch  :  Wheeler  8,  p»g.  314),  ferner  U.  belli,  M.  cryplopodium  and  M.  errmita  (Wheeler  8,  p»g.  246  261)  lowie 
wancbeinlich  »uch  du  If.  clarki  (McClendon  4.  pag.  121-122),  obwohl  e»  dem  letztgenannbm  A  a  tor  nicht 
geglackt  ist,  M  in  Ton  ihtn  antenachten  Individuen  Hoden  oder  Be«te  von  nolchen  •nfniflnflan 

t  Ich  vennate,  dmM  ihnlichc  Yerhaltniise  auch  bei  den  Ubrigcn  von  Oraff  all  "  dioccuch "  beztichneten 
Arten  hcmchcn.  Eine  diesbesttgliche  Entocheidung  ist  allerding*  nor  init  Hilfe  der  Schnittmethode  en 
erbringcn,  die  der  genannte  Autor,  wie  au»  dem  betreflienden  Terte  and  aat  den  von  ihm  gelieferten  Abbildungen 
,  M  OMB  Species  nich  angewandt  hat. 

x  2 


22  DR.  RUDOLF  RITTER  v.  STUMMER-TRAUNFBLS. 

Organe  bedingen,  welche  fur  die  Eierproduction  eine  nur  indirecte  Bedeutung  haben  : 
Darm  und  Excretionsapparat  (Stoffwechselorgane).  In  zweiter  Lime  wird  der 
correlative  Einfluss  der  auftretenden  physiologischen  Unisexualitat  bei  dem  sich  zum 
Weibchen  entwickelnden  Individuum  auch  aiisserlich  und  zwar  an  der  relativen 
Dimensionierung,  der  Consistenz  und  der  Form  des  Kbrpers,  ferner  am  Bewegungs- 
apparate  zum  Ausdrucke  kommen  :  Die  reiehliche  Anzahl  der  producierten  Eier, 
welche  innerhalb  der  Leibeshbhle  infolge  der  Aufnahme  von  Dotter  zu  einem 
Vielfachen  ihrer  urspriinglichen  Grb'sse  heranwachsen,  bedingt  einen  verhaltnismassig 
umfangreichen  miitterlichen  Kb'rper  mit  derber  dem  bedeutenden  Innendrucke 
gewachsener  Wandung.  So  kommt  es  denn  schliesslich  dazu,  dass  die  Dirrrensionen 
des  Weibchens  jene  des  Mannchens  weit  iibertreffen.  Die  Breitenausdehnung  des 
ersteren  wird  sogar  eine  so  grosse,  dass  ihr  das  Cystenwachstum  nicht  zu  folgen 
vermag,  weswegen  die  Seitenrander  des  Tieres  gezwungen  sind,  sich  median  warts 
in  der  friiher  beschriebenen  Weise  einzurollen  (Graff,  3,  pag.  12,  abs.  l).  Da  ferner  fiir 
das  Weibchen  die  Bewegungsmoglichkeit  innwhalb  der  dem  Kb'rper  enge  anliegenden 
Cyste  verloren  gegangen  ist,  so  werden  die  Parapodien  als  fiir  die  Eiproduction 
iiberfliissig  gewordene  Korperteile  eingeschmolzen.  Es  findet  sich  "von  ihnen  nur 
mehr  der  Hackenapparat,  wahrend  die  hautigen  Teile  des  Fussstummels  fast 
vollstandig  in  die  Leibeswand  aufgenommen  erscheinen.  Dementsprechend  ist  auch 
die  Stummel-  und  Hackenmuskulatur  rudimentiert. 

Bei  dem  sich  zum  Mannchen  entwickelnden  Individuum  braucht  sich  die 
Sexualdifferenzierung  fast  nur  auf  die  functionelle  Ausgestaltung  des  mannlichen 
Apparates  zu  beschranken ;  denn  der  Darm  und  der  Excretionsapparat  werden 
hier  jenen  Ausbildungsgrad  kaum  iiberschreiten,  welchen  sie  bereits  bei  dem  der 
Geschlechtsform  unmittelbar  vorangehenden  Jugendstadium  besassen.  Beim 
Mannchen  erfahrt  eben  das  Stoffwechselbediirfnis  durch  die  Erzeugung  von  Sperma 
keineswegs  eine  so  wesentliche  Steigerung,  wie  beim  Weibchen  durch  die 
Versorgung  der  Eier  mit  Dotter.  Die  Production  der  kleinen,  wegen  ihrer  Form  in 
compendibsester  Weise  zusammenpackbaren  Spermien  benbtigt  nur  relativ  geringe 
Korperraume,  wogegen  fiir  die  Absatzmbglichkeit  des  Samens  eine  unbehinderte 
Bewegungsfahigkeit  des  Tieres  vorteilhaft  erscheint.  So  besitzt  denn  das 
Mannchen  einen  kleinen,  zarten  und  abgeflachten  Korper  mit  wohlentwickeltem 
Parapodialapparate.  Es  spricht  vieles  dafiir,  dass  sich  dasselbe  auch  im  Habitus 
nicht  wesentlich  von  jener  Jugendform  unterscheidet,  die  ihm  in  der  Ontogenese 
uumittelbar  vorausgegangen  ist. 

Die  Entwickelungsstadien,  auf  welchen  sich  die  Sexualdifferenzieruug  bei  den  zwei 
Geschlechtsformen  herausbildet,  sind  uns  leider  noch  vbllig  unbekannt  und  daher  bleibt 
die  Frage  noch  offen :  Gilt  auch  fur  das  M".  cysticdum  die  Teorie  Wheeler's  von  den 
successioen  Sexualphasen  (8,  pag.  288-289),  oder  herrschen  diesbeziiglich  bei  dieser  Art 
andere  Verhaltnisse  ? 

Nach  den  Beobachtungen  des  ebengenanntcn  Autors  ist  die  Sexualdiffereuzierung 


MY20STOMIDAE.  23 


dcr  Myzoatontcn  cine  IDfleeeoivo,  das  heisst,  CH  tritt  ini  I^cbcn  cinoH  jedcn 
nach  Alilauf  einea  geschleditli.  h  inditlerrntrn  .lu^tMidstadiunis  zucrst  cine  niMnnlirlie, 
spa  tor  hingegen  cine  wcibliclic  Geschlechtsperiodc  auf.  Bei  den  mciston  Artcn  fand 
Wheeler,  daas  diese  bciden  "  Sc.xtialpluiseii  "  diirdi  i-in.-n  intermediaren  functioncll 
hermaphroditischcn  Zustand  verbunden  sind  ;  cr  beolwchtete  jedoch  auch  Specie*  (z.  B. 
^f.  pulvinar,  8,  pag.  289),  bei  welcheu  .die«e  Zwischenperiode  ausfallt,  so  da»H  die 
uiannliche  und  die  weiblicbe  Geschlechtsphase  direct  an  cinander  nnschliessen. 

Ich  halte  es  nun  durchaus  nicht  fiir  unwarscheinlich,  dass  dienc  Teorie  Wheelers 
auch  fiir  das  M.  cysticolum  Geltung  besitzt  Das  Vorhandeusein  von  Ovarien  Iteini 
Mannchen  und  von  Hodenresten  l>eiiu  Weibchen  lassen  diesc  Annahnie  zu,  in»d>eHondere, 
wenn  man  gcneigt  i-i  .  die  Ovarien  den  Mannchens  als  sich  erst  entwickelnde,  aber  noch 
nicht  functionsfahige  Organe  aufzufassen.  Wenn  wir  demgcniass  das  .Mannchen  als 
ein  frlihes  Entwickelungsstadium  des  Weibchens  lx;trachten,  so  ware  aber  auch  der 
auffallende  Umstand  zu  erklaren,  dass  in  alien  bisher  beobachteten  Fallen  (10)*  in 
jeder  Cyste  nur  die  beiden  extremdimorphen  Individuen,  aber  keine  ontogenetiHchen 
Zwischen-  oder  Ubergangsstadien,  deren  Vorkommeu  man  ja  in  Consequenz  der  obigen 
Teorie  voraussetzen  muss,  angetroflfen  wurden.  Wheeler,  welchcr  da*  Bediirfnis 
diesbeziiglich  zu  einer  plausiblen  Vorstellung  zu  gelangen  wohl  gefUhlt  hat  tr.  gpricht 
sich  darilber  folgendermassen  aus  :  "  v.  Graffs  supposition  that  the  young  Myzostomes 
associate  in  pairs  and  together  take  part  in  forming  a  gall  seems  to  me  hardly 
plausible.  Judging  from  my  observations  on  M.  glabrum  and  pulvinar,  both  of  which 
show  a  distinct  tendency  to  occur  in  pairs,  each  consisting  of  a  senior  and  junior 
individual,  I  believe  that  in  the  case  of  the  cysticolous  species  the  gall  must  be  formed 
by  a  single  individual,  and  that  later  a  young  Myzostome,  when  it  abandons  its 
pelagic  trochophore  stage,  must  enter  through  the  aperture  of  the  gall  and  settle  down 
to  a  quiet  life  with  the  senior  individual.  The  latter  prolmhly  dies  at  the  end  of  it« 
female  stage,  and,  undergoing  decomposition,  may  perhaps  serve  as  food  for  its  still 
vigorous  junior  partner.  This  one  in  turn  may  thereupon  become  the  senior  partner 
of  another  young  Myzostome,  and  so  on.  According  to  this  view,  all  the  cysticotoiut 
Myzostomes  of  a  given  species  would  not  be  cyst-producing,  but  only  those  which, 
instead  of  entering  the  orifice  of  a  pre-formcd  gall  in  their  juvenile  stage,  happen  to 
settle  between  the  arm-joints  or  contrive  to  work  their  way  into  the  calcareous  skeleton 
of  the  Crinoid  "  (8,  pag.  259  und  260,  anmerkg.  1  ).  Ich  glaube  dass  es  zur  Erklarung 
des  beredeten  Umstandcs  einer  derartigen  etwas  phantastisch  anmutenden  Annahme 
nicht  bedarf.  Ohne  mich  diesbeziiglich  auf  Beobachtungen  stiitzen  zu  ktfnnen,  halte 
ich  es  doch  in  h5herem  Grade  fiir  warscheinlich,  dass  das  mannliche  Individuum  cines 
encystirten  Part-hens  nach  dem  Absterben  des  durch  die  reichliche  Eierproduction 
srhliesslich  erschOpften  Weibchens  die  Cyste  durchbricht,  urn  dann  einige  Zeit, 
wah  rend  welcher  es  eine  functionell  hermaphroditische  oder  vielleicht  cine  geschlechtlich 

•  18  Cyrten    (19    TOO    der    «  Huiler  '-Expedition,    1    ron    der    •  BUke  '•Expedition).    beoUehtete    Onff 
(3,  p«g.  00  and  68)  ;  1  Cyrte  kg  McClendon  vor  ;  3  Cy*ten  warden  von  der  '  DUcovery  '  heimgebrmcht. 


24  DR.  KUDOLF  R1TTER  v.  STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 

unproductive  Ubergangsperiode  vom  mannlichen  zum  weibliehen  Zustand  durchlauft, 
frei  auf  den  Armen  seines  Wirtes  weiter  zu  leben.  Man  kann  sich  nun  leicht 
vorstellen,  dass  bei  dieser  Gelegenheit  eine  von  den  herumschwarmenden  Larven 
derselben  Art  in  ahnlicher  Weise,  wie  es  bei  andereu  Myzostomen  der  Fall  ist,  sich  nach 
Abstreifung  ihres  Wimperkleides  als  ktinftiges  Mannchen  auf  den  Riicken  des 
betreffenden  jetzt  zum  functionierenden  Weibchen  werdenden  Individuums  anzusiedeln 
vermag.  Das  letztere  bohrt  sich  dann  nach  vollstandiger  Riickbildung  seiner  mann- 
lichen Keimzellen  an  einer  passenden  Stelle  in  das  Integument  des  Wirtsarmes  ein, 
von  dem  aus  eine  neue  Cyste  gebildet  wird,  welche  das  junge  nun  aus  einem 
functionierenden  Mannchen  und  Weibchen  bestehende  Parchen  allmahlig  umgiebt. 

Wenn  wir  uns  also  vorderhand  beziiglich  der  Sexualverhaltnisse  des  M.  cysticolum 
der  eben  besprochenen  Teorie  Wheelers  als  der  bis  heute  noch  die  meiste 
Warscheinlichkeit  besitzenden  Erklarung  anschliessen,  so  ist  immerhin  auch  die 
Moglichkeit  nicht  von  der  Hand  zu  weisen,  dass  gerade  bei  der  vorliegenden  Species 
mit  ihrem  hochgradig  ausgebildeten  Sexualdimorphismus  sich  der  ontogenetische 
Entwickelungsgang  der  GeschlechtsdifFerenzierung  anders  abspielt,  als  bei  den  von 
dem  genannten  Autor  untersuchten  Formen.  Es  ware  ganz  gut  denkbar,  dass  von  zwei 
friihzeitig  associirten  und  urspriinglich  als  Hermaphroditen  angelegten  Individuen  sich 
das  eine  unter  Sistierung  der  weibliehen  Fortbildung  *  zum  Mannchen,  das  andere 
unter  Riickbildung  der  mannlichen  Keimzellen  zum  Weibchen  entwickelt,  so  dass  sich 
die  Sexualphasen  nicht  successive  an  einem  einzigen  Individuum  abspielen,  sondern 
sich  ziemlich  gleichzeitig  auf  zwei  zu  einem  Parchen  vereinigte  und  gleichalterige 
Exemplare  aufteilen  wiirden.  Der  Gegensatz,  in  welchem  das  M.  cysticolum  unter 
dieser  seinerzeit  schon  von  Graff  (3,  pag.  11-12)  ausgesprochenen  Annahme  zu  den  von 
Wheeler  beobachteten  Myzostomen  zu  stehen  kame,  hatte  nichts  Auffallendes  an  sich, 
da  wir  ja  bei  vielen  anderen  Parasiten  die  maunigfachsten  Anpassungen  hinsichtlich 
ihrer  Sexualverhaltnisse  vorfinden,  so  zwar,  dass  die  betretfenden  Einrichtungen  auch 
bei  verschiedenen  Arten  einer  und  derselben  Gattung  differieren  konnen. 

Die  Geschlechtsverhaltnisse  der  Myzostomen  scheinen  uberhaupt  verwickelter  zu 
sein  als  man  bisher  angenommen  hat,  und  die  Teorie  Wheelers  von  den  successiven  sich 
an  einem  und  demselben  Individuum  abspielenden  Sexualphasen  wird  moglicherweise 
nicht  fur  alle  Arten  aufrecht  erhalten  werden  konnen.  Leider  ist  bisher  fast  jeder 
diesbeziiglichen  Eutscheidung  der  Mangel  an  ausreichendem  insbesondere  verschieden- 
alterigem  Vergleichsmaterial  hindernd  in  dem  Wege  gestanden.  Die  histologische 
Untersuchung  der  Gonaden  bloss  eines  einzigen  oder  nur  weniger  Individuen  vermag 
eben  nur  in  den  seltensten  Fallen  iiber  diese  Frage  Aufschluss  zu  geben  vor  allem  aber 
dann  nicht,  wenn — wie  dies  zumeist  zutrifft — der  Erhaltungszustand  des  Untersuchungs- 
Materials  kein  ganz  einwandfreier  ist. 

*  Man  wird  dann  die  Ovarien  des  Miinnchens  als  rudimentare  Organe  aufzufassen  haben. 


25 


LITBRATURVERZEICHNIS. 


1.  F.  DOKI.KIX.    Ortaiienfahrt.     Ixif&ig  und  Berlin,  1906. 

2.  L.  v.  GRAFT.    Du  Oeniu  Myxortoma  (F.  8.  Leackart).    Leipzig,  1877. 

8.  I.,  v.  GRAFT.     Report  on  the  Myzoatouiida  collected  during  the  Voyage  of  11.  M.S.  '  Challenger  '  during 
the  years  1873-70.     Rep.  'Challenger'  Exped.  vol.  x.  (1««4),  pog.  1-H2,  tab.  i.-xvi. 

3a.  I.,  v.  GRAFF.    Supplement  ta  dem  vontchcndcu  Report.     Rep.  'Challenger'  Exped.  vol.  xx.  (1887), 

pag.  1-16,  tab.  i.-iv. 
4.  I.  F.  MoQumnr.    The  Myiostomea  of  the  '  Albatross  *  Expedition  to  Japan.     Hull.  Ainer.  Museum 

of  Natural  History,  vol.  XXIH.  (1906),  pag.  119-180,  tali,  xv.-xvu. 
6.  F.  NAJTWDC.     Bidrag  til  Myzostomernes  Anatomi  og  Histologi.     Bergen,  1X85. 

6.  R.    RITTKR  v.  SruxxKR-TRArxFKLS.      Beitragc  zur  Anatomic  und   Hiotologie  dcr   Mjzostomeu  : 

I.  Mrzoctotua  Mteriae  Marenz.    Zeitachr.  f.  wiraenach.  Zoolog.  i.xxv.  (19U8),  pag.  4U&-59.1),  taf. 

XXJCIV.-XXXVIII. 

7.  W.  H.  WHKKL.KR.     Protandric  Hermaphroditiam  in  Mrzostoma.     Zoolog.  Anzeigcr,  xvu.  (1894), 

pag.  177-182. 

8.  W.  M.  WUKEI.KR.     The  Sexual   PhaMfl  of  Mvawionw.     Mitth.  Zoolog.  St.  Neapel.  XH.  (1890), 

pag.  227-802,  tab.  x.-xn. 


ERKLARUNG  DER  ABBILDL'NGEN. 


FCR  ALLE  FIGUREN  GILTIGE  BUCHSTABENERKLiBUHO. 


aS,  After.  '  o, 

Aw.  Bulbus  mnsculosns.  or, 

br,  Bruttasche.  &  6, 

f.  Cirrus.  5  ... 

m,  Banchinark.  r, 

i/,  dellenformiger,  durch  das    Mtinnchen   veran-     rt, 

lasster  Eindruck.  w, 

dfl,  Darmast.  '. 

A,  Hackenappurut.  HO, 

m,  Hand.  ub, 

my,  Magen.  r/, 

m«,  Mnkelseptnni.  v, 

n,  Nepbridium.  I,  II,  III, 

nb,  Endblaw  d«  Nephridiums.  1,  S,  3, 

np,  Ncphridialporus. 

tu,  Nephrostom.  *, 

mi,  nnpmares  Endsttick  der  Nepbridien. 

In 


Ovarium. 

Oawphagos. 

in.iiiiilichc  (k«chlecbtaofTnung. 

weibliche  Gcuchlechtaoffnnng. 

Rectum. 

KunelUache. 

lUndzone. 

Hoden. 

vorderer  Uteru8abw;hnitt. 

binterer  Uteriuabacbuitt. 

Ventralabechnitt  der  Leibothohle. 

aufgerollte  Seitenpartie  de>  Korpen. 

HaupUUmme  der  Dannverzweignng. 

Hauptattkmme  der  ventralen  Leibeahdhlen- 

vertweignng. 
Ubergangwtelle  zwisclien  Nephridialcanal 

und  EndbUae. 


Fig.   5-10  ist  mil   rotrr   Farbt  angelegt :  der   ErnithriingBapparmt ;  mit  gtlbtr  t'arbe  angelegt :  der 
Excretiouappmlk 

!•  1%.  6-10  iat  durch  KWMM  Farbt  gekennzeichnet :  der  weibliche  Geachlechtaapparat. 
In  Fig.  6  encheint  aoHerdem  anch  der  Brutraam  (br)  in  iceuter  /Vw6#  gehalten. 


26  DR.   KUDOLF  RITTER  v.   STUMMER-TRAUNFELS. 


FIGURENERKLARUNG  (PLATE). 

FIG.  1. — M.  antarcticum,  n.sp.  Von  der  Dorsalseite  her  abgebildeter  Korpersector  zur  Demonstration  seiner 
Oberfliichensculptur  und  der  Randzone.  Vergr.  20-fach. 

FIG.  2-10. — M.  cysticolum  Graff. 

FIG.  2. — Weibchen  (aus  Cyste  a)  ;  von  der  linken  Seite  gesehen.  Das  in  der  Abbildung  obere  Ende  ist 
das  Caudalende  des  Tieres.  Vergr.  6-fach. 

FIG.  3. — Cyste  (a)  an  einem  Armstiick  von  Antedon  adriani ;  von  der  linken  Seite  gesehen.     Vergr.  G-fach. 

FIG.  4. — Weibchen  (aus  Cyste  l>)  ;  von  der  Ventralseite  gesehen.  Man  erkennt  die  dellenformig  einge- 
buchtete  Stelle,  an  welcher  das  Miinnchen  gesessen  hatte.  Vergr.  10-fach. 

FIG.  5. — Miinnchen  (ans  Cyste  a)  ;  von  der  Ventralseite  her  abgebildet.  Das  Exemplar  ist  rostro-caudal 
etwas  contrahiert.  Vergr.  27j-fach. 

FIG.  6. — Weibchen  (aus  Cyste  a).     Medianer  Langsschnitt.    Vergr.  11-fach. 

FIG.  7. — Weibchen  (aus  Cyste  V).  Etwas  schief  zur  Liingsaxe  ausgefallener  Querschnitt  in  der  die  mittleren 
(dritten)  Parapodien  verbindenden  Transversanebene.  Von  den  beiden  Ovarien  der  linken 
Korperseite  ist  nur  das  riickwartige,  von  den  beiden  Hoden  nur  der  linke  getroffen.  Vergr.  32-fach. 

FIG.  8. — Weibchen  (aus  Cyste  V).  Hinter  dem  vorigen,  in  der  Gegend  der  Nephridialcaniile  gefiihrter 
Querschuitt.  Nur  der  rechte  Nephridialcanal  ist  in  demselben  getroffen.  Vergr.  32-fach. 

FIG.  9  und  10. — Miinnchen  (aus  Cyste  V).  Aus  Fliichenschnitten  combinirte  und  etwas  schematisirte 
Teilbilder.  In  Fig.  9  sind  die  mehr  dorsal  gelegenen  Organe,  wie  der  Erniihrungsapparat,  der 
miinnlicbe  Geschlechtsapparat  und  der  Dorsalabschnitt  des  weiblichen  Geschlechtsapparates,  ferner 
die  Nephrostomata  dargestellt.  Fig.  10  zeigt  den  Ventralabschnitt  des  weiblichen  Geschlechts- 
apparates mit  den  Ovarien,  ferner  die  Endblasen  mit  dem  unpaaren  Endabschnitte  der  Kephridien. 
Zwischen  den  Nephrostomatis  (ns  in  Fig.  9),  und  den  in  Fig.  10  mit  *  bezeichneten  Durch- 
schnittsstellen  durch  die  Nephridien  verlaufen  in  dorsoventraler  Richtung  die  kurzen  Nephridial- 
caniile.  Vergr.  fiir  beide  Fig.  79-fach. 


ub 


oo' 


Aa'.  del 


MYZOSTOMA. 


SIPUNCULOIDEA. 

By  W.  F.  LANI-HKSTKR,  M.A.. 
King's  College,  Cambridge. 

I'll  AM  oU)SOMA    SOCIUM. 

THIS  collection  consist^  of  some  thirty  specimens,  all  of  small  size,  \\lu.-h  \\,-\-,- 
mostly  taken  )>y  means  of  a  net  from  holes  in  the  ice,  while  the  '  Discovery '  was 
in  Winter  Quarters.  One  specimen,  however,  was  capture*!  with  the  dredge,  the 
depth  Iteing  given  as  100  fathoms.  That  the  hulk  of  them  l>eloug  to  a  single 
specie*  of  Phascoloaoina  is  quite  certain,  lx>th  from  their  general  apiH>arancc  and 
from  a  study  of  the  relations  of  the  various  organs,  though  it  is  to  lie  noted  that 
these  relations  have  Wen  found  to  lie  far  from  invariable.  Some  half-a-dozen, 
however,  have  l>een  the  cause  of  considerable  difficulty  in  the  exact  determination  of 
their  specific  identity  ;  yet  it  has  seemed  best  to  include  them  under  the  aliovc 
species.  In  the  first  place,  they  agree  in  the  main  details  of  their  structure  with 
the  typical  forms ;  and  I  have  not  IKHMI  able  to  place  them  without  hesitation 
under  any  of  the  other  closely  allied  species  (sub-species  or  varieties)  which  centre 
round  the  Arctic  PA.  margaritaceum,  namely,  PA.  antarcticum,  ctipsiforme,  ftiHCiim, 
yeoraianutn,  or  lay  fuse.  In  the  second  place,  I  find  in  some  of  them  no  structural 
differences  from  the  typical  form  ;  while  in  others,  such  differences  are  hardly  greater 
than  those  found  within  the  limits  of  the  typical  form ;  while  in  regard  to  the  most 
obvious  distinction  that  separates  them,  namely,  difference  of  general  appearance, 
I  have  considered  that,  in  so  far  as  colour  is  concerned,  the  difference  may  l»c  due  to 
methods  of  preservation  (in  one  case  at  least  corrosive  sublimate  is  given  as  the 
preservative),  and  that,  in  so  far  as  the  greater  thickness  and  opacity  of  the  Ixxly- 
wall  is  concerned,  this  is  quite  conceivably  due  to  the  greater  contraction  of  the 
muscles  that  limit  it  interiorly.  One  has,  of  course,  been  influenced  in  forming  an 
opinion  on  this  matter  by  a  variety  of  other  considerations.  A  certain  small 
acquaintance  with  the  various  types  of  Sipunculids  enables  one  to  estimate,  by  a 
method  which  is  licyond  description,  except  in  so  fur  as  it  may  be  called  the  method 
of  past  experience  or  the  results  of  practice,  how  far  one  may  venture  to  overlook 
those  differences  of  detail  which  occur  as  l>etween  individual  specimens.  Again,  one 
is  able  to  recall  that,  while  in  many  Sipunculids  certain  outstanding  features  appear, 
which  enable  one  with  little  difficulty  to  place  the  individual  considered,  yet  in  others 
these  same  features  are  too  indefinite  or  variable  to  be  of  much  use.  And  the  actual 
truth  is  that,  speaking  generally,  the  main  features  which  we  rely  on  as  affording 
VOL,  nr.  V 


W.    F.    LANCHESTER. 

differentiating  specific  characters  in  this  group  are  ultimately  of  a  very  vague  and 
unsatisfactory  kind ;  while  they  appear  clear  enough  in  many  cases,  yet  in 
others  we  at  once  realise  how  indefinite  they  are.  We  are  dealing  with  very  contractile 
animals,  and  yet  use  such  points  as  the  relative  lengths  of  the  body  and  the 
introvert ;  nay,  the  very  limits  between  these  two  are  generally  indefinable,  and  even 
were  they  not,  still,  one  portion  may  be  relatively  more  contracted  than  the  other. 
The  length  of  the  segmental  organs  relative  to  other  structures  has  its  value,  yet 
I  cannot  help  feeling  that  a  certain  amount  of  extensibility  must  be  conceded  to  them  ; 
and  the  question  of  their  colour  surely  affords  an  absolutely  valueless  criterion. 
So  with  the  number  of  coils  of  the  gut ;  extremes  of  number  indicate  a 
difference  undoubtedly,  but  one  is  naturally  suspicious  of  such  distinctions  as 
lie  between  16,  18,  20,  and  so  on.  Thus  the  present  specimens  (out  of  those 
that  are  undoubtedly  similar)  give  us  a  length  of  segmental  organs  varying  from 
l'5-4  mm.,  and  number  of  gut-coils  varying  from  12-25.  So  that  when  Dr. 
Michaelsen  tells  us  that  two  of  the  differences  between  Ph.  antarcticum  and  Ph. 
fuscum  are  that  the  latter  has  "  etwa  18"  and  the  former  "  ungefahr  20  Doppd- 
windungen,"  and  that  in  the  latter  the  segmental  organs  are  "  weit  langer  als  die  von 
Ph.  antarcticum,"  we  feel  that  the  first  distinction  is  valueless,  and  that  the  value  of 
the  second  must  depend  on  the  amount  of  the  other  distinctions,  which  are  as  a 
matter  of  fact  admitted  to  be  slight  as  between  the  two  species.  I  trust  I  may  not 
be  taken  to  mean  that  the  characters  usually  quoted  as  of  specific  worth  have  no  value. 
My  object  is,  in  the  main,  to  indicate  the  considerations  that  have  induced  me  to  join 
up  in  a  particular  instance  what  others  might  have  been  inclined  to  separate  ;  though 
it  is  naturally  obvious  that  I  tend  to  consider  that  certain  details  that  are  universally 
quoted  in  specific  descriptions  of  Sipunculids  should  be  subjected  to  very  careful 
consideration  before  they  are  accepted  as  having  any  absolute  value.  The  absence  of 
longitudinal  muscles,  and,  in  most  species,  of  hooks  within  the  genus  Pkascolosoma  is 
doubtless  one  of  the  reasons  why  it  is  more  unsatisfactory  to  deal  with  than  the  other 
genera  of  the  family. 

The  present  species  then  presents  in  the  main  the  chief  features  of  the  Ph. 
margaritaceum  group.  From  Ph.  margaritaceum  and  Ph.  capsiforme  it  seems  to  be 
distinguished  by  having  the  introvert  not  much  shorter  than,  instead  of  being  only 
half,  or  a  little  more  than  half,  the  length  of  the  body ;  yet  here  I  would  like  to  point 
out  that  I  have  examined  three  specimens  of  Ph.  capsiforme  which  were  kindly  sent 
to  me,  through  Prof.  F.  J.  Bell,  by  Dr.  Michaelsen.  Now  in  one  of  these,  in  which  the 
introvert  is  fully  extended,  it  appears  from  careful  measurements  that  the  introvert  is 
"  approximately  "  equal  in  length  to  the  body.  I  say  "  approximately  "  only,  because 
of  two  difficulties :  (a)  that  the  introvert  is  twisted  round  on  itself ;  and  (b)  that, 
simple  as  it  seems  to  distinguish  the  confines  of  introvert  and  body  when  regarding 
the  object  with  the  ordinary  eye,  yet  the  application  of  a  measuring  instrument  at  once 
reveals  the  difficulty  of  deciding  on  a  real  line  of  demarcation  between  the  two. 


-II'ONCTLOIDEA.  3 

However,  it  in  clear  that  iu  this  case,  at  any  rate,  the  introvert  in  relatively  much 
longer  than  in  the  cases  originally  described.  I  turn,  however,  to  a  second  of  the 
specimens  lent  me.  which  I  have  cut  open,  and  find  that  the  uneztendcd  introvert 
which  lit  -  in-iilr  the  Uxly  is  now  markedly  less  than  half  the  Ixxly  length.  Now  it 
aeemH  not  at  all  unlikely,  on  ii  priori  grounds  (I  have  no  actual  observations  to  offer  in 
this  case),  that  tin-  introvert,  when  pushed  in  amongst  the  organs  of  the  body,  should 
contract  to  a  considerable  extent,  so  as  to  occupy  as  little  room  as  possible;  and  that, 
therefore,  the  normal  length  (if  one  can  speak  of  any  such  thing)  in  this  case  may  be 
considered  as  being  about  half  the  body  length.  But  over  and  al>ove  this,  we  find 
that  the  numl>cr  of  gut-coils  in  this  specimen  is  something  between  30-40,  while 
capsiforme  is  laid  to  have  only  about  20.  Since,  however,  I  have  been  kindly 
permitted  to  examine  then  specimens  pretty  closely  (I  have  not  been  able  to  open  the 
other  two),  I  am  able  to.  state  that  I  see  no  reason  to  doubt  the  accuracy  of  their 
identification  with  capsiforme,  despite  these  differences.  That  is  to  say  that  I, 
assuming  a  much  more  careful  examination  on  the  part  of  the  original  identifier,  am 
not  willing  to  controvert  his  decision,  and  that  my  own  observations  tend  to  support 
'it  And  so  I  provisionally  assume  that  considerable  differences  of  this  nature  may  be 
expected  to  occur,  at  any  rate  within  the  margaritaceum  group. 

Ph.  papillosum,  Ph.  capense,  and  Ph.  hanseni  appear  to  be  sufficiently  distinct 
from  the  margaritaceum  group  to  render  any  detailed  comparison  with  this  species 
unnecessary.  On  the  whole  then,  it  seems  reasonable  enough  to  consider  this  form  as 
a  type  differing  from  Ph.  margaritaceum  and  Ph.  capsiforme ;  and  for  much  the  same 
reasons  that  we  can  so  separate  Ph.  antarcticum  and  Ph.  fuscum.  But  the  comparison 
with  the  two  latter  forms  is  a  much  more  difficult  matter.  In  the  first  place,  much  the 
most  striking  feature  in  the  majority  of  these  specimens,  as  viewed  with  the  naked  eye 
or  the  lens,  is  (a)  the  thinness  and  semi-transparency  of  the  skin,  and  (b)  its  extreme 
smoothness,  the  papillae  only  being  barely  visible  with  the  aid  of  the  lens  (they  are  all 
small  specimens)  on  the  hind  end,  or  sometimes  also  at  the  base  of  the  introvert. 

In  these  features  of  their  general  appearance,  in  their  light,  somewhat  straw-like 
colouration,  coupled  with  the  abruptly  pointed  termination  of  the  Ixxly,  and  the 
localisation  of  the  papillae,  they  recall  the  general  facies  of  Ph.  vulgare  more  than  that 
of  any  other  species  with  which  I  am  familiar.  And  it  is  in  just  these  features  that 
they  seem  to  differ  so  markedly  from  Ph.  antarcticum  and  Ph.  fuscum,  in  which  the 
body-wall  is  relatively  thick,  the  colour  is  dark,  and  a  system  of  cross-striation  is 
present  at  the  hind  and  front  ends  of  the  body,  which  appears  to  l>e  at  best  but  weakly 
represented  in  this  form.  We  may  then  proceed  on  the  conceivable  presumption  that 
thmr  are  a  single  (i.e.  from  the  specific  point  of  view  monovalent)  group  of  points ;  in 
other  words,  that  we  are  dealing  with  one  specific  point  only,  and  that  that  point  may 
be  either  variable  according  to  size  and  age,  or  variable  within  the  species.  Passing 
on  then  to  other  points,  we  find  a  clear  resemblance  to  Ph.  fuxcum  in  the  close 
approximation  of  the  openings  of  the  segmental  organs  to  the  line  of  the  anus. 

Y  2 


4  W.    F.    LANCHESTER. 

Further,  on  opening  up  the  body  it  is  found  that  the  ventral  retractors  arise 
from  one-third  to  nearly  one-half  of  the  distance  between  the  segmental  openings 
and  the  end  of  the  body,  which  again  suggests  Ph.  fuscum  ;  but  that  the  segmental 
organs  are  very  short  and  do  not  reach  as  far  as  the  origin  of  the  ventral 
retractors,  which  accords  with  the  arrangement  in  Ph.  antarcticum.  The  latter 
point  is  complicated  by  the  fact  that  in  three  of  the  specimens  the  segmental 
organs  do  over-reach  the  ventral  retractors  by  as  far  again,  yet  are  not  so  much 
as  half  the  length  of  the  body  in  Ph.  fuscum.  And  the  number  of  coils  of 
the  gut  points  to  neither  the  one  nor  the  other,  as  they  vary  from  about  fifteen  to 
about  twenty-five  (about  eighteen  in  Ph.  fuscum,  about  twenty  in  Ph.  antarcticum}. 
Turning  lastly  to  the  papillae,  we  find  that  the  description  of  them  in  the  other  two 
species  accords  fully  with  their  appearance  in  this,  except  that  here  they  are  variable  in 
one  point.  Dr.  Michaelsen  tells  us  that  in  Ph.  antarcticum  they  are  •  027  mm.  wide 
and  •  08  mm.  high  (i.e.  three  times  as  high  as  wide) ;  in  Ph.  fuscum,  he  only  says  that 
they  are  "bis  '07  mm.  lang,  also  nicht  ganz  so  lang  wie  die  entsprechenden  von 
Ph.  antarcticum"  but  the  comparison  of  absolute  lengths  where  the  difference  is  so 
small  is  valueless,  assuming  the  proportions  to  be  the  same;  so  that  we  can  only' 
conclude  that  they  are  practically  identical  in  the  two  species  of  Michaelsen  in  regard 
to  this  point.  Now  in  our  species  the  papillae  in  some  individuals  show  this  ratio  of 
3  :  1,  but  in  others  the  ratio  of  the  height  is  less  (2'5  :  1,  2*25  :  1,  2  :  l). 

In  Ph.  geoi-gianum  the  introvert  is  only  half  the  length  of  the  body,  and  the 
papillae  are  much  longer  than  in  the  other  species  quoted  ;  and  these  points,  taken 
along  with  other  smaller  differences,  seem  to  clearly  separate  our  form  from  it. 
From  Ph.  lagense  Fischer,  these  specimens  are  very  little  distinct ;  but  this  form  is 
itself  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  Ph.  antarcticum.  The  thinness  and  clear 
colouration  seem  to  be  the  main  distinction  in  most  of  the  specimens  ;  and  in  all 
of  them  the  relative  unimportance  of  the  system  of  striation  on  the  hind  end.  In 
Ph.  lagense,  moreover,  the  segmental  organs  are  as  long  as  half  the  body. 

I  subjoin  a  list  of  measurements  taken  from  a  few  of  the  specimens ;  the 
sign  "  S.O."  is  meant  to  indicate  the  "opening  of  the  segmental  organ,"  and  the 
measurements  are  in  millimetres  and  taken  as  accurately  as  the  conditions  would 
permit. 

The  letters  A,  B,  etc.,  correspond  to  different  localities,  while  the  figures 
1,  2,  3,  etc.,  merely  indicate  different  specimens.  At  the  same  time  it  may  be 
pointed  out  that  the  A  and  B  specimens  are  all  obviously  of  one  type,  viz., 
thin-skinned  and  straw-coloured,  while  those  marked  E  and  F  are  those  that  I 
have  already  mentioned  as  differing  from  the  rest  in  general  facies,  viz.,  dark  in 
colour  and  apparently  thicker-skinned. 

The  most  remarkable  difference  is  to  be  found  in  the  specimen  marked  E  2. 
Here  the  extended  introvert  is  much  longer  than  the  body,  26 '3  mm.  and  8 '5  mm. 
On  the  other  hand,  in  the  one  marked  E  1,  which  presents  all  the  general  facies 


HPUVOULOIDEA. 


— 

From  and  to  8.O. 

Lamihol- 
:                       Iplrowrt. 

I  >i«Unco  of  rttractor  origin* 
Numterol           puu,,,.  „, 
ury  1  '      i  *•••  tnn  B>o< 
Doiwl.                    Ventral 

A  1                1'J 

22 

8-R                         8                          19                        1 

A2              1«'5 

17'ft 

2                           7                          21 

A 

:- 

II 

2-25                    7-75                  .20                       1 

A4 

11*1 

18-S                       i'                        47.'.                     17                     -25 

Al 

l.v.'. 

17-6                     2-ft                      4-76                     1M                       l 

A 

10 

18                         2                          5                         25                     -26 

A  i             lo*.» 

8                       1-25                    4-25                     17                     -2& 

Bl                   21 

22                        8                        9'5                       Ifi                     -5 

B                      12 

10                         2                          R                         20                     -5 

E  1                 0 

10                        2                        fi'2.">                      ? 

IS 

-    . 

•j  • 

1-75                    8-5                       21 

Fl 

14 

11-5 

1-25                      4                      11-12 

and  the  same  internal  structure  as  in  E2,  together  with  closely  similar  papillae, 
the  retracted  introvert  is  shorter  than  the  body,  14  mm.:  11*5  mm.  In  El, 
moreover,  the  dorsal  retractors  originate  from  a  point  half-way  Itetween  the  opening 
of  the  segmcntal  organ  and  the  ventral  retractor,  while  in  E2  they  originate  at  a 
position  only  one-third  approximately  (as  in  the  other  specimens)  of  the  dixtance 
Itetween  these  two  points.  It  is  a  little  difficult  to  see  how  to  deal  with  those 
anomalies  satisfactorily ;  and  I  have  preferred  to  consider  these  two  provisionally 
as  within  the  limits  of  the  present  species.  In  two  of  the  specimens  I  find  the 
segmental  organs  reaching  aUmt  as  far  again  beyond  the  insertion  of  the  retractors. 
\  -[liiiilli-  muscle,  not  attached  to  the  hind  end,  is  generally  present,  though  in  one 
»r  two  cases  I  have  not  been  quite  able  to  decide  as  to  its  presence  or  absence. 
In  two  cases  I  have  found  two  distinct  muscles  attaching  the  front  portion  of  the 
gut  to  the  body-wall ;  in  the  other  cases  I  have  seen  no  muscles  at  all,  though  it 
seems  quite  possible  that  they  may  easily  lie  torn,  and  so  escape  notice,  in  these  small 
specimens. 

The  following  list  of  localities  and  notes  may  be  added  :— 

A.  10  tpedmoM      ....       Winter  Quarters.      4.  ix.  08.    No.  12  Hole.     D  net. 

8.  of  Hot  Point.    2&-30  fas.  100  yd*. 

B.  2  «pecin*eM       .  .  „  „  28.  ii.  02.     Up  to  10  fnu. 

C.  8  tpedmens       .  11.  ii.  02.     Duet.     Hat  Point. 


6  W.    F.    LANCHESTER. 

D.  1  specimen         ....       Winter  Quarters.     17.  i.  03.      Flagon    Point.       102 

fms.     Dredge. 

E.  4  specimens       ....  „  „  29.  viii.  03.     Same  as  A. 

F.  4  specimens       ....  „  „  3.  ii.  04.    D  net.     Hut  Point. 

G.  1  specimen        ....  ,.  „  19.  iii.  02.    D  net.     Hut  Point. 
H.     3  specimens       ....             „            „  19.  xi.  02.     I)  net.     Hut  Point. 
K.     1  specimen        ....            „            „           19.  iii.  02.     Up  to  10  fms. 

Finally,  reference  should  be  made  to  a  very  brief  preliminary  description  of 
Phascolosoma  charcyti,  obtained  by  the  Charcot  Expedition,  and  described  by 
M.  Marcel  Herubel  in  the  "Bulletin  du  Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,"  1906,  p.  127,  together 
with  Ph.  fuscum  and  Ph.  antarcticum.  Since  Ph.  charcoti  is  there  said  to  resemble 
Ph.  georgianum  closely,  I  do  not  think  our  species  can  be  synonymous  with  it.  On 
the  other  hand,  we  are  told,  in  regard  to  the  skin  of  Ph.  charcoti,  that  it  is 
"  a  peu  pres  lisse,"  with  "  quelques  papilles  espacees  et  petites "  ;  in  which  it  both 
resembles  our  species  and  differs  from  Ph.  georgianum,  of  which  Michaelseu  says, 
"  Der  ganze  Korper  ist  mit  grossen  dunklen  Papillen  besetzt."  This  discrepancy 
in  one  point  may  not  invalidate  its  general  resemblance  to  Ph.  georgianum,  but, 
combined  with  the  brevity  of  the  diagnosis,  it  makes  it  impossible  to  assert 
similarity  or  the  reverse  as  between  our  form  and  Ph.  C?uzrcoti. 


COELENTERA. 

IV.-ACTINM;. 

I 

Bv  JOSEPH  A.  CLUBB,  M.Sc. 
(3  Plates.) 

THE  Actinian  collection  of  the  '  Discovery '  Expedition  consisted  of  upward*  of  fifty 
specimens,  which  have  l>een  allocated  to  eight  species,  representing  six  genera  and  four 
families.  With  two  exceptions,  all  were  taken  at  or  near  to  the  Winter  Quartern, 
McMurdo  Bay.  The  two  exceptions*  are  Port  Harris,  Falkland  Islands,  containing 
two  species,  and  Enderby  Island,  Auckland  Islands,  containing  one  species,  and  from 
both  places  a  considerable  number  of  specimens,  more  than  half  the  total,  was  obtained. 
The  specimens  were  for  the  most  part  in  a  fair  state  of  preservation,  but  I  must  express 
regret  that  no  memoranda  were  made  of  the  colours  of  the  living  nuimals.  In  the 
preserved  condition  alwolutrly  no  trace  of  colour  remains,  and  while  admitting  that 
anatomical  characters  are  the  only  sure  guide  in  Actiuological  studies,  the  colours  of 
living  Actinians,  when  known,  serve  at  least  as  a  valuable  clue  to  identification  with  the 
species  of  the  older  authorities,  who  give  very  little  but  external  characters  as  their 
diagnoses. 

The  work  has  been  carried  on  in  the  lalioratories  of  the  Liverpool  Museums, 
and  I  have  again  to  express  my  thanks  to  the  Museums  Committee  for  permission  to 
use  apparatus,  etc.,  and  to  Dr.  Forbes,  the  Director  of  Museums,  for  other  facilities. 

FAMILY  ACTINIID^E,  Gosse,  1858. 

ACTIXIARIA  with  an  adherent  base  ;  column  wall  smooth  or  provided  with  verrucaj, 
but  never  with  hollow  vesicular  outgrowths  ;  sphincter  muscle  endodermal,  generally 
diffuse  and  weak  ;  tentacles  simple  ;  margin  smooth  or  provided  with  simple  acroragi ; 
mesenteries  in  several  cycles,  of  which  usually  more  than  one  is  perfect ;  longitudinal 
muscles  of  tentacles  usually  diffuse ;  no  acoutia. 

Genus  PARANTHEOPSIS,  McMurrich. 

Actiniidae  without  acroragi,  but  with  conspicuous  verrucas  on  the  distal  portion  of 
the  column  ;  no  collar,  but  the  margin  a  distinct  parapet,  within  which  is  a  well-marked 
fosse  ;  tentacles  of  moderate  length  and  rather  slender,  capable  gf  being  concealed  in 
contraction ;  sphincter  diffuse. 

•  ThcM  (onus  are  *o  interacting  that,  after  MM  con»i<leration,  I  have  allowed  their  entrance  into  thii 
report. — ED. 


JOSEPH   A.   CLUBB. 
PARANTHEOPSIS  CRUENTATA. 

Actinia  crumtata  Couthouy  in    Dana,  U.S.  Exploring   Expedition,  Zoophytes*  (1*16),   p.    188,  PI.  3, 

Figs.  23  and  23A. 

Cereus  crmntatm  Milne  Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Corall.  (1857),  1,  p.  2C8. 
Bunocks  critentata  Gosse,  Actinologia  Britanuica  (1860),  p.  194.     Verrill,  Trans.  Connect.  Acad.  (186!)), 

1,  p.  467.     Andres,  Fauna  und  Flora  des  Golfes  von  Neapel  (1884),  p.  215. 
CondylMtis  crumtata  McMurrich,   Scientific    Results   of   Explorations   U.S.  Fish   Commission   Steamer 

'Albatross'  (1893)  p.  150.     Carlgren,  Zoantharien,  Hamb.  Maghal.  Sammel.  (1898),  p.  10,  Figs.  13 

and  14. 
Parantheqjsis  crumtata  McMurrich,  Zoolog.  Jahrb.  Suppl.  VI.  (1905),  p.  233. 

I  have  adopted  the  course  taken  by  McMurrich  (10,  p.  233),  and  place  this  species, 
previously  known  as  Condylactis  cruentata,  under  this  genus. 

Six  specimens  were  taken  by  the  '  Discovery '  at  Port  Harris,  Falkland  Islands, 
along  with  a  number  of  specimens  of  Bunodes  octoradiatus.  In  my  description  of  the 
latter  species  (p.  7)  I  refer  to  the  extreme  similarity  in  external  appearance  of  these 
two  species. 

The  largest  specimen  measures  2  •  5  cm.  in  height  of  column  and  1  •  5  cm.  in 
diameter.  Proximally  the  body-wall  is  longitudinally  grooved,  corresponding  to  the 
insertion  of  the  mesenteries  ;  distally  the  corrugations  are  replaced  by  distinct  rows  of 
verrucse.  The  papillae  or  pseudoacroragi  terminating  the  rows  have  no  trace  of 
nematocysts,  and  are  simply  outgrowths  of  the  body-wall,  being  essentially  identical  in 
structure  (PI.  1,  Fig.  3)  with  it.  They  vary  considerably  in  size  in  different  individuals, 
evidently  depending  on  their  state  of  contraction.  In  the  specimen  from  which  the  section 
figured  (PI.  1,  Fig.  1)  is  taken  the  pseudoacroragi  are  much  inflated.  Considerable 
variation  exists  in  the  number  of  tentacles.  The  largest  specimen  has  48  tentacles 
(6  +  6  +  12  +  24),  the  smallest  has  only  26,  and  an  intermediate  size  32.  This 
certainly  suggests  that  the  adult  condition  is  hexamerous,  and  that  any  octamerous 
condition  is  simply  a  stage  in  development  and  transitory,  as  Carlgren  supposes.  No 
sphincter  muscle  is  developed,  there  being  no  indication  in  transverse  sections  through 
the  parapet  and  adjoining  body-wall  of  any  modifications  more  than  the  ordinary 
muscle  bands  found  generally  (PI  1,  Fig.  1).  The  circular  muscles  of  the  body- wall 
are  moderately  developed,  and  the  mesogloeal  layer  is  relatively  thick  (PI.  1,  Fig.  1). 
The  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  tentacles  and  oral  disc  are  ectodermal,  and  the 
longitudinal  and  parieto-basilar  muscles  of  the  mesenteries  are  well  marked. 

FAMILY  PARACTIDJ5,  R.  Hertwig,  1882. 

ACTINIARIA  with  a  mesodermal  sphincter  muscle  ;  no  acontia  ;  mesenteries  arranged 
in  several  cycles,  of  which  usually  more  than  one  is  perfect ;  longitudinal  muscles  of 
the  mesenteries  usually  diffuse  ;  column  wall  usually  smooth,  sometimes  with  sub- 
marginal  plication  and  solid  ridges  ;  no  acroragi. 

*  Dana  (Amer.  J.  Sci.  (2)  i.  (1846),  p.  178)  cites  his  Zoophyte  work  as  of  this  year ;  the  copy  in  the  Zool.  Dept. 
of  the  Museum  bears  date  1848. — ED. 


\.   ll\l  I.  3 

MIS  PARACTW. 

l'u  nii.hr  with  thin  .MI.)  -month  ••••Immi  wall  :  tentacles  of  moderate  length  and 
nf  uniform  thickness  throughout;  margin  not  lobcd  ;  individual  mesenteries  uf  ea<-li 
jwir  c«{ually  developed. 

PARACTIS  POLARIS. 

One  specimen  lalx-lK-.l  •  Winter  Quarters,  24.  8.  03,"  anil  taken  in  25-30  fathoms 
(PI.  I.  Kg.  2). 

I  Light  of  column  •_'•:;  cm.;  diameter  of  foot-dine  3- 5  cm.,  diameter  of  oral  disc 
2'5  cm.  Tentacles  of  uniform  size,  about  0*3  cm.  long,  in  four  cycles 
12  +  12  +  24  +  48  =  9G.  The  Itase  is  adhesive  and  thin,  the  insertions  of  the 
mesenteries  l»eing  visible  through  it.  It  in  produced  all  round  wider  than  the  column, 
which  narrows  considerably.  The  Imdy-wall  in  firm,  and  near  the  parai>ct  somewhat 
thick,  where  it  is  slightly  puckered  by  contraction.  The  mouth  opening  is  visible  in 
the  centre  of  the  tentacles,  crowded  together  by  contraction.  The  a'sophagus  is 
plicated  and  the  two  siphonoglyphs  arc  well  marked. 

The  sphincter  is  fairly  strong,  mcsogloeal,  and  produced  to  a  fine  termination. 
A  transverse  section  (PI.  1,  Fig.  3)  shows  that  it  lies  nearer  to  the  endoderm,  and  is 
reticulate  in  appearance,  giving  indistinct  traces  of  layering.  (Ireater  details  of 
structure  are  given  in  Fig.  4. 

The  mesenteries  are  membranous,  and  the  longitudinal  muscles  are  somewhat 
diffuse,  but  well  marked  (PI.  1,  Fig.  5).  The  mesoglooal  layer  is  thin,  except  close  to 
the  body-wall,  where  the  pnrieto-lwsilar  muscle  arises,  but  the  lamclhu  of  the  muscles 
are  conspicuous  and  branched.  Two  cycles  of  the  mesenteries  arc  complete,  and  these 
are  fertile,  including  the  directives.  The  specimen  is  female,  ova  in  various  stages  of 
development  lx?ing  seen  in  sections. 

The  radial  muscles  of  the  oral  disc  and  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  tentacles 
are  mesoglocal  (PI.  1,  Fig.  6).  In  regard  to  this  character  McMurridi  (8,  p.  161), 
in  his  comments  on  the  genus  I\inicti*,  states  that  of  two  forms  of  the  '  AHutross,' 
collections  which,  according  to  the  generally  accepted  definition  of  the  genus,  must  be 
assigned  to  l'<tmcti«,  one  had  these  muscles  ectodermal  and  the  other  mesogloeal, 
and  while  raising  the  question  as  to  whether  this  character  is  worthy  of  generic 
di-tinction,  he  places  l»oth  provisionally  under  Paractis.  Of  the  '  Discovery  '  specimens, 
in  both  the  one  under  consideration  and  the  succeeding  one  the  said  muscles  arc 
mesogloeal. 

PARAITIS  PAPAVKR. 

Aflttiia papaetr  Dnytoo  in  Dana,  p.  148,  PI.  I.  KIL-.  2'.»,  op.  cii. 
Pmrmctit  JMJMMT  Milne  Edwmnto,  p.  »49,  torn. 

A  single  specimen  labelled  "Mi.Mmdo  Bay,  Winter  Quarters,  20  fathoms,"  only 
slightly  contracted,  with  tentacles,  oral  disc  and  oesophageal  opening  plainly  visible, 
the  last-named  being  1  *5  ciu.  in  diameter. 


VOL   IV. 


JOSEPH   A.   CLUBB. 

The  height  of  body-wall  is  4'5  cm.,  diameter  of  column  5 '5  cm.,  and  of  oral 
disc  very  slightly  less.  The  body-wall  is  quite  smooth  and  extremely  membranous, 
giving  the  animal  quite  an  inflated  appearance.  The  upper  margin  is  slightly 
crenulated  by  contraction  of  the  sphincter ;  the  pedal  disc  is  adherent  and  a  little 
firmer  and  thicker  than  the  body-wall  ;  the  oral  disc  has  slight  radiating  folds  running 
outwards,  up  to  and  between  the  tentacles  ;  the  oesophagus  is  strongly  corrugated, 
and  the  two  siphonoglyphs  are  visible,  but  not  markedly  distinct.  The  tentacles  are 
stout,  in  four  cycles  (12  +  12  +  24  +  48  =  96);  in  the  innermost  cycle  about  1  cm. 
long  in  the  contracted  condition,  and  diminishing  slightly  in  length  in  the  outer  cycles. 

The  sphincter  is  mesogloeal,  occupying  almost  the  whole  of  the  mesogloeal  layer, 
and  projecting  as  a  distinct  collar,  with  the  ectodermal  epithelium,  and  forming  a  deep 
fosse  between  it  and  the  tentacles.  Fig.  7  on  PI.  2  shows  a  radial  section  through 
the  sphincter.  The  muscles  of  the  oral  disc  (PI.  2,  Fig.  7)  and  tentacles  (PI.  2,  Fig.  8) 
are  mesogloeal.  The  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  mesenteries  are  in  the  form  of  slender 
strands,  which  may  be  seen  running  more  or  less  parallel  to  each  other  over  the  extremely 
delicate  and  membranous  mesenteries.  In  transverse  section  (PI.  2,  Fig.  11)  it  is  seen 
that  the  mesogloea  is  extremely  thin  throughout,  but  is  slightly  thickened  and  bears 
short  slightly  branched  lamellae  for  the  muscle  strands.  The  parieto-basilar  muscle 
is  small  and  insignificant.  Two  cycles  of  mesenteries  are  complete,  and  the  pairs  of 
directive  mesenteries  bear  the  usual  relation  to  the  siphonoglyphs.  All  the  complete 
mesenteries  are  fertile,  including  the  directives,  and  ova  in  various  stages  are  seen 
(PI.  2,  Fig.  9),  and  a  figure  is  given  of  a  section  of  the  somewhat  characteristic 
mesenterial  filaments  (PI.  2,  Fig.  10). 

I  have  identified  this  specimen  with  Paractis  papaver,  the  Actinia  papaver  of 
Drayton,  briefly  described  and  figured  by  Dana  (4,  p.  143,  PI.  4). 

Genus  ACTINOSTOLA,  Verrill. 

Paractidae  usually  of  large  size,  with  a  firm  leathery  wall,  which  may  be 
corrugated  or  folded,  but  with  no  verrucas.  Margin  tentaculate.  Tentacles  relatively 
thick,  and  not  enlarged  at  the  base.  The  pairs  of  mesenteries  in  certain  cycles  are 
unequally  developed,  having  one  of  each  pair  smaller  and  narrower  than  the  other. 

ACTINOSTOLA  CHILENSIS. 

Artinostola  chilensis  McMurrich,  Zoolog.  Jahrb.,  Supp.  VI.  (Fauna  Chilensis  iii.),  (1905),  p.  247,  Pis.  15 
and  16,  Figs.  80-83. 

Five  specimens  of  large  size  contained  in  one  bottle  labelled  "  4.3.04,  254  fathoms, 
mud  and  stones."  The  locality  is  not  stated  on  the  label,  but  I  am  informed  that  the 
position  was  67°  21'  46"  S.  and  155°  21'  10"  E.  The  specimens  vary  greatly  in  form 
and  size.  One  specimen  measures  5 '  5  cm.  in  height  and  4  cm.  in  diameter  of 
column  ;  another  is  4  cm.  only  in  height,  but  6  cm.  in  diameter. 

The  wall  is  firm  and  leathery,  smooth  to  the  touch,  and  no  verrucas  or  tubercles 


\in\i.i:  5 

• 

arc  present ;  but  irregular  -liall«>\\  furrows  are  formetl  by  eoutractiuti  in  these  preserved 
specimens.  In  all  cases  the  tentacle*  «•  exposed,  aud  they  agree  generally  with  the 
description  given  by  MrMurrirh,  in  hia  account  of  the  species  (10,  p.  247)  from  a 
-|M-,'!ni,-n  iV-. in  i  'album,  both  as  regards  number  and  arrangement  and  relative  size. 

Tin-  irsophagus  is  generally  widely  expanded,  and  in  the  majority  of  the 
specimens  is  alm<>-t  indistinguishable  from  the  portion  of  the  oral  disc  inside  the 
tentacles.  But  in  one  of  the  more  contracted  specimens  the  lip  of  the  oesophagus  is 
easilv  distinguished,  but  the  corrugations  are  continued  radially  over  the  oral  disc, 
running  between  aud  a  short  distance  up  the  bases  of  the  tentacles.  The  siphonoglyphs 
are  in  no  case  well  marked.  The  foot-disc  is  well-marked  and  strongly  adherent. 

The  more  minute  anatomy  agrees  generally  with  McMurrich's  description.  The 
mesogloea  of  the  body-wall  is  variable  in  thickness,  and  in  one  specimen,  just 
l>elow  the  sphincter,  is  nearly  2  mm.  thick,  from  which  in  an  upward  direction  it  thins 
rapidly  to  less  than  1  mm.  The  mesogloeal  sphincter  exhibits  no  trace  of  layering, 
having  a  simple  reticulate  structure  in  transverse  section.  Transverse  sections  of  the 
tentacles  exhibit  the  same  appearance  of  portions  of  the  ectodermnl  epithelium  licing 
cut  off  and  apparently  enclosed  in  the  mesogloea,  as  descril>ed  by  McMurrich,  due  to 
contraction  and  the  unusual  thickness  of  the  mesogloeal  layer. 

The  mesenteries  in  manlier  and  arrangement  agree  with  McMurrich's  descrip- 
tion, but  I  cannot  confirm  the  hermaphroditic  condition  described  for  the  species. 
In  the  specimen  selected  for  histological  work  no  spermatozoa  were  found,  and  the 
ova  were  large  and  well-developed.  Otherwise  the  '  Discovery '  specimens  agree 
well  with  McMurrich's  description,  and  I  have  no  hesitation  in  placing  them  under 
this  species. 

FAMILY  ALICIID.&     DUKRDKN  (1895). 

A'  ri N IAKIA  with  a  large,  flat,  contractile  base.  Tentacles  simple,  cylindrical  and 
entacmteous.  Column  wall  with  simple  or  compound  hollow  tultercles  or  vesicles, 
covering  the  greater  part  of  the  column,  arranged  mostly  in  vertical  rows.  Sphincter 
muscle  endodermal  and  diffuse,  variable  in  amount  of  development.  No  cinclides  or 
acontia,  margin  with  or  without  acroragL  Mesenteries  arranged  in  several  cycles  of 
which  usually  more  than  one  is  perfect 

Genus  CYSTIACTIS,  M.  Edw. 

Aliriidiu  having  the  column  covered  with  simple  vesicles.  Tentacles  of  variable 
length,  in  one,  two,  or  three  cycles.  Numerous  perfect  mesenteries  ;  sphincter  muscle 
moderately  well  developed. 

(   YVHACTIS   ANTARCTICA. 

A  single  specimen,  bearing  the  label  "  McMurdo  Bay,  Winter  Quarters,  28.2.02." 
Depth,  20  fathoms. 

z  2 


6  JOSEPH   A.   CLUBB. 

| 

External  characters — Height  of  body-wall  5 '75  cm.,  diameter  of  column  4  cm., 
diameter  of  oral  disc  3  cm.,  diameter  of  pedal  disc  (contracted  condition)  2 '75  cm. 

There  is  no  trace  of  distinctive  coloration  in  the  preserved  specimen,  and  no 
record  on  the  collector's  label.  The  single  specimen  is  poorly  preserved,  and  owing  to 
the  thin  and  delicate  body-wall  is  quite  collapsed.  The  column  is  studded  with 
thin-walled  simple  vesicles  (PI.  2,  Fig.  12)  communicating  with  the  coelenterou  and 
arranged  in  twenty-four  vertical  and  parallel  rows,  corresponding  to  the  mesenteric 
spaces.  The  attachment  of  the  mesenteries  may  be  seen  in  places,  between  the  rows 
of  vesicles.  The  vesicles  of  adjacent  rows  are  arranged  alternately,  and  they  increase 
in  size  from  the  proximal  to  the  distal  portion  of  the  column  (PI.  2,  Fig.  12),  where 
the  largest  are  not  much  inferior  in  size  to  and  do  not  differ  much  in  appearance  from 
the  tentacles  in  the  preserved  and  contracted  specimen. 

The  tentacles  are  twenty-four  in  number,  arranged  in  two  cycles  of  equal  size, 
short  and  somewhat  club-shaped.  The  largest  measures  0' 5  cm.  in  length.  The 
oral  disc  is  slightly  furrowed  radially  and  the  mouth  is  large  and  bears  a  well-marked 
hypostome.  The  oesophagus  is  short  and  strongly  plicated,  and  two  deep  and 
well-marked  siphonoglyphs  are  present,  and  are  continued  some  distance  below  the 
rest  of  the  ossophagus  as  distinct  lappets. 

The  coelenteron  is  large,  and  twelve  pairs  of  mesenteries,  all  complete,  are  present. 
Two  pairs  of  directive  mesenteries  bear -the  usual  relation  with  the  siphonoglyphs. 
The  single  specimen  taken  is  poorly  preserved  and  much  of  the  histological  detail  is 
lost.  The  sphincter  is  diffuse  and  endodermal  in  character,  with  slightly  projecting 
mesogloeal  lamellae  shown  in  transverse  section  (PI.  2,  Fig.  13).  The  muscles  of  the 
tentacles  are  ectodermal.  The  muscles  of  the  body-wall  (PI.  2,  Fig.  14)  are  feeble, 
and  sections  through  the  vesicles  show  a  similar  structure.  The  ectoderm  and 
endoderm  layers  consist  of  relatively  high  columnar  cells  (PI.  2,  Figs.  13  and  14); 
but  the  mesogloea  is  thin.  The  mesenteries  are  very  thin  and  delicate,  but  transverse 
sections  show  a  weak  but  well-marked  longitudinal  muscle  (PI.  2,  Fig.  14),  the 
mesogloea  in  relation  with  it  being  thickened  and  possessing  short  branching  lamellae. 
The  parieto-basilar  muscle  is  small  (PI.  2,  Fig.  14). 

The  specimen  is  female,  and  ovaries  are  found  on  all  mesenteries,  including 
directives,  forming  broad  bands  occupying  in  their  widest  portions  about  a  third  of 
the  width  of  the  mesenteries.  Ova  in  alb  stages  of  development  (PI.  2,  Figs.  14 
and  15)  are  present. 


FAMILY  CRIBRINHXE,  McMurrich,  (1901.) 

ACTINIARIA  with  a  well-developed  circumscribed  endodermal  sphincter ;  simple 
tentacles  ;  without  cinclides  and  acontia  ;  verrucac  usually  present ;  adherent  base  ;  no 
true  acroragi,  but  frequently  pseudoaeroragi  present. 


\<  TIM.fi.  7 

HUH  CltlBRINA. 

Cribrinidir  with  sin  mi:  '•n.l.xli'rnial  sphincter;  frequently  with  pseudoacroragi; 
ecUxlermal  musculature  . .t  discs  and  tentacles  not  iml>C(l(le<l  in  the  mesogloea  ;  column 
wall  provided  with  verruca}  arranged  more  or  leas  distinctly  in  vertical  rows  ; 

••  :,'  •    '•         .:..;.;. 

CKIRRINA  OCTORADIATA. 

Bwttdtt  trtoradiaiu*  (Vtrlgren,  Huntraiy.  Maplhaeoi  Sammolrciw,  K<>anlh.  (!«'.»«),  p.  20,  Fipi.  11  mid  12. 
1898. 

This  special  was  formed  by  Carlgrcn  (1,  p.  20)  for  a  numlx-r  of  specimens  taken 
from  the  Straits  of  Magellan  and  other  localities  in  the  South  Sous.  In  one  of  the 
'  Discovery*  bottles,  labelled  "  Falkland  Islands,  Port  Harris,"  were  fourteen  specimens 
of  very  similar-looking  Actinians.  Upon  dissection  and  microscopical  examination, 
however,  I  find  two  distinct  species — Bunodr*  octoradititux,  Carlgren,  and  Pttrmtktoptu 
crutntata,  Couthouy.  Both  Carlgren  (1,  pp.  12  and  21)  and  McMurrich  (10,  p.  2:13) 
c-omment  on  the  similarity  of  appearance  of  this  Crihrinid  and  this  Actiniid,  and  it  is 
interesting  to  note  in  this  instance  that  they  were  apparently  found  in  association  in 
the  same  habitat.  If  this  is  commonly  the  case  it  is  not  surprising  that  confusion  has 
occurred  in  previous  descriptions  of  the  Actiuiid.  Unfortunately  I  have  no  record  as 
to  the  colours  of  the  '  Discovery  '  specimens,  but  McMurrich  (10,  p.  234)  descriltes  tho 
colour  of  the  Actiniid  as  being  very  variable ;  it  is  possible  that  when  in  association 
the  two  species  may  also  approximate  in  appearance  when  living,  and  if  this  be  so  it 
at  once  suggests  mimetic  resemblance. 

In  size  the  '  Discovery '  specimens  of  Criltritui  ttctoradiata  agree  with  I'arlgren's 
specimens  (1,  p.  20).  The  sixteen  rows  of  verruca;  on  the  distal  portion  of  the  column 
and  the  sixteen  pseudoacroragi  are  well  seen  in  all  the  specimens.  Usually  gravel 
and  broken  shell  are  attached  to  the  verruca?.  The  number  of  the  tentacles 
(8  +  8  4-  16  =  32)  appears  quite  constant.  The  two  siphonoglyphs  are  well  marked 
and  quite  regular.  The  sphincter  muscle  is  strongly  circumscribed,  and  may  l>e 
described  in  McMurrich's  terms  (9,  p.  20)  as  of  the  pedunculate  palmate  variety 
(PI.  3,  Fig.  16).  The  section  figured  is  through  the  space  between  the  pseudoacroragi, 
I  nit  sections  passing  through  the  latter  show  the  sphincter  projecting  from  the  inner 
wall,  near  its  base,  so  that  the  cavities  of  the  pseudoacroragi  project  beyond  and 
the  sphincter.  The  mesenteries  number  sixteen  pairs  (8  +  8  =  16),  all 
to  ami  fertile,  including  the  directives  (PL  3,  fig.  18).  The  longitudinal 
"I"  the  tentacles  arc  ectodermal  and  transverse  sections  (PI.  3,  Fig.  17)  show 
strong  mesogloeal  lamella}.  The  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  mesenteries  and  the 
parieto-ba&Uar  muscles  are  exceedingly  large  and  strong,  and  in  the  contracted 
specimens  are  closely  packed  into  a  solid  mass,  so  that  the  various  organs  are  quite 
dovetailed  together  (PI.  3,  Fig.  18).  The  mesogloeal  lamellae  of  the  muscles  arc  long 
and  branched.  The  circular  muscles  of  the  body-wall  too  are  very  strong.  .  The 
strength  of  the  musculature  generally  is  quite  a  feature  of  the  sjiecies. 


JOSEPH   A.   CLUBB. 

But  the  most  interesting  character  of  these  specimens  from  the  Falkland  Islands 
is  the  presence  of  "  brood  pouches."  Immediately  below  the  pseudoacroragi  is  a  well- 
marked  constriction  of  the  body-wall,  also  present,  it  is  interesting  to  note,  in  Paran- 
theopsis  cruentata.  In  this  constriction,  in  the  species  under  consideration,  specimens 
were  found  possessing  sixteen  pores,  one  pore  to  each  line  of  verrucse,  leading  into 
distinct  invaginations  of  the  body-wall,  forming  characteristic  "  brood  pouches  "  in  the 
coelenteron.  These  "  brood  pouches  "  agree  in  all  essential  points  with  the  arrangement 
shown  to  be  present  in  the  'Southern  Cross'  specimens  (3,  p.  299).  The  drawing 
(PI.  3,  Fig.  16)  shows  a  section  of  the  body-wall,  passing  through  one  of  these  pores, 
and  the  "  brood  chamber  "  into  which  it  opens.  The  three  layers  of  the  body-wall  may 
be  distinctly  traced  as  shown,  each  of  them  much  thinner — the  mesogloea  markedly  so. 
Usually  each  "  brood  chamber"  contains  two  embryos  only,  and  in  the  section  figured 
they  are  well  advanced,  showing  several  of  the  mesenteries  complete  and  others  well 
developed.  Dissections  were  made  so  that,  looked  at  from  below,  the  sixteen  "  brood 
pouches  "  were  seen  like  so  many  miniature  grapes,  lying  quite  regularly  in  the  body 
cavity,  between  the  mesenteries.  In  diameter  they  average  about  3  mm. 

In  the  short  description  of  the  species  by  Carlgren  (1,  p.  20)  no  mention  of 
them  is  made.  It  is  somewhat  remarkable  if  none  of  Carlgren's  specimens  possess 
these  "  brood  pouches,"  and  possibly  re-examination  may  show  their  presence  in  some. 

CRIBRINA  HERMAPHRODITICA. 

Runodes  hermaphroditicus  Carlgren,  Hamburg.  Magalhacns.  Sammelreise,  Zoanth.  (1898),  p.  23,  Fig.  18, 
1898. 

About  forty  specimens  from  "Enderby  Island,  Auckland  Islands,  19.  3.  04"  of 
sizes  ranging  from  0  •  3  cm.  to  2  cm.  in  height  of  column.  In  some  cases  the  oral  disc 
and  tentacles  are  fully  exposed,  in  others  the  animals  are  contracted  so  that  the 
tentacles  are  entirely  hidden,  and  there  are  many  intermediate  stages  of  contraction. 

The  foot-disc  is  well  marked  and  strongly  adherent.  The  rows  of  principal 
verrucae,  usually  twenty-four  in  number,  are  well  seen,  especially  on  the  distal  portion 
of  the  column,  where  also  secondary  alternating  series  are  visible.  The  pseudo- 
acroragi, terminating  each  principal  row  of  verrucse,  are  distinct,  emphasizing  greatly 
the  parapet.  The  tentacles  are  in  four  (6  +  6  +  12  +  24  =  48),  or  five  (6  +  6  +  12 
+  24  +  48  =  96)  cycles. 

The  sphincter  is  endodermal  and  circumscribed.  The  oesophagus  is  longitudinally 
folded,  and  two  well-marked  siphonoglyphs  are  present.  The  mesenteries  in  the 
specimens  examined  are  all  hexamerously  arranged,  and  in  the  larger  specimens  in  four 
cycles,  of  which  three  are  complete.  The  longitudinal  and  parieto-basilar  muscles 
(PI.  3,  Fig.  19)  are  well  developed.  Two  pairs  of  directive  mesenteries  bear  the  usual 
relation  with  the  siphonoglyphs.  The  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  oral  disc  and 
tentacles  (PI.  3,  Fig.  21)  are  ectodermal.  Zoanthellae  occur  throughout  the  endoderm, 
being  especially  abundant  in  the  tentacles  (PL  3,  Fig.  21).  Reproductive  elements 


ACTINM?. 

are  present  in  rel;itu'ii  with  the  mesenteries  of  the  first  cycle  in  small  specimens,  including 
directives,  and  in  large  specimens,  with  the  mesenteries  of  two  cycles ;  hut  I  was  not 
al. If  to  .If!. •num.-  to  my  satisfaction  if  present  in  relation  with  the  third  complete  cycle. 
Both  ova  and  spcrruatozm  are  present,  often  associated  together  in  relation  with  the 
same  mesentery  (PI.  3,  Fig.  19).  Occasionally  fertile  mesenteries  arc  found  showing 
ova  or  spermatozoa  alone,  but  in  all  the  specimens  examined  microscopically  the 
hermaphroditic  condition  is  constant  Embryos  in  various  stages  of  development  are 
present  in  the  body-cavities  of  many. 

Genus  RHODACTINIA,  Agassi*. 

Cribrinidie  (Tealiidae,  Bunodida?,  Bunodactidse),  with  well-developed  foot  disc ; 
distinct  verruca*  present  on  body-wall ;  radial  muscles  of  oral  disc  and  longi- 
tudinal muscles  of  the  tentacles  neso-ectodermal  to  mesogloeal  ;  tentacles  simple ; 
strongly  circumscribed  endodermal  sphincter. 

RHODACTINIA  rRA.s«cx>KNis. 

Actinia  crat*ieornu  Muller,  Prod.  Zool.  Dan.  (177C),  p.  281. 

Artinia  rl»y<tnti»»ima  Brandt,  Prod,  duacriptionis  animaliam  ah  II.  Mertensio  ul«crvatomm  ( 1885),  p.  18. 

Jlrif- -f- -'-  Hantii  Agiasix,  L.,  Coinjm*  Rend  as,  XXV.  (1847),  p.  677. 

Mktfrtinia  davuni  Verrill,  A.  K.,  Mem.  Soc.  Nat.  Hint.  Boston  (1HG4),  p.  18. 

I'rlirina  rrauieorntt  Vi-rrill,  A.  E.,  Proc.  E«ez  Instil.  VI.  (1%9),  p.  4G9. 

Leiotralut  >i>it;brrgrn*i*  Kwietnicwuki,  Zool.  Jahrb.  (Syrt.)  (1898),  p.  1,  p.  121. 

Carlgren  in  1902,  in  his  report  on  "Die  Actiniarien  der  Olga  Expedition" 
(2,  p.  39),  thought  it  necessary  to  revive  the  old  genus  of  Agassiz,  Jt/uxlnctini<i, 
and  has  taken  for  its  type  the  well-known  and  widely  distributed  Actinia  Mtusuormr, 
Miiller.  The  principal  distinguishing  character  given  for  the  genus  is  that  the  radial 
muscles  of  the  disc  and  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  tentacles  may  be  meao- 
ectodermal  to  mesogloeal.  and  under  /.'.  crn**i<#rnij»  Carlgren  places  a  number  of 
synonyms,  including  Actinia  eltgantissimn,  Brandt,  and  Leiott-al  i/i  *pitibergen&i#, 
Kwietniewski.  I  have  previously  been  struck  with  the  variation  in  the  degree  in 
whifh  the  muscles  of  the  tentacles  are  imbedded  in  the  mesogloca,  in  specimens  of 
cnu*i&rrnix  examined  by  me,  from  a  well-known  local  habitat,  Hilbre  Island,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Dee.  The  text- figures  (2,  p.  41)  given  by  Carlgren  are  most 
instructive,  and  from  Hilbre  Island  specimens  I  can  produce  examples  in  which  the 
longitudinal  muscles  are  quite  as  much  meso-ectodermal  as  C'arlgren's  figure  4,  if  not 
as  much  as  his  Fig.  3.  In  my  examination  of  the  '  Southern  Cross '  Antarctic 
Actinians  (3,  p.  294),  I  was  convinced  of  the  many  close  resemblances  to  the  type 
species  crassieomis,  seen  in  the  specimens  then  under  observation  ;  and  notwithstanding 
that  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  tentacles  were  not  imbedded  in  the  mesogloea, 
I  decided  to  include  these  species  under  the  genus  I'rtirina.  I  feel  therefore  some- 


10  JOSEPH   A.   CLUBB. 

what  justified  in  this  course,  although  I  agree  that  it  will  be  better  to  adopt 
Carlgren's  proposal,  and  include  such  forms  under  the  genus  Rhodactinia,  and  reserving 
the  genus  Urticina  or  Tealia  for  species  where  the  radial  muscles  of  the  oral  disc 
and  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  tentacles  are  always  completely  imbedded  in  the 
mesogloea. 

In  the  '  Discovery '  collection  are  six  specimens,  all  taken  at  the  Winter 
Quarters,  McMurdo  Bay,  in  from  10  to  20  fathoms,  and  bearing  the  following  dates : 
20.  2.  02  ;  17.  1.  03  and  17.  2.  04.  They  are  all  of  large  size,  the  largest  being 
6  •  5  cm.  in  height  of  column  and  6  cm.  in  diameter  of  oral  disc.  The  external 
appearance  of  these  specimens  varies  considerably,  according  to  the  degree  of  con- 
traction of  the  oral  disc  or  body-wall.  I  have  had  under  observation  for  some  time  a 
number  of  specimens  of  crassicornis  from  Hilbre  Island,  living  in  one- of  the  tanks  of 
the  aquarium  of  the  Liverpool  Museum  ;  they  are  all  in  a  flourishing  condition  and 
feed  voraciously.  I  have  been  surprised  to  note  their  extreme  mobility.  Tentacles, 
oral  disc  and  body-wall  exhibit  remarkable  degrees  of  inflation,  sometimes  all  together, 
sometimes  singly,  and  sometimes  only  sections  of  each  of  them.  In  extreme  dilation 
of  the  body-wall  all  trace  of  verrucas,  as  such,  is  lost,  and  as  Teale  (11)  observes,  it 
"  renders  the  corium  perfectly  smooth,  so  that  the  small  opaque  spot  alone  indicates 
their  former  situation."  Correspondingly,  in  extreme  dilation  of  the  oral  disc,  the 
tentacles  may  be  so  reduced  as  to  be  little  more  than  papillae.  On  PI.  3,  Fig.  22  is 
a  reproduction  from  a  photograph  of  the  oral  disc  of  a  living  animal,  which  well 
illustrates  this  extreme  contraction  of  the  tentacles.  On  the  other  hand,  I  have 
recorded  specimens  where  the  tentacles  have  measured  4  •  5  cm.  in  length  and  0  •  6  cm. 
in  diameter  near  the  base.  There  is  always  general  expansion,  especially  of  the 
tentacles  after  feeding.  McMurrich  (9,  p.  28)  discusses  this  great  variation  in  external 
appearance  brought  about  by  this  great  mobility,  and  the  internal  anatomy,  sphincter, 
muscles  of  the  tentacles,  mesenteries,  and  body-wall  and  other  internal  structures 
must  correspondingly  vary,  according  to  the  degree  of  contraction  or  expansion. 

In  all  the  '  Discovery '  specimens  under  consideration  the  radial  muscles  of  the 
oral  disc  and  the  longitudinal  muscles  of  the  tentacles  are  meso-ectodermal,  and  in 
contraction  are  identical  in  appearance  with  the  figure  given  by  Carlgren  for  his 
variety  spitzbergensis  (2,  Fig.  3,  p.  41).  The  sphincter  is  endodermal,  and  strongly 
circumscribed,  and  may  be  seen  in  all  cases  by  the  naked  eye  when  the  parapet  is  cut. 
Transverse  sections  show  a  little  difference  in  detail  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
mesogloeal  processes,  whereas  in  some  the  more  typical  bipinnate  arrangement  is  seen, 
in  others  the  plan  is  similar  to  the  figure  given  by  Kwietniewski  (7,  p.  14,  Fig.  8), 
for  his  Leiotealia  spitzbergensis,  which  Carlgren  (2,  p.  40)  now  regards  as  a  synonym 
of  R.  crassicornis.  I  give  a  figure  of  this  form  of  sphincter  drawn  from  a  section  of  a 
'  Discovery  '  specimen  (PI.  III.,  Fig.  23). 

As  regards  the  verrucse,  tentacles,  oesophagus,  siphonoglyphs,  directives  and 
other  mesenteries,  and  in  other  anatomical  features,  the  specimens  under  consideration 


ACTINIA  11 

agree  generally  with  the  typical  cra*»icornist  to  I  have  concluded  to  place  them  all 
under  Rkodactima  crauicorni*,  probably  more  nearly  approximating  to  the  variety 


MEMOIRS  REFERRED  TO  IN  TEXT. 

1.  CJJUXIREX,  0.— Zoautliarien  ;  Hamburg.  Majralliaens.  Sammelreise,  Hamburg  (1899). 

2.  CAEtOtaur,  0. — Die  Actiniarien  der  Olga- Expedition,  Wisst/nsch.  Mecresnnter.  Neue  Folge,  r.  Bawl. 

Abt.  HelgoUad  (1902),  Heft  1. 

3.  <  I.UBB,  J.  A.— Actinue.    Report  on  the  '  Southern  Cross '  Antarctic  Expedition.    London  (1901). 

4.  UAHA,  J.  D.    Zoophyte.    UJ3.  Exploring  Expedition  (1838-1842) ;  Philadelphia  (1M46). 

5.  ITKRDIW,  J.  E.— On  the  genus  Alicia  (Cladactis),  with  an  anatomical  description  of  A.  rottir.  Pane. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat  Hut.  (6),  Vol.  XT.  (1895). 
0.  Goao,  P.  H.— On  the  British  Actinue.    Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (3),  Vol.  i.  (1858). 

7.  KWIKTXIKWSKI,  CABIIUR  B.— '  Actiniaria  von  Oat-Spitsbergen,'  Zoologischc  Jahrbucher  (Sjrrt.)  xi. 

(1898). 

8.  McMcRRicH,  J.  PI^TFAIB.— Actiniaj  of  'Albatrow'  Explorations.     Proc.  United  States  National 

Museum,  Vol.  xvi.  (1898). 

9.  McMuRBicu,  J.  PLAYFAIB.— Report  on  Uie  Hi-xactini»  of  the  Columbia  University  Expedition  to  the 

Pnget  Sound  daring  the  Summer  of  189C  ;  Annals  New  York  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  xiv.,  No.  1  (1901.) 

10.  McMuuRlCH,  J.  PLATFAIB.— Zoolog.  Jahrb.  Supp.,  vi.  (Fuuna  Chiliensis  iii.) ;  The  Actinia;  of  the 

Plate  Collection  (1905). 

1 1.  TBALK,  T.  P.— On  the  Anatomy  of  Actinia  eoriaeta  ;  Trans.  Phil.  Soc.  Leeds,  L  (1837). 


YOU  nr. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

b.c.  brood  chamber*. 

c.  coelentcron. 

d.  directive  mesenteries.       ^ 
6c.  ectoderm. 

em.  em  OTTOS. 
en.  endoderm. 

in.  ec.  inTaginated  ectoderm, 
in.  en.  inTaginated  endoderm. 
in.  mg.  inTaginated  mesogloea. 
in.  o.  opening  to  brood  chamber. 
1.  m.  longitudinal  muscle. 
1.  m.  m.  longitudinal  muscle  of  mesentery. 
1.  m.  t.  longitudinal  muscles  of  tentacle, 
mesenteries. 

2  A 


12  JOSEPH  A.   CLUBB. 

m.  f .  mesenterial  filaments, 
nig.  mesogloea. 
m.  1.  muscle  lamellfe. 

oe.  oesophagus. 

oe.  in.  cesophageal  invagination  of  embryo, 
ov.  ova. 

p.  pseudoacroragus. 
p.  b.  m.  parieto-basilar  muscle. 

s.  siphonoglyphe. 
sph.  sphincter. 

t.  tentacle, 
tes.  testis. 
v.  verrucse. 
x.  zooanthellae. 


PLATE  I. 

FIG.  1.  Parantheopsis  cruentata  (Couthouy). — Radial  section  of  the  upper  part  of  the  body-wall,  passing 

through  a  pseudoacroragus. 

FIG.  2.  Paractis polaris,  sp.  n. — Drawing  of  the  specimen  (natural  size). 
FIG.  3.  P.  polaris. — Radial  section  of  upper  part  of  body-wall  and  sphincter  muscle. 
FIG.  4.  P.  polaris. — Portion  of  sphincter  muscle  more  highly  magnified. 
FIG.  5.  P.  polaris. — Horizontal  section  through  the  body-wall    and    mesenteries    in  connection  with 

oesophagus. 
FIG.  6.  P.  polaris. — Transverse  section  of  the  wall  of  a  tentacle. 

PLATE  II. 

FIG.  7.  Paractis  papaver  (Drayton). — Eadial  section  through  the  upper  part  of  the  body-wall  and  sphincter 

muscle. 

FIG.  8.  P.  papaver. — Transverse  section  of  wall  of  a  tentacle. 
FIG.  9.  P.  papaver. — Section  through  ovary. 
FIG.  10.  P.  papaver. — Section  of  mesenterial  filament. 
FIG.  11.  P.  papaver. — Section  through  portion  of  a  mesentery. 
FIG.  12.  Cystiactis  anlarctica,  sp.  n. — Drawing  of  specimen  (natural  size). 
FIG.  13.  C.  anlarctica. — Section  of  upper  part  of  body-wall,  passing  through  sphincter  muscle. 
FIG.  14.  C.  antarctica. — Horizontal  section  through  body-wall  and  mesentery,  with  ovary. 
.FiG.  15.  C.  antarctica. — Section  of  ovary  more  highly  magnified. 

PLATE  HI. 

FIG.  16.  Crilrina  octoradiata  (Carlgren).— Radial  section  through  upper  part  of  body-wall,  sphincter  and 

opening  to  '  brood '  chamber. 

FIG.  17.  C.  octoradiata. — Section  through  wall  of  a  tentacle. 
FIG.  18.  C.  octoradiata. — Horizontal  section  through  body-wall  and  mesenteries,  including  the  directive 

mesenteries. 

FIG.  19.  C.  hermaphroditica  (Carlgren). — Horizontal  section  through  body-wall  and  fertile  mesenteries. 
FIG.  20.  C.  hermaphroditica.— Section,  more  highly  magnified,  of  genital  gland. 
FIG.  21.  C.  hermaphroditica. — Section  through  wall  of  tentacle. 
FIG.  22.  Rhodactinia  crassitornis  (0.  F.  Miiller). — Reproduction  from  a  photograph  of  a  living  specimen, 

illustrating  an  extreme  reduction  of  the  size  of  the  tentacles. 
FIG.  23.  R.  crassicornis. — Radial  section  through  the  sphincter  of  a  '  Discovery '  specimen. 


4. 


a. 


Antarctic  (Discover-. 


ERSITV 


12 


ll 


13. 


11 


9 


• 


i 


ml 


15. 


Ant,,-i  .scovor;. 


14. 
.iae  PI  U 


DIVERSITY 


• 


irctic(Discovery)  Exp 


Actiniae  PI. in. 


Aut.del  Huth  so 


POEIFERA    (SPONGES). 

H.    TETEAXONIDA,    BENDY    (8.  P.  63). 

BY     R.     KlRKPATRICK. 

(Plates   VIII.-XXVI.) 
I.  GRADE  TETRACTINELLIDA,  MARSHALL. 

IN  the  collection  made  by  the  '  Discovery '  there  are  fifty-nine  specimens  of 
Tetractinellida,  belonging  to  four  species  of  TetiUidae,  all  of  which  have  been 
described  before  ;  and,  further,  there  are  new  varieties  of  two  of  the  species. 

The  bulk  of  the  material  consists  of  numerous  and  large  specimens  of  Cinachyra 
barbata  Sol  las,  a  species  which  was  originally  obtained  from  Kerguelen  by  the 
'  Challenger.' 

The  following  is  a  list  of  species  :— 

Craniella  sagitto  (Lendcnfeld)  var.  mitrosigma  var.  n. 
Craniflla  lagitta  var.  pofhyrrhabdtu  var.  n. 
CnmMa  leptodtrma  (Sollat). 
Cinachyra  barbata  Bellas. 
Cinachyra  vtrtex  Lendcnfeld. 
Cinachyra  vtrtex  var.  montiruliri*  var.  n. 

SUB-ORDER  SIOMATOPHORA,  Sollas. 

FAMILY    TETILLIDAK,   Sollas. 

CRANIELLA,  Sollas. 

TetiUidae  without  porocalyces,  and  with  a  cortical  skeleton  of  oxeas  arranged  more 
or  less  radially  and  vertically  to  the  surface. 

CRANIELLA  SAOITTA  rar.  microsigma. 
(Plate  VIII.,  figs.   1-13,  and  Plate  IX.,  figs.   15,   16.) 
1907.  Ttlhya  tagitta  Lendenfeld  (11  a.  p.  306). 

Sponge  large,  pyriform  or  cocoanut-shaped,  narrowed  and  truncate  at  lower  end, 
with  finely  pilose  surface  and  with  root-tuft  With  a  few  small  circular  oscules  about 
0  •  75  mm.  in  diameter  in  the  contracted  state.  The  body  divided  into  three  zones,  an 
inferior  root-tuft  zone,  a  broad  median  or  equatorial  poral  zone,  and  a  superior  oscular 
zone.  Surface,  where  the  pile  has  been  denuded,  showing  obscurely-marked  longitu- 
dinal anastomosing  ridges,  much  more  evident  in  the  poral  region.  Pores  in  sieve-like 

2  A  2 


K.  KIRKPATRICK. 

groups  in  grooves  between  the  ridges.  Flagellated  chambers  eurypylous.  Cortical 
skeleton  formed  of  palisade-like  rows  of  oxeas  and  fan-like  bundles  of  trichodal 
protriaenes,  occurring  only  in  the  root-tuft  zone  and  poral  zone. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  1.  Somal  Oxeas  (VIII.  10)*  from  5  to  13  mm.  in 
length  and  0  •  06  to  0 '  08  mm.  in  'thickness,  straight,  fusiform,  tapering  gradually  to 
very  sharp  ends. 

2.  Choanosomal  oxeas  lying  scattered  between  the  radial  fibres,  1-3  mm.  long  and 
0 '  04  to  0 '  06  mm.  thick. 

3.  Cortical  oxeas  (VIII.  13)  almost  straight  or  slightly  curved,  1  •  12  x  0'04  mm. 

4.  Anatriaenes  of  two  kinds,  each  varying  in  length  and  tapering  to  a  filiform 
extremity.     4a.  (VIII.   5,  5a,  6)  with  pointed  conical  cladome,  with  slender  sharp- 
pointed  cladi  each  225  p.  long,  chorda  187  p.  long;  rhabdome  about  12  mm.  long,  and 
averaging  about  20  p,  broad,  thick  below  cladal  origin,  then  with  a  slender  neck  followed 
by  long  thicker  portion  tapering  finally  to  filiform  extremity. 

Anatriaenes,  4b  (VIII.  7,  7a)  common  in  root-tuft,  with  thick  rounded  conical 
cladome,  with  short  thick  cladi  118  p.  long,  chorda  118  p,  long;  rhabdome  of  nearly 
uniform  diameter  till  it  tapers  off  to  filiform  extremity,  length  varying  from  10  to 
40  mm. 

5.  Protriaenes.     Cladome  commonly  with  one  cladus  0*135  mm.,  longer  than  the 
other  two,  though  there  may  be  two  equal  long  ones,  or  they  may  all  be  equal ; 
rhabdome  fusiform,  tapering  to  a  filiform  extremity,  on  an  average  about  9  x  0'054 
mm.  in  length  and  thickness. 

6.  Trichodal  protriaenes  218  p.  long,  with  one  cladus  28  p.  in  length,  longer  than 
the  other  two  ;  cladal  end  of  rhabdome  slightly  swollen. 

Microscleres.  Sigmata  12 '3  p.-l3  p,  long,  7 '04  /x  broad  (when  seen  in  C-like 
aspect),  and  1  •  5  p  thick,  surface  micro-punctate. 

There  are  five  specimens  of  this  sponge,  four  large  and  one  very  small.  The 
largest  (VIII.  1)  is  a  fine  example  with  a  root-tuft;  this  appendage  not  being  present 
in  the  other  large  specimens  owing  to  having  been  torn  away  when  the  sponges  were 
uprooted  from  the  sea-bottom. 

The  body  of  the  largest  specimen  is  10'5  cm.  long  and  11 '5  cm.  in  broadest 
diameter,  and  of  the  smallest  10x8  mm.  in  length  and  breadth.  The  mass  of  root- 
tuft  in  the  type  specimen  is  about  4  cm.  in  thickness. 

The  surface  pile  of  spicules  varies  considerably  in  its  degree  of  development ;  in 
two  examples  the  surface  is  almost  bare  ;  in  two  others  the  pile  is  soft,  and  about  3  to 
4  mm.  in  height,  with  oscular  fringes  about  4  •  5  mm.  in  height.  The  pile  is  formed 
mainly  of  the  projecting  triaenes  of  the  radiating  fibres  of  the  skeleton,  each  fibre 
spreading  out  fan- like  in  an  oblique  or  vertical  plane.  In  the  specimens  bare  of  the 
pile,  the  boundary  between  the  poral  and  oscular  zones  (VIII.  2)  is  a  fairly  well  marked 
circular  line  of  demarcation  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  upper  fourth  and  lower 

*  Roman  numerals  followed  by  Arabic  refer  respectively  to  the  Plate  and  figures ;  thus  (VIII.  10)  means 
Plate  VIII.,  fig.  10. 


T1.TUA.\<>NII>.\  3 

thrre-fiuirths  of  the  body.  The  surface  of  the  oscular  zone  is  smooth  and  glistening 
ami  with  faintly  marked  longitudinal  ridges ;  whereas  that  of  the  poral  zone  has  more 
prominent  ridges,  and  a  punctate  appearance  due  to  the  pores  in  the  grooves  between  the 
ridges ;  this  appearance  is  brought  into  relief  by  drying  the  sponge,  for  then  the  poral 
sieves  contract  and  the  points  of  the  palisades  of  cortical  oxcas  prick  up  the  dermal 
membrane  ;  these  palisades  are  not  present  in  the  oscular  area,  which,  in  fact,  is  devoid 
of  a  cortical  skeleton  of  spicules,  though  it  possesses  a  fibrous  cortex. 

The  OSCUles  are  small  circular  orifices  about  0  •  75  mm.  in  diameter,  five  or  nix  in 
numl>er,  arranged  in  an  irregular  circle  on  the  broad  upper  end  of  the  sponge.  In  the 
complete  state  they  each  have  an  outer  fringe  of  protriaenes  nlxmt  4*5  mm.  high,  and 
mi  inner  fringe  of  trichodal  protriaenes,  a  little  )>elow  which  is  a  sphincter. 

The  dermal  pores  occur  as  sieve-like  groups  in  the  more  or  less  longitudinal 
grooves  (VIII.  2,  3)  lietween  the  palisade*  of  cortical  oxeas,  the  meshes  of  the  sieves 
l>«-ing  supported  by  fan-like  tufts  of  trichodal  protriaenes. 

The  EctOSOITie.  The  sponge  cuts  easily,  and  a  vertical  section  shows  the  skeletal 
fibres  radiating  from  a  central  nucleus.  No  well-defined  boundary  is  visible  to  the 
naked  eye  between  ectosome  and  choanosome.  In  the  poral  zone  (VIII.  3  and  IX.  15) 
the  pores  lead  into  sub-dermal  spaces  bounded  by  vertical  rows  of  cortical  oxeas  ;  the 
rows  of  cortical  oxeas  are  likewise  present  at  the  base  of  the  sponge  in  the  root-tuft 
zone.  In  the  oscular  zone  (IX.  16)  there  is  an  ill-defined  layer,  about  1*5  mm.  thick, 
composed  of  loose  bundles  of  fibrous  tissue  crossing  in  various  directions  with  rounded 
"•llencytes  scattered  about;  also  there  may  IN-  a  few  scattered  oxeas. 

The  Canal  System.  The  sulxiermal  spaces  beneath  the  sieve-groups  of  pores 
open  into  canals  descending  into  the  choanosome.  The  pyriform  flagellated  chaml>er8, 
47  x  42  /x  (VIII.  4),  are  eurypylous  ;  the  figure  shows  several  chambers  opening 
direct  into  a  terminal  exhalant  canal. 

The  chamber  system  of  Cramella  simillima  Bk.  and  of  other  species  of  Craniellsi, 
described  by  Sollas  in  his  'Challenger'  Report,  is  aphodal  (21.  p.  30,  PI.  II.,  fig.  19). 

The  Skeleton.  A  tangential  surface  section  in  the  poral  region  shows  l>est  the 
cortical  oxeas,  which  are  mostly  arranged  in  double  rows,  each  row  bending  outwards 
slightly  towards  a  row  of  another  double  series,  so  as  to  form  an  incomplete  arch  over 
a  sub-dermal  space  or  channel. 

A  small  "  silica  pearl "  was  found  in  one  section. 

Numerous  large  ova  occur,  with  oval  body  and  thick  pseudopodia-like  extensions, 
the  body  being  130  x  '65/n,  and  the  total  diameter  over  300  p.  In  some  instances, 
the  ova  are  more  rounded  and  compact,  with  the  cytoplasm  more  drawn  together. 

I  had  described  the  specimens  as  representatives  of  a  new  species,  but  I  now  find 
that  they  belong  to  CranifUa  sagitta  (Lendenfeld). 

Dr.  v.  Lendenfeld  very  kindly  sent  me  the  revised  proofs  of  his  Report 
"Tetraxonia  der  deutschen  Siidpolar-Expedition,  1901-1903,"  thus  enabling  me  to 
make  the  necessary  alterations  before  it  was  too  late. 


4  R.   KIEKPATRICK. 

The  'Gauss'  Expedition  obtained  six  specimens,  which  are  all  young  and  small, 
being  from  2-10  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  difference  in  the  size  of  the  megascleres  of  the  '  Discovery '  and  '  Gauss ' 
specimens  may  be  attributed  to  differences  in  the  age  and  size  of  the  specimens  ; 
but  the  difference  in  the  size  of  the  sigmata  of  the  two  sets  of  specimens  is  more 
notable — -those  of  the  '  Gauss '  being  14-20/u,  and  of  the  '  Discovery  '  being  only  12  •  3/u 
to  13/i  in  length  as  viewed  in  the  C  aspect.  In  my  opinion  difference  in  size  of 
sigmata  has  not  the  importance  that  is  sometimes  attached  to  it. 

All  the  specimens  were  dredged  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Winter  Quarters  in  depths 
of  10-130  fins.  Also  '  Gauss'  Expedition,  near  its  Winter  Quarters,  350-385  m. 

CRANIELLA  SAGITTA  var.  pachyrrhabdus. 
(PL  VIII.,  figs.  14,  15  ;  PL  IX.,  figs.  17,  18,  19.) 
1907.  Tethya  sagitta  Lendenfeld  (Ha.  p.  306). 

This  variety  is  represented  by  several  oblong  pieces  about  6  cm.  in  length,  deeply 
blackened  by  osmic  acid,  and  forming  part  of  a  large  sponge,  which  had  been  cut  up 
for  preservation  in  that  reagent. 

The  fragments  are  sufficient  to  show  that  the  surface  of  the  sponge  was  covered 
with  a  spicular  pile  about  4  mm.  in  height. 

Mr.  Hodgson  informs  me  that  the  bulk  of  the  specimen  was  lost.  He  was  under 
the  impression  that  this  sponge,  which  was  obtained  from  the  same  locality  as  the 
var.  microsigma,  and  which  resembled  the  latter  in  general  appearance,  was  identical 
with  it  in  all  its  characters.  An  examination  of  a  section,  however,  shows  that  the 
radiating  fibres  of  the  skeleton  contain  numerous  large  thick  strongyles  and  styles, 
about  7  x  0'116  mm.  in  dimensions  (VIII.  figs.  14,  15);  the  sigmata  are  18-20  p. 
long,  and  slightly  thicker  and  rougher  than  in  the  var.  microsigma. 

Plate  IX.  figs.  18,  19  show  collar  cells,  stained  in  gentian  violet.  The  cells  are 
here  seen  to  be  separate,  and  the  collars  apparently  not  coalescent ;  but  the  tissues  are 
not  very  well  preserved  ;  and,  though  much  care  was  taken  in  the  drawing,  a  renewed 
inspection  of  the  preparation  from  which  the  illustrations  were  drawn  has  shown  that 
the  figures  of  the  collars  are  not  satisfactory.  The  flagellated  chambers  usually  contain 
only  a  few  collar  cells  in  the  normal  position  (IX.  17),  the  rest  forming  detached 
masses  in  the  centre  of  the  chambers.  The  flagellum  originates  from  the  end  of  the 
large  oval  nucleus,  which  is  situated  a  little  below  the  surface  of  the  body  of  the  cell. 

Locality.     Winter  Quarters,  Hut  Point,  25  fms. 

CRANIELLA    LEPTODEKMA. 

(Plate  XL,  figs.  4-14.) 
1888.  Tetilla  leptoderma  Sollas  (21.  p.  3). 

Sponge,  club-shaped  or  pyriform  ;  with  verruculate  surface  ;  with  one  large  oscule 
near  the  summit  ;  with  root-tuft.  Surface  pile  of  spicules  absent  in  the  adult  state, 
and  only  slightly  developed  in  early  stages,  large  protriaenes  being  very  rare  or  absent. 


TKTKAXONIDA.  5 

Spicules.     .Mt^asderee.     1.  Large  oxeas,  9  •  7  x  0*081  mm. 

2.  Smaller  oxeas,  scattered  in  the  choanosome,  540  to  1350/i  in  length. 

3.  Cortical  oxeas  (XI.  8),  770  x  30  ft,  straight,  fusiform. 

4.  Anatriaenes   of  three   kinds:    a.  (XI.  9)  Cladi    170 p  long  x  20ft   thick  at 
!,;.,..   -I,  !,'l'-i.   sharp-pointed,  ohotda    I10/i;   rhaMonu',  nlH)ul    12  mm.    long   thick    ftl 
junction  with  cladome,  then  tapering,  again  thickening,  and  finally  terminating  in  a 
filiform  extremity. 

b.  (XL  11)  Cladome  with  thick  conical  cladi,  140  x  35 /x,  chorda  60/*;  rhabdome 
with  a  thick  neck,  and  then  nearly  uniform  till  it  tapers  to  a  filiform  extremity. 

c.  (XI.  10)  Cladome  with  very  long,  straight,  slender  cladi,  150  x   10  p.,  nearly 
parallel  with,  or  making  an  angle  of,  about  10°  with  the  rhabdome,  chorda  only  31  ft  ; 
rhabdome  slender  (of  uncertain  length). 

5.  Protriaenea     Rare,  usually  with  three  slender  equal  cladi,  90 /A  long  ;  rhabdome 
of  nearly  uniform  diameter  ;  but  slightly  diminishing  near  the  cladome. 

6.  Triehodal  protriaeues,  usually  (especially  in  the  case  of  those  forming  the  inner 
oscular  fringe)  with  one  ray  greatly  prolonged  to  140 /A  or  more,  the  other  two  having 
almost  disappeared  ;  rhalxlome  slightly  thickened  at  cladal  origin. 

7.  Sigmata,  14*25  to  15  ft  long,  0*75  ft  thick,  and  12'3/n  broad  in  the  c  aspect, 
with  slightly  and  finely  granulated  surface. 

There  are  three  specimens  of  this  sponge,  the  largest  (XI.  4)  being  12  cm. 
in  total  length  and  5 '2  cm.  in  breadth,  with  a  root-tuft  3' 5  cm.  in  length; 
the  second  specimen  (XI.  5)  is  oval,  2'9  cm.  long  and  1*7  cm.  broad,  and  the  smallest 
is  13  x  12  mm. 

The  colour  of  the  first  two  is  dirty  gray,  and  that  of  the  la.st  pale  buff. 

The  scale-like,  occasionally  over-lapping,  verrucae,  attain  a  height  of  2  mm.,  and 
a  breadth  at  the  base  of  4  mm. 

The  oscule  is  oval-shaped,  edged  with  a  l»rely  visible  fringe  of  trichodal 
protriaenes ;  it  measures,  in  the  large  specimen,  7'5  x  5  mm. 

The  skeleton.  The  radiating  fibres  only  very  rarely  project  beyond  the  surface  ; 
near  the  oscule  are  a  few  tufts  of  oxeas.  Over  the  rest  of  the  surface  of  the  sponge, 
the  dermal  membrane  covers  over  the  summits  of  the  verrucae,  the  distal  points  of 
oxeas  and  the  cladomes  of  anatriaenes  showing  through  ;  medium-sized  in  large 
protriaenes,  so  abundant  in  Cranielln  xagllta,  are  almost  absent  from  the  two  large 
specimens  of  the  present  species,  though  in  the  smallest  specimen  there  is  one  to  each 
coiiule.  Tufts  of  trichodal  protriaenes  are  present  in  abundance. 

The  ectosome.  On  section,  the  ectosome  is  scarcely  differentiated  from  the 
choanosome,  excepting  that  sub-dermal  spaces  are  visible  just  beneath  the  dermal 
membrane. 

The  cortical  oxeas  are  more  densely  packed  than  in  the  preceding  species. 

A  tangential  section  shows  the  pores  in  longitudinal  areas  between  the  densely 
serried  rows  of  cortical  oxeas,  and  fan-like  tufts  of  trichodal  protriaenes  supporting  the 


6  K.   KIRKPATR1CK. 

sieve-like  pore-areas ;  the  pore-areas  are  distributed  over  the  surface  up  to  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  oscule. 

Canal  System.  The  pores  lead  into  sub-dermal  channels  whence  canals  descend 
into  the  choanosome.  The  flagellated  chambers  are  eurypylous. 

Small  ova,  60  x  30  /z,  with  pseudopodic-like  processes,  occur  in  the  largest 
specimen. 

A  young  specimen  is  pear-shaped  with  a  granular  surface,  and  without  a 
root-tuft.  Each  "  granule  "  is  a  sharp-pointed  conule,  with  a  protriaene  projecting 
from  it. 

The  young  specimen  of  Craniella  sagitta  has  a  very  different  appearance,  being 
quite  fluffy  on  the  surface  owing  to  the  numerous  tufts  of  protriaenes. 

Specimens  were  obtained  from  :  (1)  West  of  Balleney  Island  in  254  fms.,  Type 
specimen  (XI.  4) ;  (2)  W.Q.,  Flagon  Point,  10-20  fms.  ;  (3)  W.Q.,  Hut  Point,  25  fms. 

The  '  Challenger '  dredged  specimens  off  Rio  de  la  Plata,  600  fms. 

CINACHYRA     BARBATA. 

(Plate  IX.,  figs.   1-14.) 

1888.  Cinachyra  larl/ata  Sollas  (21.  p.  23.     Pis.  III.,  XXXIX.). 
1906.  Cinachyra  barbata  Kirkpatrick  (10.  p.  6C2.    PI.  XIV.). 

Twenty-seven  specimens  of  this  sponge,  varying  in  diameter  from  a  few 
millimetres  up  to  14  centimetres,  were  obtained.  In  addition  to  these,  the  collection 
includes  a  massive  root-tuft  no  less  than  32  cm.  across  and  12  cm.  in  thickness, 
belonging  to  what  must  have  been  a  very  large  specimen,  for  the  concavity  into  which 
the  latter  fitted  occupies  nearly  the  whole  area  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  root-tuft. 
The  largest  specimen  obtained  by  the  'Challenger' — from  Kerguelen — was  10  cm.  in 
its  longest  diameter. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  '  Challenger '  specimens  there  is  a  considerable  variation  in 
the  shape,  which  is  usually  spheroidal ;  some  specimens  are  spherical,  the  nucleus  of 
the  radiating  bundles  of  the  skeleton  being  exactly  central,  others  again  resemble  an 
inverted  cone,  and  very  young  specimens  are  oval. 

An  interesting  feature  shown  in  adult  specimens  is  the  division  of  the  sponge  into 
three  zones,  viz.,  (1)  a  basal  root-tuft  zone ;  (2)  an  equatorial  zone  of  porocalyces ; 
and  (3)  a  polar  zone  of  oscules. 

These  zones  are  clearly  perceptible  in  the  fine  series  of  well-preserved  Antarctic 
specimens,  but  are  not  so  well  marked  in  those  obtained  by  the  '  Challenger.'  The 
surface  pile  of  spicules  in  the  porocalycal  zone  is  longer  and  looser  than  in  the  oscular 
zone,  and  directed  obliquely  downwards ;  but  the  pile  in  the  oscular  area  is  shorter, 
and  more  vertical  and  stubble-like. 

The  root-tuft.  A  remarkable  feature  about  the  root-tuft  is  its  great  size  in 
some  specimens,  in  which  it  may  be  much  more  bulky  than  the  sponge  body ; 


I  I  I  KAXONIDA.  7 

generally,  however,  it  is  of  smaller  size  than  the  body,  especially  in  large  and 
old  specimens. 

The  porocalyces.  In  adult  specimens  the  porocalyces  form  a  broad  belt  round 
the  sides  of  the  body.  A  few,  in  large  specimens,  were  nearly  2*5  cm.  (one  inch)  in 
depth.  As  I  have  already  stated  (10.  p.  662)  the  porocalyces  are,  in  all  species  of 
Cinachyra,  inhalant  areas  perforated  by  true  dermal  pores,  and  are  never  exhalant  or 
OMular. 

The  oscules.  In  Cinachyra  barbnta  these  structures  are  arranged  in  an  obscurely 
spiral  manner  on  the  upper  or  "  polar  "  surface  of  the  sponge  in  adult  specimens.  In 
almost  every  instance,  the  oscules  are  tightly  contracted,  tho  spicular  fringe  l>eing 
closed  over  them  in  form  of  a  conical  stack.  It  is  this  strong  contract ihility  that  has 
led  to  their  being  overlooked  in  most  of  the  species  of  this  genus,  the  porocalyces 
having  been  regarded  as  partly  inhalant  and  partly  exhalant. 

The  oscules  are  very  rarely  found  open.  Where  this  happens,  the  oscular  orifice 
is  at  the  summit  of  a  slight  crater-like  elevation.  Within  the  circle  of  long  protriacnes 
forming  the  oscular  fringe  is  a  circle  of  fine  protriaenes  on  the  edge  itself  and  also 
on  the  gentle  plope  leading  inwards.  At  a  short  distance  from  the  edge,  the  slope 
leads  to  a  vertical  barrel-shaped  tube  ending  in  a  well-marked  sphinctrate  ring,  which 
is  about  on  a  level  with  the  innermost  plane  of  the  cortex  ;  the  oscular  tube  slightly 
expands  below  the  sphincter  into  a  sub-cortical  cavity  in  the  lateral  walls  of  which  are 
the  orifices  of  exhalant  canals  proceeding  from  just  Iwneath  the  cortex.  At  its  lower 
end  the  sub-cortical  space  is  continued  on  into  a  large  main  vertical  canal,  which  passes 
up  radially  from  the  central  region,  receiving  in  its  turn  many  affluents.  The  wall  of 
the  oscular  tul*  is  mainly  composed  of  a  thick  sheath  of  concentrically  arranged 
myocytM. 

The  vertical  section  of  the  oscular  tube,  when  contracted,  shows  the  almost  closed 
lumen  of  the  tube  surrounded  by  a  dark  zone  of  sigmata,  and  with  spiral  bands  of 
myocytes  passing  upwards  around  the  lumen. 

Two  of  the  eight  known  Cinachyra  species,  viz.,  C.  voeltzkowi  Lendenfeld  (11.  p. 
101)  and  C.  malaccensis  I.  J.  B.  Sollas  (19.  p.  219),  are  described  as  having  scattered 
pane  in  addition  to  the  pores  of  the  porocalyces.  Some  of  these  "  pores  "  will  certainly 
be  found  to  be  oscules  situated,  in  young  specimens,  more  or  less  antipodally  to  the 
porocalyces,  others  possibly  belonging  to  developing  porocalyces ;  for  as  W.  J.  Sollas 
observes  (21.  p.  29),  "  in  their  inception,  the  porocalyces  are  simply  poriferous  areas  of 
the  cortex." 

Young  specimens.  Very  young  specimens  (IX.  3)  are  oval,  broader  at  the 
superior  end,  and  without  a  root-tuft,  though  the  surface  spicules  are  longer  at  the 
narrow  end  of  the  sponge.  At  this  stage  the  sponge  lies  with  its  long  axis  oblique  or 
horizontal.  The  smallest  specimen  in  this  collection  is  3  x  4  mm.  in  diameter.  It 
has  one  porocalyx  situated  in  the  centre  of  one  side,  and  one  osculc  a  little  to  one  side 
of  the  centre  of  the  summit  of  the  broad  end.  This  nearly  bilateral  symmetry  calls  to 
VOL.  IT.  2  B 


8  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

mind  the  species  of  Fangophilina  Schmidt,  viz.  F.  submersa  0.  Sch.  (17.  p.  73),  and 
F.  gilchristi  Kirkp.  (10.  p.  667),  in  which  the  ovoidal  body  of  the  sponge  has  one 
large  porocalyx  and  one  large  oscule  situated  on  the  upper  aspect.  As  the  sponge 
grows,  the  porocalyces  increase  in  number  and  extend  on  each  side  of  the  original  one 
till  they  form  a  complete  equatorial  belt ;  in  the  meantime,  the  main  axis  of  the  sponge 
gradually  rotates  from  horizontal  to  vertical,  so  that  the  crown  of  oscules  comes  in 
many  specimens  to  lie  in  a  horizontal  plane  at  right  angles  to  the  vertical  axis. 

The  cortex.  In  young  specimens  the  cortical  oxeas  are  arranged  tangentially 
in  a  single  layer.  In  the  largest  examples,  the  cortex  reaches  a  thickness  of  3 '25  mm., 
the  densely  packed  oxeas  being  arranged  vertically  and  obliquely  to  the  surface. 

The  skeleton.  The  only  additional  observations  to  be  made  here  are  on  certain 
bodies  which  Sollas  (21.  p.  24)  refers  to  as  "  Globules  ;  accessory  or  accidental  forms, 
0'0535  mm.  in  diameter."  These  bodies,  which  Schulze  terms  "silica  pearls,"  are  now 
known  to  be  not  uncommon  in  sponges  (Schulze,  18.  p.  6,  and  Weltner,  33.  p.  190). 
Spheres  may  be  normal  spicules  of  the  sponge,  as  in  Caminus  sphaeroconia  Sollas.  In 
many  instances,  however,  spheres  or  globules  result  from  malformation  or  incomplete 
development,  as  in  cases  where  a  tylote  spicule  is  reduced  to  a  knob,  or  a  sphere  may 
result  from  the  reduction  of  an  oxea,  as  in  Epallax  callocyathus  Sollas.  In  some  of 
the  specimens  of  C.  barbata  there  are  a  considerable  number  of  pearls  and  some  of  them 
are  double  (IX.  6,  7).  One  example  114  x  94  p  is  oval,  with  two  nuclei  and  with 
concentric  layers  of  deposition  round  each,  up  to  the  point  where  the  spheres  come  in 
contact ;  later  there  is  a  single  oval  layer  common  to  the  two  centres,  but  an  annular 
depression  or  kink  is  always  visible  in  the  plane  midway  between  the  nuclei  of  the  two 
original  spheres.  Sollas  (21.  p.  214,  PI.  XXVII.,  figs.  8-9)  figures  composite  spheres 
occurring  in  Caminus  sphaeroconia,  but  here  the  composite  sphere  does  not  possess 
separate  central  points  round  which  are  deposited  concentric  laminae,  but  (apparently) 
one  centre  and  an  axial  line  or  rod  round  the  end  of  which  the  layers  are  deposited. 

Whether  these  Spheres  or  silica  pearls  are  always  spicules  or  the  result  of  incom- 
plete development  of  spicules,  or  whether  they  are  sometimes  due  to  deposition  of 
layers  of  silex  round  some  foreign  organic  or  inorganic  body,  has  not  been  determined. 
The  nucleus  is  generally  a  refringent  point,  but  is  sometimes  irregularly  shaped  and 
of  a  faint  yellow  colour  ;  attempts  to  investigate  it  under  high  powers  generally  result 
in  the  pearl  being  crushed. 

Several  of  the  smallest  pearls,  only  6  or  7  ju  in  diameter,  are  associated nvith  fan- 
shaped  crystalline  bodies  (IX.  8-12) ;  these  latter  proved  to  be  simply  crystals 
deposited  from  the  sea-water.  Sometimes  the  pearl  is  in  the  centre  of  a  spheroidal 
mass  of  crystals.  Under  polarised  light,  the  crystals  are  doubly  refracting  and  are 
brilliantly  defined  on  the  dark  field,  while  the  pearls  are  isotropic,  though  usually  very 
faintly  visible  ;  accordingly  a.spherical  mass  of  crystals  surrounding  a  pearl  has  a  dark 
central  space. 

In   a   vertical    section   of    the    sponge    stained    in    borax-carmine  the  spheroidal 


TETRAXONIDA.  9 

conglomerations  of  crystals,  30-45  /i  in  diameter,  arc  clearly  defined  owing  to  their  being 
much  more  deeply  stained  than  the  surrounding  tissues.  The  appearance  of  capsules 
in  PI.  IX.  figs.  13,  14,  is  due  to  an  optical  effect.  The  deep  staining  and  the  well- 
defined  spheroidal  shape  might  cause  these  bodies  to  be  mistaken  for  organic  structures  ; 
they  are  barely  visible  when  unstained,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  separate  them  from  the 
dehydrated  tissues  in  which  they  he,  in  order  to  test  the  action  of  reagents ;  when 
separated  they  are  found  to  be  soluble  in  water. 

Localities.  The  specimens  come  from  six  different  localities  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Winter  Quarters,  from  depths  ranging  from  10  to  25  I'm-.  Also  Kcrguelcn 
Island,  25-60  fathoms,  '  Voy.  Challenger.' 

ClNACHYRA   VERTEX. 

(Plate  X.,  figs.  1-14.) 
1907.  Cinafhyra  rtrttx  Lendenfeld  (lla.  p.  310). 

Sponge,  generally  oval,  ovoidal,  or  conical,  with  long  diameter  horizontal.  Surface 
with  conules,  usually  oblique  and  more  or  less  appressed  to  the  surface,  arranged  in 
spiral  rows,  and  terminating  in  tufts  of  spicules,  the  conules  and  tuft*  wrapping  round 
the  body.  With  well-developed  root-tuft. 

Porocalyces,  varying  greatly  in  size  and  appearance,  being  hemispherical  pits  with 
circular  orifice,  or  obliquely  directed  pockets  with  slit-like  opening  ;  surface  hispidated 
with  tricbodal  protriaenes. 

With  several  oscules  situated  in  a  more  or  less  circumscribed  area  on  the  side 
opposite  the  area  of  greatest  development  of  porocalyces,  or  at  or  near  the  summit  of 
conico-ovate  specimens.  The  oscules  were  open  only  in  one  instance ;  they  were 
3*25  x  2  mm.  in  diameter,  with  a  marginal  fringe,  and  a  platform-like  spicule  below 
the  rim. 

Ectosome,  an  outer  layer  of  collenclymae,  and  an  inner  of  fibrous  tissue,  with 
cortical  spicules. 

Flagellated  chambers  eurypylous. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  (1)  Somal  ozeas,  5*5  x  -057  mm.,  fusiform,  tapering 
gradually  to  sharp  points. 

(2)  Choanosomal  oxeas  520  x   18/*,  slightly  curved. 

(3)  Anatriaenes  ;  cladome,  more  or  less  hemispherical,  often  with  apical  umbo,  cladi 
at  first  at  right  angles,  then  making  a  sharp  bend  ;  length  210  n,  thickness  at  base  70  /*, 
chorda  300 ft,  sage tta  200 /i:  rhabdome  6'5/j  broad  at  junction  with  cladome,  then 
narrowing   slightly,  again  thickening  slightly,  and   terminating  gradually  in  a  fine 
sharp  point. 

(4)  Protriaenes,  cladome  usually  with  one  long  cladus  170  ft  twice  the  length  of 
the  other  two;   rhabdome   7*5  x   '019mm.  nearly   uniform  in  thickness  in   distal 
half,  tapering  at  proximal  end  to  fine  sharp  termination. 

2  B  2 


10  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

(5)  Trichodal  protriaenes  with  rhabdome  550  p  in  length,  and  with  longest 
cladus  50/i. 

Microscleres.  (6)  Sigmata,  18'36/u  in  length,  1'8/i  in  thickness,  and  10'5/iin 
breadth  in  the  C-aspect ;  surface  finely  granular. 

There  are  twenty -five  specimens  of  this  sponge,  the  largest  being  10 -5  x  8  cm. 
and  the  smallest  8x6  mm.  The  salient  external  features  of  the  larger  specimens 
are  the  spiral  series  of  conules  and  tufts  wrapping  round  the  sponge,  and  the  porocalyces 
obliquely  displaced  by  the  spiral  growth  of  the  sponge.  The  root-tuft  is  often  much 
more  bulky  than  the  sponge  body.  The  conules  which  form  a  fleshy  basal  sheath  to 
the  spicular  tufts  attain  a  height  of  5  mm.,  and  the  tufts  of  an  additional  10  mm. 
The  porocalyces  have  an  average  diameter  of  about  4  mm.,  the  oscules  being  about 
•  5  mm.  in  the  contracted  state  ;  the  latter  have  a  fine  marginal  fringe  of  small 
protriaenes. 

On  section,  the  flesh  is  reddish  in  colour  ;  the  cortex  indiscernible  and  can  be 
peeled  off  in  the  form  of  a  thin  skin,  its  thickness  being  about  30  mm. ;  the  outer 
third  is  formed  of  large  rounded  collencytes,  18  ^  in  diameter,  full  of  granules, 
which  stain  deeply.  Covering  the  outer  surface  of  the  sponge  is  a  well-defined 
layer  of  sigmaspires  :  a  layer  of  the  same  spicules  also  lines  the  surface  of 
the  canals. 

Canal  System.  Currents  pass  through  the  pores  in  the  porocalyces  to  large 
sub-dermal  spaces  leading  to  one  large  inhalant  canal. 

The  flagellated  chambers  are  eurypylous.  PI.  X.  fig.  5  shows  numerous  apopyles 
opening  into  a  commencing  exhalant  canal. 

The  collar-cells  (X.  6)  here  have  their  collars  concrescent. 

Numerous  ova  are  present  in  some  of  the  specimens,  and  in  various  stages— but 
not  in  the  same  specimen — some  having  pseudopodia-like  processes,  others  being 
spheroidal  and  devoid  of  processes.  In  orfe  unstained  section  in  balsam  the  large 
spherical  ova  are  330  p  in  diameter,  with  nucleus  50  /*,  and  nucleolus  9 '  75  p  in  diameter  ; 
here  the  ova  can  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye  as  deep  yellow  spots,  and  with  a  hand 
lens  the  clear  nucleus  can  be  distinctly  made  out. 

Young  specimens.  In  early  stages  there  is  no  root-tuft,  but  in  a  series  of  small 
specimens,  the  conule  tufts  can  be  seen  to  lengthen  at  the  narrow  end  of  the  specimen 
till  they  form  a  root-tuft.  At  first  there  is  only  one  porocalyx  situated  on  one  side, 
and  a  single  oscule,  surrounded  by  a  fringe  of  protriaenes,  a  little  below  and  behind 
the  broad  end  of  the  egg-shaped  specimen.  One  small  specimen  (No.  264,  13,  ii.  04) 
differs  from  the  others  in  having  long  tufts  each  with  a  long  fleshy  base,  the  tufts 
all  pointing  downwards  from  the  flat  upper  end  ;  a  few  small  contracted  porocalyces 
are  concealed  in  the  axils  of  the  fleshy  conules. 

Localities.  Winter  Quarters.  Twenty -five  specimens  were  obtained  from  ten 
localities,  and  from  depths  varying  from  10-30  fathoms. 


TKTRAXONIDA.  11 


('is  \.  MVI:\    vi  n  \    M 

(Plate  X.,  figs.  15,  16.      Plate  XI.-,  figs.  1-3.) 
1907.  Cinafhyra  rtrtn  Leodenfcld  (lla.  p.  310). 

Two  small  specimens  of  this  species,  obtained  from  deep  water  (130  fins.). 
show  a  remarkable  variation  in  the  porocalyces  and  oscules.  The  porocalyces  instead 
of  being  situated  below  the  general  surface  are  elevated  altove  it  in  the  form  of 
rounded  warts  or  monticules  alxmt  1  mm.  in  height  ;  the  oscules  likewise  form 
small  cylindrical  chimneys  about  2  mm.  in  height. 

The  larger  of  the  two  specimens  is  3*5  x  2*5  cm.  in  its  diameters,  not  including 
the  root-tuft,  which  is  about  2  cm.  in  thickness.  A  large  part  of  the  surface  is  covered 
with  the  little  porocalycal  monticules,  and  at  one  end  are  several  oscular  chimneys. 
Situated  at  a  varying  height  on  each  monticule  is  a  semiluuar  slit  which  opens  into 
a  caeca  1  fold  or  pocket  that  has  been  formed  by  the  upward  growtli  and  protrusion 
of  the  monticule  ;  when  the  lip  is  near  the  summit  of  the  monticule,  it  surrounds  the 
latter  like  a  kind  of  prapuce.  The  pore-perforated  floor  of  the  porocalyx  itself  is, 
in  every  instance,  closely  folded  with  longitudinal  pleats  which,  however,  can  l>e  unfolded. 
The  summit  of  the  monticule  is  formed  by  the  tops  of  these  folds,  and  bundles  of  the 
hlspidating  trichodal  protriaenes  can  occasionally  be  seen  projecting  from  the  summit. 
The  long  slender  bundles  of  protriaenes  divide  into  two  layers  at  the  inferior  proximal 
edge  of  the  semilunar  fold,  one  set  being  in  the  fold  iteelf  and  extending  to  the  edge 
of  the  same  and  sometimes  a  little  beyond,  the  other  set  passing  up  in  to  the  floor  and 
walls  of  the  porocalyx  iteelf.  The  edge  of  the  semilunar  lip  is  provided  with  a  Iwnd 
of  myocytes.  This  curious  variation  appears  to  have  taken  place  as  an  adaptation 
necessitated  by  the  spiral  mode  of  growth  of  the  sponge  ;  if  such  growth  l>ecame 
excessive  the  porocalyces  would  be  in  danger  of  becoming  closed  altogether  from  one 
lip  of  the  orifice  overlaying  the  other. 

Locality.     Winter  Quarters.     No.  10  Hole,  130  fms. 

II.—  GRADE    MONAXONELLIDA,   DENDY. 

There  are,  in  all,  forty-three  species  belonging  to  this  group.  Of  these,  eight 
belong  to  the  Astromonaxinellida,  and  thirty-five  to  the  Sigmatomonaxiuellida. 
Twenty-two  species  are  new,  and  there  are,  in  addition,  seven  new  varieties  of  species 
already  described.  There  are  four  new  genera,  of  which  one  l>elongs  to  the  Axinellidae, 
two  to  the  Myctilinae,  and  a  fourth,  Pylodenna  (Renierinae),  has  l>een  established  to 
receive  Halichondria  latrunculioidex  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

New  and  interesting  forms  of  xpicule-t.  —  The  new  Mycaline  genus  Cercidochela  is 
characterised  by  the  possession  of  remarkable  modified  isochelae,  which  I  have  termed 
canonchelae  (I.e.,  shuttle-shaped  chelae).  In  them  the  single  central  teeth  from  each 
end  have  fused,  so  that  a  complete  shuttle-shaped  spicule  results,  recalling  the  melon- 


12  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

like  spicules  of  Melonanchora,  in  which,  however,  three  opposite  pairs  of  teeth  have- 
become  united. 

Hoplakithara  dendyi  is  remarkable  for  its  exotyles  with  very  large  spined  heads  ; 
this  species  also  has  fimbriated  placocheles. 

The  spathulate  bipocilla  occurring  in  two  new  species  of  lophon  are  worthy  of 
mention.  A  bipocillum  of  this  kind  occurs,  also,  outside  the  genus  lophon,  viz.,  in  a 
new  species  of  Myxilla. 

Geographical  distribution. — As  might  have  been  anticipated,  a  large  proportion  of 
the  known  forms  have  already  been  recorded  from  the  Southern  Hemisphere. 

Of  the  twenty  known  species,  fourteen  have  been  recorded  from  the  South  Atlantic 
or  Indian  Ocean,  or  from  the  southern  portion  of  the  east  and  west  coasts  of  South 
America.  Only  two  species  have  been  previously  recorded  from  the  Antarctic  region, 
viz.,  lophon  radiatus  Topsent  and  Gellius  rudis  Topsent,  both  obtained  by  the 
'  Belgica '  expedition  from  the  opposite  quadrant  of  the  Antarctic  circle. 

Of  four  species  which  have  been  recorded  from  the  Arctic  region,  one,  viz., 
Sphaerotylus  capitatus  (Vosmaer),  has  never  been  obtained  from  any  intermediate  station. 
Artemisina  apollinis  (R.  &  D.),  which  was  obtained  by  the  '  Challenger  '  from  Kerguelen 
Island,  has  been  recorded  by  Lundbeck  from  off  Greenland.  Stylocordyla  borealis 
(Loven),  recorded  from  the  North  Sea,  and  occurring  also  in  the  Antarctic,  has  been 
obtained  from  several  intermediate  localities.  Of  considerable  interest  is  the  occurrence 
of  Esperiopsis  villosa  Carter,  a  form  frequently  recorded  from  high  northern  latitudes, 
but  only  from  one  intermediate  station,  viz.,  in  deep  water  off  the  Azores. 

Classification. — The  classification  of  the  main  groups  adopted  here  is  that  of  Dendy 
(6.  p.  60,  134).  Dendy  divides  the  Order  Tetraxonida  into  two  grades,  Tetractinellida 
and  Monaxonellida,  and  the  latter  grade  into  two  sub-orders,  Astromonaxonellida  and 
Sigmatomonaxonellida.  The  use  of  the  last  two  names  implies  the  theory  of  the 
relationship  of  these  sub-orders  with  the  astrophorus  and  sigmatophorous  Tetragti- 
nellida  respectively. 

The  divisions  Clavulida  and  Aciculida  (Topsent)  of  the  Astromonaxonellida 
(Hadromerina  pars  Topsent)  are  adopted  ;  so  likewise  is  Lundbeck's  division  of  the 
Desmacidouidae  (Poeciloscleridae  Topsent)  into  two  sub-families,  Mycalinae  and 
Ectyoninae,  and  of  the  Mycalinae  into  two  groups,  Mycaleae  and  Myxilleae. 

A  preliminary  report  giving  descriptions  of  new  genera  and  species  has  been 
published  in  the  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (7),  vol.  xx.,  pp.  271  et  seq.,  Sept.  1907. 

Below  is  a  list  of  species  of  Monaxonellida  :— 

GRADE    MONAXONELLIDA  DENDY. 
I.  Sub-order  ASTROMONAXONELLIUA  Dendy. 
I.  Tribe  CLAVULIDA  Vosmaer. 

i.  Family  Spirastrellidae  Ridley  a'nd  Dendy. 

Latruncnlia  apicalis  Ridley  and  Dendy  var.  biformis  var.  n. 
Latrunculia  apicalis  Ridley  and  Dendy  var.  basalts  var.  n. 


I  Kl  KAXOXIDA.  13 

ii.  Family  P*lymatK,ia*  TOON*. 

Polymattia  MfOffinata  Kirkp. 

Spkofrotylu*  aiitarrlifus  Kirkp. 

Spluurotylii*  capitntus  (Yosmner). 
iii.  Family  Subtritidat  Schmidt. 

*nl>rntft  mterottomut  Ridluj  and  Dendy  var.  tttllatut  var.  n. 

Snbrritft  taminal  ttx  Ridley  and  Dendy  var.  fni/iilliitim  var.  n. 

1'ffmintubfrilfs  hyaliniu  (Ridley  and  Dendy). 

II.  Tribe  ACICCLIDA. 

i.  Family  Stylufonlylidae. 

StyUforilyln  boreali*  (Ix>vcn)  var.  attuita  var.  n. 

II.  Hub-order  SIOMATOMONAXONKI.LIDA  Dendy. 
ii.  Family  Atiitellitla*  Ridluy  and  Dendy. 
AxineUa  gttpraiumesuni  Topaent. 
SigmaxinyuM  phafalliouks  Kirkp. 

iii.  Family  Dttmacidonidae  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

I.  Sub-family  Ectyoninat  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

Hymftittmia  areolata  Thielc.  * 

HyiHftiesmia  txigua  Kirkp. 
Hymtrrhaphia  rufa  Kirkp. 
Ophlitagpongia  nultfitata  Kirkp. 
Litsomyxilla  hanitsthi  Kirkp. 

II.  Sub-family  Myralinat  Thiele. 

I.  Oroup  Myj-illrar  Lnndbeck. 
lophon  radial u»  Topeent. 
lophnn  spatulatus  Kirkp. 
lophon  JiabtUo-digUaius  Kirkp. 
Littodendoryi  tpongioM  (Ridley  and  Dcudy). 
Myrilla  drtrpta  Kirkp. 
Ttdania  variolota  Kirkp.  * 

Ttdania  toulmani  Kirkp. 

II.  Group  Myealfoe  Lundbeck. 

Artfiiiiximi  apollinu  (Ridley  and  Dendy). 

Ktprrwpsis  villosa  (Carter). 

J/ijfai«  magellaniea  (Ridley). 

Mycait  arf rata  Kirkp. 

Mycalttf. 

Dttmacidon  krrgtuknensu  Ridley  and  Dendy  var.  nnturrtifa  var.  n. 

Deimaeidon  ktrguelfntnsi*  var.  eactoidts  var.  n. 

Dttmaeitlon  spinigtra  Kirkp. 

Detmafidon  maeandrina  Kirkp. 

Joyeuxta  belli  Kirkp. 

Crrculochfla  lankfxtiri  Kirkp. 

Hnplakithara  dendyi  Kirkp. 
III.  Family  Haplottltndtu  Topaent. 

I.  Sub-family  GeUiituu  Ridley  and  Dendy. 
(if  Iliu  f  rudis  Topsent. 
Qdliiu  fimbriahu  Kirkp. 


14  B,   KIRKPATRICK. 

Gellius  pilosus  Kirkp. 

Oellius  cuctirbitiformis  Kirkp. 

Gellius  glacialis  var.  nivea  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

Oceanapia  tantula  Kirkp. 

II.  Sub-family  Eenierinae  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

Pyloderma  latrunculioides  (Ridley  and  Dendy). 
Petrosia  fistulata  Kirkp. 
Reniera  scotti  Kirkp. 
Reniera  dancoi  Topsent. 

SUB-ORDER  ASTROMONAXONELLIDA,  Dendy. 

TRIBE  CLAVULIDA,  Topsent. 

FAMILY  SPIRASTRELLIDAE,  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

LATRUNCULIA  APICALIS  var.  biformis. 

(Plate  XV.,  figs.   1-7.) 
Latrunculia  apicalis  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  234). 

There  are  three  specimens  of  the  new  variety.  The  one  selected  as  the  type  is' 
massive  and  conical,  9  cm.  high  and  7 '5  cm.  broad  at  the  base.  The  surface  is  covered 
with  the  little  disk-like  poral  papillae,  but  in  place  of  many  conical  oscules,  such  as  are 
found  in  the  typical  form  described  by  Ridley  and  Dendy,  there  is  one  large  oscule 
(16  mm.  in  diameter  and  much  contracted)  at  the  summit  of  the  specimen.  The  chief 
variation  from  the.  type  is  in  the  character  of  the  disc-asters,  of  which  there  are  two 
kinds,  one  with  an  apical  spike  resembling  that  found  in  the  typical  form,  but  stouter 
and  shorter,  and  the  other  kind  without  the  apical  spike.  Mr.  Highley's  figures  show 
the  characters  of  these  two  forms ;  the  first  kind  is  362  \i  long  and  200  fj.  in  greatest 
breadth  ;  the  second  kind  is  1$0  x  150  /i.  All  the  specimens  have  what  appear  to  be 
reduced  discasters,  i.e.,  spined  styles  in  which  the  toothed  disks  of  the  discaster  have 
become  reduced  to  spines.  The  smooth  styles  are  nearly  straight,  325  x  12'5  /u,,  and 
with  tornote  pointed  ends. 

Two  of  the  specimens  are  chocolate  brown  in  colour,  but  a  third  is  paler  and  has 
more  of  the  reduced  discasters.  One  specimen  is  labelled  "  The  green  Sponge."  The 
alcohol  in  which  they  have  been  preserved  is  dichroic,  being  amber-coloured  by 
transmitted,  and  olive  green  by  reflected,  light. 

The  specimens  were  all  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters  in  10-15  fms. 

LATRUNCULIA  APICALIS,  var.  basalis. 

Lalrunmlia  apicalis  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  234.). 

There  is  one  small,  thin  cake-shaped  specimen  30  x  20  mm.  in  area  and  6  mm. 
thick,  of  a  light-brown  mud  colour. 

There  are  several  of  the  discoidal  raised  pore-areas,  and  one  conical  oscular  papilla. 
The  flagellated  chambers  are  aphodal,  49  x  19  /*,  the  aphodus  being  32'5  p.  long.  The 


TETRAXONIDA.  15 

diacasters  vary  somewhat,  the  apparently  typical  form  being  64  p.  long  and  39  p. 
broad,  with  a  small  spike  at  the  base,  and  a  still  smaller  one  at  the  apex ;  sometimes 
neither  the  basal  nor  apical  spines  are  present,  and  the  spicule  resembles  more  nearly 
the  discaster  of  Latrunctdia  Itrevis  Ridley  and  Dendy.  There  are  two  small  Im-yil 
whorls  of  spines ;  al>ove  them  is  a  plano-convex  whorl  with  denticulate  edges  and 
deeply  cleft  along  3-5  radii ;  then  follow  two  smaller  whorls  pointing  upwards. 

The  smooth  styles  are  fusiform,  with  tornote  point,  557  p.  long,  6'5  p.  in  diameter 
at  the  head,  and  10 '5  in  diameter  at  the  centre. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  West  of  Balleney  Island  in  254  fms. 

FAMILY  POLYMASTIDAK,  Vosmaer. 

POLYMASTIA   INVAGINATA. 

(Plate  XII.,  fig.  IB,  and  Plate  XIV.,  figs.  5-1 5a.) 
Pflymaitia  Mvayinaia  Kirkpatriek  (lOa.  p.  271). 

Sponge  hemispherical,  free  or  attached,  covered  with  a  thick  pile  of  pointed 
spicules.  With  one  large  oscular  papilla  usually  completely  invaginated,  so  that  the 
summit  of  the  oscule  is  on  a  level  with,  or  below  the  general  surface.  Under  surface 
with  a  fleshy  l>asal  pad. 

Pores  in  longitudinal  meridional  groups  in  the  cortex. 

Colour,  in  spirit  pale  yellow  above,  and  often  gray  and  semi-transparent  on  the 
under  surface  in  free  specimens. 

Consistence  dense  and  firm. 

Flagellated  chambers  spherical,  30'5  p  in  diameter,  diplodal  (XIV.  7). 

Skeleton.  Choanosomal,  formed  of  fibres  curving  upwards  from  the  base  to  the 
periphery,  penetrating  the  cortex  and  forming  the  thick  surface  pile  ;  with  stellate 
clusters  of  small  tyles  between  the  fibres. 

Cortical  skeleton  formed  of  a  dense  layer  of  vertical  tyles  of  various  lengths 
embedded  in  a  tough,  fibrous  layer  from  *5  to  1*25  mm.  thick. 

Basal  skeleton  consisting  of  spicules  transversely  arranged,  and  crossing  each  other 
in  an  irregular  manner. 

Spicules.  Large,  smooth,  slightly  curved  styles,  or  occasionally  strongyles, 
2240  x  40/i. 

Cortical  tyles,  with  small  spheroidal  head,  short  neck,  fusiform  straight  shaft, 
varying  in  length  from  140  to  350  p,  and  in  thickness  from  12  to  19  /<  A  few  very 
slender  styles  scattered  in  the  choanosome,  70  x  6  p,  with  head  and  neck  making  an 
angle  with  the  shaft  Some  medium-sized  cortical  tyles  in  the  oscular  papilla  with  long, 
oval  heads.  Tyles  of  the  stellate  clusters,  slender,  with  the  head  making  an  angle 
with  the  shaft,  200  x  15  p, 

There  are  fourteen  large  specimens  and  five  very  small  ones  of  this  species.  The 
largest  is  8  cm.  in  diameter  and  4  •  5  cm.  high ;  and  the  smallest,  which  is  triangular, 

TOT.  IT.  2    C 


16  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

is  8  mm.  high,  8  mm.  in  length  at  the  base,  and  4  mm.  in  thickness.  In  some  the 
pile  has  been  rubbed  off,  exposing  the  smooth,  fleshy  cortex.  Some  of  the  specimens 
are  growing  on  large  stones  ;  others  are  free,  but  with  numerous  embedded  pebbles  in 
the  fleshy  basal  pad. 

In  many  specimens  the  oscule  is  invisible,  being  entirely  retracted  within  a  cavity 
below  the  summit,  and  with  the  opening  of  that  cavity,  contracted  to  a  point  and 
concealed  by  the  surface  pile  of  spicules  ;  a  vertical  section  reveals  the  oscular  papilla 
in  its  cavity.  One  specimen  has  two  oscular  papillae.  The  general  structure  of  the 
skeleton  recalls  Trichostemma,  which  likewise  has  a  basal  pad,  with  fibres  radiating  from 
base  to  periphery,  and  with  a  cortex  of  tyles.  T.  sarsii  also  has  the  stellate  groups  of 
tyles  between  the  fibres  of  the  choanosome.  The  basal  pad  is  composed  of  stellate- 
celled  colleuchyma,  the  collencytes  with  their  branched  anastomosing  processes  being 
embedded  in  a  clear,  gelatinous  matrix. 

Most  of  the  specimens  were  dredged  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Winter  Quarters  in 
depths  of  10-30  fms.  ;  one  came  from  near  Mounts  Erebus  and  Terror,  500  fms. 

SPHAEROTYLUS,  Topsent  (26.  p.  244). 

Polymastidae,  massive  ;  provided  with  tylostyles,  and  with  exotyles  in  the  form 
of  spherotyles  or  spherostyles. 

This  genus  was  established  by  Topsent  to  contain  Polymastia  capitata,  Vosmaer 
(32.  p.  16).  I  have  slightly  extended  the  original  definition  by  the  addition  of  the 
word  "  spherostyles,"  because  one  of  the  two  species  of  Spltaerotylus  in  the  present 
collection  has  exotyles  in  the  form  of  spherostyles,  i.e.,  exotyles  with  the  proximal 
inner  end  simply  rounded  and  not  enlarged  into  a  knob,  a  spherostyle  being  a  style 
with  the  distal  or  outer  end  enlarged.  The  difference  between  a  spherostyle  and  a 
spherotyle  is  hardly  of  generic  importance,  consequently  Sphaerotylus  must  include 
forms  with  spherostyles. 

Hitherto  only  three  Astromonaxonellid  sponges  with  exotyles  have  been  described, 
viz.,  Tylexocladus  joubinii  Topsent,  Proteleia  sollasii  Ridley  and  Dendy,  and 
Sphaerotylus  capitatm  (Vosmaer).  The  'Discovery'  collection  contains  two  species 
of  Sphaerotylus,  a  new  one  S.  antarcticus,  and  one  which  appears  to  me  to  differ  in  no 
important  respect  from  the  Arctic  species  S.  capitatus  (Vosmaer). 

SPHAEROTYLUS  ANTARCTICUS. 

(Plate  XII.,  figs.  1A-16  and  Plate  XIII.,  figs.  1-7.) 
Sphaerotylus  antarcticus  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  272). 

Sponge,  dome-shaped  or  spheroidal,  attached  or  free.  Surface  beset  with  a 
covering  of  long  spherostyles,  and  with  a  dense  short  pile  of  cortical  microtyles. 
With  several  usually  elongated  papillae  with  or  without  a  large  terminal  orifice. 
Dermal  pores  distributed  over  the  cortex,  each  pore  opening  into  a  single  tubular 


TETRAXONIDA.  17 

canal  in  the  cortex ;  the  mouth   or   pore  of  the  pore  canal  guarded   by  a   ring   of 
radiating  rortinil  i    :      Mil.  :{).     Flagellated  chamlwrs  diplodal  (XIII.  7). 

Skeleton  formed  mainly  of  radiating  fibres  composed  of  styles,  with  diverging 
brushes  of  spherostyles  near  the  surface.  Cortex  with  a  surface  layer  of  densely 
picked  tufts  of  small  vertical  tyles,  and  a  sub-cortical  layer  of  tangential  styles 
and  tyles. 

Spicules.  Spherostyles  (XII.  8-12)  8  mm.  in  length  by  30  »  in  diameter  in 
the  middle,  and  1 4  p.  in  the  region  below  the  distal  knob  ;  distal  knob  28  «  in  diameter, 
hemispherical,  with  granular  surface  and  with  a  few  square  teeth  or  serrations  on 
the  edge. 

Styles  straight,  fusiform,  blunt-pointed,  2*8  mm.  in  length,  41/i  in  diameter  in 
the  middle,  23  /i  in  diameter  at  the  rounded  end. 

Cortical  tyles  (XII.  15,  15a),  curved,  146/i  long,  head,  3 '25  n  in  diameter ;  slender 
neck,  2'75/*  thick  with  broad  oar-blade-like  shaft,  circular  in  section,  7/i  thick. 

Styles  of  lower  cortical  tangential  layer  (XII.  7),  also  in  choanosome,  900  x  20  /*. 
Tyles  of  the  same  layer,  nearly  straight,  270  n  long ;  with  head  7  n  in  diameter, 
and  relatively  thick  neck  6'Sn  in  diameter  (XII.  16-16A). 

Slender  curved  tyles,  460  x   10  /*,  scattered  in  choanosome  (XII.  13). 

Young  specimens  are  oval  with  one  long  closed  papilla  ;  the  bundles  of  divergent 
exotyles  are  more  or  less  separate  and  distinct,  and  the  distal  knobs  retained  and  not 
broken  off ;  the  radial  bundles  of  fibres  radiate  out  from  a  point  below  the  centre  of 
the  specimen. 

There  are  five  large  specimens,  of  which  three  encrust  rocks  and  two  are  free,  and 
six  very  small  ones,  all  of  which  are  free.  One  of  the  large  free  ones  (XII.  5)  is  a 
globular  fluffy  ball  6  cm.  in  diameter,  with  a  few  stumpy,  much  contracted  papilla; ; 
another  free  specimen  is  dome-shaped,  with  a  flat,  fleshy  base  like  a  thin  pad.  The 
typical  shape  is  that  of  a  dome,  with  the  skeletal  fibres  radiating  upwards  and 
outwards  from  the  base  to  the  surface.  The  spheroidal  form  results  from  the  growing 
round  of  the  edges  till  they  meet ;  accordingly  a  section  shows  a  central  core  with 
cortical  microtyles  still  present,  but  displaced,  and  with  main  fibres  radiating  out  all 
round  the  core. 

The  largest  encrusting  specimen  (XII.  1),  which  is  growing  on  a  boulder  of  black 
volcanic  rock,  is  10  cm.  in  diameter  and  about  3  cm.  in  height,  the  papilla;,  about 
twenty  in  number,  rising  to  an  additional  height  of  3-4  cm.  The  papilla:  are  coated 
with  the  thick  pile  of  microtyles,  but  there  are  no  exotyles.  A  few  of  the  papillae 
have  large  terminal  orifices  with  apparently  cicatrised  edges,  as  if  the  breach  had  arisen 
from  a  bursting  away  of  the  summit  from  pressure  from  within  the  papilla  ;  these 
papillae,  at  any  rate,  are  oscular ;  but  so  also,  probably,  are  some  of  the  closed  papillae, 
which  have  irregular  cribriform  patches  around  the  summit  or  along  one  side  of  the 
papilla.  The  same  difficulty  of  deciding  on  the  function  of  these  organs  occurs  also  in 
the  case  of  species  of  Polymastia, 

2  c  2 


18  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

The  radial  bundles  of  styles  proceed  from  base  to  periphery,  and  usually  do  not 
penetrate  the  surface  ;  the  exotyles  form  pyramidal  tufts  which  originate  just  below 
the  cortex,  this  arrangement  being  well  seen  in  young  specimens. 

Specimens  were  obtained  from  Winter  Quarters,  Flagon  Point,  10-20  fms. ;  from 
No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms.  ;  and  from  McMurdo  Bay  up  to  20  fms. 

SPHAEROTYLUS  CAPITATUS. 
(Plate  XII.,  fig.  Ic,  Plate  XIII.,  figs.  8-13,  and  Plate  XIV.,  figs.  1-4.) 

1882.  Radiella  schoenus  Sollas  (20.  p.  163),  Nomen  nudum. 
1885.  Polymaslia  capitata  Vosmaer  (32.  p.  16). 
1898.  Sphaerotyhis  capitatus  Topsent  (26.  p.  244). 

The  single  specimen  (XII.  Ic)  is  attached  to  a  block  of  volcanic  rock  on  which 
specimens  of  S.  antarcticus  and  Polymastia  invaginata  are  growing.  The  sponge  is  in 
the  form  of  a  flattened  dome  1'5  cm.  in  diameter  and  5  mm.  in  height,  with  a  small 
papilla  5  mm.  in  length,  rising  from  near  the  centre  of  the  upper  surface.  From  one 
side  of  the  specimen  slender  bud-bearing  stalks  arise  to  a  height  of  2-4  mm.  ; 
sometimes  the  buds  are  in  linear  series  (XIV.  2),  sometimes  zigzag  (XIV.  4). 

The  axes  of  the  stalks  are  the  prolongations  of  radial  fibres,  and  consist  of  tyles. 
The  buds,  which  vary  from  •  5  mm.  to  1  •  25  mm.  in  diameter,  bristle  with  the  sharp 
points  of  small  and  medium-sized  tyles. 

The  largest  bud  (XIV.  3)  has  exotyles,  and  show*  all  the  stages  of  their  develop- 
ment. Firstly,  there  is  a  thickening  of  the  distal  end  of  an  ordinary  sharp-pointed 
tylostyle,  which  becomes  cylindrical ;  then  the  end  becomes  roughened,  and  finally 
clavate. 

Merejkowsky  (14.  p.  4,  PI.  L,  figs.  8,  12,  and  PI.  III.,  figs.  1-3)  figures  buds 
forming  on  stalks  at  the  summits  of  the  papillae  of  Polymastia  mammillaris  (Rinalda 
arctica)  from  the  White  Sea.  The  stalks  and  buds  strikingly  resemble  those  of 
Sphaerotylus  capitatus,  excepting  that  the  latter  grow  direct  from  the  general  surface 
of  the  body  and  not  from  the  summits  of  the  papillae. 

Merejkowsky  gives  an  interesting  account  of  the  development  of  these  buds,  which 
drop  off  from  their  stalks,  and  become  flattened  and  disk-like  as  they  rest  on  the 
bottom.  The  surface  becomes  covered  with  debris  which  the  spines  help  to  retain.  He 
supposed  that  the  decaying  organic  debris  served  as  nutriment,  which  was  directly 
absorbed  by  the  surface  of  the  young  sponge. 

The  flagellated  chambers  are  diplodal.  The  colour  of  the  specimen  in 
spirit  is  pale  yellow.  The  body  presents  a  surface  uniform  to  the  naked  eye,  but 
under  a  strong  lens  the  summits  of  the  club-shaped  exotyles  are  visible.  These 
spicules  arise  in  bundles  of  the  shape  of  inverted  cones,  the  apices  of  which  are  a  short 
distance  below  the  cortex. 

The  cortical  skeleton  is  formed  of  slender  tyles.  There  is  no  sub-cortical  layer  of 
tangential  spicules. 


TKTRAXONIDA.  19 

The  rhoanosomal  skeleton  is  formed  of  fibres  radiating  upwards  from  the  base  -to 
the  periphery,  and  spreading  out  in  the  upper  third  of  their  course  ;  they  do  not  pene- 
trate the  cortex. 

Spicules.  Choanosomal  tyles  of  the  radiating  fibres,  1120  x  20  /t,  straight, 
fusiform,  attenuating  gradually  to  a  sharp  point;  head  long,  oval.  20 /t  long,  17  fi 
broad. 

Tyles  scattered  between  the  radial  fibre*,  varying  in  length  from  370  to  GOO/x, 
slightly  curved. 

Rgotyli'.H  in  form  ol  ^plicrotyfos,  760  ji  l"H-j  -ni'l  i"  /<  m  diameter  al  th<  broad 
distal  end,  which  is  clavate,  ami  with  a  granulated  surface ;  the  heads  at  the  proximal 
end  (in  the  interior  of  the  sponge)  are  15  /i  in  diameter. 

The  cortical  tyles  (XIII.  11),  218  x  12'5/*,  are  slender,  tapering,  curved,  and 
with  small  oval  heads  and  a  thin  neck  ;  there  is  a  shorter,  straight*  r  variety  of  cortical 
tyle  (XIII.  12,  12a)  with  a  relatively  thicker  neck,  and  abruptly  pointed. 

Although  there  is  some  uncertainty  as  to  the  actual  size  of  the  spicules  in  the 
specimen  described  by  Vosmaer,  yet  the  relative  proportions  and  characters  of  these 
spicules  are  very  similar  in  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic  specimens.  The  Arctic  specimen 
was  globular  and  2  cm.  in  diameter. 

Topsent  mentions  ftadiellti  (tchcenus  Sollas,  as  a  synonym  of  Vosmaer's  species. 
Sollas  gives  the  only  names  without  generic  or  specific  definition. 

The  specimen  was  obtained  from  Winter  Quarters,  off  Flagon  Point,  10-20  fms. 
It  has  also  been  found  at  Lat  72°  14'  8"  N.,  Long.  22°  30'  9"  E.,  165  fms.,  Vosmaer, 
Willem  Barents  Expedition. 

FAMILY  SCBERITIDAE,  Schmidt 

SUBERITES   MICROSTOMU8   Var.    stellatUS. 

(Plate  XV.,  figs.  8-13.) 

Subtrittt  mifrotloiiiujs  Ridley  and  Dcndy  (15.  p.  199). 

There  are  four  small  specimens  in  the  form  of  smooth,  pale-coloured,  whitish 
rounded  masses,  smooth  to  the  eye  but  slightly  rough  to  the  touch,  encrusting  the 
stems  of  branching  Polyzoa ;  the  largest  is  about  4*5  cm.  long  and  2*5  cm.  broad,  and 
forms  a  nodulated  mass  on  the  branch  of  the  Polyzoon. 

There  are  two  or  three  minute  conical  pointed  oscular  papillae  alxnit  1  mm.  high. 
The  pores  occur  in  stellate  areas  among  the  cortical  tyles  which  occupy  the  rest  of 
the  surface.  The  skeleton  is  composed  of  radiating  fibres  and  of  a  dense  cortical  layer 
of  vertical  or  oblique  tyles. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Large  straight  fusiform  tyles  with  an  oval  head, 
gradually  attenuating  to  a  sharp  point,  1130  x  24  /x.  The  head  (XV.  9a)  is  usually 
sub-tylote  or  even  stylote,  and  has  a  sub-terminal  oval  swelling  13/t  in  diameter.  The 
cortical  tyles  vary  considerably,  the  figures  showing  three  kinds.  The  largest  500  x  30  ft 


20  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

(XV.  10)  with  a  small  spherical  head  20  /*  in  diameter,  with  a  slender  neck,  and  a  thick 
fusiform  shaft,  blade-like  in  optical  section,  and  with  tornote  end ;  a  few  of  these 
spicules  are  scattered  in  the  choanosome  between  the  radiating  fibres.  A  second  kind 
(XV.  12)  220  x  20  /j.  is  straight,  with  a  short,  thick  neck  and  cylindrical  shaft  with  blunt 
point.  A  third  kind  (XV.  11)  220  X  7  /u,  is  slender,  slightly  curved,  and  sharp-pointed. 

The  new  variety  differs  from  the  typical  form  in  having  stouter  cortical  and 
choanosomal  spicules.  This  is  at  once  obvious  on  looking  at  the  vertical  sections  of  the 
two  forms,  the  cortical  spicules  especially  being  much  thicker  and  denser  in  the  new 
variety.  Again,  the  poral  areas  on  the  surface  of  the  type  are  small  and  circular 
(XV.  14),  whereas  those  of  the  new  variety  are  stellate  (XV.  13). 

The  specimens  were  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  at  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 

The  typical  form  was  obtained  from  between  Kerguelen  and  Heard  Island  from 
150  fms.  (Voy.  'Challenger'). 

SUBERITES  CAMINATUS  var.  papillatus. 
(Plate  XV.,  fig.  16,  and  Plate  XVI.,  figs.  11-14.) 
Suberites  caminatus  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  198). 

There  are  two  specimens,  each  firmly  attached  to  a  piece  of  rock  ;  one  has  two 
oscular  chimneys,  the  other  only  one.  The  body  of  the  larger  specimen  is  2  •  5  cm.  in 
diameter  and  1  •  5  cm.  in  height,  the  oscules  being  7  mm.  in  height. 

The  upper  half  or  more  of  the  surface  is  covered  with  small  flattened  papillae,  each 
about  1  to  1  •  25  mm.  in  diameter,  and  about  '7  mm.  high.  These  structures  carry  the 
pores  in  stellate  grooves  (XV.  16).  At  the  base  of  the  sponge  is  a  chitinous  lamella 
with  tangential  tyles  scattered  irregularly  and  intercrossing.  At  the  base  of  the  larger 
specimen  the  basal  lamella  is  produced  into  a  fringe  of  little  processes  formed  of 
flattened  bundles  of  tyles,  the  distal  ends  of  which  have  become  rounded.  The  skeleton 
is  formed  of  radiating  choanosomal  fibres  and  of  a  dense  cortical  layer  of  dressed 
tyles. 

Spicules.  Straight  fusiform  tyles  (XVI.  14),  1530  x  20 /u,  with  small  oval  head 
15  x  10  fji.  Cortical  tyles  mostly  of  two  kinds ;  one  (XVI.  12)  with  small 
spherical  head,  with  relatively  slender  neck  and  thick  cylindrical  shaft,  blade-like 
in  optical  section,  with  tornote  pointed  end ;  the  other  (XVI.  13)  shorter  and 
stouter  and  with  thicker  neck.  A  fourth  kind  of  spicule,  rather  rare  (not  figured),  is  a 
sub-tylote,  1,530  x  20  /j.  long,  with  a  very  slender  curved  distal  end  projecting  beyond 
the  surface,  resembling  the  distal  end  of  the  heteroxea  of  Stylocordyla. 

The  chief  variation  from  the  type  lies  in  the  poral  papillae.  In  the  typical  form 
the  pores  are  in  stellate  grooves.  The  papillae  of  the  new  variety  called  to  mind  the 
same  structures  in  Trichostemma  irregularis  R.  &  D.  On  examination,  the  papillae  in 
this  species  also  proved  to  be  poral,  with  the  pores  in  radiating  grooves. 

The  two  specimens  were  dredged  from  a  depth  of  254  fms.,  due  west  of  Balleney 


TKTRAXONIDA.  21 

Island.  The  typiral  form  came  from  off  the  Rio  de  la  Plata,  600  fins.  ( Voy. '  Challenger '). 
Topaent  records  it  from  near  Fayal,  130  metres,  and  55  miles  N.N.W.  of  Fayal,  1900 
metres.  % 

l'>KriMISI    I'.KI'.I'I  K>     HYAIIS'I   v 

(Plate  XXVI.,  figs.  7a-b.) 

IK*?.  Hynuniafitian  ?  hyalina  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  168). 
1898.  Pttitdotubrrite*  hyalinut  TopKDt  (27.  p.  108). 
1900.  PtaubtukrUtt  hyaliniu  Topsent  (28.  p.  170). 

The  single  specimen  is  of  a  compressed  cylindrical  shape,  6  cm.  long  and  8  mm.  in 
diameter.  The  colour  is  white.  There  does  not  appear  to  Iw  any  area  of  attachment, 
both  ends  being  complete  and  rounded.  Two  thin  walled  oscules,  each  about  2  mm.  in 
diameter  occur  along  one  edge  of  the  specimen,  the  exhalant  canals  proceeding  towards 
them  being  clearly  visible.  On  one  side  of  one  of  the  oscules  is  a  wall  of  spicules 
formed  by  a  continuation  and  flattening  out  of  some  of  the  lateral  or  secondary  skeletal 
bundles. 

A  longitudinal  section  shows  clearly  a  central  loose  core  of  longitudinal  fibres  each 
about  100  ft  thick,  anastomosing  slightly  and  giving  off  at  right  angles  bundles  of 
spicules  which  support  the  dermal  membrane  ;  in  the  thinner  parts  of  the  specimen 
these  bundles  are  one  spicule  in  length,  but  at  the  thickest  part  they  may  be  two  or 
three  spicules  in  length  and  traversed  by  longitudinal  bundle*.  The  original 
specimens  obtained  from  Kerguelen  by  the  '  Challenger '  are  "  massive  and  amorphous," 
and  the  skeleton  is  more  of  the  "  halichondrioid  type,"  but  here  also  the  longitudinal 
bundles  and  those  supporting  the  dermal  membrane  can  be  distinctly  made  out  In 
the  Antarctic  specimen  the  cylindrical  shape  has  brought  about  the  more  regular 
arrangement  The  Mediterranean  sponge,  identified  by  Topsent  (27.  p.  103)  as 
P.  hyalinu.*,  is  massive,  amorphous,  and  encloses  foreign  bodies.  The  surface  is 
mammillated  and  a  little  hispid,  this  condition  resulting  from  the  prolongation  of  the 
lateral  bundles  or  fibres  of  the  skeleton.  The  tyles  of  the  Antarctic  form  are  about 
1000  x  19  ft,  those  of  the  Kerguelen  form  1100  x  25  n,  and  those  of  the  Mediterranean 
form  from  300  x  10  ft  to  1200  x  26  ft. 

An  interesting  feature  is  that  all  the  spicules  point  in  a  direction  upwards  or 
upwards  and  outwards. 

Two  other  species  of  Pseudotuberites  are  P.  *vdphureu*  (Bowerbank),  from  the 
seas  of  N.W.  Europe,  and  P.  andreicsi,  Rirkp.  (9.  p.  135),  from  Christmas  Island  ;  this 
last  species  forms  a  cake-like  crust,  and  its  spicules  are  much  smaller  than  those  of 
P.  hyalinus,  being  only  350  x  6  ft. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  from  W.Q.  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 

The  species  has  been  found  off  8.W.  Patagonia,  Voy.  'Challenger,'  St  31 1, 175  fms., 
and  off  the  Mediterranean  coast  of  France  in  500  to  600  metres,  Topaent 


22  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

TRIBE  ACICULIDA,  Topsent. 

FAMILY  STYLOCORDYLID^E,  Topsent. 

STYLOCORDYLA  BOREALIS  var.  acuata. 

(Plate  XVI.,  figs.  6-10.) 

18G8.  Hyalontma  boreale  Loven  (Ofvers.  Vetensk  Akad.  Forhand.,  Arg.  xxv,  No.  2,  p.  105,  pi.  ii.). 
1873.  Stylocordyla  borealis  Wyville  Thomson  ('  The  Depths  of  the  Sea,'  p.  113,  fig.  13). 

The  small  specimen  representing  this  variety  has  a  slender  stalk  6  •  2  cm.  long  with 
an  oval  head  7x5  mm.  A  second  broken  stem  arises  from  the  common  base  which 
has  a  few  grains  of  gravel  and  a  fragment  of  the  horny  tube  of  a  Hydroid  attached 
to  it. 

The  following  spicular  elements  occur  :— 

1.  Large   oxeas   with   a   central  swelling  (XVI.   10),  in   the   axis   of  the  stem, 
1450  x  60/x. 

2.  Smaller  oxeas  without  central  swelling  (XVI.  8),  in  the  radiating  fibres  of  the 
head,  900  x  20  p. 

3.  Heteroxeas  (XVI.  9)  1000  X   10  p.  in  the  radiating  fibres  of  the  head. 

4.  Microstyles  (XVI.  7,  7a)  110  x  4  /*.  vertically  dressed  at  the  surface  of  the 
stem,  and  not  found  in  the  head.      In  the  typical  form  there  are  microxeas,  which 
may  be   centrotylote.     The   variety  is   named  "  acuata "  from   the   presence   of  the 
microstyles. 

Topsent  (25.  p.  286)  considered  that  Stylocordyla  stipitata  Carter,  differs  from 
S.  borealis  in  not  having  microxeas,  which  the  latter  possesses  ;  and  he  based  his 
opinion  on  the  absence  of  these  spicules  from  certain  preparations  of  S.  stipitata 
lent  to  him  by  Canon  Norman  ;  but  I  have  found  the  microxeas  in  abundance  in 
Carter's  type  specimen.  Accordingly  there  is  probably  only  one  known  species  of 
Stylocordyla,  viz.,  the  typical  S.  borealis,  and  two  varieties,  var.  globosa  R.  &  D.,  and 
var.  acuata  nov. 

The  figures  of  Loven  and  Sars  do  not  show  any  indication  of  the  microxeas  being 
centro-tylote,  but  this  condition  is  found  in  specimens  from  the  Bay  of  Biscay. 

The  Antarctic  variety  has  no  dermal  tangential  microscleres  in  the  head,  but 
microxeas  occur  in  this  position  in  the  typical  forms  from  the  North  Atlantic. 

The  '  Discovery  '  dredged  the  specimen  from  off  Erebus  and  Terror  in  500  fms. 
The  species  has  been  obtained  from  the  following  localities  :— 

North  Sea  (Loven) ;  between  Scotland  and  Faroe  (Carter,  Schulze) ;  Grenada 
(Schmidt);  South  of  Nova  Scotia,  85  fms.  (Voy.  'Challenger');  Bay  of  Biscay,  1710 
metres  (Topsent) ;  Bahia  7-20  fms.  (Voy.  '  Challenger ') ;  var.  globusa — Southern  Ocean 
145  fms.  (Voy.  '  Challenger') ;  off  Kerguelen  10-100  fms.,  Voy.  '  Challenger.' 


TETRAXONIDA.  ; 

SII;(IKI>KK  HAI.H •HONKKIXA,  Vosmacr. 
FAMILY  AXINKLUD.*,  Ridley  and  Dcndy. 

AXINRLLA   SfPRATUMKSCKNS. 

(Plate  XXII.,  fig.  8,  and  Plate  XXVI.,  figs.  6a-b.) 
1907.  Aritulla  »upr<ttumt»ttn»  Topecnt  (31.  p.  6). 

The  specimen,  which  is  a  small  conico-cylindrical  fragment  3'5  cm.  long  and  9  mm. 
in  diameter,  is  the  broken-off  end  of  a  branch.  The  surface  is  finely  hispid,  and  the 
broken  end  shows  the  dense  but  flexible  central  axis. 

The  straight  or  slightly  curved  styles  are  mainly  of  two  sizes,  the  larger  (XXVI. 
Ga)  being  594  x  12 '5 /a,  and  the  smaller  (XXVI.  Gb),  which  forms  the  surface  tuft*, 
306  x  G-25/i. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters  in  10  fms. 

The  '  Francais '  Antarctic  Expedition  obtained  numerous  specimens  from  Booth- 
Wandel  Island  and  Wiencke  Island,  from  low  water  up  to  30  metres  (Topscnt,  31.  p.  74). 

SIOMAXINYSSA  Kirkpatrick. 
1907.  Sigmafiny»M  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  272). 

Cup-shaped  Axinellidse  with  longitudinal  skeletal  fibres  joined  by  transverse  ones 
on  the  inner  aspect,  and  with  tufts  given  off  at  right  angles  to  these  on  the  outer 
aspect  Megasclores,  oxeas  ;  microscleres,  sigmata  and  toxa. 

SlGMAXINYSSA    PHAKKLLIOIDES. 

(Plate  XVII.,  fig.  6,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  figs.  4a-c.) 
1907.  Sgmajunysta phaluUioidet  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  272). 

Sponge  sessile,  cornucopia-  or  cup-shaped.  Inner  surface  smooth,  outer  surface 
coarsely  pilose.  Consistence  rather  hard,  but  flexible.  Colour  in  spirit,  grayish  drab. 
Inner  surface  with  numerous  small  oscules,  each  about  1  mm.  in  diameter ;  outer 
surface  pilose,  with  dermal  membrane  perforated  by  round  pores  95  /*  in  diameter. 

Skeleton.  On  inner  surface  formed  of  close  set  longitudinal  lines  joined  by 
cross  bars,  and  giving  off  tufts  of  fibres,  which  proceed  outwards  at  right  angles  to  the 
outer  surface,  pushing  up  the  dermal  membrane,  but  barely  projecting  beyond  it 

Spicules.  Oxeas,  835  -5  x  42  •  25  /*,  curved  at  centre,  sharp-pointed.  Sigmata, 
81'25/i  long,  35 '75  p  broad,  and  3'25/i  thick,  often  with  an  angular  bend  at  centre 
of  shaft  Toxa,  130  /*  long,  and  3  •  25  /u  thick  at  centre,  with  smooth  surface. 

This  species  bears  in  its  outward  aspect  a  very  close  resemblance  to  cup-shaped 
species  oiPhakellin  ;  also  the  skeletal  arrangement  is  like  that  of  Phakellia ;  the  oxeas, 
sigmata  and  toxa  are  those  of  a  typical  Gellhis.  The  Axinellid  genus  Sigmaxintlla 
Dendy,  which  has  microsclcres  in  the  form  of  sigmata,  has  styles  for  mcgascleres. 

The  only  specimen  was  dredged  off  Coulmau  Island  in  100  fma 

VOU  IT.  2D 


24  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

FAMILY  DESMACIDONID^E,  Ridley  and  Dendy. 

I.    SUB-FAMILY   ECTYONIN^;,  Kidley   and   Dcndy. 

HYMEDESMIA  AREOLATA. 

(Plate  XXII. ,  fig.  3-3c.) 

1905.  Hymedesmia  areolata  Thiele  (23.  p.  452). 

There  are  two  specimens,  one  a  fine  large  one,  the  other  a  small  nodule  ;  both  have 
a  broken  surface,  and  on  the  label  is  the  legend  "  Broken  off  a  stone." 

The  larger  specimen  is  an  oval  mass  12 '5  cm.  long,  6' 5  cm.  high,  and  5 '5  cm. 
thick. 

The  species  is  easily  recognised  from  the  areolated  appearance  of  the  surface. 
There  are  numerous  oval  or  circular  poral  pits,  1  •  5  mm.  across,  with  over-hanging 
edges ;  the  concave  floor  is  perforated  with  pores. 

The  densely  packed  ectosomal  oxeas  are  arranged  radially  round  the  pore  pits. 

The  oscules  are  small  inconspicuous  cones  contracted  to  a  point. 

The  flagellated  chambers  are  aphodal,  36  X  23  /x  in  diameter. 

Thiele's  specimens  were  in  the  form  of  incrustations  on  chitinous  tubes. 

The  '  Discovery '  specimens  were  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters  in  12f  fms. 

The  species  has  also  been  recorded  from  Calbuco,  Chile,  40  metres  (Thiele). 

HYMEDESMIA  EXIGUA. 

(Plate  XXII.,  fig.  4,  and  Plate  XXVL,  figs.  2a-f.) 
1907.  Hymedesmia  exigua  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  273). 

Description.  The  sponge  forms  a  thin  translucent  grayish-white  crust,  about 
5  mm.  in  diameter,  on  a  stone.  The  surface  is  smooth,  and  the  substance  of  a  fleshy 
consistence. 

The  skeleton.  The  choanosome  contains  scattered  short  acanthostyles,  and  the 
dermal  membrane  tangential  tylotes  isolated  or  in  bundles  of  a  few. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Acanthostyles,  94  x  19  /i,  short,  thick,  with  spines 
pointing  backwards  slightly.  Ectosomal  tyles,  157  X  3'5  //,,  straight,  smooth,  with 
oval  heads,  5  /u,  long,  and  4 '  5  fi  broad. 

Microscleres.  Pluridentate  isancorae  spatuliferae  :  with  five  foliate  teeth,  5  /t  in 
length,  at  each  end,  sometimes  with  three  or  four ;  shaft  deeply  curved,  2  •  5  fi  thick, 
sometimes  with  central  alate  expansions. 

Sigmata  9 '  6  /t  long,  5  •  6  broad,  •  5  p  thick,  scattered  separately  in  the  choanosome. 

The  new  species  resembles  in  several  respects  H.  zetlandica  Bowerbank,  but  the 
ancorae  of  the  latter  have  only  three  teeth,  the  sigmata  are  much  longer  (51  yu)  and 
in  sheaves;  also  the  ectosomal  tyles  are  much  larger,  viz.,  328  x  3 '25  /x,  and 
the  spines  of  the  acanthostyles  more  verticillate.  Hymedesmia  irritans  Thiele,  from 


i  i:i  i:\.\nMi.\  25 

% 
Juan  Fcrtiandcz,  has  nearly  the  same  spicular  elements,  but  of  different  dimensions,  and 

has  the  labis  among  its  microscleres. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  from  254  fins,  due  west  of  Balleney  Island. 

HYMERRHAPHIA  RDFA.* 

(Plate  XXII.,  fig.  5,  and  Plate  XXVI.,  fig.  3a-e.) 
JjpMTffcpMingb  Kirkpalrick  (lOa.  p.  274). 

Description.  The  sponge  forms  a  thin  mud-coloured  brown  crust  on  a  branched 
Polyzoon.  The  surface  if  smooth,  and  no  pores  or  oscules  are  visible.  The  consistence 
is  rather  tough.  The  skeleton  of  the  choanosome  is  formed  of  longer  and  shorter 
acanthostyles  dressed  vertically,  that  of  the  ectosome  being  formed  of  tangentially 
•Banged  auisotoruotes,  either  isolated  or  in  bundles. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Larger  acanthostyles,  312  x  25  M,  swollen  at  the  head, 
spiued  all  over,  with  larger  curved  spines  at  the  head.  Smaller  acanthostyles, 
131  x  18 '75  M.  Anisotornotes  of  ectosome,  344  x  12  M,  straight,  fusiform,  attenuat- 
ing gradually  at  one  end  but  abruptly  at  the  other.  Microscleres. — Isancorae,  28 '5  M 
long,  with  three  or  four  teeth  at  each  end  ;  rarely,  the  teeth  are  not  developed,  the  ends 
being  in  the  form  of  hemispherical  cups  (XXVI.  3e). 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 

OPHLJTASPONGIA  NIDIFICATA. 

(Plate  XXII.,  figs.  6,  6a,  and  Plate  XXVI.,  fig.  5a-d.) 
OjMUtupongia  nidtficata  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  274). 

Sponge  massive,  of  an  inverted  pyramidal  shape,  sessile,  narrow  and  contracted  at 
its  point  of  attachment  Surface  uniformly  coarsely  spinous.  Circular  oscules  ( •  7  mm. 
in  diameter)  on  the  upper  surface,  at  the  bases  of  the  spines.  Sub-dermal  cavities  flat 
and  shallow.  Flagellated  chambers  diplodal.  Colour  in  spirit,  dirty  gray,  the  tips  of 
the  spines  being  yellowish.  Consistence  hard  and  tough. 

Skeleton  consisting  of  dense  branching  axes  of  styles  cemented  with  spongin  and 
echinated  by  smooth  styles  passing  at  right  angles  from  the  axis  to  the  surface. 
Ectosomal  spicules  in  form  of  slender  straight  styles.  (Considerable  tracts  of  dermal 
membrane  were  devoid  of  these  spicules.) 

Spicules.  Megascleres,  large,  straight,  smooth  styles,  on  an  average  about 
1000  x  50  M.  Also  smooth  curved  kind  625  /LI  long.  Ectosomal  styles,  straight, 
smooth,  tapering  gradually  to  a  point,  406  x  9  M-  Microscleres,  toxa  smooth,  638  M 
long,  6 '25  A*  thick  at  the  centre.  These  spicules  occur  in  nests  or  groups  of  5-10. 

The  specimen  is  attached  to  a  stone  by  a  narrow  base  about  2  cm.  in  diameter. 
The  height  is  6*5  cm.,  and  the  greatest  breadth  on  the  upper  surface  7*5  cm.  The 
upper  surface  is  triangular,  each  angle  being  slightly  produced  and  provided  with  an 
oscule,  there  being  also  an  oscule  in  the  centre. 

The  spines,  which  are  simply  the  ends  of  skeletal  fibres,  are  about  1  cm.  in  height. 

•  Inadvertently  the  specific  name  ha*  been  badly  chown.  the  colour— in  alcohol— being  that  of  pale  brown  mud. 

2    D   2 


26  R.  KIRKPATRICK. 

At  the  base  of  the  spines  is  the  thin  dermal  membrane,  generally  torn  away,  thus 
exposing  the  circular  openings  of  inhalant  channels. 

The  new  species  comes  well  within  the  genus  Ophlitaspongia  Bk.,  as  amended  by 
Dendy  (5.  p.  36).  0.  seriata  Bk.,  0.  subhispida  Carter,  and  0.  membranacea 
Thiele,  all  have  toxa,  but  the  first  and  third  species  are  encrusting,  and  the  second  has 
long  slender  branches.  The  chief  characters  of  the  new  species  are  the  strongly  spined 
surface,  and  the  great  development  of  the  spicular  core,  the  spongin  not  being  so 
abundant  as  in  other  species,  and  not  forming  distinct  fibres. 

The  single  specimen  was  dredged  off  Coulman  Island  in  100  fms. 

LISSOMYXILLA  Hanitsch. 

This  genus  was  established  by  Hanitsch  (8.  p.  194),  to  include  Ectyonine  Sponges 
with  fibres  having  a  core  of  smooth  styles  echinated  by  acanthostyles  and  with  special 
ectosomal  megascleres  ;  with  or  without  microscleres.  Unfortunately  the  species  he 
selected  as  type  of  the  genus  ( Tethea  spinosa,  Bowerbank)  in  no  way  fell  in  with  the 
definition,  since,  as  Topsent  points  out  (28.  p.  265),  this  species  has  neither  echinating 
spicules  nor  special  ectosomal  spicules,  and  Topsent  refers  Lissomyxilla  to  the  limbo  of 
useless  names.  Among  the  '  Discovery '  sponges,  however,  is  a  specimen  which  fits  in 
with  Hanitsch's  definition  of  Lissomyxilla,  which  runs,  "  Skeleton  fibres  of  the 
choanosome,  formed  of  smooth  monactinals  echinated  by  spined  styles.  Megascleres  of 
the  ectosome  smooth  diactinals  or  monactinals.  Microscleres  (isochelae,  &c.)  may  be 
present."  Accordingly,  I  propose  to  revive  the  name. 

LISSOMYXILLA    HANITSCHI. 

(Plate  XXII.,  fig.  7,  and  Plate  XXVI.,  fig.  4a-c'.) 
1907.  Lissomyxilla  hanitschi  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  275). 

Description.  There  are  two  much-worn  pieces  of  this  sponge  of  a  dark,  dirty-gray 
colour,  and  a  third  young  small  specimen,  whitish  in  colour,  growing  on  a  specimen  of 
Hornera.  The  largest  specimen  is  4  cm.  high  and  5  cm.  in  diameter  at  the  base  ;  the 
dermal  membrane  is  worn  away,  exposing  several  openings  of  exhalant  canals,  4  mm.  in 
diameter.  The  dermal  membrane  of  the  smallest  specimen  is  transparent,  smooth, 
and  raised  up  at  one  place  into  a  small  conical  oscule,  with  radial  tangential  spicules  in 
its  walls. 

The  skeleton  of  the  choanosome  is  formed  of  branching  fibres  on  an  average 
about  150/a  thick,  echinated  by  spined  styles  in  an  obscurely  verticillate  manner,  the 
whole  skeleton,  as  seen  in  sections,  having  a  somewhat  confused  appearance.  The 
ectosomal  spicules  partly  proceed  obliquely  from  the  main  fibres  to  the  dermal 
membrane,  and  partly  lie  tangentially  in  that  membrane. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Smooth  styles,  500  X  19/i,  smooth,  curved  near  the 
head,  sharp-pointed. 


TKTKA.\t»XII».\  27 

Echinating  acanthostyles,  219  x  18'75/j  (without  including  spines),  larger  spines 
situated  on  the  head  9  /<  long. 

\.-  ' — nial  ainpli  it  ylrs,  :!.">(;  •  I  I  ..  -:  MI-  :i  raj  dightly  fusiforn  ibtylot*-  ind 
with  a  small  uiucru  at  each  end. 

Mi.  ros.  Im-s,  none 

Myjcillti  victorutwt  Dcndy  (Ifalicltondria  pushtlosa  Carter),  (5.  p.  30),  would  come 
under  this  genus,  although,  at  the  same  time,  it  is  in  possession  of  isochelac,  and  the 
heads  of  the  styli  of  the  main  fibres  occasionally  have  a  slight  indication  of  spination 

Two  fragments  (No.  123)  were  dredged  off  Coulman  Island  in  100  fins.  A  third 
specimen  (No.  38)  on  Horn/era  was  obtained  from  east  end  of  Barrier,  100  fins.,  l>ottorn 
mud,  stones,  and  rocks. 

II.    SUB-FAMILY    MYCALINAE,    THIKLK. 
I.  GROUP    MYXILLKAK,    LUNDBKCK. 

MYXILLA    DKCKPTA. 

(Plate  XXII.,  figs.  l-2a,  and  Plate  XXV.,  fig.  3a-£) 
1907.  Mynlla  dettpta  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  278.) 

Description.  There  are  two  very  small  specimens  of  this  species.  One  is  in  the 
form  of  an  extremely  thin  incrustation  on  a  piece  of  rock  ;  the  surface  is  pilose  owing 
to  the  projection  of  vertically  dressed  acanthostyles,  each  surrounded  by  tufts  of 
ectosomal  spicules.  The  other,  which  incrusts  the  branch  of  a  Polyzoon,  is  thicker,  and 
the  surface  here  is  partly  smooth,  partly  provided  with  minute  sharp-pointed  couulcs 
supported  by  acanthostyles.  The  colour  of  lx>th  specimens  is  reddish  brown. 

The  skeleton  in  the  very  thin  incrustation,  at  first  sight,  resembles  that  of  a 
Hymerrhaphia  ;  each  vertical  acanthostyle  is  isolated,  and  with  its  head  on  the  base 
and  its  pointed  end  projecting.*  In  the  thicker  specimen  it  is  possible  to  make  out 
primary  and  secondary  lines  of  skeletal  fibres. 

The  cctosomal  spicules  are  partly  arranged  in  paniculate  tufts,  partly  lying 
tangeutially  in  the  dermal  membrane. 

Spicules.  MflflMileim  Choanosomal  acanthostyles,  4G8  x  23*5/i,  curved, 
spined  at  the  head  only,  with  sul>-tornote  points.  Ectosomal  strongyles  238  x  4  •  6  /*, 
straight,  smooth,  cylindrical,  usually  with  a  pointed  mucro  at  one  end. 

Microscleres.  Arcuate  isochelse,  19'5/i  long,  5'G/i  broad,  palmate  tooth  8 ft  long 
ovoid,  with  rounded  distal  edge ;  with  thick  curved  shaft ;  with  tongue-shaped  ale 
about  8  fi  long. 

Isancorse  uiiguiferae,  15'3/z  long,  with  slender,  curved,  sometimes  wavy  shaft, 
with  three  sharp  claw-like  teeth  at  each  end. 

Chelate  bipocilla  8  /*  long,  with  deeply  curved  shaft  with  spathulate  ends  each 
with  three  triangular  denticles  ;  these  spicules  are  fairly  common  and  not  accidental. 


K.   KIRKPATRICK. 

There  are  also  several  isocheliB  arcuatae  in  which  the  alse  and  denticle  are  replaced 
at  one  end  by  a  spoon-like  lamella. 

The  presence  in  Myxilla  of  chelate  bipocilla  similar  in  many  respects  to  those 
found  in  the  new  species  lophon  spatulatus  and  /.  flabello-digitatus  is  exceptional ;  some- 
what similar  structures  occur,  however,  in  Myxilla  iophonoides  Svartzevsky  (Mem.  Soc. 
Nat.  Kieff,  Tome  XX.,  p.  340,  PL  XV.,  fig.  27g-l)  from  the  White  Sea,  but  there  are  no 
isochelse  arcuatse.  In  other  respects  the  spiculation  of  the  new  species  is  that  of 
a  typical  Myxilla.  The  isochelae  arcuatse,  though  only  half  the  length,  resemble  in 
shape  those  of  Myxilla  nobilis  R.  and  D.,  from  off  the  Rio  de  la  Plata,  and  M.  digitata 
R.  and  D.,  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

The  specimen  incrusting  the  rock  was  dredged  from  254  fathoms,  due  west  of 
Balleney  Island ;  and  the  specimen  incrusting  the  Polyzoon  from  Winter  Quarters, 
No.  6  hole,  125  fathoms. 

LlSSODENDORYX   SPONGIOSA. 

1887.  Myxilla  spongiosa  R.  &  D.  (15.  p.  134,  PI.  XXVII.,  figs.  3-3f). 

1901.  Lissodendoryx  spongiosa,  Topsent  (29.  p.  18). 

One  small  specimen  and  three  minute  fragments  were  obtained  from  three  localities 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Winter  Quarters.  The  complete  specimen  is  cylindrical,  2  cm. 
long,  and  •  5  cm.  in  diameter,  and  is  attached  by  part  of  its  length  to  the  branch  of  a 
Polyzoon.  The  specimen  is  well  preserved.  The  colour  is  white,  an  opaque  white  axis 
showing  through  the  transparent  dermal  layer. 

The  spicular  elements  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Challenger  type,  and  sigmata 
occur  in  all,  though  in  varying  proportion.  Topsent  describes  a  variety  of  this 
species  from  the  '  Belgica '  collection,  viz.,  L.  spongiosa,  var.  asigmata,  which  is 
wholly  without  sigmata. 

The  specimens  were  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  (l)  from  near  the  ship,  20  fms.  ; 
(2)  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms.  ;  (3)  McMurdo  Bay,  4-10  fms.  The  species  has  been 
found  also  off  Rio  de  la  Plata,  600  fms.,  Voy.  '  Challenger.'  The  '  Belgica  '  collected 
the  var.  asigmata  in  Lat.  71°  14'  S.,  Long.  89°  14'  W.  in  450  metres. 

lOPHON    RADIATUS. 

(Plate  XXL,  figs.   3,  4,  4a-c,  and  Plate  XXV.,  fig.  4  a-c1.) 

1902.  I&phon  radiatus,  Topeent  (29.  p.  21,  PI.  III.,  fig.  13). 

Specimens  and  fragments  come  from  five  different  localities.  They  are  mostly  in 
the  form  of  small  cylinders  about  4  mm.  in  diameter  and  varying  in  length  up  to  5  cm. 
The  longest  (XXI.  4)  is  5  cm.  long  and  4  mm.  broad,  tapering  to  a  point  at  one  end. 
The  colour  is  dark  brown,  a  dark  axial  core  of  choanosome  showing  through  the  semi- 
transparent  dermal  membrane.  One  specimen,  the  largest  (XXL,  fig.  3),  has  broadened 
out  into  an  oblong  loose  rather  flabby  mass,  torn  at  each  end,  4  cm.  in  length  and 
2' 5  cm.  in  breadth,  and  with  a  branch  given  off  on  each  side  near  one  of  the  ends. 


TKTUAXONIDA.  29 

Several  <»smle8  about  9  nun.  iu  diameter  occur  along  the  margin  ;  they  an  slightly 
raised  atul  with  a  thin  plain  rim  with  sjHvial  spirular  armature.  The  pores  owupy 
irregular  oval  aren-s  about  2  mm.  in  diameter.  The  spirules  resemble  theme  of 
specimen  No.  421  described  by  Topsent,  the  dimensions  Injing  as  follows  : — The  amphi- 
t\l.  •_•<'.  i ;  .  1 1.  lt  :  iicanthustyli's  -|.iii.-.i  ,-ii  the  !I<M.J  tad  ai  u  tlu  point,  i  ir  <  L6ji 
larger  anisoeheles  36  p  long,  a  smaller  kind  20  M  loug  ;  bipocilla  9*75  M  long,  usually 
\\iili  one  end  pocillate  and  the  other  flattened  and  with  three  to  five  minute  denticles. 

An  interesting  feature  is  the  presence  of  embryos  '25  mm.  in  diameter  with  a 
solid  cylindrical  coreof  peculiar  spiued  amphityles  105  x  5/u  reaching  from  surface  to 
'  nitre,  and  with  anisocheles  with  a  spine  at  the  small  end,  15 '9  M  long  and  arranged 
in  rosettes,  the  latter  being  distributed  around  the  summit  of  the  spicular  plug  or 
cylinder. 

Specimens  were  obtained  from  (l)  Winter  Quarters  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fins.  ; 
(2)  East  end  of  Barrier,  100*  fms. ;  (3)  No.  5,  Seal  Hole,  178  fins.  ;  (4)  From  near  the 
ship,  February  28,  1902  ;  (5)  Off  Couhnan  Island,  100  fms. 

The  'Belgica'  collected  specimens  from  Lat  71°  14'  S.,  Long.  89°  14'  \V., 
450  metres,  and  from  Lat  71°  19'  S.,  Long.  87°  37'  S.,  450  metres. 

• 

lOPHON   8PATULATD8. 

(Plate  XXL,  figs.  5,  5a-c,  and  Plate  XXV.,  fig.  5a-d.) 
1907.  lophon  spaJttlatiis  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  276). 

Sponge  slender,  cylindrical,  branched.  Colour,  pale  brown  in  spirit.  Oscules 
oval,  about  1  x  •  6  mm.  in  diameter,  slightly  raised  ;  surrounded  by  a  radiating  zone  of 
tyles.  Pores  in  sieve-like  areas  2-3  mm.  in  length  and  about  2  mm.  in  breadth,  on 
a  level  with  the  general  surface. 

Flagellated  chambers  26  x  23  ft.     ' 

Skeleton.     Dermal ;  a  closely  packed  layer  of  dermal  amphityles. 

Choanosomal,  a  loose  network  of  3-6  spicules  thick,  forming  the  core  of  the 
cylinder ;  multispicular  fibres,  giving  off  strands  at  right  angles ;  the  longitudinal 
fibres  are  joined  obliquely  or  transversely  by  fibres  one  or  two  spicules  thick,  which 
support  the  dermal  membrane. 

Spicules.  Megascleres,  smooth  styles,  462  x  25  ft,  with  a  mucro  at  the  I  M-M  I  end. 
Ectosomal  sub-amphityles  225  x  12 '5  ft,  fusiform  with  the  swelled  ends  smooth 
laterally,  and  with  the  extremities  only  slightly  convex,  in  fact  almost  truncate,  and 
covered  with  spines. 

Microscleres.     Palmate  anisochelee  18  •  7  ft  long,  6  •  2  p.  broad  (front  view). 

Bipocilla,  rare,  IS '6  ft  long,  I '15  ft  thick,  shaft  deeply  curved,  slightly  twisted, 
and  with  ends  almost  similar,  spatulate,  with  crenulated  edges ;  occasionally  with  five 
relatively  large  denticles  in  place  of  the  finer  crenulation.  A  second  kind  of 
bipocilla  have  a  longer,  less  curved  shaft  with  scoop-like  rather  than  spathulatc 


30  R.  KIEKPATEICK. 

ends,  each  scoop  having  four  or  five  denticles.  One  example  has  three  sharp  prongs 
at  one  end  and  the  spathulate  prolongation  at  the  other. 

The  species  is  represented  by  numerous  small,  for  the  most  part  fragmentary, 
slender  cylindrical  pieces.  Many  of  the  fragments  came  from  the  same  locality  as  the 
specimens  of  /.  radiatus  and  were  mixed  up  with  them.  Generally  it  was  easy  to 
separate  the  two  by  the  colour,  that  of  /.  radiatus  usually  being  of  a  much  darker 
brown  ;  but  in  one  or  two  instances  the  specimens  of  the  new  species  were  also  dark 
coloured.  Several  of  the  fragments  are  branched.  The  specimen  figured  (XXI.  5)  is 
4  cm.  long  and  5  mm.  in  diameter.  The  oscules  are  provided  with  a  ring  of  radiating 
amphityles,  whereas  /.  radiatus  is  devoid  of  such  structure.  A  glance  at  the  spicules 
at  once  enables  one  to  distinguish  the  two  species.  The  ectosomal  amphityles  of 
/.  radiatus  have  well-marked  knobs  spined  all  over,  and  not  merely  at  the  ends.  The 
choanosomal  spicules  of  /.  spatulatus  are  apparently  modified  acanthostyles,  smooth 
along  the  shaft,  but  with  the  spines  at  the  rounded  end  gathered  into  one  large 
spine  situated  on  the  summit,  thus  giving  it  a  tornote  aspect.  In  one  instance,  the 
single  spine  is  represented  by  a  little  tuft  of  the  spines.  The  axial  canal  terminates 
some  distance  below  the  base  of  the  spine. 

Several  spherical  embryos  268  n  in  diameter  were  present  in  one  fragment,  but 
there  were  no  special  spicules  in  them. 

Since  writing  the  above  description,  accounts  of  two  new  species  of  lophon  from 
the  Antarctic  have  been  published  by  Topsent  (31.  pp.  4-6),  viz.  /.  unicornis  and 
/.  pluricornis.  The  two  new  species  described  in  the  present  Eeport  and  Topsent's 
two  species  all  possess  the  curious  modified  acanthostyles.  /.  unicornis  Topsent,  has  no 
bipocilla,  and  /.  pluricornis  has  bipocilla  apparently  with  pocillate  ends  ;  the  '  Dis- 
covery '  species  have  spathulate  bipocilla  with  crenulated  ends ;  and  further,  there  are 
differences,  viz.,  in  the  shape  of  the  body,  the  arrangement  of  the  skeleton,  and  the 
character  of  the  ectosomal  spicules,  which  lead" me  to  regard  the  'Discovery'  specimens 
as  belonging  to  distinct  species.  A  differential  diagnosis  of  the  four  Antarctic 
species  with  modified  acanthostyles  is  given  at  the  end  of  the  description  of  the 
next  species. 

Fragments  were  dredged  at  No.  11  hole,  28  fms.;  at  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms.,  and 
off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms. 

lOPHON   FLABELLO-DIGITATUS. 

(Plate  XXL,  figs.  6,  GA-C,  Plate  XXV.,  fig.  6a-f,  and  Plate  XXVL,  fig.  la-c1.) 
1907.  lophon  flabello-digitatus  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  277). 

Sponge  forming  a  large  palmato-digitate  or  digitate  growth  in  one  plane  ;  branches 
compressed,  usually  with  oscules  along  one  edge.  Surface  finely  verruculate  ;  with 
elongated  pore  areas  supported  by  fan-like  wisps  of  ectosomal  spicules. 

Colour  dark  brown ;  consistence  soft,  the  sponge  being  readily  broken. 


TBTRAXONIDA.  31 

Skeleton  typi.alK  I'.-imc.l  of  a  network  of  spiculo-fibre,  the  primary  HUGH  of  which 

M i    upwards   :m«l    outwudi   ti»m    :.-.••    mic  r    -mtarc    . .t"  •  •  -  ular    tabM    tO    '•••     MfeM 

surfm •«•  i>t  tin  ~|M.ir_'c.  where  their  ends  forni  the  vcrrucae ;  the  secondary  fibre**  join 
the  primary  at  right  angles  forming  rectangular  meshes  a)>out  1*25  mm.  square.  The 
thickness  of  the  primary  liltivs  is  al>out  '7  mm.,  that  uf  the  secondary  about  *5  mm. 

The  ectosomal  skeleton  consists  of  fan-like  bundles  and  wisps  of  spiculcs,  isolated 
en  priMTi-iling  upwards  and  spreading  out  from  the  terminal  main  fibres. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Smooth  styles,  590  x  25  M,  curved,  with  a  mucro  at 
the  head  cud. 

•somal   spiculcs,  344  x  12'5  M,  sub-amphitylote,   fusiform,  with   a   marginal 
ring  of  vertical  spines  at  both  ends  and  a  terminal  central  spike  at  one  extremity. 

Microscleres.  Palmate  anisochelae  of  two  sizes,  a  large  kind  35  ^  long  and  107  M 
broad,  with  thick  shaft;  with  triangular  palmate  tooth,  17*5  .«  long,  at  the  large  end, 
not  quite  as  long  nor  as  broad  as  the  alae ;  lower  margin  of  alae  convex.  Lower 
central  tooth  with  a  curved  upper  edge  produced  into  a  spine. 

A  small  kind  17 '5  ft  long,  6*2  M  broad  ;  upper  palmate  tooth  triangular,  rounded 
above,  as  broad  and  as  long  as  the  alae ;  lower  border  of  alae  concave  ;  lower  tooth 
with  simple  rounded  upper  edge. 

Bipocilla  varying  in  length  from  5 '5  to  11  M,  according  to  the  convexity  of  the 
shaft  which  is  usually  deeply  curved  ;  lioth  ends  spathulate,  nearly  similar,  and  with 
crenulate  edges,  or  with  5-7  teeth. 

The  tine  specimen  (No.  184)  which  constitutes  the  type  of  the  new  species,  is 
24  cm.  wide  and  25 '6  cm.  high.  Unfortunately,  owing  to  the  very  soft  nature  of  the 
tissues,  the  sponge  has  IKJCII  broken  into  many  fragments.  A  short  stem  expands 
into  a  palmate  portion,  from  the  edge  of  which  arise  several  compressed  digitate 
branches,  usually  with  round  sphinctrate  oscules  along  one  edge  ;  the  oscules  lead  into 
a  pseudogastral  cavity  extending  nearly  to  the  opposite  edge  of  the  branch.  The 
bipocilla  of  the  new  species  somewhat  resemble  those  of  /.  sjmtulntus,  but  the  difference 
in  the  body  form,  skeletal  arrangement  and  spimlation  arc  too  many  to  necessitate 
detailed  enumeration. 

A  second  specimen  (No.  202)  has  two  compressed  branches  rising  from  a  flattened 
contracted  base,  the  under  surface  of  which  is  coated  with  pebbles.  The  oscules  face 
each  other  along  the  edges  of  the  entering  angle.  The  branches  are  each  about  10  cm. 
in  length,  the  greatest  breadth  being  4*5  cm. 

A  third  specimen  (No.  287)  of  this  species,  which  might,  indeed,  be  regarded  as 
a  variety,  forms  a  discoid  crust  on  a  small  Ophiurid.  There  are  embryos,  340  M  in 
diameter,  present,  and  some,  but  not  all,  of  these  have  a  plug  of  peculiar  tylote 
spicules  in  them,  with  a  ring  of  anisocheles  round  the  outer  end  of  the  bundle. 
The  tylote  spicules  of  the  embryo,  161  x  7 '8  M,  have  a  smooth  rounded  end 
surrounded  by  spines,  the  other  end  being  cylindrical  with  marginal  spines,  and  a 
single  central  spine. 

TOU  IT.  ml 


32 


R.  KIRKPATRICK. 


The  anisocheles  of  the  embryos  nearly  resemble  the  smaller  kind  of  these  spicules 
found  in  the  choanosome  of  the  type  specimen. 

The  type  specimen  (No.  184)  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  No.  11  hole, 
28  fms.  ;  specimens  202,  287,  and  289  were  dredged  from  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 

DIFFERENTIAL  DIAGNOSIS  OF  THE  FOUR  SPECIES  OF  IOPHON  wrry:  MODIFIED  ACANTHOSTYLES. 


Shape. 

Ectosomal  Spicules. 

Bipocilla. 

lophon  unicornis  . 

Massive,  of  irregular  con- 
figuration ;  listuliir  os- 
cules  rising  from  upper 
surface. 

240  X  10  /x. 
Heads  with  a  bouquet  of 
spines  at  extremities. 

Absent. 

lophon  pluricornis 

Plate-like  ;  oscules  appa- 
rently level  with  surface. 

280  X  10  /x. 
Heads       elliptical,      with 
spines  at  extremities,  or 
over  .  the  whole  surface 
of  head. 

Apparently  with  po- 
cillate  end  or  ends. 

lophon  spatulatus  . 

Slender  cylindrical  ;  with 
oscules  slightly  raised. 

225  X  12-5  /^ 
Ends  truncate,  with  spines 
at  extremities  only. 

Having  spathulate  ends 
with  crenulated 
edges. 

lophon  flalello-digitatus 

Palmato  -  digitate,  with 
oscules  along  the  edges 
of  branches. 

344  x  12-5  /*. 
Ends  truncate,  with  ter- 
minal marginal  rim  of 
spines  at  both  ends  and 
terminal     central  spike 
at  one  end. 

Having  spathulate  ends 
with  crenulated 
edges. 

TEDANIA  VAEIOLOSA. 

(Plate  XXL,  figs.  1,  la,  and  Plate  XXV.,  fig.  la-b.) 
1907.  Tedania  varwlosa  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  279). 

Sponge  in  form  of  a  mass  of  thick  flabellate  or  digitate  fronds  arising  from  a 
common  base  ;  with  circular  sphinctrate  oscules,  each  about  1  cm.  in  diameter,  situated 
at  the  summits,  or  along  the  upper  edges  of  the  branches,  the  canals  into  which  they 
lead  extending  nearly  to  the  base  of  the  branches.  General  surface  of  the  sponge 
covered  with  circular  pore  areas  each  about  4  mm.  in  diameter,  the  oval  or  circular  pores 
being  about  90  f-  in  diameter,  and  the  strands  of  the  poral  reticulum  about  30  jj.  in 
breadth.  Colour  in  spirit,  pale  brown.  Consistence,  soft  and  fleshy,  being  easily  torn. 

Flagellated  chambers,  42  x  35 /u,  oval,  aphodal,  with  aphodus  (in  a  measured 
example),  13/*  long. 

Skeleton.  Choanosomal  skeleton  formed  of  loosely  agglomerated  compound, 
longitudinal  or  main  bundles  about  1  mm.  in  diameter,  curving  out  to  the  surface  as 


TI:TI:  \\<>\li>\  33 

they  pass  upwards;  tin-  s(-|>arntc  fibres  of  the  main  bundles  about  80 n  thick.  The 
main  bundles  joined  at  right-angles  by  secondary  fibres,  1-3  spicules  thick.  Bpongin 
not  percept  il>lr.  Ectosomal  skeleton  formed  of  circles  of  strongyles,  the  spicules  isolated 
or  in  fan-like  wisps,  arranged  {wrtly  vertically,  partly  tangentially  round  the  pore  area*  ; 
the  vertical  spiculcs  usually  isolated,  and  the  tangential  ones  in  wisps.  On  drying  the 
spon  L.".  tin-  edges  of  the  pore  areas  stand  up  sharply,  the  areas  themselves  sinking  in, 
giving  a  jHH-k-mnrked  aspect  to  the  surface. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Choanosomal  styles,  402  X  1 3  M,  curved  at  aln>ut  one- 
fourth  of  the  length  from  the  round  end,  smooth,  but  occasionally  with  a  few  spines 
about  the  head. 

Botosmniil  stNBgjla^ Ml  >-  8'Sji,  «nooih,  oeoMMoally  aKghtfj  .-\\..ll.-n  :,t  Mch 
end. 

.  Mieroscleres.     None. 

The  single  specimen  is  in  the  form  of  a  squarish  mass  of  thick  fleshy  flabcllo- 
palmate  or  digitate  lobes  ;  the  height  is  18  cm.,  and  the  breadth  13  cm.  The  flabellate 
fronds  are  obviously  formed  of  fused  tubular  digitations,  as  can  be  seen  from  the 
oscules  along  the  upper  edge  and  from  the  faintly  indicated  longitudinal  grooves  down 
the  sides.  The  walls  of  the  oscular  canals  are  smooth  and  lined  with  numerous 
orifices  of  exhalant  canals,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter.  The  arrangement  of  the  pores 
in  circular  areas  each  surrounded  by  a  zone  of  ectosomal  spicules  is  not  common  in 
Tedania ;  it  occurs  in  the  second  new  species  descried  below,  and  something  of  the 
kind  is  found  in  Tedania  tenuicapitata  Ridley  (15a.  p.  124),  from  the  Straits  of 
Magellan.  In  the  present  species  this  feature  is  so  well  marked  as  to  give  the  surface 
a  pock-marked  appearance. 

The  rhaphides,  usually  so  characteristic  of  Tedania,  have  entirely  disappeared ; 
but  the  loss  of  microscleres  is  of  such  frequent  occurrence  that  it  has  not  seemed 
necessary  to  create  a  new  genus  or  subgenus  to  include  such  forms ;  though,  perhaps, 
the  more  or  less  definite  arrangement  of  the  ectosomal  spicules  might,  in  the  present 
instance,  necessitate  such  a  course. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  10  fms. 

TEDANIA  COULMANI. 
(Plate  XXL,  fig.  2.     Plate  XXV.,  fig.  2a-b!.) 

1907.  Ttdania  toulmani  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  280). 

Description.  The  single  specimen  is  in  the  form  of  a  finger-like  fragment 
5*5  cm.  long  and  17  cm.  in  its  greatest  thickness.  The  colour  is  dirty  gray,  and  the 
consistence  soft.  The  surface  shows  the  same  circular  pore-sieve  areas  as  in  T.  variolota. 
Along  one 'side  of  the  sponge  the  surface  has  been  torn  away,  exposing  an  exhalant 
canal  running  along  the  length  of  the  specimen,  but  the  terminal  oscule  has  apparently 
been  torn  away. 

2  K  2 


34  R.  KIRKPATRICK. 

Skeleton.  Rings  of  spicules  partly  vertical,  partly  tangential,  isolated  or  in 
tufts,  surround  the  pore  areas. 

The  choanosomal  skeleton  is  formed  of  primary  longitudinal  fibres  about  120  /j. 
thick,  joined  by  secondary  fibres  one  spicule  in  length  and  2-3  in  thickness,  joining  the 
former  at  right  angles. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  The  choanosomal  acanthostyles,  475  X  18  /*,  curved, 
smooth,  or  with  sparse  spines,  usually  on  the  upper  and  lower  thirds  of  the 
length. 

Dermal  ectosomal  tornotes,  319  x  12 '5  /*,  smooth,  straight,  fusiform,  larger  at 
one  end  than  the  other.  Under  a  high  power  each  end  shows  a  rounded  shoulder 
prolonged  into  a  mucronate  spine.  Microscleres  absent. 

The  present  species  resembles  T.  variolosa  in  having  the  circular  pore  areas, 
and  in  the  absence  of  rhaphides,  but  differs  widely  in  the  character  of  the  dermal 
tornotes.  Both  species  differ  from  all  other  species  of  Tedania  in  having  no 
microscleres.  The  nearest  species  to  the  present  one  are  Tedania  tenuicapitata  Ridley, 
from  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  and  Trachytedania  spinata  Ridley,  from  the  same  locality ; 
both  of  these  have  rhaphides,  and  neither  have  the  circular  pore  areas,  though  in 
T.  tenuicapitata  there  is  a  tendency  to  a  radial  arrangement  of  bundles  of  dermal 
spicules.  The  spination  of  the  acanthostyles  recalls  a  similar  character  in  Trachyte- 
dania spinata. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  off  Coulman  Island  in  100  fms. 

II.  GROUP  MYCALEAE,  LUNDBECK. 

ARTEMISINA  APOLLINIS. 

(Plate  XX.,  figs.  4,  4a-c.) 

1887.  Amphilectus  apollinis  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  124). 
1894.  Artemisina  apollinis  Topsent  (24.  p.  13). 
1905.  Artemisina  apollinis  Lundbeck  (13.  p.  114). 
1907.  Artemisina  apollinis  Topsent  (81.  p.  70). 

The  single  example  is  a  massive  cake-shaped  specimen  8x8  cm.  in  area,  and 
4  •  5  cm.  in  its  greatest  thickness.  The  colour  is  dirty  white  in  alcohol.  One  of  the 
surfaces  is  smooth  and  opaque,  and  probably  the  sponge  lay  free  on  the  bottom  on  this 
side.  There  is  a  large  oval  oscule  (l'5x  '5  cm.)  on  one  of  the  edges,  and  several 
much  smaller  oscules  on  the  upper  surface.  The  sizes,  in  fi,  of  the  spicules  are  :— 
curved  styles  600  x  16;  straight  styles  400  X  6;  chelae  13;  toxa  300  (or  less)  x  3. 
The  flagellated  chambers,  29  X  23  M  in  diameter,  are  eurypylous.  An  interesting 
feature,  not  occurring  in  the  type  specimen  from  Kerguelen  Island,  is  the  presence  of 
small  fusiform  villous  processes  (XX.  4a)  on  the  surface,  especially  round  the  margins 
of  the  oscules ;  similar  villi,  but  larger,  are  found  in  the  nearly  related  sponge 
named  Esperiopsis  edicardii,  var.  americana  R.  and  D.  The  finding  of  this  sponge 
in  the  Antarctic  adds  another  to  the  list  of  bipolar  species. 


I  I  TKAXONIDA.  35 

To-wont  (31.  p.  70)  records  a  new  apedei,  Artrinisinti  (liaiuu;  from  Booth-Wandel 
Island,  Autan-tic,  apjwrcntly  very  closely  related  to  A.  apollini*.  The  '  Discovery ' 
specimen  resembles  A.  diamw  in  having  curved  styles  of  the  same  length,  but  they 
arc  narrower  ;  and  the  spincd  toxa  arc  much  smaller  in  the  first  •peciefc 

The  specimen  was  dredgetl  near  Winter  Quarters,  off  Hut  Point,  '25-30  fms. 

The  '  Challenger '  obtained  specimens  from  Kergueleu  Island,  20-60  fins.  ;  and 
the  Danish  Ingolf  Exp.  from  East  Greenland,  depth  ?  ,  Lundl)cck. 

ESPKRIOPSIS   VILLOSA. 

(Plate  XX.,  figs.  3,  3a-c,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  figs.  9a-b«.) 

1874.  Kffiriaprit  viHota  Carter  (1.  p.  2 IS). 
1H87.  Btprrwprit  rittota  Priatvdt  (7.  p.  451). 
1904.  Etpmopns  viUota  Topscnt  (80.  p.  211). 
IMC.  J^Nrfpib  *ObM  Lundbt*k  (13.  p.  9). 

The  single  specimen,  which  has  been  broken  off  from  its  attachment,  is  massive 
below,  but  divides  above  into  two  cylindrical  lol>cs.  The  colour  is  pale  brown  in  spirit. 

A  few  small  oscules,  evidently  much  contracted,  occur  at  the  summits  of  the  lotas. 
The  surface  is  finely  villous,  from  the  presence  of  the  projecting  point*  of  fan-like 
lines  of  oxeas. 

Here  and  fhere  the  flesh  has  become  macerated  away,  leaving  fluffy  lines  of  fine 
skeleton  fibres. 

The  only  difference  worthy  of  mention  that  I  can  find  between  the  Northern  and 
Antarctic  specimens  is  the  absence  of  the  placocheles  or  isochclac  palmatac  with  broad 
shafts.  I  can  only  discover  two  kinds  of  isochclae  palmatae.  The  sigmata  occur 
in  many  sizes.  Some  have  bifurcated  terminations,  as  figured  by  Fristedt,  and 
Lundl>eck. 

Spicules.  Megasclerea  Styles  671  x  18  M,  fusiform,  straight,  occasionally  with 
head  slightly  bent 

The  styles  in  Carter's  type  from  Faroe  are  almost  identical  in  character. 

Microscleres.  Larger  palmate  isochelae,  43  M  long,  9*75  M  broad,  length  of 
teeth,  16  M. 

Smaller  palmate  isochelae,  1 8  M  long,  4  M  broad.  Sigmata,  numerous,  varying  from 
small  up  to  very  large  sizes. 

The  distribution  of  this  species  is  very  interesting,  occurring  as  it  docs  in  Arctic 
and  sub- Arctic  waters  ;  then,  as  an  intermediate  link  between  Arctic  and  Antarctic,  in 
deep  water  off  the  Azores. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  in  McMurdo  Bay,  20  fms. 

This  species  has  been  found  (l)  Between  Scotland  and  Faroe,  440  fms., 
Carter;  E.  Coast  of  Greenland,  254  m.  (140  fms.),  Fristedt;  off  Iceland,  Denmark 
Strait  and  Davis  Strajt,  44-553  fms.,  Lundbcck ;  Azores  2,252  m.  (1,196  fms.), 
Topsent. 


36  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

MYCALE  MAGELLANICA. 
(Plate  XX.,  fig.  2.) 

1881.  Esperia  magettanica  Ridley  (15a.  p.  117). 

1887.  Esperella  magellanica  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  67). 

1905.  Mycale  magellanica  Thiele  (23.  p.  442). 

The  '  Discovery '  collection  contains  one  large  piece,  much  damaged.  The  figure 
(XX.  2)  shows  the  smooth  surface  in  contrast  to  the  hispid  surface  of  the  new  species 
M.  acerata  described  below. 

The  specimen  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  from  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 

The  species  is  also  recorded  from  Sandy  Point,  7-10  fms.  ;  from  Otter  Island, 
Patagonia  ;  and  from  east  of  Cape  Virgins. 

MYCALE  ACERATA. 

(Plate  XX.,  figs.  1,  la-b,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  figs.  lOa-e1.) 
1907.  Myxilla  acerata  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  280). 

Sponge  large,  massive,  with  numerous  small  rounded  mammillae ;  surface  finely 
reticulate  and  finely  hispid.  Colour,  creamy-white  in  spirit.  Consistence,  soft,  the 
tissues  being  easily  torn.  The  flesh  reddish  (but  soon  decolorised),  and  showing  the 
glistening  white  strands  of  the  skeleton. 

Oscules  in  form  of  wide  thin-walled  cylindrical  chimneys  with  rather  jagged  upper 
edges,  about  1  cm.  in  height,  and  1-2  cm.  in  diameter. 

Skeleton.  Ectosomal : — A  network  of  triangular  meshes  formed  by  bundles  of 
oxeas,  the  strands  being  from  '35  mm.  thick  and  the  meshes  about  '5  mm.  across. 
Main  skeleton  formed  of  long  thick  anastomosing  fibres  which  attenuate  gradually 
from  1  •  5  mm.  in  thickness  and  break  up  a  little  below  the  surface  into  .panicles  of 
much  finer  fibres  which  support  the  dermal  membrane  and  penetrate  the  strands  and 
nodes  of  the  dermal  reticulum,  giving  rise  to  a  finely  hispid  condition  of  the  surface. 
Parallel  groups  of  oxeas  scattered  in  the  choanosome. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Oxeas  850  X  16'  25  M,  slightly  curved,  rather  abruptly 
pointed  at  one  end,  and  more  tapering  at  the  other.  These  oxeas  form  the  fibres,  and 
also  are  gathered  into  bundles,  one  spicule  in  length,  of  parallel  oxeas,  scattered  in 
the  choanosome. 

Microscleres.  Large  anisochelae  palmatae,  105  x  50 /u,  separate  or  in  rosettes, 
usually  with  an  angular  bend  in  the  shaft ;  with  a  triangular  upper  tooth  60  M  long, 
about  the  same  length  as  the  upper  alae,  which  latter  are  very  wide.  With  the 
lower  tooth  oblong,  12'8/u  high,  with  a  slightly  convex  edge;  in  one  of  the 
specimens  this  edge  is  produced  into  a  long  denticle  (XXIV.  10  c). 

A  smaller  kind  of  anisochelae  palmatae  (fig.  lOd,  d1),  47  /*  long  and  17  M  broad,  at 
the  upper  end,  with  a  long  oval  tooth  20  M  long,  extending  below  the  alae. 

Trichodragrnata,  62  X  12  n,  the  trichites  being  very  fine,  sharply-pointed  oxeas. 

There  are  three  fine   specimens   of   this   species,    the    largest    forming   a   thick 


TKTRAXOXIDA.  37 

:v.  tlal><  ll.it<  l....|v  17  ••in.  high,  11  cm.  broad,  and  7  cm.  thick;  a  second 
-|H.  iinon  is  massive  and  spheroidal,  being  alwut  15  cm.  in  diameter.  The  white 
inaiuinillated  surface  coven  a  reddish  flesh  in  which  the  glistening  fibres  of  the 
skeleton  are  visiMr.  The  mammillae  are  on  an  average  about  '75  cm.  in  height, 
and  1  cm.  in  diameter  at  the  base.  The  new  species  bears  a  very  close  resemblance 
to  ifycalc  magellanica  Ridley,  which  likewise  has  a  mammillated,  finely  reticulate 
surface  and  glistening  skeletal  fibres,  but  in  the  latter  the  surface  is  smooth  and  not 
lii-ipiil  (XX.  2),  and  the  megascleres  are  styles,  or  sub-tyles,  such  as  are  normally  found 
in  the  genus  Myccde,  The  microscleres  also  are  different  in  the  two  species. 

\  '••••>iul  specie!  of -'/'/<•.//«  uiih  ".vat'-  iiii"j.i--I'T.'~  i.-  .I//,.-.//.  i;j/«TMrt/»Vi  (().  Srh.), 
from  East  Greenland  (16.  p.  433)  and  Thiele  (22.  p.  381,  fig.  12).  The  specimen 
consisted  only  of  a  fragment ;  the  spicules,  which  are  all  considerably  smaller 
than  in  the  Antarctic  species,  have  the  following  dimensions: — Oxeas,  450/x  long, 
10-1 2 M  thick;  large  anisocheles,  50-60 M  long;  small  anisocheles,  18 M  long. 

Specimens  were  dredged  from  three  separate  localities  near  Winter  Quarters, 
viz. :  (1)  No.  6  hole,  125  fms. ;  (2)  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms.  ;  No.  5  hole,  seal 
hole,  178  fms. 

MTCALK,  sp. 

Several  pieces  of  glistening  white  skeletal  framework  were  dredged  from  No.  12 
hole.  The  largest  is  cylindrical,  7  cm.  long  and  about  3  cm.  in  diameter.  A  very 
small  quantity  of  the  body  substance  still  remains  in  some  of  the  angles  of  the 
mcshwork. 

The  spicules  are: — Styles,  fusiform,  straight,  abruptly  pointed,  562  X  17 '5  M  ; 
Urge  palmate  anisochelae,  separate  or  in  rosettes,  100  M  long  and  35  M  broad,  with 
the  larger  tooth  47  A*  long,  nearly  the  same  length  as  the  alae,  triangular,  with 
straight  lower  border ;  with  the  central  tooth  at  the  smaller  end  squarish, 
with  straight  upper  edge;  small  anisochelae,  14x48/u,  with  oval  tooth  28  n  long, 
extending  further  than  the  alae;  sigmata  224  M  long,  104/x  broad,  and  G'5/x  thick. 

This  species  resembles  in  many  respects  a  form  described  by  Thiele  (23.  p.  443, 
fig.  61,  a-d)  as  Mycale  sp.,  from  Punta  Arenas,  Straits  of  Magellan  ;  but  the  sigmata 
are  much  smaller  in  the  South  American  form,  being  only  1 .'»,«.  and  the  small 
anisochelae  are  smaller  and  with  a  narrower  and  shorter  upper  central  tooth.  No 
specific  name  is  given,  owing  to  the  incompleteness  of  the  specimens. 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  No.   12  hole,  25-30  fms. 

* 

DESMACIDON  KERGUELENENSIS  var.  antarctica. 
(Plate  XIX.,  figs.  1,  IA,  and  Plate  XXIII.,  figs.  la-dl.) 
Dttmofidon  kurgveUnentit  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  110). 

Sponge  ovoid  or  cylindrical,  with  hispid  or  finely  conulated  surface,  the  conules 
surmounted  by  fine  tufts  of  spicules,  conules  and  tufts  rising  to  a  height  of  1  to  2  mm. 
Consistence,  soft ;  colour  in  spirit,  dirty  white. 


R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

A  single  round  oseule  at  the  summit.  Pores  round  or  oval,  scattered,  20  M 
in  diameter.  Dermal  layer  not  detachable;  sub-dermal  spaces  190  M  in  depth. 
Flagellated  chambers  about  30  M  in  diameter. 

Skeleton  composed  of  rather  thick  main  fibres  about  10  spicules  broad  viewed 
en  face,  about  190Mor  more  in  thickness,  with  a  few  loose  spicules  between  the 
main  fibres,  scattered,  but  with  a  tendency  to  be  parallel  to  the  surface,  and 
forming  distinct  horizontal  bundles  just  below  the  surface.  Spongin  is  present,  but 
not  easy  to  detect. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Oxeas  676  X  26  M,  slightly  curved  at  centre,  terminating 
gradually  in  fine  points. 

Microscleres.  Isocheles  19'5/u  long,  6'5/x  broad  in  lateral  view,  with  slender 
convex  shaft  without  perceptible  alae ;  with  broad  saddle-shaped  teeth  with  their  distal 
edges  not  far  from  each  other,  but  not  touching  or  overlapping. 

Four  small  specimens  of  this  sponge  were  obtained.  The  largest  is  4  cm.  long 
and  1  •  4  cm.  in  diameter.  The  surface  has  a  finely  hispid  aspect  in  two  specimens,  but 
is  finely  conulated  in  -the  third,  and  smooth  and  worn  down  in  the  fourth.  The  variety 
differs  from  the  type  (15.  p.  110)  in  having  much  larger  megascleres,  those  of  the  type 
being  only  350  x  18  M-  The  isocheles  of  the  type,  again,  are  longer,  viz.,  28  M-  After 
a  careful  examination  of  the  isocheles  of  the  Kerguelen  specimen  in  a  good  light  and 
with  the  spicules  slowly  rotating  in  balsam,  I  found  that  the  median  sub-dental 
continuation  of  the  shaft  did  not  bend  backwards  from  the  tooth  as  in  Desmacidon 
(Homoeodictya)  palmata ;  the  appearance  of  bending  back  (see  15.  PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  3b)  being 
due  to  the  lateral  bend  of  the  palmate  tooth ;  accordingly,  even  if  Homoeodictya  be  a 
true  genus  or  sub-genus,  1).  kerguelenensis  would  not  belong  to  it. 

Three  specimens  were  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  from  No.  12  Hole,  25-30 
fms.  ;  off  Hut  Point,  100  fms.  ;  and  offCoulrnan  Island,  100  fms. 

• 

DESMACIDON  KERGUELENENSIS  var.  cactoides. 
(Plate  XIX.,  fig.  2,  and  Plate  XXIIL,  fig.  2a-b1.) 

Sponge  pyriform,  laterally  compressed ;  surface  prickly,  with  an  Acanthella-like 
aspect.  Consistence  rather  firm.  Colour  in  spirit,  pale  yellow. 

Skeleton  formed  of  rather  stout  main  fibres  proceeding  to  the  surface,  where  they 
conspicuously  push  up  the  dermal  membrane,  with  scattered  spicules  in  between  the 
main  fibres. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Slightly  curved  strongyles,  but  sometimes  with  rather 
blunt  pointed  ends  (Le.  oxeas),  768  x  31  '25  p.. 

Microscleres.  Isochelae  palmatae  17  M  long  and  6'25/x  broad  with  the  wide 
saddle-shaped  palmate  teeth  almost  in  contact  or  even  overlapping. 

The  single  specimen  is  attached  to  a  worm  tube  by  a  contracted  stalk-like  base  ; 
the  length  is  5' 5  cm.,  and  the  greatest  breadth  3 '5  cm.  It  was  a  matter  of  doubt 
whether  to  regard  this  form  as  a  distinct  species  ;  but  it  will  be  obvious  from  the 


-  J 

TETRAXONIDA.  39 

• 

figures  of  the  spicules  that  the  differences  between  the  var.  antarctica  and  var.  cactoides 
are  mnvlv  those  of  degree;  the  teeth  of  the  isochelae,  for  instance,  arc  more 
approximate  I  in  tin-  latter  than  in  the  funncr;  further,  the  rounding  of  the  ends  of 
.  the  oxeas  is  n<>t  an  important  distinction  ;  and  lastly,  the  cactus-like  surface  wuuld 
result  from  a  branching  of  the.  ends  of  the  skeletal  fibres  just  below  the  surface,  so 
that  the  dermal  layer  would  stretch  over  the  points  of  bifurcation. 

If  the  iicu  variety  were  devoid  of  cheles  it  would  be  placed  under  Bat:ellat  thus 
jii-tifving  Thielc's  observation  (23.  p.  438)  that  the  latter  genus  might  l»e  regarded  as. 
a  Desmaddon  which  had  lost  irs  chelae. 

One  specimen  was  dredged  from  Winter  Quarters,  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fins. 

I)KSMArIIH)N    SI'IMCKKA. 

(Plato  XIX.,  figs.  3,  3A,  and  Plate  XXIII.,  figs.  3a-c'.) 
1907.  Dttmaridon  tpinigera  Kirkj«lriok  (10a.  p.  283). 

Sponge  digitiform,  or  knob-like ;  surface  coarsely  spinous.  '  Consistence  rather 
hard.  Colour  pale  red.  Several  small  oscules  about  2  mm.  in  diameter. 

Dermal  membrane  spread  like  a  delicate  net  between  the  spines,  and  at  »<mie 
distance  from  the  floors  of  the  sub-dermal  spaces.  Flagellated  chambers  oval, 
46  x  32  ti. 

Skeleton  formed  of  coarse,  longitudinal,  main  strands,  about  1 80  /t  thick,  radiating 
out  to  the  surface,  with  loose  scattered  spicules  between,  united  in  horizontal  bundles 
only  Iteneath  the  surface. 

Spicules.  MyaiJMM*.  Oxeas  731  x  26 /x,  curved  at  centre,  mostly  sub-tornote, 
though  some  attenuate  gradually,  with  sharp  pointed  ends. 

Microscleres,  of  one  kind,  viz.,  isochelae  palmatae,  24'64/x  long,  and  5'28ti  broad 
on  side  view  ;  pointed  at  each  end  ;  with  straight  axis  ;  with  palmate  teeth  8  *  8  /*  long, 
and  with  narrow  alae  8  •  8  /x  long. 

Four  specimens   were   obtained.     The   type   specimen   (XIX.    3)  from   10  hole, 
130  fins.,  is  digitate,  7*5  cm.   in   length  and  2  cm.   in  diameter.     The  spines  are 
•2- '5  cm.  long,  those  at  the  lower  end  pointing  obliquely  upwards,  but  al>ove  becoming  _ 
vertical  to  the  long  axis.     Another  specimen  forms  a  spheroidal  knob  encrusting  the 
stem  of  a  zoophyte. 

A  third  specimen  is  in  the  form  of  cylindrical  fragments. 

A  fourth  specimen,  much  macerated,  is  massive  and  bifurcated,  and  about 
12*5  cm.  long  ;  further  there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  spongin  present,  sometimes 
appearing  as  distinct  fibres,  where  the  spicules  have  become  lost  or  dissolved  away. 
The  spicules  are  in  all  respects  identical  with  those  of  the  foregoing  forms. 

This  species  bean  much  resemblance  to  Desmacidon  setifer,  Topsent,  obtained 
by  the  '  Belgica '  from  the  Antarctic.  The  isocheles  are  of  much  the  same  character, 
but  those  of  D.  setifer  are  very  much  larger,  viz.,  75-100  M  by  18-20M.  Further, 

TOU  IT.  2     F 


40  R.  KIRKPATRICK. 

the  consistence  of  D.  setifer  is  soft,  the  colour  yellowish  in  spirit,  and    the  surface 
hispidation  much  finer. 

The  four  specimens  were  dredged  :  (l)  No.  48,  from  10  hole,  130  fms. ;  (2)  No.  124, 
near  Winter  Quarters,  20  fms.  ;  (3)  No.  124b,  off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms.  ;  (4)  No.  126a, 
from  12  hole,  25-30  fms. 

DESMACIDON  MAEANDRINA. 

(Plate  XIX.,  figs.  4,  4a,  and  Plate  XXIIL,  figs.  4a-b3.) 
1907.  Desmacidon  maeandrina  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  282). 

Description. — The  material  consists  of  three  sub-cylindrical  fragments  tapering  at 
the  distal  end. 

The  consistence  is  hard  and  dense.     The  colour  in  spirit  is  dirty  brownish-gray. 

The  surface  is  fairly  uniformly  level,  and  presents  flattened  papillae  or  meandrine 
ridges,  slightly  roughened  at  the  top  by  projecting  oxeas  (best  seen  on  side  view  with 
a  lens). 

The  dermal  membrane  roofs  over  the  grooves  and  spaces  between  the  papillae 
and  ridges.  The  pores  are  mostly  circular  and  about  95  /u  in  diameter. 

The  small  circular  oscules,  numerous  and  scattered,  are  about  1  mm.  in  diameter. 
The  skeleton  is  formed  of  a  thick,  main  axis,  consisting  of  rather  loose,  longitudinal 
strands ;  from  this  are  given  off  at  right  angles  cylindrical  or  lamellar  bundles  of  loose 
strands,  which  proceed  to  the  surface  and  form  the  papillae  and  ridges. 

SpiculeS.  Megascleres.  Oxeas,  579  x  39  M,  curved  (usually)  or  bent  at  the 
centre,  with  sharp,  pointed  ends.  Microscleres.  Isancorae  unguiferae,  26  M  long,  and 
15 '  8  n  broad,  shaft  strongly  curved  and  3  •  52  M  thick.  With  usually  five  teeth  or  claws, 
about  5*28  n  long,  at  each  end,  viz.,  a  central,  single,  and  two  lateral  bifurcated  teeth. 

The  largest  of  the  three  pieces  of  this  sponge  is  6*2  cm.  long  and  16  mm.  in 
diameter.  The  fragments  appear  to  be  broken  off  from  some  branched  specimen,  and 
I  shall  refer  to  them  as  branches.  They  are  sub-cylindrical,  being  slightly  compressed 
in  one  plane.  The  chamber  system  is  aphodal,  the  flagellated  chambers  (44  x  29  /*) 
being  pyriform.  There  is  a  considerable  amount  of  variation  in  the  teeth  of  the 
isancorae,  the  number  varying  from  three  to  six,  the  most  usual  number  being  five. 

In  some  respects  the  new  species  resembles  Desmacidon  (?)  ramosa  (R.  and  D.) 
(15.  p.  107),  obtained  by  the  '  Challenger '  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  Marion 
Island.  In  both  species  there  is  a  central  axis  of  longitudinal  fibres,  whence  fibres 
proceed  to  the  surface  at  right  angles,  but  here  the  resemblance  ends.  In  the 
'  Challenger '  species  the  radiate  bundles  branch  in  a  fan-like  manner,  finally  forming 
an  almost  uniform  surface  layer  of  vertical  oxeas.  The  microscleres  in  D.  (?)  ramosa 
are  isochelae  arcuatae.  As  in  the  case  of  D.  (?)  ramosa,  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  new 
species,  with  its  fiaspailia-like  skeleton  of  axial  and  radial  fibres,  should  be  placed 
under  Desmacidon  or  under  a  new  genus. 

The  specimens  were  dredged  off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms. 


TKTKAXONIDA.  41 

JOYRUXIA   BRLLL* 

(Plate  XVI.,  Figs.  l-5a.) 
l'.»07.  Joynuia  Ml,  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  283). 

>|,..nj.-  .iit.-i.  h.  .1.  ovoid,  \\ii!i  a  thi'k  tiiin  iiii'l  MttkMUIg  a  --It  pulp.  \Vn!i  ihorl 
conical  oscular,  and  long  trumpet-shaped  poral  papillae.  Surface  finely  pilose.  Colour 
of  surface  yellow,  of  the  rind  whitish,  and  of  the  pith  deep  yellow. 

Flagellated  chamlwn  23  X  20  /i ;  diplodal. 

Skeleton.  Cortical  skeleton  formed  of  layers  of  strongyles  crossing  each  other 
at  right  angle*.  The  walls  of  the  oscular  and  pornl  papillae  supported  liy  n  layer 
of  longitudinal  strongyles.  The  surface  of  the  sponge  hirsute  with  a  fine  pile  of 
strongyles  standing  out  at  right  angles  or  obliquely.  Choanosomc  without  spiculcs. 

SpiculeS.  Slightly  flex  in  ins  smooth  strongyles  850  ft  long,  lO/i  in  diameter  at 
the  ends,  and  13/i  in  diameter  at  the  centre. 

There  is  one  adult  specimen  5  cm.  long,  3*5  cm.  broad  and  3  cm.  thick,  with 
a  deep  groove  on  the  under  aspect,  by  which  it  was  probably  attached  to  a  worm  tuln; 
or  stem  of  a  Hydroid.  There  is  also  a  small  conical  specimen  6  mm.  high,  attached  to 
a  piece  of  rock. 

I  was  at  first  disposed  to  regard  this  remarkable  species  as  a  member  of  a  new  genus, 
partly  on  account  of  its  very  thick  rind,  which  is  in  places  over  a  millimetre  in  thickness, 
and  partly  because  of  the  highly  specialised  poral  papillae ;  but  apart  from  these  characters, 
the  new  form  evidently  shows  the  closest  affinities  to  Joyeuxia.  The  three  hitherto, 
described  species  all  have  a  rind  enclosing  a  soft  pulp,  the  latter  being  without  or  almost 
without  a  skeleton  ;  then  too  the  pulp  is  highly  coloured.  Joyeuxia  tubulosa  Topsent 
and  J.  ascidioides  (Fristedt)  have  fistulae,  which,  however,  appear  to  be  oscular.  Two 
of  the  species,  J.  viridis  and  J.  tubtilosa  have  strongyles ;  J.  aacidwide*  has  tyles  and 
also  cheles.  Accordingly  Topsent  places  the  genus  near  Desmacidon. 

The  poral  papillae  attain  a  height  of  1  to  1  '2  cm. ;  they  are  expanded  at  the  end, 
the  margin  being  sharp,  usually  a  little  jagged,  and  showing  the  ends  of  strongyles. 
The  mouth  is  closed  by  a  sieve-like  funnel-shaped  membranous  pore-area,  which  is 
supported  on  its  under  surface  by  strands  of  tissue  passing  from  the  wall  of  the  tube  to 
the  poral  membrane. 

The  tube  passes  through  the  thick  cortex  into  the  choanosome,  where  it  expands 
Krt'i.n-  branching  into  four  or  five  inhalant  canals. 

Between  certain  parts  of  the  inner  surface  of  the  cortex  and  the  choanosome  is 
what  appears  to  be  a  space  (see  XVI.  2) ;  but  in  other  parts  the  choanosome  abuts  on 
to  the  cortex ;  probably  these  peripheral  spaces  do  not  result  from  contraction  of  the 
tissues,  but  form  part  of  the  exhalant  canal  system. 

•  Named  in  honour  of  Emeritui  ProfcMor  F.  J.  Bell,  of  the  Zoological  Department  of  the  Natural  History 

Hwm and  editor  of  the  "  Report*  on  the  Natural  History  Collection*  "  brought  home  by  the  •  Dtaoovery ' 

from  the  Antarctic. 

2  F  2 


42  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

The  inconspicuous  oscular  papillae  are  only  about  4  mm.  high,  and  are  tightly 
contracted. 

The  tissue  of  the  cortex  is  crowded  with  branched  collencytes  immersed  in  a 
gelatinous  matrix. 

I  am  indebted  to  Professor  Dendy  for  pointing  out  to  me  certain  resemblances 
between  the  poral  and  oscular  papillae  of  Latrunculia  and  the  present  species  ;  in  the 
case  of  both  genera,  too,  the  tissues  are  rich  in  pigment.  Possibly  we  may  have  here 
a  clue  to  the  true  position  of  Latrunculia,  the  discasters  of  which  appear  to  be  spined 
oxeas,  or  styles,  the  spines  of  which  have  become  verticillate. 

The  specimens  were  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  Flagon  Point,  10-20  fms. 

Joyeuxia  viridis  Topsent  was  obtained  from  the  Azores,  454-845  metres ; 
J.  tubulosa  Topsent,  also  from  the  Azores,  from  200  metres ;  and  J.  ascidioides 
(Fristedt)  from  Baffin  Bay,  169  fms.  (7.  p.  445). 

CERCIDOCHELA  Kirkpa trick.* 

1907.  Cercidochela  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  284). 

Mycalinae  with  peculiar  shuttle-shaped  chelae  or  canonochelae,f  with  the  single 
central  teeth  from  each  end  of  the  shaft  joined  together,  and  with  a  semi-circular 
vertical  lamella  extending  inwards  from  the  shaft  and  from  the  dental  bridge,  ^so  as 
nearly  to  meet. 

CERCIDOCHELA  LANKESTE^II.J 

(Plate  XIX.,  figs.  5,  5 A,  and  Plate  XXIII. ,  fig.  5a-L) 
1907.  Cercidochela  lankesteri  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  284). 

Sponge  elongated,  slender,  fusiform.  Colour  white  ;  consistence  soft.  Surface 
smooth  to  the  naked  eye,  but  finely  hispid  under  a  lens.  With  several  small  scattered 
oscules  about  1  mm.  in  diameter,  level  with  the  surface.  Flagellated  chambers 
aphodal,  oval,  31  x  21  M- 

Skeleton  formed  of  long  longitudinal  lines  of  spicule  fibres  about  100/u  thick,  not 
forming  a  definite  central  axis,  radiating  out  in  plumose  manner  to  the  surface  ;  with 
a  few  isolated  spicules  arranged  in  a  scalariform  manner  at  right  angles  to  main  fibres. 
Spongin  not  perceptible. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Oxeas  452  X  19 '5  /u>  curved  at  centre,  attenuating 
gradually  to  sharp  points  slightly  planed  away  on  inner  aspect.  Microscleres. 
Canonochelae,  somewhat  shuttle-shaped,§  45'5/u  long  by  22'75/u  broad,  with  the  two 
teeth  fused  to  form  a  bridge,  and  with  a  semi- circular  lamella  passing  upwards  from 

*  ntpKit,  ifiof,  a  shuttle, 
f  Kavuvt  ovos.  &  shuttle. 

t  Named  in  honour  of  Professor  Sir  E.  Ray  Lankester,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S. 

§  The  canonochelae  are,  in  this  species,  shaped  like  an  oval  basin  with  a  truncated  bottom,  but  they  look 
shuttle-like  as  commonly  seen  in  balsam  slides,  viz.,  lying  on  one  side  with  the  lamellae  uppermost  (see  XIX.  Of). 


•n.ii:\\"\ii>\  43 

the  shaft  and  downwards  from  the  dental  bridge,  both  lamellae  being  nearly  on  the 
same  plane  and  nearly  meeting,  the  lamellae  sometimes  with  basal  tubercles. 
Devel"|'iii--ui.il  form-  in  shape  of  thin  oval  linear  bodies,  the  oval  at  first  not  being 
complete. 

Tin  miii|in-  >|M-<  inion  representing  the  new  genus  and  species  is  12*5  cm.  long  and 
1  cm.  in  lirr.t.lth  at  the  centre.  The  body  attenuates  to  fine  ends,  and  apparently 
has  not  been  attached  to  anything. 

The  remarkable  canonochelae  recall  to  mind  the  spherancorae  of  Melominchora, 
but  the  latter  spicules  have  three  pairs  of  fused  teeth. 

The  canonochelae  are  scattered  about  in  the  choanosome  in  considerable  nninlxTs. 
The  shape  may  IMS  compared  with  an  oval  basin  with  the  bottom  cut  out,  and  with  two 
semi-drcular  lids  or  lamellae  passing  horizontally  from  the  upper  edge  of  the  basin, 
so  as  to  nearly  meet ;  further  it  is  necessary  to  imagine  such  a  basin  turned  up  on 
its  side. 

The  earliest  developmental  forms  have  an  elongated  Q  shape ;  then  the  open  Q 
becomes  a  closed  oval ;  by  this  time  the  falx  at  each  end  is  perceptible,  and  the 
beginnings  of  the  lamellae  appear.  A  further  change  leads  to  a  marked  asymmetry, 
the  thin  oval  ring  Incoming  a  broad  band  by  widening  in  a  direction  away  from  the 
edges  whence  the  lamellae  arise.  If  the  widening  of  the  band  were  to  continue  the 
growing  edges  would  meet  and  a  sort  of  lateral  dome  would  result,  but  growth  does 
not  go  so  far  as  this. 

It  is  often  difficult  to  make  out  the  real  form  of  a  transparent  body,  with  its  lines, 
curves,  lamellae,  Ac.,  crossing  each  other  in  various  directions  and  altering  their 
appearance  with  the  slightest  shifting  of  position.  In  the  present  instance  the  figures 
will  show  the  remarkable  variations  in  form  corresponding  to  change  in  position, 
and  it  was  only  after  a  very  prolonged  examination  that  the  real  shape  l»ecamc 
apparent,  a  result  finally  due  to  Mr.  Highley's  ingenuity  in  devising  a  medium  of 
suitable  consistency  in  which  the  spicules  could  ta  made  to  slowly  rotate  on  their 
long  and  short  axes.  Fig.  5  f  is  the  position  in  which,  in  spiculc  preparations,  the 
spicules  commonly  lie,  viz.,  on  the  detruncated  bottom  of  the  t>asin  and  with  the 
lamellar  edges  uppermost.  Fig.  5  h,  which  resembles  the  Diatom  Amphora,  shows 
the  aspect  when  the  shaft  portion  or  the  dental  portion  of  the  I  mini  is  uppermost  and 
vi.  wed  in  ite  breadth  ;  the  axial  <»nal  which  traverses  the  shaft  and  part  of  the  dental 
lir'nlge  is  best  seen  in  this  aspect  When  a  spicule  in  this  position  continues  to  rotate 
a  little  more  we  see  either  the  lamellae  along  one  side  or  the  free  growing  edges  of  the 
on  the  other.  Fig.  5g  shows  the  growing  edge  of  the  dental  bridge  nearly 
the  edge  of  the  shaft.  Fig.  5k  shows  half  of  a  spicule  broken  across,  with 
the  axial  canal  (which  forms  nearly  a  complete  circuit)  exposed  at  each  lower  corner  of 
the  figure.  Lastly  an  end  view  is  seen  in  fig.  5  L 

The  specimen  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters  at  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 


44  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

HOPLAKITHARA  Kirkpatrick.* 
1907.  HoplaWham  Kirkpatrick  (lOa,  p.  285). 

Mycalinae  possessing  exotyles  with  large  spherical  spined  heads,  and  with  fim- 
briated  placocheles. 

HOPLAKITHARA  DENDYI. 

(Plate  XIX.,  figs.  6,  Ga,  Gb,  and  Plate  XXIII.,  fig.  6a-c2.) 
1907.  Hoplakithara  dendyi  Kirkpatrick  (10JU  p.  286). 

Sponge  in  form  of  a  small  cushion,  attached  by  a  narrow  base.  Surface  smooth 
to  the  naked  eye.  Colour,  pale  brown  in  spirit.  Consistence,  hard  externally,  soft 
within.  Flagellated  chambers  32  '5ju  in  diameter,  spheroidal,  eurypylous. 

Skeleton  with  protective  armour  formed  by  gigantic  spheroidal  heads  of  exotyles, 
the  exotyles  being  arranged  as  radiating  bundles  in  form  of  inverted  cones,  with  the 
apices  a  little  below  the  cortex  ;  with  scattered  strongyles. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Exotyles  f  with  the  heads  a  little  inclined  to  the 
long  axis  of  the  spicule,  the  proximal  end  (in  the  interior  of  the  sponge)  rounded,  the 
distal  end  swollen  into  large  spherical  heads,  with  short  cylindrical  spines  covering  the 
distal  three-fourths  of  the  head.  Total  length  358  M,  the  shaft  enlarging  in  diameter 
from  6'5M  at  the  proximal  end  to  16  M  just  below  the  head.  Head,  55  M  in  diameter; 
cylindrical  denticles,  1  '76  to  3 '52  /t*  in  height,  with  finely  denticulate  edge,  and  with 
cup-like  depression  at  the  summit. 

Strongyles  straight,  fusiform,  smooth,  467 '  5  M  long,  9  •  75  M  in  diameter  at  centre, 
6  •  5  n  in  diameter  at  ends. 

Microscleres.  Placocheles,  fimbriated,  84' 5  M  long,  29'25/w  broad;  length  of 
tooth,  37-75^. 

Sigmata  very  small,  slender,  (J-shaped,  8  •  8  /u  long,  5 '  28  M  broad,  •  9  M  thick. 

The  minute  spheroidal  or  cushion-shaped  specimen  was  2 '  2  mm.  in  height  and 
3  mm.  in  horizontal  diameter  ;  it  was  growing  on  the  side  of  an  Alcyonarian,  creeping 
over  a  branched  Cellepora.  No  pores  or  oscules  were  discernible.  The  under  surface, 
which  was  narrowed  to  the  point  of  attachment,  was  paler  in  colour  than  the  upper. 

The  new  genus  is  closely  related  to  the  Mycaline  genera  Rhaphidotheca  and 
Guitarra,  to  the  former  by  its  exotyles,  and  to  the  latter  by  its  fimbriated  placocheles. 

The  distal  knobs  of  the  exotyles  of  R.  marshall-hallii  Kent,  49  M  in  diameter,  are 
smooth  and  spherical,  and  those  of  R.  rhopalophora  Schmidt  (R.  affinis  Carter,  see  Thiele 
22.  p.  383)  are  104  M  long  and  30  M  broad  and  club-shaped.  Lundbeck  (13.  p.  32) 
regards  these  two  species  as  probably  identical,  and  certainly  the  differences  are  slight. 

In  the  centre  of  the  heads  of  the  exotyles  of  //.  dendyi  is  an  oval  granular  zone, 
which  at  first  suggests  a  cavity  filled  with  protoplasm,  but  that  there  is  no  cavity  is 

*  <nrX<i  (pi.  of  oTrXoi/),  annour  ;  uMpu,  a.  guitar. 

f  Professor  Dcndy,  to  whom  I  showed  these  remarkable  exotyles  with  their  large  spined  heads,  regarded  them 
as  possible  examples  of  spicules  which  might  form  a  surface  layer  of  pseudastcrs  by  reduction  of  the  shafts. 


TETRAXONIDA.  45 

evident  from  the  fact  that  iln-  axial  i-anal  can  l>o  seen  traversing  the  granular  zone. 
Some  <>f  the  exotyles  have  one  or  more  swellings  in  the  length  of  the  slmt't . 

The  single  example  was  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  at  No.  6  hole,  in  130  fins. 

FAMILY  HAPLOSCLERIDAE  TOPSKNT. 
SUB-FAMILY  GELLIINAE  RIDLEY  AND  DBNDY. 

GELLIUS  RODIS. 

(Plate  XVII.,  figs.  1,  IA,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  fig.  1  a-b.) 
1902.  0W/IM  rufu,  Topscnt  (29.  p.  14,  PI.  I.,  flg.  9,  and  PI.  III.,  fig.  4). 

The  type  of  this  species,  dcscril>ed  by  Topsent,  was  n  small  globular  sj>e<-imen 
27  mm.  in  diameter.  The  present  collection  contains  six  pieces  of  this  sponge,  some  of 
them  of  large  size  ;  accordingly  1  am  enabled  to  slightly  supplement  the  original 
description.  The  largest  fragment,  18  x  5  x  2*5  cm.  in  dimensions,  is  masnively 
lobate  and  closely  resembles  Petrosia  similis  var.  massa  R.  and  D.  (15.  plate  III.,  fig.  <>).* 
The  other  specimens  are  in  the  form  of  thick  sub-cylindrical  unbranched  or  branched 
fragments,  the  largest  (PI.  XVII.,  fig.  1)  being  14  cm.  in  length  and  2*5  cm.  in 
diameter.  Several  of  the  pieces  have  oncules  about  7  mm.  in  diameter  with  circular 
raised  rims. 

The  surface,  where  the  dermal  membrane  is  intact,  is  to  the  naked  eye  quite 
smooth  ;  though,  where  the  dermis  is  rubbed  off,  the  surface  appears  very  finely  hispid 
as  Topsent  describes,  and  feels  rough  to  the  touch. 

A  vertical  section  of  a  branch  in  the  plane  of  the  axis  shows  main  longitudinal 
lines  of  fibres  curving  outwards  from  the  axis  to  the  surface  as  they  pass  upwards,  and 
dividing  in  a  more  or  less  paniculate  fashion  near  the  surface  ;  the  secondary  fibres,  one 
or  two  spicules  thick  in  the  centre  of  the  specimen,  become  much  thicker  a  little  below 
the  dermal  membrane. 

The  oxeas  (XXIV.  la),  403  x  20  /«,  are  sub-tornote.  The  C-shaped  sigmata  have 
a  uniform  curve  almost  in  one  plane  :  they  are  37  M  long,  19*4  M  broad,  and  *8  M  thick, 

•  In  this  variety  the  skeletal  arrangement  it  very  similar  to  that  found  in  Grlliui  rutlii ;  the  terminal 
branchlets  of  the  main  fibre*  are  spread  out  beneath  the  dermal  layer,  and  anastomose  with  branchleU  from 
neighbouring  main  fibres  ;  this  sub-dermal  reticuluro,  then,  is  due  solely  to  the  spreading  out  of  the  periphery  of 
the  paniculate  ends  of  the  main  fibre*  (as  in  O.  rtniit),  and  is  not  as  one  might  at  first  suppose  a  special  dermal 
skeleton ;  the  central  tuft*  of  the  main  fibre*  proceed  vertically  up  to  the  surface ;  also,  not  a  few  scattered  oxea* 
pas*  obliquely  or  vertically  upwards  from  the  subdermal  network  of  spicule  fibre*  ;  accordingly  the  dermal 
membrane  is  to  a  great  extent  supported  on  the  tips  of  vertical  oxeas.  Though  Ridley  and  Dendy  clearly  saw  that 
the  dermal  reticulation  was  only  the  uppermost  layer  of  the  main  skeleton  (16.  p.  11),  it  was  not  quite  correct  to 
state  that  the  dermal  membrane  was  not  supported  on  tuft*  of  spicules ;  a  vertical  section  shows  that  it  is  sup- 
ported in  this  manner,  viz.,  by  the  central  tuft*  of  all  the  main  fibres,  as  well  a*  by  oxea*  from  the  subdermal 
reticulnm.  The  gpicule*  of  P.  timilU  var.  manu  resemble  those  of  O.  rudit  in  shape,  but  are  smaller  (vis.  289  x 
9'76  p).  Accordingly  P.  rimilit  var.  matta  is  closely  similar  to  O.  rudit  in  form,  in  skeletal  arrangement,  and 
in  spknlation ;  in  fact  it  very  probably  represents  an  example  of  a  Qrlliiu  which  ha*  lost  it*  sigmata.  I  have 
gone  into  this  matter  in  some  detail  because  it  is  always  interesting  to  trace  the  probable  line  of  descent  of  • 
Benierine  sponge  from  some  form  with  microsclere*.  Further,  an  instance  of  this  kind  furnishes  MM  support  to 
part  of  Dendy'*  recent  scheme  of  classification,  vie.,  that  of  making  the  Gelliinae  the  starting-point  of  the 


46  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

and  frequently  have  a  small  central  knob.  (Figures  are  given  for  convenient  comparison 
with  the  nearly  related  new  species,  G.  fimbriatus,  described  below.) 

The  pores,  abundant  over  the  areas  roofing  over  the  spaces  between  the  main 
fibres,  are  circular  or  oval  and  vary  from  30-70  n  in  diameter ;  the  subdermal  spaces 
are  about  a  millimetre  in  depth ;  there  are  also  smaller  and  shallower  subdermal  spaces 
between  the  more  central  terminal  branches  of  the  main  fibres.  The  flagellated 
chambers,  which  are  unusually  small,  viz.,  about  23 /u  in  diameter,  are  spheroidal  and 
eurypylous ;  as  seen  in  section  they  line  labyrinthine  folds  and  spaces. 

The  cellules  spheral  euses  attain  the  large  size  of  35  n  in  diameter,  the  spherules 
also  being  of  considerable  size,  viz.,  8  /*. 

Sections  of  the  branches  show  nests  containing  30-50  embryos,  forming  conspicuous 
red  patches  in  the  sections  in  balsam ;  each  embryo  is  about  235  M  in  diameter,  and  of 
yellowish  colour,  though  red  in  masses.  Some  contain  rhaphide-like  oxeas.  On  the 
surface  of  the  figured  specimen  are  several  little  hemispherical  pits  from  2-5  mm.  in 
diameter ;  these  are  probably  the  exposed  surfaces  of  the  embryo-containing  cavities, 
and  not  due  to  parasites. 

The  specimens  were  dredged  in  McMurdo  Bay,  in  depths  up  to  20  fms.  The 
'Belgica'  obtained  a  specimen  from  Lat.  70°  23',  Long.  82°  47'  W.,  from  500  metres. 

GELLIUS  FIMBRIATUS. 

(Plate  XVII.,  figs.  2,  2a,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  fig.  2a-b.) 
1907.  Gelliusfmibriatus  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  286). 

Sponge  in  form  of  a  thick  triangular  cake,  or  conico-cylindrical.  Texture  soft, 
easily  broken.  Colour  in  spirit,  pale  buff. 

Surface  level,  or  almost  imperceptibly  hispid ;  showing  through  the  dermal 
membrane  a  somewhat  areolated  pattern,  each  areola  being  formed  by  the  end  of  a 
main  fibre  giving  off  fimbriated  twigs  which  roof  over  the  subdermal  spaces  between 
the  main  fibres.  A  few  circular  oscules  about  5  mm.  in  diameter  and  with  slightly 
raised  rims  occur. 

Skeleton  formed  of  longitudinal  lines  of  flat,  loose,  band-like  main  fibres,  with 
an  irregular  and  obscure  reticulation  of  single  spicules  between.  The  main  fibres 
spread  out  in  a  paniculate  manner  a  little  below  the  dermal  membrane. 

Spicules.  Megascleres.  Oxeas,  537  x  16'25ju.,  slightly  bent  or  curved  at 
centre,  attenuating  gradually  to  sharp  points.  * 

Sigmata  varying  in  size,  the  largest  being  40  p.  long,  1 7  •  G  p,  broad,  and  1  '76  p. 
thick,  with  one  or  more  angular  bends  in  the  curve,  usually  one  end  of  the  shaft  with 
an  angular  bend,  the  other  end  curved. 

The  specimen  selected  as  the  type  of  this  species  has  a  flattened  angular  pad-like 
body,  10  cm.  long.  4'5  cm.  broad,  and  2' 5  cm.  thick;  it  apparently  lay  free  on  the 
bottom. 


n. n:  \\oxiDA.  47 

Tin-  u|>|HT  surface  alone  shows  the  arculatcd  appearance  beluw  the  dermal  mem- 
brane, tin-  un<ler  surface  being  nearly  opaque. 

A  second  specimen  is  conico-cylindrical  in  shape,  11  cm.  long  and  3  cm.  in 
diainet* T.  the  lower  end  being  broken  off.  This  specimen  also  apparently  lay  on  the 
IM.MOMI  :il..ni:  |'.>rt  of  its  length,  as  the  pore  surface  extends  all  round  only  at  the 
upprr  en.l  of  the  specimen. 

\  thinl  >]MM  iiin-n  from  Coulman  Island  is  fan-shaped,  7  cm.  high,  3'5  cm.  thick, 
7  cm.  l'r-M-1  ai  tln>  iip|>cr  edge,  and  3  cm.  broad  at  the  base,  where  it  is  attached  to  two 
-in.ill  -tours.  Tli.  -in  laee  is  quite  worn  away,  and  the  body  of  the  sponge  full  of  debris. 

An  "an-ola"  with  it*  central  node  (the  end  of  the  main  fibre)  and  lateral 
branchlet*  occupies  on  an  average  an  area  of  6  x  4  mm. 

Tlti-  ends  of  the  main  fibres  are  arranged  in  linear  scries. 

Tin-  dermal  membrane  is  separated  al>out  3  mm.  from  the  floors  of  the  large 
sub-dermal  spaces,  and  the  band-like  supporting  pillars  are  al>out  2  mm.  broad.  A 
vertical  section  gives  the  appearance  of  a  miniature  "hall  of  a  thousand  columns." 
The  dermal  membrane  on  the  under  surface  of  the  sponge  contains  scattered  ozcas 
arranged  tangentially. 

The  pores  vary  a  good  deal  in  size  and  shape,  1>eing  oval  or  round,  and  45-120  p 
in  diameter.  The  flagellated  chambers  are  spheroidal,  eurypylous,  and  about  25  p  in 
diameter.  The  triangular  cushion-like  shape  of  the  type  recalls  to  mind  Gelliu* 
flagellifer  (R.  and  P.),  but  there  are  no  flagellate  sigmata  in  the  new  species. 
G.  rudis  (Topsent)  has  a  much  firmer  and  denser  structure ;  the  oxeas  are  shorter, 
thicker,  and  with  tornote  ends,  and  the  sigmata  are  more  slender  and  with  uniform  curve. 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  off  Hut  Point  in  12-20  fms. ;  also  off  Coulman 
Island  in  100  fms. 

GBLLIUS  PILOSUS. 

(Plate  XVII.,  figs.  3,  3a,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  fig.  3a-c.) 
1907.  QMutpilonu  Kirkpatrick  (10m.  p.  287). 

Sponge  in  form  of  an  erect  flattened  triangular  or  elongate  lamella  divided  or 
digitate  at  the  upper  edge. 

Consistence  soft,  fleshy,  compressible. 

Colour  in  spirit,  dirty  white  or  very  pale  yellow. 

Surface  finely  conulose  and  pilose  owing  to  the  projection  of  the  ends  of  the  main 
skeleton  fibres  about  1  mm.,  the  conules  being  about  '6  mm.  apart  from  each  other. 

A  few  oecules  about  1  mm.  in  diameter,  on  a  level  with  the  surface. 

Skeleton  formed  of  slender  main  axial  fibres  on  an  average  about  2-5  spiculea 
thick,  curving  out  to  the  surface  where  they  form  the  pile,  and  of  secondary  fibres, 
usually  one,  but  sometiui.--  tw..  or  three  spicules  thick,  at  right  angles  to  the  main 
ones,  with  which  they  form  oblong  scalariforni  nv -In  •-.  Spongin  well  developed  at  the 
nodes  of  the  network. 

rou  rr.  2  O 


48  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

Spicules.     Megascleres.     Oxeas,    537  X  22 '75 /A,  sharp  pointed,  sub-tornote,    a 
few  being  distinctly  tornote. 

Microscleres.     Sigmata,  very  abundant  both,  in  choanosome  and  ectosome,  C-shaped, 
39  x  16 '  25  /A  in  length  and  breadth,  and  1  •  5  p  thick. 

There  are  two  specimens.  One  of  them  is  in  the  form  of  a  triangular  lamella 
dividing  into  two  sub-terete  branches,  the  total  length  being  10 '5  cm.,  the  breadth 
3 '  5  cm.,  and  the  thickness  1  cm.  The  second  specimen  is  1 1  cm.  long  and  3  cm.  broad, 
with  little  more  than  a  notch  at  the  upper  edge,  indicating  a  division  into  branches. 
The-  fleshy  matter  is  nearly  all  macerated  out,  leaving  a  flexible  skeletal  framework. 
In  the  first  specimen  the  surface  shows  the  little  conules  penetrated  by  spikes  2-3 
spicules  thick,  with  squarish  concave  depressions  about  '5  mm.  between  any  four 
conules.  The  dermal  pores  are  imperceptible.  There  is  a  thin  collenchymatous 
ectosome  about  •  1 5  mm.  thick,  excavated  by  shallow  sub-dermal  cavities ;  the 
eurypylous  flagellated  chambers  are  ovoid,  26  x  23  p..  The  new  species  bears  some 
resemblance  to  Gellius  flagellifer  (E.  and  D.),  but  differs  from  it  in  the  absence  of 
the  peculiar  flagellate  sigmata.  Further,  G.  flagellifer  has  an  even  surface,  and 
a  dermal  skeleton  network  of  spiculo-fibre ;  but  in  the  new  species  the  secondary 
fibres,  usually  not  more  than  one  spicule  thick,  are  often  not  present  at  or  just 
below  the  surface. 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  off  Hut  Point,  25-30  fms. ;  and  at  No.  12  hole, 
25-30  fms. 

GELLIUS  CUCURBITIFORMIS. 

(Plate  XVII.,  figs.  5,  5a-c,  Plate  XXIV.,  figs.  5a-b.) 
1907.  Gellim  cucurbitiformis  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  288). 

Sponge  small,  free,  bulbous  with  fistular  prolongations.  Surface  smooth,  showing 
under  a  lens  a  fine  white  reticulum.  Colour  in  spirit,  pale  brown.  Consistence, 
rather  soft. 

Skeleton.  With  a  distinct  dermal  layer  of  irregularly  arranged  tangential  oxeas. 
Choanosomal  skeleton  a  reticulum  (with  square  or  triangular  meshes)  of  spiculo-fibre, 
the  strands  2-3  spicules  thick,  with  a  faint  indication  of  main  fibres  radiating  to 
the  surface. 

Spicules.     Megascleres.     Oxeas,  342  x  9'75/u.,  slightly  curved,  sub-tornote. 

Microscleres.  Sigmata  varying  in  size,  the  smallest  being  about  20  p  long, 
C-shaped  and  with  uniform  curve,  and  the  largest  39  p,  long,  19'8/x.  broad  and 
1  •  2  p.  thick. 

There  are  two  small  specimens,  both  of  which  were  found  in  a  tangled  mass  of 
debris  surrounding  a  worm-tube.  The  larger,  the  type  specimen,  consists  of  a  basal 
bulbous  portion,  13  mm.  long,  7  mm.  broad,  and  8  mm.  high,  from  one  side  of  which 
arises  a  rather  thick-walled  fistula  13  mm.  high  and  5*5  mm.  in  diameter;  at  the 
opposite  side  is  a  broken  circular  area,  from  which,  in  all  probability,  a  second  fistula 


TKTRAXONIDA.  I '' 

arose  ;  lastly,  between  these  two,  in  a  small  raised  knob  with  a  rounded  orifice  on  one 
side  of  it.  The  narrow  oscular  canal  is  not  central,  but  along  one  side  of  the  thick 
walled  eomplet--  ti-tula. 

The  second  specimen  is  tubular,  with  a  slightly  enlarged  solid  base,  when.  ••  arises 
a  ii-tiilu  ;  the  total  length  is  2*2  cm.,  and  diameter  *6  cm.  No  pores  are  discernible  ; 
the  subdermal  spaces  are  about  •  2  mm.  in  depth. 

The  eurypylous  flagellated  chambers  are  23  /i  in  diameter.  Cellules  sphtSruleuses, 
8-9  fi  in  diameter,  are  common. 

Tin-re  is  no  bast-like  suMermal  layer  as  in  Oceanapia  inollis  Deiidy  (4.  p.  248), 
a n< I  the  spicules  of  the  latter  are  smaller,  the  oxeas  being  200  x  8  /i,  and  the  sigmata 
only  16  p.  Lundbeck  (12.  pp.  64,  66)  describes  two  species  of  Gfllim  with  h'stulae, 
and  with  a  well -developed  dermal  l«rk,  viz. :  G.  lurulus  and  G.  microtoxa,  but  l>oth 
these  species  have  toxa  in  addition  to  sigmata. 

The  two  specimens  were  dredged  off  Hut  Point  (Winter  Quarters)  in  25-30  fms. 

GELLICS  GLACIALIS,  var.  nivea. 

(Plate  XVII.,  fig.  4.) 
1887.  Oflliiu  ffladalu  vw.  nivea  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  42,  PI.  VIII.,  fig.  8,  etc.). 

The  one  example  is  in  the  form  of  a  small  spherical  knob  attached  to  a  branched 
Polyzoon,  resembling  in  these  respects  the  '  Challenger '  specimen  from  Prince  Edward 
Island.  The  sponge,  which  is  17  mm.  in  diameter,  is  brittle,  and  has  a  well-marked 
ectosomal  skeleton  formed  of  tangential  oxeas.  The  megascleres  and  sigmata  are 
smaller  than  those  of  the  '  Challenger '  specimen,  but  are  in  other  respects  of 
the  same  character ;  accordingly  I  have  not  regarded  the  Antarctic  specimen  as  a 
new  variety. 

The  larger  sigmata  are  often  united  in  bundles  of  sigmadragmata. 

The  following  table  gives  the  dimensions  in  M  of  the  spicules  of  G.  glacialis,  and 
of  the  '  Challenger '  and  Antarctic  specimens  of  var.  nivea. 


G.  gUcialU. 

var.  nivea 
•Challenger.' 

rar.  nivea 

•  DUcovery.1 

Ox«» 

670  X  40 

704  X  29-25 

&22  X  19 

SigmaU      . 

75  X  4ft  X  8-5 

209  X  74-5  X  5'7 

119  X  «7  X  6-6 

Dredged  off  Coulman  Island,  100  fms. 

The  'Challenger*  obtained  G.  glacialis  from  Agulhas  Bank,  150  fms.,  and  var. 
niwa  from  Prince  Edward  Island,  140  fms. 


2  o  2 


50  R.  KIRKPATRICK. 

OCEANAPIA   TANTULA.* 

(Plate  XVIII.,  figs.  5,  5a,  5b,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  fig.  Sa-e1.) 
1907.-  Ocmnapia  tantula  Kirkpatrick  (10a.  p.  289). 

Description. — The  sponge  consists  of  five  small  fragments  of  tubes,  the  longest  of 
which  is  8  mm.  in  length,  by  4  mm.  in  diameter  ;  three  of  the  pieces  are  hollow,  thin- 
walled  and  tubular ;  the  other  two  are  solid.  One  of  the  solid  pieces  seems  to  belong 
to  the  top  of  a  fistula. 

The  colour  is  transparent  white. 

Skeleton.  The  dermal  layer  is  composed  of  a  chitinous-looking  membrane  with 
strongyles  lying  tangentially,  usually  in  one  layer  and  densely  packed,  but  sometimes 
more  or  less  scattered. 

The  white  strands  of  the  loose  subdermal  reticulum  are  visible  through  the  surface. 
They  are  longitudinal,  and  only  anastomose  occasionally.  The  strands  are  less  than 
•  1  mm.  in  diameter.  They  vary  in  composition  ;  in  some  parts  being  composed  of 
strongyles  smaller  than  those  of  the  dermal  layer,  in  other  parts  of  smooth  tricho- 
dragmata,  or  again  of  strongyles,  amphityles  and  trichodragmata.  The  pale  transparent 
choanosomal  tissues  are  crowded  with  small  spined  rhaphides. 

SpiCUles.  Megascleres.  Strongyles,  437  x  19ft,  slightly  fusiform,  curved  once 
or  sometimes  twice.  Occasionally  one  end  is  pointed,  the  spicule  becoming 
a  style. 

Amphityles,  395  x  7 '25 /A,  slightly  fusiform,  heads  13//,  long,  9 '75  mm. 
broad. 

Microscleres.  Long,  smooth  raphides,  separate  or  in  bundles  forming  part  of  the 
subdermal  reticulum,  650  x  2  •  5  /A. 

Short  scattered  spined  raphides,  usually  stylote,  162  /u,  long,  and  about  2  •  5  /x  broad. 

H.  V.  Wilson  describes  (34.  p.  128)  a  species  of  Oceanapia,  viz.  0.  bacilli/era 
with  strongylea,  but  it  has  the  usual  sigmata. 

Oceanapia  (Phloeodictyori)  singaporensis  (Carter)  has  strongyles  in  the  dermal 
layer,  but  oxeas  as  well  as  strongyles  in  the  skeleton  fibres,  and  there  are  no  micro- 
scleres. 

The  species  of  the  Gelliine  genus  Ehaphisia  have  oxeas,  trichodragmata,  and,  in 
one  species,  toxa ;  but  there  are  no  fistulae,  and  there  is  no  subdermal  reticulum  of 
spicular  fibres. 

It  is  regrettable  that  there  is  so  small  an  amount  of  material  on  which  to  base  a 
new  species,  but  the  marked  characters  of  that  which  is  available  seem  to  render 
such  a  proceeding  justifiable. 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  from  No.  10  hole,  130  fms. 

*  Tantului,  ever  so  little. 


TBTRAXONIDA.  51 

SUB-FAMILY  RENIERINAE,  RIDLEY  AND  DKNDY. 

PYLODERUA. 
(paw)  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  6). 

Renierinae  with  a  paivhment-likc,  easily-separated,  dermal  mcinltniiic  in  which 
are  situate*!  closely-packed  tangential  oxeas,  and  with  distinct  round  or  oval  pore  areas. 

I'M  "I-KRMA    LATRUNCULJOIDBB. 
1887.  HMrkontlrM  hitrunruliouit*,  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  6,  PI.  I.,  li-.  :..  A.M. 

There  in  one  Haltcllate  specimen  attached  to  a  small  stone.  The  height  is  (>  cm., 
the  width  at  the  upper  rim  5*5  cm.,  and  the  thickness  1  '8  cm.  The  osculet*,  generally 
contracted  into  little  white  conules,  are  scattered  about  among  the  pore  areas,  and  not 
•!.•'!••  i  "ii  t  :.<•  •!•_'•  .1  ,n  tli--  •  i  h.ili.'irj- 1-  exunplec,  Each  oKoIar  opening  lead 
into  a  smooth  funnel-like  cavity  with  a  sharp-edged  circular  sphincter-like  opening  at 
the  boa. 

The  strongly  marked  characters  of  this  peculiar  species  seem  to  me  to  necessitate 
its  removal  from  I/alichotulria  and  its  inclusion  under  a  new  genus.  In  the  '  Challenger ' 
Report  Ridley  and  Deudy  state  that  they  were  at  first  doulitful  whether  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  pores  in  definite  areas  would  prove  to  be  a  character  of  generic  importance, 
and  finally  decided  that  this  feature  was  only  one  of  adaptation.  Prof.  Dendy  has 
since  told  me  that  he  now  thinks  that  this  species  should  be  placed  in  a  distinct  genus, 
and  in  this  opinion  I  concur.  There  are  no  microscleres  to  help  in  tracing  its  affinities 
and  the  body  skeleton  is  Reuierinc  in  character ;  accordingly  it  is  for  the  present  placed 
among  the  Renierinae. 

Dredged  off  Coulman  Island  in  100  fms.  The  '  Challenger '  obtained  specimens 
from  a  depth  of  GOO  fms.  off  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  dc  la  Plata. 

PETROSIA   FISTULATA. 

(Plate  XVIII.,  figs.  4,  4a-b,and  Plate  XXIV.,  fig.  7.) 
1907.  Petrotia  fitlulaia  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  290). 

Sponge  tubular.  Surface  smooth,  showing  the  round  openings  of  the  inhalant 
canals  about  •  4  mm.  in  diameter  and  close  together. 

Inner  surface  of  the  tube  of  the  sponge  finely  or  rarely  coarsely  pilose,  and 
showing  the  round  openings  of  the  exhalant  canals  about  1  mm.  in  diameter.  Colour 
in  spirit,  pale  yellow.  Texture  firm,  but  slightly  compressible.  Eurypylous 
flagellated  chaml>er8  spheroidal,  24  •  5  n  in  diameter. 

Skeleton  formed  of  main  fibres  proceeding  from  the  inner  to  the  outer  surface, 
joined  by  secondary  fibres  one  spicule  thick,  so  as  to  form  obscurely  quadrangular  or 
hexagonal  tubes  about  •  5  mm.  in  diameter  ;  ends  of  spicules  cemented  with  spongin. 

Spicules.     Oxeas,  492  x  24*4  /*,  bent  usually,  or  curved  at  centre,  sub-tornote. 


52  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

There  are  four  specimens,  the  two  larger  being  uniformly  cylindrical  and  the 
smaller  ventricose.  The  largest  is  6  cm.  long,  the  diameter  being  2  •  1  cm.  and  the 
thickness  of  the  wall  5  mm. 

The  dermal  membrane  roofing  over  the  inhalant  orifices  is  usually  supported  there 
by  two  or  three  single  spicules  radiating  to  the  centre.  The  pores  are  '95  M  in 
diameter. 

Small  embryos  about  '76  mm.  in  diameter  occur.  The  new  species  comes  nearest 
to  the  species  from  Kerguelen,  which  Carter  (3.  p.  287)  identified  as  Thalysias 
subtriangularis  Duch.  and  Mich.,  but  which  Ridley  and  Dendy  (15.  p.  9)  regarded 
as  synonymous  with  Petrosia  similis  *  (Ridley  and  Dendy). 

The  spicules  of  the  Antarctic  species  are  very  much  larger  than  those  of  Carter's, 
and  partly  in  consequence  of  this  the  skeletal  network  of  the  latter  is  much  denser 
from  a  closer  approximation  of  the  fibres. 

The  dimensions  of  the  oxeas  of  four  nearly  related  species  of  Petrosia  are 
as  follows : — 

Petrosia  similis  (R.  and  D.),  225  X  16 /A. 
Thalysias  subtriangularis  (D.  and  M.),  Carter,  190  X  12/x. 
Petrosia  (Schmidtia)  aulopora,  0.  Sch.,  175  x  7/i. 
Petrosia  Jistulata,  493  X  24'4/i. 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms.  ;  McMurdo  Bay, 
96-120  fms. 

RENIERA  scoTTi.f 

(Plate  XVIII.,  figs.  1-2,  and  Plate  XXIV.,  fig.  G.) 
1907.  Reniera  scotti  Kirkpatrick  (lOa.  p.  291). 

Sponge  consisting  of  one  or  more  fistulae.  Texture  very  soft  and  easily  lacerated. 
Colour  in  spirit,  varying  from  yellow  to  pale  reddish.  Outer  surface  varying  from 
being  finely  hispid  to  having  large  conules  and  meandrine  ridges.  Inner  surface  of 
fistulae  very  finely  hispid  in  the  spaces  between  the  numerous  orifices  of  exhalant 
canals.  Flagellated  chambers  large  hemispherical,  60  X  40  p.. 

Skeleton  formed  of  parallel  longitudinal  lines  of  main  fibres,  about  2-6  spicules 
thick,  curving  outwards  from  the  inner  to  the  outer  surface,  where  they  pass  into  the 
conules  and  ridges ;  secondary  fibres  at  right  angles  to  the  main  ones,  one  or  two 
spicules  thick.  The  spicules  are  not  closely  united,  and  spongin  is  only  present  in  very 
small  amounts. 

Spicules.     Oxeas  343  x  14 '6  p,  curved  or  bent  at  centre,  sub-tornote. 

*  The  specimen  from  Kerguelen  Island  which  Carter  identifies  as  Thalysias  subtriangularis  Duch.  &  Mich, 
is,  I  believe,  specifically  distinct  from  Petrosia  similis  R.  &  D.  The  fine  spicular  network  of  the  former,  with  its 
slender  main  fibres,  and  still  more  slender  unispicular  secondary  fibres,  contrasts  strongly  with  the  thick  cable- 
like  longitudinal  and  transverse  strands  of  the  latter.  Carter's  specimen  appears  to  me  to  belong  to  a  new 
species. 

t  This  fine  species  is  named  in  honour  of  Captain  R.  F.  Scott,  R.N.,  C.V.O.,  the  leader  of  the  Expedition. 


TKTKAXONIDA.  53 

There  are  six  specimens  and  fragment*.  Tlie  outward  appearance  varies  greatly 
according  to  age  and  size.  In  one  small  specimen  the  surface  is  finely  hispid,  in  larger 

eonuloee,  an«l  in  very  large  ones  conulated  and  with  high  meaudrine  ridges.  The 
jKM-imen  N".  I  I  -  i  I'l.  \\lll  .  ii-j.  1  )  ll  in  iv  BoRH  "I  i  \\  i.L-  thick  \\.-ill-.i  till*', 
1-J  cm.  hiizli  and  G  cm.  in  diameter,  and  with  walls  1  '5  cm.  thick,  but  attenuating  towards 
the  rim  <>f  tin- tuln?.  This  specimen  is  incomplete  IH?!OW.  The  orifice  is  circular,  and 
\\iihin  the  rim  is  a  (liaphntgni  contracted  to  a  white  line. 

The  sui:  overed  with  large  conulcs  and  meandrinc  ridges  rising  to  a  height 

of  nearlv  I  cm. 

Tin*  dermal  membrane,  in  the  spaces  between  the  conules  and  ridges,  shows  as  a 
line  lace-like  reticulum,  with  circular  pores  133  M  in  diameter,  and  Itencath  it  the 
i>i  Slices  (1-1 '5  mm.  in  diameter)  of  the  inhalant  canals  arc  visible.  The  cxhalant 
orifices  on  the  inner  wall  of  the  tube  are  much  larger  than  the  inhalant ;  they  vary 
from  1  to  6  or  7  mm.,  their  edges  are  smooth  and  rounded.  In  the  second  largest 
specimen,  these  orifices  are  arranged  in  longitudinal  rows,  and  are  oval  with  the  long 
diameter  vertical.  This  arrangement  results  from  the  way  in  which  the  contraction 
of  the  tubular  sponge  body  is  restricted  by  the  main  longitudinal  skeletal  fibres 
running  beneath  the  inner  surface. 

In  a  third  specimen  (No.  132),  the  outer  surface  of  the  wall  is  almost  smooth  to 
the  naked  eye,  though  under  a  lens  it  is  seen  to  be  finely  hispid,  with  the  top  of  oxeas 
projecting  from  minute  conules. 

In  another  specimen  the  Ixasal  part  of  the  sponge  divides  into  two  tubes,  one 
of  which  is  nearly  smooth,  and  the  other  with  ridged  surface. 

The  species  closely  resembles  R.  spinosella,  Thiele  (23.  p.  459),  from  Punta 
Arenas.  In  Thiele's  species  the  body  is  tubular,  with  conulated  surface,  and  the  texture 
is  rery  soft ;  but  the  skeletal  framework  is  irregular,  and  the  oxeas,  though  similar  in 
form,  are  much  shorter,  smaller  and  more  slender,  l>eing  only  150-170  /*  long  and 
7-8  /i  thick. 

Another  species  showing  certain  resemblances  to  R.  scot  1 1,  viz.  R.  aquaeductu* 
Schmidt,  var.  infundibular  if  (R.  and  D.),  has  a  unispicular  skeletal  network. 

Specimens  were  dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  in  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms. ;  S.E. 
of  Cape  Armitage,  100  fms. ;  off  Flagon  Point,  5-25  fms.  ;  off  E.  end  of  Ice  Barrier, 
100  fms.,  mud  and  stones. 

REXIERA  DANCOI. 
(Plate  XVIIL,  fig.  3.) 
1901.  Rmitra  dancoi,  Topwnt  (29.  p.  12,  PI.  II.,  fig.  1,  and  PI.  III.,  fig.  8.) 

There  are  two  specimens.  One  is  of  a  compressed  digitate  form,  10  cm.  long, 
2 '  5  cm.  wide,  and  1  cm.  thick.  About  the  middle  of  one  side  is  a  projecting  shoulder 
with  an  oscule.  Near,  but  not  quite  at  the  summit,  on  the  opposite  edge,  is 
a  second  oscule.  The  specimen  is  contracted  at  the  centre;  the  alternate  oscules 


54  R.   KIRKPATRICK. 

and  contracted  waist  give  the  impression  of  a  budding  of  the  upper  half  of  the  specimen 
from  the  lower. 

The  colour  is  pale  brown  in  spirit,  and  is  due  apparently  to  the  abundance  of 
masses  of  cellules  spheruleuses ;  the  specimens  described  by  Topsent  are  grayish  or 
whitish. 

The  '  Discovery '  specimens  have,  in  parts,  a  hispid  rather  than  a  conulose  surface, 
the  spicules  standing  above  the  level  dermal  membrane  like  sticks  out  of  water  ;  but 
in  other  places  the  surface  is  finely  conulose.  The  oxeas  are  642  x  18  n,  those  of  the 
'Belgica'  being  630  x  18-20/ot.  By  deep  staining  of  a  portion  of  macerated  skeletal 
network  a  small  amount  of  spongin  becomes  discernible  at  the  nodes.  The  flagellated 
chambers,  55  x  40ft,  though  rather  large,  are  smaller  than  those  of  Topseut's  specimens, 
in  which  they  are  of  unusual  size,  viz.  70  x  50  p.  The  second  specimen  is  merely  a 
shapeless  fragment. 

Dredged  near  Winter  Quarters,  off  Hut  Point,  25  fms.  ;  No.  12  hole,  25-30  fms. 
The  '  Belgica '  Expedition  obtained  several  small  specimens  frortl  450  metres,  in 
Lat.  71°  19'  S.,  Long.  87°  37'  W. 


TKTKAMiNlUA  55 


MEMOIRS    REFERRED   TO. 

1.  CARTER,  H.  J. — Descrijitions  and  tigun«  of  Deep-sea  Sponges  .  .  .  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  dredged 

.  .  .   H.M.S.  Porcupine.    Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (4)  xiv.,  1874. 

2.  CARTER,  H.  J.— Some  Sponges  from  the  West  Indict  and  Acapulco  in  the  Liverpool  Free  Mnxeum. 

Ann.  Hag.  Nat.  Hist.  (.'•)  ix.,  18M2. 

3.  CARTER,  H.  J.— Spongiidae  from  Kerguelen  Inland.    Transit  of  Venus  Exp"     Phil.  Trail*,  vol.  138 

(extra).    London,  1879. 

4.  DEKDT,  A.— Catalogue  of  the  Non-Calcareous  Sponges  .    .    .  Port  Phillip  Heads.     Pan  i.     Proc. 

Roj.  Soc.  Victoria,  vol.  vii.,  n  j.,  1895. 

5.  DSHDT,  A.— Catalogue  of  Non-Calcareous  Sponges  .    .    .   Port  Phillip  Head*.     Part  ii.     Proc.  Roy. 

Soc.  Victoria,  vol.  viii.,  DJU,  18%. 

6.  DEXDY,  A. — In  HERDXAH,  Ceylon  Pearl  Fisheries.    Supplementary  Report,  xviii.     London,  1905. 

7.  FRISTEDT,  K. — Sponges  from  the  Atlantic  and  Arctic  Ocean*  and  IMiring  Sea.    Vega-F'xpeditioneus 

retcnskapliga  jakttagelser  Arbeten.     Bd.  iv.,  1887. 

8.  H  AX  ITHCH,  R.— Revision  of  the  Generic  Nomenclature  and  Classification  in  Bowerbank'g  "British 

Spongiadae."    Trans.  Liverpool  Biol.  Soc.,  vol.  viii.,  1894. 

9.  KIRKPATRICK,  R.     On  the  Sponges  of  Christmas  Island.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  19"0. 

10.  KIKKPATRICK,  R.— On  the  Oscules  of  Cinachyra.     Annals  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1905  (7).  vol.  xvi. 
10a.  KIRKPATRICK,  R. — Preliminary  Report  on  the  Monaxonellida  of  the  National  Antarctic  Exhibition. 

Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (7),  vol.  xx.,  September  1907. 

11.  I.KM'KXFK.i.i'.  R.  vow.— Spongien  von  Sansihar.    Abhand.  Scnckcnbcrg.  Gescllsch.,  1899,  Bd.  xxi. 
lla.  LESDEKFEIJ),  R.  VON.    Deutsche  Sudpolar-Expedition,  1901-1908.    Bd.  ix.  Zoologie  I.    Tutraxonia. 

Berlin,  1907. 

12.  Lt'KDRECK,  W. — Porifera  (Part  i.).   Homorrhaphidac  and  Heterorrhaphidac.      The  Danish  Ingolf- 

Expedition,  vol.  vi.,  Copenhagen,  1902. 

13.  LtrxDBECK,  W.— Porifera  (Part  ii.).     Desniacidonidac.      The   Danish    I ngolf- Expedition,  vol.  vi., 

Copenhagen,  1902. 

14.  MKRKJHKOWHKY,  C. — Ktudes  sur  Ics  KpongcH  de  la  mer  Blanche.    Mom.  Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  (7),  xxvi., 

N*  7,  St.  Petersbourg,  1878. 

15.  Run.KV.  S.  O.,  and   DKNDT,  A. -Report  on  the  Monaxonida  collected  by  H.M.S.  'Challenger.' 

Ix>ndon,  1887. 

15a.  RIDLEY,  8.  0.-  Account  of  the  Zoological  Collections  made  during  the  survey  of  H.M.S.  'Alert' 
in  the  Straits  of  Magellan.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London.  1881. 

16.  SCHMIDT,  O. — Die  zweite  dentache  Nordpolarfahrt,  1869-70.    Zweiter  Band,  Zoologic,  KieseUpongien. 

I^eipzig,  1874. 

17.  SCHMIDT,  0. — Die  Spongien  dcs  Meerbnsen  von  Mexico.     Jena,  1879. 

18.  N  nn./K.  F.  E.— Cber  die  Ableitung  der   Hexactinelliden-Nadeln  vom  regnlaren  Hexactinc.    Sitc- 

nngb.  Akad.  Witts.,  Berlin,  xlvi.,  1893. 

19.  Sou. AS.  I.   H.  On  the  Sponges  collected  during  the  Skcat   Expedition  to  the  Malay  Penituuln, 

1897-1900.    Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  vol.  ii.,  1902. 

20.  SOLUAS,  W.  J.— The  Sponge-fauna  of  Norway.    Annals  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1882,  (5),  vol.  ix. 

21.  SOLLAS,  V.'.J.— Report  on  the  Tetractinellida  collected  by  H.M.S.  'Challenger.'    Zoology,  vol.  2.r>. 

London,  1888. 

22.  THIELR,  J. — Beschreibnng  einigi-r  nnzurcichcnd  bvkunnten  Monaxoncn  Spongicn.     Archiv.  Natnrg-, 

1903.    Band  i.    Berlin. 

23.  THIELE,  J. — Die  Kieeel-  nnd  Hornschwamnic  der  Sammlnng  Plate-.    Zool.  Jalirb.  Suppl.  vi.,  Dr.  L. 

Plate,  Fauna  Chilensis  :  Bd.  ill.,  Heft  3.    Jena,  1905. 
VOL.  rr.  2   H 


56  E.  KIRKPATRICK. 

24.  TOPSENT,  E. — Une  reforme  dans  la  Classification  des  Halichondrina.      Mem.   Soc.   Zool.   France, 

tome  vii.     1894. 

25.  TOPSENT,  E. — Resultats  scientifiques  de  la  Campagne  du  '  Caudan '  dans  le  Golfe  de  Gascogne,  1895. 

Eponges.    Annales  de  1'Universite  de  Lyon,  xxvi.,  (4).    Paris,  1896. 

26.  TOPSENT,  E. — Eponges  nouvelles  des  A£ores  (premiere  serie).      Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  vol.  xi., 

p.  225-255.     Paris,  1898. 

27.  TOPSENT,  E. — Introduction  a  1'etude  monographique  des  Monaxonides  de  France.     Archiv.  Zool. 

Exp.  et  Gen.  (3)  vi.     1898. 

28.  TOPSENT,  E. — Etude  Monographique  des  Monaxonides  de  France.     Archiv.  Zool.  Exp.  et  Gen.  (3). 

tome  viii.     1900. 

29.  TOPSENT,  E.— Expedition  Antarctique  Beige.    Resultats  du  Voyage  du  S.Y.  'Belgica'en  1897-99. 

Zoologie.    Spongiaires.    Anvers,  1902. 

30.  TOPSENT,  E. — Resultats  des  Campagnes  Scientifiques  du  Prince  de  Monaco.    Spongiaires  des  Afores. 

Monaco,  1904. 

31.  TOPSENT,  E. — Poecilosclerides  nouvelles  recueillies  par  le  '  Francais '  dans  1' Antarctique.      Bulletin 

du  Museum  d'histoire  naturelle.    Paris,  1907.    No.  1. 

32.  YOSMAEE,  G.  C.  J. — The  Sponges  of  the  Willern  Barents  Expedition,  1880-81.     Bijdragen  tot  de 

Dierk.    An.  12.    Amsterdam,  1885. 

33.  WELTNER,  "VV.—  Susswasserspongien  von  Celebes.    Archiv.  fur  Naturgeschichte,  1901.    Beiheft. 

34.  WILSON,  H.  V. — Reports  on  an  Exploration  off  the  West  Coasts  of  Mexico,  Central  and  South 

America,  and  off  the  Galapagos  Islands,  by  the  '  Albatross  '  during  1891.     The  Sponges.      Mem. 
Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard,  vol.  xxx.    No.  1.    Cambridge,  U.S.A.,  1904. 


OP -HE 

Y    \ 


10 


Sponges  PI 


Sponges  R  9 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


\ 


\ 


•f 


,  jJ»A«VtS 


. 


tuf. 


. 

UNIVERSITY. 


CAL FGH£ 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Ejq» 


fi.'i  PI  !1. 


Hi> 


1 


j 


^ 

•.'"-•5 

1 

' 

Antarctic  (Discovei-y/  P^ 


SpoiKjes   PI  12. 


Be 


ro 


/2 


^covery;  Ex  p. 


s  PI  13 


P  HigKley. 


.- 


\ 


10" 


, 


9  i 


/J 


/•# 


H  "A 


Antdn.:tic(Discovery)  b 


S 


p. 


. 


Pl.l-f 


PHiqhleyl.onHon 


I 


->\ 


* 


Sponges  PI.  15 


10 


Antarcfcc(  Discovery)Exp 


Sponges  PI  17 


P  Highly.  London 


X*V>I«MA*« 

/  /^r     ,         .    X 


f     \         V 


I 


4  b 


Antarctic  ( Discovery  )Exp 


Spongea  PI  18 


P  Highly.  London 


OF  THE 

(    UNIVERSITY  } 

OF 


Antarctic  ( Discovery )  Exp 


Sponges  PI 


r  Mighty.  London 


Antarctic  ( Discovery  )Exp 


Sponges  PI  20 


P  Mighty.  London 


/^ 

.   ^'VERS; 


1  a 


Antarctic  ( Discovery )  £xp 


Sponges  PI  21 


Lcmdoo 


* 


Antarctic^  Discovery  )Exp 


Sponges  PI  22 


P  Highlfy.  London 


6c* 


Antarctic^  Discovery  )Exp 


Sponges  PI  23 


P  Highly,  '..on dor. 


Antarctic*  Discovery  )Exp 


Sponges  PI  24 . 


P  Highly  London 


ft 


Antarctic*  Discovery )  Exp 


Sponges  PI  25 


'Mi 

.CRSITY   J 


Antarctic  ( Disccveiy )  Exp 


Sponges  PI  26 


P  Highly.  London 


POKIFEEA. 

III.-CALCAEEA. 

By  C.  F.  JKNKIN,  B.A. 
(12  Plates.) 

PART   I. 

INTRODUCTION  AND  CLASSIFICATION. 
INTRODUCTION. 

THE  preparation  of  the  Report  on  the  'Discovery'  collection  of  calcareous  sponges 
was,  in  the  first  instance,  entrusted  to  Professor  E.  A.  Minchin.  He  had  partially 
examined  the  Homocoela  and  made  some  drawings  of  them,  when  he  was  unfortunately 
obliged  to  abandon  the  undertaking,  owing  to  the  pressure  of  other  duties.  The 
collection  was  then  entrusted  to  the  author,  who  has  had  the  advantage  of  using 
Professor  Minchin 's  notes  on  the  Homocoela  and  his  lifelike  drawings  (Figs.  12  and  14), 
showing  the  habit  of  growth  of  the  two  new  species  of  Leucosolenui. 

The  author  desires  to  record  his  indebtedness  to  Professor  Minchin  for  much 
valuable  advice,  to  Professor  Dendy  for  valuable  suggestions  as  to  the  classification  of 
the  new  genera,  and  for  specimens  of  Grantiopsis  cylindrica,  to  Mr.  R.  Kirkpatrick 
for  constant  help  and  particularly  for  permission  to  examine  the  British  Museum 
collection  of  calcareous  sponges,  to  Professor  R.  von  Lendenfcld  for  specimens  of 
Sycon  teneUum,  and  to  Professor  Jeffrey  Bell,  to  whose  kindness  he  owes  the  privilege 
of  undertaking  this  most  interesting  investigation. 

The  collection  consists  of  109  specimens.  Of  these,  39  belong  to  the  grade 
Homocoela,  and  are  divided  among  five  species,  of  which  two  are  new  to  science.  The 
remaining  70  belong  to  the  grade  Heterocoela,  and  are  divided  among  18  species 
ami  one  variety  of  an  existing  species,  all  of  which  are  new  to  science.* 

Of  the  five  species  l>elonging  to  the  grade  Homocoela,  two  belong  to  the  genus 
Clathrina  and  three  to  the  genus  Leucosoltnia. 

Of  the  18  new  species  of  Heterocoela,  five  belong  to  the  genus  Leucandra  and  the 
remaining  13  are  distributed  among  six  new  genera. 

CLASSIFICATION. 

The  classification  here  used,  which  is  shown  in  the  following  table,  is  that 
proposed  by  Polejaeff  (4)  for  the  Homocoela  and  by  Dendy  (2)  for  the  Heterocoela 

•  With  the  pocnible  exception  of  three  of  the  specie*,  which  on  only  to  cooadered  M  proruiotnlly  MtUed. 

2  H  2 


C.  F.  JENKIN. 


and  adopted  with  slight  modifications  by  Minchin  (1) ;  it  has  been  considerably 
extended  to  include  the  new  species.  The  last  column  in  the  table  gives  the 
number  of  species  in  each  genus  found  in  the  '  Discovery  '  collection. 


Families. 


1.  Clathriiiidae 


2.  Leucosoleniida; 


1.  Sycettidse 


2.  Grantiidas 


3.  Heteropidae 

4.  Amphoriscidae 

5.  Chiphorida 

C  Staurorrhaphida. 


Genera. 


Number  of  Species 

in  '  Discovery ' 

Collection. 


GRADE  A.  -HOMOCOELA. 

(Clathrina 
.    <  Ascandra. 
iDendya. 

(Ascyssa. 
'(Leucosolenia 


GRADE  B.— HETEROCOELA. 

;|Sycetta. 
.    <Sycon.» 
I  TentJtrenodes 


Grantia.f 
Ute. 

Sub-genus  Synute. 
Utella. 
Anamaxilla. 
Sycissa. 
Leucandra   . 
Lelapia. 
Leucyssa. 
^Dermatreton 

fGrantessa. 
<  Heteropia. 
( Vosmaeropsis. 

Heteropegma. 
Amphomcus. 
Sycnlmis. 
Lencilla. 

(Streptoconus 
\Hypodictyon 

{Achramorpha 
Sub-genus  Grantiopsis. 
Megapogon   . 


5  species. 


5  and  1  variety. 
2 


1 
1 

8 

4 


18  species  and 
1  variety. 


In  the  al>ove  table  the  names  of  the  new  families  and  genera  are  printed  in  italics. 

*  The  genus  Sycantha  is  omitted  for  reasons  stated  on  p.  4. 
f  Grantioptit  is  transferred  to  the  family  Staurorrhaphidce. 


CAIS'AUA. 


baaed  primarily  on  the 

the  families  are 
the  spimlation.     The  familial 


New  FAMILIES — The  two  new  families,   Ckipkondae  *  and  Sumrorrttapkidrj  are 
to  contain  the  9  new  specie*  and  2  old  onea  which  have 
*  M  introduced  to  denote  •  •neriil  type  of  qi 
the  ordinary  quadriradiate*  both  in  ahape  and  in  position  in  the 
The  <±i~*im+  IB  »  quadriradiate  spieale  lying  with  it*  baaal  ray  directed 
outward*  (eentrifugaDy)  and  ha  apical  ray,  which  i*  bent  at  ita  base  so  aa 
to  Ee  almost  in  line  with   the  baaal   ray,  directed   radially   inwards  (eentripetally) 
and  projecting  into  the   gartral   canty.  §    This  type  of  spicale  has  hitherto  been 
in  only   2   species  of  sponge,  each   represented   by  a  single  apuimfn,  tit., 

Polejaeff    (4)    and   Crmmfitftit    cyUmdriea,    Dendy    (7). 
indnded   in   the  new  gens  Mtyepoy**.    The   latter  is  transferred 
to  the  new  family  StamrorriufJud*,  the  generic  name  being  retained.     In  order  to 
make  the  present  report  a  complete  record  of  aO  species  in  the   two  new  families. 
lumt  deseriptaone  of  Meytpoym  crmctfera  and   Gramtwpiu  «slnaV«es,  with  ilii>mgj 

In  some  of  the  new  species  thai  type  of  epicnle  occurs  in  eonjuKtion  with  the 
typea,  bat  in  several  it  forms  the  whole  gnstral  and  body-wall  skeleton,  to 
i  of  th?  ordinarr  amadriradiates  and  linxmitfs  ;  ito  importanee,  therefore, 
can  hardly  be  over-rated,  and  folly  justifies  the  formation  of  the  new  famines.     AD 

way  that  the  Syeettid*  do  from  the  Grmmtndm,  it   seemed   better  to  drride 
two 


I  For. 


4  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

NEW  GENERA. — The  new  genera,  Hypodictyon*  Dermatreton,\  and  Tenthrenodes,^ 
are  introduced  to  contain  the  five  new  species  which  have  "  linked "  flagellated 
chambers.  The  term  "  linked "  is  here  used  to  describe  the  peculiar  arrangement 
of  the  flagellated  chambers  in  an  open  network  or  honeycomb  pattern,  so  that  a 
large  number  surround  each  of  the  very  large  incurrent  canals  (intercanals).  In 
Sycon  and  Grantia  the  incurrent  canals  are  usually  smaller  than  the  flagellated 
chambers,  and  are  each  surrounded  by  only  three  or  four  flagellated  chambers. 

Three  of  the  new  species  have  freely  projecting  distal  cones ;  two  of  these  are 
included  in  the  new  genus  Tenthrenodes,  in  the  family  Sycettidse,  and  the  third, 
which  contains  chiactines,  is  in  the  corresponding  genus  Hypodictyon,  in  the  family 
Chiphoridse.  The  two  remaining  species  have  distinct  dermal  cortices,  and  are, 
therefore,  included  in  the  new  genus  Dermatreton,  in  the  family  Grantiidse.  The 
dermal  cortex  is  not  continuous,  but  takes  the  form  of  a  network  covering  the  top 
of  the  flagellated  chambers,  and  is  pierced  by  large  holes  corresponding  to  the  spaces 
(incurrent  canals)  between  those  chambers. 

The  "  linked "  arrangement  of  the  flagellated  chambers  appeared  to  resemble 
closely  the  "  grouped  "  arrangement  described  by  von  Lendenfeld  (6)  as  occurring  in 
Sycantha  temlla.  As  doubts  existed  concerning  the  accuracy  of  some  of  the  details 
of  this  description,  it  seemed  advisable  to  re-examine  the  specimens.  The  author  was 
enabled  to  make  this  examination  by  the  great  courtesy  of  Professor  von  Lendenfeld, 
who  sent  him  all  the  remaining  material  he  possessed.  This  material  is 
considerably  macerated  (as  is  stated  by  von  Lendenfeld  in  his  original  description), 
but  is  in  quite  good  enough  condition  to  allow  the  general  structure  to  be  ascertained 
with  certainty.  The  results  of  the  author's  examination  show  that  all  von  Lendenfeld's 
figures  represent  the  structure  correctly  except  Figs.  53,  54  and  56,  which,  though 
no  doubt  accurately  drawn,  are  quite  misleading.  The  interpretation  placed  on  the 
figures  by  him  appears,  however,  to  be  erroneous,  and  would  seem  to  be  due  to  the 
unfortunate  cross-section  shown  in  Fig.  56.  The  true  structure  is  best  shown  in 
Fig.  57,  representing  a  tangential  section  near  the  gastral  cortex.  This  figure  shows  the 
regular  rectangular  network  formed  by  the  chamber  walls.  The  rectangles  are  alternately 
flagellated  chambers  and  canals,  arranged  like  a  chess  board,  exactly  in  the  manner 
shown  in  Haeckel's  "  Kalkschwamme,"  Fig.  13,  Plate  60,  as  typical  of  his  sub-genus 
Sycocubus  (sub-genus  3  of  Sycandra).  Haeckel's  figure  shows  (correctly)  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  flagellated  chambers  and  inter-canals  of  Sycon  schmidti ;  this  arrangement 
only  differs  from  that  of  Sycantha  tenella  in  the  shape  of  the  flagellated  chambers, 
which  in  Sycon  schmidti  are  approximately  square  (in  tangential  section),  whereas 
in  Sycantha  tenella,  though  still  rectangular",  they  are  much  longer  in  one  direction 
(parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  sponge)  than  in  the  other  (circumferentially).  Sycantha 
tenella  is,  therefore,  a  typical  Sycon,  remarkable  for  the  size  and  regular  arrangement 

*  imo,  under ;  Starvon,  a  net.  t  bfppa,  skin ;  Tptjrus,  holed. 

t,s,  honeycombed. 


CALCARBA.  5 

tin-  tlngellated  chamben.  The  flagellated  chambers  touch  each  other  only  at  the 
ainl  have  no  intercommunication  canal*.  Serial  tangential  sections  show  that 
each  flagellated  chamber  opens  independently  into  the  gastral  cavity.  (See 
Plate  XXXVIII,  Fig.  137.)  This  may  also  be  inferred  by  comparing  the  distances 
between  the  openings  into  the  gastral  cavity,  shown  in  von  Leudenfeld's  Figs.  56  and 
58,  and  the  distanres  between  the  flagellated  chambers  shown  in  Fig.  57  (rcmeml>ering 
that  the  rectangles  are  alternately  flagellated  chambers  and  canals).  The  crow-sections 
made  by  the  author  correspond  exactly  with  the  structure  above  described.  It 
is,  therefore,  evident  that  there  is  no  similarity  between  Sycon  tenellum,  as  it 
should  now  be  called,  and  the  new  genera  with  "  linked  "  chambers. 

The  new  genus  Streptoconus*  in  the  family  Staurorrhaphidse,  corresponds  with 
Sycon  in  the  Sycettid«, 

The  new  genera  Achramorpha  f  and  Megapogon^  in  the  family  Staurorrfuiphidee 
correspond  with  Grantia  and  Leucandra  in  the  Grantiidse. 

Dendy's  sub-genus  Grantiopns  is  transferred  from  the  Grantiidse  to  the  Staurorrha- 
j'hiilx,  because  the  only  species  (Grantiopsin  cylindrical)  contains  chiactines. 

TERMINOLOGY.  —  The  following  terms  are  used  to  describe  the  different  pans 
and  passages  by  which  the  water  passes  through  the  sponge  :— 

Ostia.  —  The  pores  in  the  dermal  membrane  through  which  the  water  first  enter*  the  sponge. 

Prosopylts.  —  The  openings  in  the  flagellated  chamben  bj  which  the  water  enters  them. 

Apopyle*.  —  The  openings  in  the  flagellated  chambers  by  which  the  water  leaves  them. 

Ports.  —  This  is  a  new  term  used  to  describe  the  openings  in  the  gastral  membrane  by  which  the 
water  passes  from  the  excnrrent  chambers  into  the  giwtral  cavity. 

Port  is  only  used  in  a  general  sense  for  any  of  the  above. 

Inairrent  rhambrrs.—Thc  large  spaces  sometimes  found  under  the  dermal  cortex.  The  wmter 
enters  them  by  the  ostia  and  leaves  them  by  the  incnrrent  canals. 

Infvrrrnt  canals.  —  The  passages  by  which  the  water  reaches  the  ontaidc  of  the  flagellated 
chambers.  They  communicate  with  the  outside  water  either  through  the  ostia  or  directly. 

Excurrml  canals.—  The  passages  by  which  the  water,  leaving  the  flagellated  chambers  through 
the  apopyles,  reaches  the  gastral  cavity  or  oscule. 

Hffurrent  chambers—  The  spaces  sometimes  found  outside  the  gastral  membrane  into  which 
•eveml  excnrrent  canals  or  several  apopyles  open.  The  water  flows  out  of  them  through  port*  into 
the  gastral  cavity. 

0»cwfo.—  The  opening  by  which  the  water  finally  leaves  the  sponge.  It  may  be  at  the  end  of  one 
or  more  excnrrent  canals,  or  at  the  top  of  the  pwtral  cavity. 

Oscular  collar.—  A.  thin  tubular  extension  of  the  body  wall,  without  flagellated  chambers,  leading 
to  the  oscule. 

The  most  interesting  features  of  the  collection  are  :— 

(a)  The  large  number  of  species  (9)  containing  chiactinc  spicules. 
(6)  The  five  new  species  with  "  linked  "  flagellated  chambers. 

(c)  A  remarkable  sponge,  Mtgapogon  rillosiu,  with  larger  spicules  than  any  hitherto  recorded  for 
a  calcareous  sponge.  The  oxea  are  upwards  of  15  mm.  long. 


,  twisted  ;  ««MW  ,  a  cone.  t  «»>•*,  »  P***  :  »«***  '<*». 

gw»t  ;  »«y»r,  •  beard. 


6  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

(d)  The  development  of  the  gelatinous  mesoderm  in  Leucimdra  gelatinosa. 

(e)  The  duplicate  ovum,  apparently  a  new  type  of  egg  cell,  in  Hegapogon  raripilvs. 

Locality. — All   the  specimens  were  taken,  at  various  dates,  in  Winter  Quarters 
and  most  of  them  from  shallow  waters. 


PART  II. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPECIMENS  WITH  DEFINITIONS  OF  THE  NEW  GENERA  AND 

SPECIES. 

GRADE  HOMOCOELA  POL. 
J?AMILY  CLATHKINIDAE  MINCHIN. 

CLATHRINA  PRIMORDIALIS. 
Ascetta  primordMis  Haeckcl  (3),  Vol.  II.,  p.  1G. 

There  is  one  small  broken  specimen  of  this  species  in  the  collection.  In  colour 
it  is  yellow  as  preserved  in  spirits.  The  spicules  agree  exactly  with  Haeckel's 
description. 

CLATHRINA  CORIACEA. 
Ascel/a  coriacea  Haeckel  (3),  Vol.  II.,  p.  24. 

There  are  two  small  broken  specimens  of  this  species  in  the  collection.  In  colour 
they  are  yellow,  as  preserved  in  spirits.  The  spicules  agree  exactly  with  Haeckel's 
description. 

FAMILY  LEUCOSOLENIID^  MINCHIN. 
LEUCOSOLENIA  COMPLICATA. 

Leucosolenia  complicata  Minchin  (8),  p.  860. 

There  are  five  pieces  of  sponges  of  this  species  in  the  collection.  The  spiculation 
agrees  closely  with  the  revised  description  given  by  Minchin. 

LEUCOSOLENIA  DISCOVERY!. 
(Plate  XXVIII.,  Figs.  12-13.) 

There  are  about  twenty-five  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection. 
Its  appearance  and  habit  of  growth  are  admirably  shown  in  Fig.  12,  drawn  by  Professor 
Minchin.  Its  colour  is  white  as  preserved  in  spirits.  The  oscular  tubes  in  some 
specimens  attain  a  length  of  9  mm.  and  a  diameter  (flattened)  of  1  mm. 


CALCAREA  7 

Spicules  (Fig.  13). 
The  following  description  is  due  to  Professor  Mim  hin  :— 

ft.™/.— The  monaxon  spicules  of  this  species  are  very  constant  and  characteristic. 
They  are  divisible  at  the  outset  into  (</)  ordinary  and  (b)  refringent  nionaxons : — 

(«»)  The  ordinary  monaxons  are  curved  and  vary  greatly  in  dimensions,  from 
about  100  p.  to  450  M  or  more  in  length,  and  from  3  ft  to  16  M  in  thick  ness, 
Every  possible  gradation  is  to  be  found  l>etwecn  the  greatest  extremes  in 
size,  so  that  it  is  not  possible  to  divide  these  spicules  into  different  classes 
The  -haft  is  thickest  near  the  proximal  end,  which  is  also  nearly  straight 
for  rather  more  than  half  the  length;  from  this  point  the  shaft  curvet 
evenly,  and  tapers  slightly,  towards  the  distinct  lance-head,  which  usually 
shows  very  plainly  the  form  of  a  double  l>cnd,  especially  in  the  smaller 
examples  of  this  type  of  spicule.  Among  the  ordinary  nionaxons  there  are 
always  a  very  few  P  type  monaxons  :  these  are  very  rare,  and  only  one  or 
two  are  usually  found  in  a  whole  spicule  slide. 

(b)  The  refringent  monaxons  are  much  scarcer  than  the  ordinary  type,  but  they 

are  easily  found,  as  their  optical  peculiarity  makes  it  easy  to  distinguish 
them  from  the  others,  especially  under  a  low  power  of  the  microw-ope. 
Like  the  ordinary  monaxous,  they  show  a  wide  range  of  variation  in  size, 
from  small  to  very  large.  Their  form  in  similar  to  that  of  the  ordinary 
monaxons  in  a  general  way,  but  shows  certain  constant  peculiarities ;  the 
shaft  is  very  slightly  curved,  sometimes  nearly  perfectly  straight;  the 
proximal  swelling  of  the  shaft  contrasts  more  sharply  with  the  distal 
extremity,  which  is  often  very  slender  and  tapers  down  rapidly  about  half- 
way from  the  proximal  end  ;  and  the  lance-head  tends  to  lie  rudimentary 
or  even  quite  absent  By  these  special  features  the  spicules  can  easily  be 
recognised  as  a  distinct  class,  apart  from  their  characteristic  appearance 
under  the  microscope. 

Triratliata. 

(c)  The  ordinary  triradiates  are  of  fairly   large  size,  in  form  very  similar  to 

those  of  Laicosolenia  crnnplicata,  with  the  unpaired  rays  markedly  longer 
than  the  paired  rays.  The  unpaired  ray  is  straight  and  slender,  varying  in 
length  from  about  1 1 0  /*  to  as  much  as  1 85  /i.  The.paired  rays  are  generally 
slightly  thicker  than  the  unpaired,  sometimes  distinctly  so ;  they  curve 
symmetrically,  first  in  a  backward  direction  for  the  proximal  two-thirds  of 
their  length,  then  forwards  for  the  distal  third  ;  in  length  they  vary  from 
100/t  to  145  M,  the  average  length  l>eing  about  mid-way  between  these  two 
extremes.  The  anterior  angle  is  an  open  one,  but  the  lateral  angles  are 
always  greater  than  right  angles,  the  spicules  never  l>eing  T-shaped  as  in 

YOU  IT.  ^     I 


C.   F.  JENKIN. 

botryoides.     In  young  specimens  the  triradiates  are  generally  smaller  and 
more  slender  than  in  the  larger  colonies. 

Quadriradiates. 

(d)  These  spicules  are  generally  much  scarcer  than  the  simple  triradiates,  but 
can  always  be  found.  Their  facial  rays  are  similar  to  the  triradiates,  with 
perhaps  slightly  less  tendency  to  elongation  of  the  unpaired  rays.  The 
gastral  ray  is  short  or  of  moderate  length,  laterally  compressed,  and  set 
well  back  on  the  unpaired  facial  ray ;  its  proximal  end  runs  straight 
upwards  for  about  two-thirds  of  its  length,  then  the  shaft  curves  forwards, 
the  distal  extremity,  however,  being  again  nearly  straight. 

Speculation  of  the  Oscular  Rim. 

The  skeletal  spicules  of  the  oscular  rim  appear  to  be  quadriradiates  alone. 
They  are  of  Relatively  small  size  and  slender  dimensions ;  the  lateral  angles 
are  very  nearly  or  even  quite  right  angles,  so  that  the  spicule  is  more  or 
less  T-shaped  ;  the  unpaired  rays  are  always  distinctly  longer  than  the  paired, 
the  latter  being  strongly  curved,  and  the  gastral  rays  are  relatively  long. 

The  monaxons  of  the  oscular  rim  are,  with  rare  exceptions,  of  the  smallest  size. 
Both  ordinary  and  refringent  monaxons  are  found  ;  the  former  differ  from 
those  in  other  parts  in  the  slenderness  of  the  shaft,  the  proximal  end  of 
which  is  scarcely  or  not  at  all  swollen.  The  refringent  monaxons  in  this 
region  are  also  very  slender  and  sharp. 

LEUCOSOLENIA  MINCHINI. 
(Plate  XXVIIL,  Figs.  14-15.) 

There  are  about  eleven  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection,  most  of 
them  being  oscular  tubes  only,  with  very  little  root  tube.  Their  appearance  and  habit 
of  growth  are  well  shown  in  Fig.  14,  drawn  by  Professor  Minchin.  The  oscular 
tubes,  which  are  3  mm.  to  4  mm.  long,  are  usually  largest  towards  the  middle  of  their 
length.  Diameter,  flattened,  about  5  mm.  The  bulk  of  the  skeleton  spicules  are 
triradiates,  regularly  arranged  and  often  in  rather  open  order,  so  that  the  walls  have 
a  transparent  appearance.  The  oxea,  which  are  small,  usually  about  90  M  long  and 
never  exceeding  160/u,  are  usually  scarce,  and  in  some  specimens  almost,  if  not  entirely, 
wanting.  In  the  specimens  with  plentiful  oxea  there  is  a  fringe  round  the  oscule, 
see  Fig.  15,  but  in  the  specimens  with  few  oxea  there  is  little  or  no  fringe. 

Spicules  (Fig.  15). 

Oxea. — There  are  two  sorts  of  oxea,  ordinary  and  refringent  :— 
(a)  Ordinary  oxea,   straight  or  slightly  curved,  with  a  lance  head  which  is 
usually  bent  slightly  to  one  side,  60  M  to  IGO/x  long  x  3/x  to  6/x  thick. 


•  \ir\i:r.\ 

I  'MMKineflt  sfoe  is  90/u  long  x  4/u  to  SM  thick.     In  some  npocuncns 

tin-  maximum  size  is  90 M  long. 

Am. •ii-  the  unliiiary  oxea  there  are  a  very  few  r  type  oxea.  It  is  uncertain 
whether  these  are  always  present  It  seems  probable  that  in  those 
.•ijMviim  ii-  in  which  the  oxca  arc  very  scarce  there  may  lie  none  of  P  type. 

(/»)  Rcfringent  oxea,  similar  to  the  smaller  and  thinner  sizes  of  (a)  and  usually 

nearly  straight 

'l'h»«  Trir<t<liates  ate  of  one  sort : — 

• 

(r)  Alate  triradiates,  with  the  basal  ray  longer  than  the  paired  rays.  Basal  ray 
straight,  tapering,  fairly  sharply  pointed,  90  M  to  140  M  long  x  5/»  to  10  M 
thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  bent  very  slightly  downwards,  tapering  slightly 
for  about  two-thirds  of  their  length,  then  fairly  sharply  pointed,  50  M  to 
90  M  long  x  5ft  to  7  A*  thick  ;  oral  angle  130°  to  140°. 

The  Qtuidriniiliate*  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(</)  Alate  quadriradiates,  facial  rays  the  same  as  the  triradiates  (c).  Apical 
ray  sharply  pointed. 

Oscular  spicules : — 

(«*)  Oxea  from  the  fringe,  like  (a)  but  shorter,  with  bluntly  pointed  lance  heads, 

55  M  to  65  M  long  x  5  M  to  6  M  thick. 
(/)  Quadriradiates  from  the  oscular  e<lgc  like  (»/),  but  of  the  smallest  size,  the 

paired  rays  rather  more  bent     Oral  angle  160°. 

GRADE  HETEROCOELA  POL. 

FAMILY   8YCETTIDAE  DKNDY. 

TENTHRKNODW. 

A  Sycettid  in  which  the  radial  chambers,  with  freely  projecting  distal  cones,  are 
"  linked  "  so  as  to  form  a  reticulated  pattern  round  the  large  inter-canals. 

This  genus  contains  two  species.  In  both  these  species  the  sponge  is  in  the  form 
of  a  tube,  usually  more  or  less  bent,  the  cross-section  being  probably  circular  when 
alive,  though  it  is  considerably  flattened  in  some  of  the  preserved  specimens.  The 
diameter  of  the  tube  is  greatest  near  the  middle  of  its  length.  It  tapers  to  the  base, 
which  is  rounded  off,  and  also  to  the  top,  which  terminates  in  the  oscule.  The  interior 
of  the  tube  forms  the  gastral  cavity.  The  inner  or  gastral  layer  is  supported  by  a 
special  skeleton  of  tri-  and  quadriradiates,  the  apical  rays  projecting  into  ^thc  gastral 
cavity.  Outside  the  gastral  layer  stand  the  flagellated  chambers,  pointing  more  or 

2  I  2 


10  C.   F.   JENKIN. 

less  radially,  and  "  linked  "  into  a  meshwork  pattern.  They  communicate  with  the 
gastral  cavity  either  in  groups  through  excurrent  chambers  (T.  scotti)  or 
independently  (T.  antarcticus). 

TENTHRENODES  SCOTTI.* 
(Plate  XXVIL,  Fig.  9;  and  Plates  XXVIII.  and  XXIX.,  Figs.  16-27.) 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection,  the  larger  one  perfect, 
the  smaller  one  a  broken  fragment.  Both  were  fixed  in  osmic  acid  and  preserved  in 
alcohol.  The  larger  and  perfect  specimen  is  referred  to  in  the  following  description. 

The  sponge  as  preserved  is  flattened  so  that  the  opposite  walls  are  in  contact.  Its 
shape  in  this  flattened  condition  is  shown  in  Fig.  16.  The  length  is  115  mm.  and 
the  diameter  (flattened)  32  mm.  The  colour  is  brown,  owing  to  the  osmic  acid,  and 
was  probably  white  in  life. 

The  whole  surface  is  covered  with  a  conspicuous  honeycomb  pattern  due  to  the 
linking  of  the  flagellated  chambers.  When  slightly  magnified  the  pattern  is  seen  to 
consist  of  a  principal  network  of  larger  and  deeper  meshes  divided  by  a  finer  network 
of  shallower  meshes  (see  Fig.  9).  To  the  naked  eye  the  meshes  appear  to  be  smooth. 
The  pattern  extends  up  to  the  oscular  edge,  the  size  of  the  meshes  diminishing 
gradually  from  the  middle  of  the  sponge  to  the  oscule. 

Canal  System. — The  flagellated  chambers  communicate  through  contractile 
apopyles  with  excurrent  chambers,  which  open  through  irregular  ports  into  the  gastral 
cavity.  The  canal  system  is  extremely  difficult  to  make  out  in  this  species,  owing  to 
the  very  irregular  shapes  of  the  flagellated  chambers  near  their  bases  and  the  erratic 
way  in  which  they  are  crowded  together.  The  presence  of  the  .excurrent  chambers  can 
be  ascertained  most  easily  by  examining  the  gastral  surface  under  a  low  power.  The 
ports  in  the  gastral  wall  are  largo  enough  to  allow  the  interiors  of  the  excurrent 
chambers  to  be  inspected  and  two  or  three  of  the  apopyles  to  be  seen  in  each. 
Sections  cut  either  perpendicular  or  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  sponge  are  almost 
useless  for  demonstrating  the  structure,  but  serial  tangential  sections  enable  the 
actual  connections  to  be  followed  satisfactorily  and  bring  out  the  peculiar  "  linked  " 
arrangement  of  the  chambers  admirably.  Figs.  17-20  represent  corresponding  parts 
of  four  tangential  sections  chosen  for  illustration  from  a  complete  series ;  Fig.  17  shows 
the  ports  in  the  gastral  layer  ;  Fig.  1 8  the  grouping  of  the  chambers  in  the  sub-gastral 
layer;  Fig.  19  the  grouping  higher  up,  where  both  large  and  small  meshes  occur; 
Fig.  20  the  grouping  on  the  surface,  where  only  large  meshes  occur,  the  smaller 
ones  not*  reaching  so  high;  the  section  includes  the  tops  of  most  of  the  chambers, 
but  a  few  project  further  and  therefore  appear  cut  through.  Several  groups  of  cells 
are  numbered,  and  may  be  followed  from  one  section  to  another. 

In  order  to  show  the  structure  more  clearly,  the  group  of  flagellated  chambers  com- 

*  This  species,  represented  by  the  finest  specimen  in  the  collection,  is  named  after  the  distinguished  leader 
of  the  Expedition, 


cM.i'ARBA.  II 

tl>''  Urgent  excurrent  c-haniU-r  in  Kip.  18  in  shown  in  Figs.  Zl-'2-\  <>n  a 
I        II    n-preaente  the  subgastrnl  structure,  and  shown  the  evils  gnmpe«1 
r.. mi. I    nul    partly   over   the  excurrent   chamber:    the   section    includes    the   bottom 
.li:i|ihragms  and  apopyles  of  five  of  the  flagellated  chambers     The  excurrent  chamber 

.U  1«  l<.w  these  apopyh-,  l.ut  exactly  how  far  cannot  be  seen.  The  position  of  the 
]x>rt  in  the  gastral  layer,  which  is  much  smaller  than  the  full  extent  of  the  excurrent 
.  h  mil »T.  is  shown  by  the  dotted  line.  Fig.  22  represents  the  next  section  higher,  and 
in. -lades  the  top  of  the  excurrent  chamber  with  one  apopyle ;  the  second  apopyle 
1  ..•!,, n-nii;  to  flagellated  rhamber  K  cannot  U>  clearly  made  out  and  has  not  been 
shown,  thou-_'h  it  mast  l>e  present  Fig.  23  shows  the  same  group  of  rhaml>ers  higlu-r 
up  and  Fig.  '_' 4  higher  still. 

Skeleton.  —The  gastral  skeleton  is  a  dense  felt  of  large  quadriradiates,  with  the 
basal  rays  pointing  in  all  directions,  though  the  majority  point  more  or  less  towards 
tin-  l«se  of  the  sponge.  The  apical  rays,  which  arc  very  sharp,  project  into  the  gastrnl 
.  u\it\.  The  arrangement  of  the  spioules  is  shown  in  Fig.  26,  which  represents  the 
same  port  that  is  shown  in  Fig.  21  ;  in  this  drawing  only  a  certain  number  of  the 
>]>i. -nl«'s  a.  tiiiillv  present  are  drawn.  The  large  number  of  the  distorted  r  spiculet  is 
rather  irnmrkaMe.  The  articulated  tubar  skeleton  is  formed  of  triradiates  which  arc 
bent  over  the  distal  end  of  the  chamber,  forming  a  thick  rounded  end  and  not  a  cone. 
The  tops  of  contiguous  flagellated  chambers  are  joined  together  by  the  fusion  of  their 
skeletons,  which  thus  form  a  sort  of  dermal  cortex,  cf.  Fig.  20,  similar  to  that  in  genus 
Dtrmatreton.  In  the  present  species,  however,  the  flagellated  chambers  are  of  different 
lengths,  and  consequently  the  dermal  cortex  is  very  irregular  and  not  clearly  defined, 
so  that  it  seems  advisable  to  include  it  in  Tenthrenwle*  rather  than  Dermatreton. 
Roun-1  the  distal  ends  of  the  chamtars  there  are  rings  of  oxea  which  project  slightly. 

The  oscular  skeleton  differs  very  little  from  the  normal  gastral  and  dermal 
.-k.-h-t.iii8.  The  quadriradiates  are  rather  smaller  than  the  ordinary  gastral 
quadriradiates.  There  is  a  thick  fringe  of  hair  oxea.  The  meshwork  of  flagellated 
chambers  extends  right  up  to  the  oscular  edge,  terminating  in  a  scolloped  edge. 
Fig.  25  represents  a  longitudinal  section  through  the  oscule  at  a  point  where  the 
mesh  reaches  the  edge. 

Spicules  (Fig.  27). 

The  Oxea  are  of  one  sort  : 

(a)  Projecting  oxea,  160/i  to  24 OM  long  x  10/t  to   15  M  thick,  slightly  and 

irregularly  bent,  thickest  towards  the  outer  end,  which  is  bluntly  pointed  ; 
the  inner  end  is  rather  more  sharply  pointed 

The  Triradiate*  are  of  one  sort  : 

(b)  Alate    triradiates   from    the    body-wall   and   dermal   cortex.     Basal    rays 

straight,  tapering  to  a  sharp  point,  90  p  to  330  M  long  x  9  M  thick.     Paired 
rays,  unequal  (appearing  the  more  so  owing  to  folding),  bent  slightly 


12  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

upwards,  80 /A  to  150  M  long  x  8  to  10  M  thick.  Oral  angle  110°  to  125°. 
Occasionally  a  T  shaped  variety  is  found. 

The  Quadriradiates  are  of  one  sort : 

(c)  Large   alate    quadriradiates  from    the    gastral   layer.     Basal   ray    straight, 

tapering  uniformly  to  a  very  sharp  point,  420  M  to  680  M  long  x  10 /A 
thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  bent  slightly  downwards  near  the  centre,  then 
straight,  330  AI  to  380  n  long  x  10  p.  to  11  n  thick.  Oral  angle  140°  to 
150°.  The  T  shaped  variety  is  fairly  common.  Apical  ray  slightly  bent 
orally,  sharply  pointed,  50  n  long  x  8  p,  to  12  M  thick.  Occasionally  the 
apical  ray  appears  to  be  wanting. 

Oscular  spicules. 

(d)  The  oscular  fringe  consists  of  hair  spicules  over  400  M  long. 

The  triradiates  are  the  same  as  (b) ;  the  quadriradiates  are  similar  to  (c),  only 
much  smaller.     The  projecting  oxea  are  the  same  as  the  smaller  sizes  of  (a). 

TENTHRENODES  ANTARCTICUS. 
(Plate  XXIX.,  Figs.  28-32.) 

There  are  three  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection ;  they  are  easily 
distinguished  by  the  naked  eye  from  T.  scotti,  owing  to  their  having  bare  basal  tubes 
and  bare  oscular  collars,  so  that  the  sponge  presents  the  appearance  of  an  oval  ball 
pierced  by  a  tube.  The  dimensions  of  the  three  specimens  are  : — 

11  mm.  long  x  3  mm.  diameter. 
4  mm.      „      x  1  '2  mm.    ,, 
10  mm.    „      x  1  •  6  mm.    ,, 

In  colour  they  are  white  as  preserved  in  spirits. 

The  flagellated  chambers  are  branched  near  their  proximal  ends,  and  each  opens 
directly  into  the  gastral  cavity  through  a  contractile  apopyle.  They  have  articulated 
skeletons  which  terminate  at  the  distal  end  in  freely  projecting  cones  of  triradiates, 
amongst  which  are  a  few  small  oxea  (see  Fig.  28). 

The  gastral  skeleton  (see  Fig.  29),  consisting  of  large  tri-  and  quadriradiates, 
extends  the  whole  length  of  the  tube. 

The  oscular  edge  has  a  very  regular  skeleton  of  small  quadriradiates  closely 
packed  together,  with  a  fringe  of  hair  oxea  (see  Fig.  30).  Unfortunately  the 
specimens  are  not  in  a  sufficiently  good  state  of  preservation  to  allow  the  exact 
structure  of  the  basal  tube  to  be  made  out.  There  are  indications  of  a  lining  of 
flagellated  cells  in  the  basal  tube,  continuous  with  the  lining  of  the  lowest  radial 
flagellated  chambers.  These  chambers  appear  to  arise  as  bulgings  of  the  gastral  layer. 


OALCARKA.  13 

It  i-  miliiitimatr  that  this  interesting  structure  cannot  be  made  out  with  certainty. 
Tlic  origin  of  (he  lla^cllatcd  chambers  no»r  the  osculc  can  lie  men  clearly  ;  an  isolated 
group  of  flagellated  cells  forms  outaide  the  gastral  layer,  and  over  this  a  few  triradiatett 
tiinl  oxea  grow  (nee  Fig.  31«i).  As  the  Hagcllated  chamber  grows  it  tips  up  the 
ii.itcs  and  oxea,  which  thus  begin  to  point  outward*  while  they  continue  to  grow 
(see  Fit:  -U6).  At  the  oscular  end  of  the  sponge  therefore  the  flagellated  chambers 
<1»  in  it  grow  as  divcrticula  of  the  gastral  layer,  nor  is  there  any  lining  of  flagellated 
"•IN  in  this  part  of  the  gastral  cavity. 

Spicules  (Fig.  32). 
The  Oxfa  are  of  one  sort : 

(a)  Small  projecting  oxea,  slightly  irregularly  bent,  faintly  hastate  at  the 
thinner  end,  bluntly  pointed  at  the  thicker  end.  70 M  to  210 M  long  x  CM 
I-  in  a  thick. 

radiates.     The  triradiates  are  of  two  sorts  :— 

(c)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  gastral  layer.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 
slightly,  then  pointed  ;  maximum  size  480  M  long  and  12  M  thick.  Paired 
rays  unequal,  slightly  irregularly  bent,  maximum  size  160  M  long  x  12  M 
thick.  Oral  angle  130°  to  135°. 

((/)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  tubar  skeleton.  Boaal  ray  straight,  tapering 
slightly,  then  pointed,  100/*  to  140ft  long  x  CM  to  7  n  thick.  Paired 
rays  nearly  equal,  straight,  70 M  long  x  CM  to  SM  thick.  Oral  angle  120° 
to  130°. 

The  Quadrirad  iales  are  of  one  sort  :— 

('•)  Alate  quadriradiutes  from  the  gastral  layer.  Banal  ray  straight,  tapering 
slightly,  then  bluntly  pointed,  320  M  to  480  M  long  x  10  M  to  12  M  thick. 
Paired  rays  unequal,  nearly  straight,  140 M  to  240 M  long  x  10  M  to  12 M 
thick.  Oral  angle  130°  to  140°.  Apical  ray  bluntly  pointed,  slightly  lient 
orally,  1:50 M  to  180 M  long,  oval  in  section,  SM  to  liV  thick  x  1'2 n  to 
16/u  deep.  In  side  view  the  apical  rays  sometimes  appear  swollen 
near  the  point,  the  depth  being  greater  than  at  the  junction  with  the 
facial  rays. 

Oscular  spicules  :— 

(/)  Quadriradiates  from  the  oscular  edge,  Imaal  ray  straight  or  slightly  bent 
Inckwards,  HO/*  to  140 M  long  x  SM  thick.  Paired  rays  about  equal, 
bending  downwards,  bluntly  pointed,  80  M  to  110M  long  x  10  M  thick. 
Oral  angle  145°  to  155°.  Apical  rays  short  and  sharply  pointed. 


14  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

The    triradiates   in    the   oscular    collar   are    similar   to   (c),    but   have   longer 
paired  rays. 

The  fringe  consists  of  :— 

(g)  Minute  oxea,  120  /u  long  x  1  M  to  2M  thick. 

FAMILY   GRANTIIDAE  DENDY. 
LEUCANDRA  Dendy. 

The  collection  contains  five  new  species  and  one  new  variety  belonging  to 
this  genus. 

The  genus  Leucandra,  as  defined  by  Dendy,  is  too  comprehensive  and  needs 
subdivision.  The  minute  structure  of  the  species  belonging  to  the  genus  has  not  been 
sufficiently  examined ;  the  wide  variations  in  the  development  of  the  mesoderm,  and 
also  the  arrangement  of  the  incurrent  and  excurrent  canals,  require  investigation. 
Some  notes  on  these  points  are  contained  in  Part  III. 

Want  of  accurate  knowledge  about  the  structure  makes  the  classification  of  the 
species  in  this  genus  difficult  and  uncertain.  The  species  Leucandra  frigida,  Leucandra 
brumalis,  and  Leucandra  gelatinosa  can  only  be  considered  as  provisional ;  Leucandra 
cirrata  and  Leucandra  hiberna  are  more  definitely  differentiated. 

LEUCANDRA  PRIMIGENIA,  H.  var.  leptoraphis. 

(Plate  XXIX.,  Figs.  33-34.) 
Lemetta  primujenia  Haeckel  (3),  Vol.  II.,  p.  118. 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  new  variety  in  the  collection.  The  larger  consists 
of  an  irregular  mass  of  anastomosing  branches  (Fig.  33),  dirty  white  in  colour  as 
preserved  in  spirits.  The  surface  is  mostly  smooth,  but  in  places  is  more  open  or 
spongy  in  structure.  The  branches  have  a  very  small  gastral  cavity  running  down 
them,  ending  in  inconspicuous  closed  oseules.  It  agrees  with  Haeckel's  description  of 
Leucetta  primigenia  (var.  isoraphis),  except  that  the  spicules  are  very  much  slenderer. 
Haeckel  gives  the  ratio  of  length  of  arm  to  thickness  as  10  to  12.  Polejaeff,  for  the 
'  Challenger '  specimens  of  Leucetta  primigenia,  which  he  calls  Leucetta  fruticosa,  gives 
the  ratio  12  to  15.  The  new  variety  has  the  ratio  25  to  40.  The  spicules  are 
shown  in  Fig.  34,  with  one  of  the  '  Challenger '  specimens  of  Leucetta  primigenia  for 
comparison  beside  them.  Haeckel  does  not  describe  the  alate  oscular  spicules,  which, 
in  the  new  variety,  differ  widely  from  the  normal  spicules,  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
figure.  These  spicules  lie  with  the  basal  rays  circumfereritially  round  the  oscule,  and 
not,  as  might  have  been  expected,  symmetrically. 

PolejaefFs  species,  Leucetta  dura,  cannot  now  remain,  since  it  is  only  based  on  the 
existence  of  an  oscule  which  was  supposed  not  to  be  always  present  in  Leucetta 
mici'oraphis. 


«  M.OARRA.  15 


Spicules  (Pig. 
Tin-  //••./'/  ipicuU*  are  of  one  sort  :-- 

i   It.  .jul.u  triradiataL  .  Rays  straight,  very  slender,  parallel,  bluntly  pointed, 
140M  to  200  n  long  x  4*   to  ?M  thick.     Ratio  of  length  to  tliirknew, 
to  40. 

The  Oscular  spicults  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(k)  Mate  triradiates,  strongly  folded.  Basal  ray  straight,  nearly  parallel, 
bluntly  pointed,  55  p  to  90  M  long  x  1  it.  to  SM  tliick.  Paired  rays  nearly 
straight  in  facial  view,  and  twice  bent  when  viewed  parallel  to  the  basal 
ray.  Tapering,  moderately  sharply  pointed,  90  M  to  140/*  long  x  8  M  to 
10  M  thick.  Oral  angle  105°  to  115°.  Angle  of  fold  110°. 

LEUCANDRA  KRIGIDA. 
(Plate  XXVII.,  Fig.  6,  and  Plate*  XXIX.  and  XXX.,  Figs.  35-40.) 

Thi-re  are  eleven  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  They  are  all  fig- 
shu|H-.l,  \\itli  the  oscule  at  the  thick  end  (see  Fig.  6).  The  surface  is  smooth,  pure  white 
and  rather  chalky  in  appearance.  They  vary  in  size  from  10  mm.  x  3  mm.  to 
30  mm.  x  10  mm.  (nee  Fig.  .15).  They  are  all  solid  to  the  touch,  though  they  vary 

much  in  texture  when  cut  open.  All  but  one  of  the  specimens  have  the  osculc 
completely  closed,  and  its  presence  is  only  indicated  externally  by  a  slight 
protuberance.  One  specimen,  21  mm.  long  x  7  mm.  diameter,  has  the  osculc  open  ;  it 
is  2  mm.  in  diameter,*  and  is  surrounded  by  a  short  spiculated  membranous  collar  (see 
Fig.  39). 

Tlu-  canal  .system  varies  considerably  in  the  different  Kpecimens  ;  in  some  there  it* 
.1  wide  gaatral  cavity  with  large  branching  canals  opening  into  it,  while  in  others  there 
is  no  gastral  cavity,  the  excurrent  canals  all  converging  to  the  oscule.  In  cross-section 
tlu-  >JM-.  iiiH-as  differ  less  than  might  Iw  expected,  for  the  gastral  cavity  appears  to  lie 
divided  by  delicate  septa,  which  give  the  whole  section  a  mesh'work  appearance  even 
when  longitudinal  sections  show  a  large  cavity. 

The  excurrent  canals  are  usually  surrounded  with  a  fairly  distinct  skeleton  of 
Iri  radiates,  among  which  are  a  few  quadriradiates. 

The  incurrent  canal  system  is  made  up  of  a  series  of  very  irregular  spaces  leading 
from  the  surface  into  the  rather  more  regular  longitudinal  canals  ;  these  run  parallel 
to  the  excurrent  canals,  from  which  they  may  Ite  distinguished  by  their  lest* 
pronounced  skeleton,  which  never  contains  quadriradiates. 

The  bulk  of  the  skeleton  consists  of  regular  triradiates  ;  the  quadriradiates  round 
the  gastral  cavities  and  excurrent  canals  are  very  constant  in  size.  In  some  specimens 
tin  -y  arc  so  rare  that  they  can  only  be  found  with  great  difficulty.  The  apical  rays, 
which  are  slender  and  crooked,  project  into  the  canals. 

VOUIT.  2     K 


16  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

Spicules  (Fig.  40). 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(«)  Approximately  regular  triradiates.  Rays  straight,  tapering,  rather  bluntly 
pointed,  130  yu  to  310  M  long  x  10  M  to  20  M  thick.  One  of  the  rays  is 
occasionally  rather  longer  than  the  other  two,  the  maximum  ratio  observed 
being  5/4.  Very  rarely  one  of  the  rays  is  shorter  than  the  other  two,  the 
maximum  ratio  observed  being  3/2.  The  angles  in  all  cases  are  almost 
exactly  equal ;  r  forms  are  occasionally  found. 

The  rare  Quadriradiates  are  of  two  sorts  :— 

(l>)  Approximately  regular  quadriradiatcs  from  the  lining  of  the  excurrent 
canals  and  gastral  cavities.  Facial  rays  straight,  slender,  slightly 
tapering,  bluntly  pointed,  IGOjU  to  200  M  long  x  9 /u  to  12 /x  thick.  Angles 
equal,  120°.  Apical  rays  slender,  wavy,  sharply  pointed,  280  M  long  x  8/u 
to  9  M  thick. 

(c)  Abnormal  quadriradiates  apparently  due  to  the  growth  of  a  very  short 
apical  ray  on  one  of  type  (a)  triradiates. 

LEUCANDRA  BRUMALIS. 
(Plate  XXX.,  Figs.  41-43.) 

There  are  five  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  They  have  no  very 
definite  shape  (see  Figs.  41  and  42),  but  all  are  considerably  longer  than  they  are 
broad,  and  each  has  a  single  small  gastral  cavity,  surrounded  at  the  upper  end  by  a 
small  membranous  collar  about  2 '5  mm.  long.  They  are  smooth  and  white  as 
preserved  in  alcohol.  The  consistency  of  the  sponge  is  fairly  solid. 

Canal  System. — There  are  small  incurrent  chambers  under  the  dermis, 
communicating  with  irregular,  more  or  less  radial,  incurrent  canals.  The  excurrent 
canals  are  also  more  or  less  radial,  opening  into  the  gastral  cavity. 

The  Skeleton  consists  of  slender  regular  triradiates  with  a  few  regular 
quadriradiates  round  the  gastral  cavity.  The  apical  rays,  which  project  into  the 
gastral  cavity,  are  very  slender  and  crooked,  the  point  being  usually  bent  rather 
sharply. 

This  species  resembles  Leucaltis  pumila,  var.  Bleekii  (H),  but  the  triradiates  are 
much  smaller  and  slenderer,  while  the  quadriradiates  are  regular  instead  of  irregular. 

Spicules  (Fig.  43). 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(a)  Regular  triradiates,  rays  straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  fairly  sharp  point, 
170  p.  to  180  p.  long  x  6/t  to  10/t  thick. 


CALCARKA.  17 

Tin-  Qiuttlrinuliate*  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(A)  Regular  quadriradiates  of  varying  size  from  the  lining  of  the  cxcurrcut 
canak  Facial  rays  almost  straight,  tapering  to  a  point  60  M  to  180/a 
long  x  4  M  to  8  M  thick.  Apical  ray  very  slightly  wavy,  sharply  pointed. 
The  point  usually  bent  a  little  to  one  side,  50  M  to  120/u  long  x  SM  to 
4  M  thick. 

LEDCAXDRA  CKLATINOSA. 
(Plate  XXX.,  Figs.  44-53.) 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection  ;  one  fixed  in  osmic 
arid,  which  is  therefore  brown,  and  the  other  in  spirits,  which  in  quite  white.  The 

istency  is  firm  and  the  surface  smooth.  The  general  shape  of  the  larger  specimen 
shown  in  Fig.  44  is  irregular  and  contorted,  suggesting  a  tul>crou8  root ;  the  oscule, 
which  is  entirely  closed,  is  at  the  top  of  the  dome-shaped  end.  The  diameter  of  this 
part  of  the  specimen  is  1 1  mm.  ;  the  smaller  specimen  is  in  the  form  of  a  nxl  24  mm. 
long,  nearly  straight,  rounded  off  at  the  oscular  end,  which  is  4  mm.  diameter,  and 
tapering  gradually  to  the  lower  end,  which  is  2  mm.  diameter. 

The  mass  of  the  sponge  is  formed  of  the  solid  gelatinous  mcsoderm,  which  is 
ivmarkably  developed  in  this  species,  and  the  incurrent  and  excurrcnt  canals  are  reduced 
to  definite  pipes  lined  with  epithelium  in  this  jelly.  There  is  no  gastral  cavity,  the 
numerous  excurrent  canals  converge  to  the  oscule  in  the  top  of  the  domed  end  These 
canals  are  regular  circular  pipes  of  small  section  lined  with  an  extremely  elastic 
epithelium,  which  has  contracted  to  such  an  extent  as  to  almost  close  the  lumens  of  the 
canals  (see  Figs.  45  and  46). 

The  flagellated  chamlwrs  arc  scattered  throughout  the  Ixidy  of  the  sponge  and 
communicate  with  the  excurrent  canals  by  means  of  narrow  outlet  pipes.  The  outlet 
pipes  from  several  flagellated  chamliers  usually  join  together  before  they  open  into  the 
main  excurrent  canals.  These  small  outlet  pipes  are  lined  with  elastic  epithelium, 
which  is  continuous  with  the  lining  of  the  main  excurrent  canals,  so  that  when  the 
main  canals  close  the  small  pipes  are  stretched  out  lengthwise  in  order  to  maintain  their 
connection  with  the  central  lumen  of  the  main  canal  (see  Fig.  46). 

There  are  a  large  number  of  small  ostia  (see  Fig.  48),  close  together  all  over 
tin-  dermal  surface  (see  Fig.  47),  which  communicate  through  narrow  nmMgM  (see 
Fig.  49)  with  irregular  branching  chamtars  under  the  dermal  cortex ;  these  in 
turn  lead  into  the  incurrent  canals  which  run  as  irregular  pipes  radially  inwards,  and 
communicate  with  more  regular  circular  canals  running  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
sponge.  These  canals  have  not  contracted.  The  flagellated  chamlxjrs  are  often  situated 
close  against  the  incurrent  canals,  so  that  the  communication  is  direct,  presumably 
through  a  pore  cell  which,  in  the  contracted  condition  of  the  sponge,  is  closed.  When 
there  is  no  incurrent  canal  near  the  chaml>cr  a  narrow  branch  leads  from  the  incunvnt 
canal  to  the  flagellated  chamber  (see  Figs.  51,  52  and  53). 

2  K  2 


18  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

The  Skeleton  is  built  up  almost  entirely  of  regular  triradiates,  but  among  the 
triradiates  lining  the  excurrent  canals  there  are  a  very  few  regular  quadriradiatcs  with 
slender,  wavy,  apical  rays  projecting  inwards. 

The  oscule  is  closed  by  the  folding  in  of  a  thin  oscular  collar  which,  when  open, 
probably  stands  erect  as  a  short  tube.  The  collar  has  a  thin  skeleton  of  triradiates. 

Spicules  (Fig.  50). 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(a)  Regular  triradiates  of  widely  differing  sizes.    Rays  almost  perfectly  straight, 

but  not  quite,  tapering  moderately  to  near  their  ends,  then  sharply  pointed, 
140  M  to  320  M  long  X  10  n  to  20  M  thick. 

The  rare  Quadriradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(b)  Regular  quadriradiates  from  the  lining  of  the  excurrent  canals.     Facial  rays 

equal,  straight,  tapering  moderately  to  near  their  ends,  then  sharply  pointed, 
110  M  long  x  8  M  thick.  Apical  rays  wavy,  sharply  pointed,  80  M  to  100  M 
long  X  3  M  to  8  M  thick. 

LEUCANDRA  CIRRATA. 
(Plate  XXXI.,  Figs.  54-56.) 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection,  one  complete,  the 
other  much  distorted,  and  possibly  only  a  portion  of  a  complete  sponge.  The  follow- 
ing description  applies  to  the  complete  specimen.  The  sponge  is  ovoid  in  shape, 
8*5  mm.  x  3  mm.,  and  is  white  as  preserved  in  spirits.  It  is  completely  covered  by 
long,  angularly  bent  projecting  oxea,  which  to  the  naked  eye  give  the  surface  the 
appearance  of  being  covered  with  curling  hair. 

The  structure  of  the  body  wall  which  surrounds  a  large  gastral  cavity  is  shown  in 
Fig.  54.  The  gastral  skeleton  consists  of  triradiates  and  quadriradiates  lying 
tangentially  with  their  basal  ray  downwards  ;  the  body  skeleton  consists  of  sub- 
gastral  triradiates  and  the  inner  ends  of  the  projecting  oxea ;  the  dermal  skeleton  is 
strong,  consisting  of  about  eight  layers  of  triradiates,  irregularly  placed.  The  oxea 
and  sub-gastral  triradiates  are  arranged  in  groups  up  which  the  body  substance 
(flagellated  chambers)  creeps  to  the  dermis,  forming  as  it  were  columns  supporting  the 
cortex.  Between  these  columns  under  the  cortex  is  a  large  space  forming  an  incurrent 
chamber  which  is  continuous  over  the  whole  sponge. 

There  are  only  two  or  three  layers  of  the  flagellated  chambers,  which  are  roughly 
spherical,  between  the  gastral  and  dermal  membranes.  The  excurrent  canals  are  short 
and  simple.  . 

The  oscule  has  a  fringe  of  stumpy  oxea  (Fig.  56) ;  there  is  no  diaphragm. 


CALCAREA.  19 

Spicules  (Figs.  55  and  56). 
The  Oxea  an  off  on*  sort  :— 

(</)  Very  large  bent  projecting  oxea,  of  all  size*  from  400  M  to  1,830/t  long,  x 
20  M  to  33  M  thick,  pointed  at  both  ends,  usually  straight  for  alwut  two- 
thirds  of  their  length,  then  l>cnt  at  two  or  three  points  angularly,  the  end 
being  often  bent  through  a  total  angle  of  125°  from  the  axis  of  the 
straightcr  portion  of  the  spicnle.  The  [joints  where  the  angular  In-nds 
occur  are  often  marked  on  the  convex  Hide  by  flattened  areas,  a*  if  the 
spicule  had  Iwen  deflected  by  contact  with  a  plane  surface. 

The  Tri radiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(li)  Alate  tri  radiates  of  very  variable  Kha{x>.  There  is  no  distinction  lictwecu 
the  gastral,  Ixxly  wall  and  dermal  triradiatea.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering, 
sharply  pointed,  190^  to  360  M  long  x  10  M  to  14  M  thick.  Paired  rays 
straight  or  bent  slightly  up  or  down,  160^  to  220  M  long  x  10  M  to  14  M 
thick.  Tapering  slightly  and  rather  bluntly  pointed.  Oral  angle  110°  to 
145°. 

"idriradiate*. — There  is  one  sort  of  quudri radiate  :— 

(?)  Alatc  quadriradiates  from  the  gastral  cortex,  Iwsal  ray  straight,  tajtoring  to 
a  sharp  point,  280  M  long  x  12  M  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  slightly  bont 
upwards,  140  to  220^  long  x  10  to  12  M  thick.  Oral  angle  alnmt  130° 
folded  backwards,  i.e.  away  from  the  face  taaring  the  apical  ray.  Angle  of 
fold  about  170°.  Apical  ray  40 M  long  x  8  to  10 M  thick,  sharply  pointed, 
l>ent  orally. 

Oscular  spicules. 

(/)  The  oscular  fringe  consists  of  short  club-shaped  oxea  tapering  to  a  point  at 
the  inner  end  and  bent  near  the  outer  end,  which  is  rounded,  I  .'><>/«  to 
230 M  long  x  12  M  to  45  M  thick.  The  thicker  spicules  are  the  commonest. 
The  tri radiates  at  the  edge  have  an  oral  angle  of  nearly  180°. 

LKITANDRA  HIBKRNA.* 
(Plate  XXXI.,  Figs.  57-58.) 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection,  one  straight,  vase- 
sliajied.  7  mm.  x  l£  mm.,  the  other  bent  through  at  right  angle,  6  mm.  x  1  mm.  In 
colour  they  are  dull  yellow  as  preserved  in  spirits,  and  appear"  minutely  hispid  to  the 
naked  eye. 

Tin-  structure  of  the  l>ody  wall,  which  surrounds  a  large  gastral  cavity,  is  shown  in 

•  Most  of  the  specimens  were  OflBtlrtH  at  the  '  Diacovcrj '» '  Winter  Quarter*. 


20  C.   F.   JEN  KIN. 

Fig.  57.  The  gastral  skeleton  consists  of  quadriradiates  with  the  basal  ray  pointing 
downwards :  the  body  skeleton  consists  of  sub-gastral  triradiates  and  the  inner 
ends  of  the  projecting  oxea.  Among  the  sub-gastral  triradiates  there  are  a  very  few 
quadriradiates  exactly  like  the  triradiates,  except  for  the  development  of  the  apical  ray, 
which  is  roughly  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  other  rays,  and  does  not  project  into 
the  gastral  cavity. 

The  dermal  skeleton  consists  of  a  thin  layer  of  triradiates  with  the  basal  ray 
pointing  downwards. 

The  space  between  gastral  and  dermal  membranes  is  filled  up  with  three  or 
four  layers  of  spherical  flagellated  chambers  between  which  are  small  incurrent 
and  excurrent  canals.  There  are  no  large  incurrent  chambers  as  in  Leucandra 
cirrata. 

The  oscular  skeleton  consists  of  quadriradiates  with  an  oral  angle  of  nearly  180°  and 
oxea.  The  dermal  triradiates  do  not  reach  quite  up  to  the  edge.  The  thin  oxea  which 
form  the  fringe  are  straight,  with  hastate  ends.  Just  below  the  oscule  there  are  a  few 
very  short  stout  projecting  oxea,  similar  in  form  to  the  longer  ones  lower  down. 

Spicules  (Fig.  58). 

The  Oxed  are  of  one  sort : — 

(a)  Large  projecting  oxea,  bluntly  pointed  at  the  inner  end,  hastate  and 
sharply  pointed  at  the  outer  end,  nearly  straight  for  about  three-quarters 
of  their  length,  then  bent  at  the  outer  end,  260  n  to  670  M  long  x  12  M  to 
24  A*  thick  at  the  thickest  point.  The  thickness  varies  irregularly  along 
the  length. 

Triradiates. — There  are  two  sorts  of  triradiates  :— 

(6)  Sub-gastral  alate  triradiates.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a 
sharp  point,  160  M  to  200  M  long  x  6/«  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  more  or 
less  bent  downwards,  80  p.  long  x  6  M  to  8  /x  thick,  nearly  uniform  in 
thickness  all  along,  then  bluntly  pointed.  Oral  angle  135°  to  150°. 

(c)  Dermal  alate  triradiates.     Basal  ray  straight,  occasionally  shorter  than  the 

paired  rays,  60  M  to  200  M  long  x  8  p  to  1 1  p  thick,  tapering  slightly,  then 
bluntly  pointed.  Paired  rays  usually  differing  slightly  in  shape  and  size  ; 
bent  upwards  in  a  wide  sweep  at  the  centre  and  then  usually  slightly 
downwards  near  the  points.  100  M  to  140  n  long  x  9  M  to  12 /u,  thick. 
Oral  angle  105°  to  115°. 

The  Quadriradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(d)  Gastral  alate  quadriradiates.     Basal  ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a 

sharp  point.  100  p.  to  300 /x  long  x  8 /u,  to  12 /A  thick.  Paired  rays  equal, 
bending  upwards  in  a  wide  sweep  at  the  centre,  outer  half  straight,  80/u.  to 


CAI/URRA.  21 

180ft  long  x  9/t  to  13/i  thick.      Oral   nngle    120°.     Apical  ray  curved 
slightly  orally,  sharply  pointed,  80  p.  long  x  8  p.  tliirk. 

fipicidff. 

<  Fringe  oxea,  slender,  hastate,  straight   except   for  a  slight   bend  at   the 
junction  of  the  spear-head.      IGO/i  to  '240  p.  long  x  7  p.  to  $  p.  thick.     The 
maximum  thickness  is  just  l»clow  the  spear-head. 
)  Stumpy,  stout,  hastate  oxea,  from  just  lx?lo\v  the  edge,  similar  to  («)  140/i 

to  160  ft  long  x  14  ft  to  16  p.  thick. 

(//)  Small  quadriradiates  from  the  oscular  edge.  Basal  my  180/i  or  leas  x  8  p. 
to  10  fu  Paired  rays  equal,  sharply  pointed,  bending  slightly  downwards, 
70  p.  to  100  p.  long  x  8/1  to  10  p.  thick.  Ural  angle  155°  to  100°.  Apical 
ray  short,  sharply  pointed,  bent  slightly  orally. 

DKRMATRETON. 

Grantiids  in  which  the  radial  chambers  are  "  linked  "  so  as  to  form  a  reticulated 
pattern  round  the  large  inter-canals,  and  are  covered  with  a  continuous  reticulated 

c«irt«-\. 

The  definition  of  this  new  genus  in  the  family  Grantiulae  corresponds  to  that  of 
Tenthreiwdes  in  the  family  Sycettidaf. 

The  remarkable  reticulated  cortices  of  the  two  species  in  this  genus  are  shown 
in  Kigs.  61  and  71.  The  importance  of  the  "  linking  "  of  the  flagellated  chambers 
as  a  generic  characteristic  is  emphasised  by  the  fact  that  it  produces  a  corresponding 
tv|x>  of  cortex.  The  cortical  spicules  have  developed  from  the  distal  spicules  of 
tlu'  tubar  skeleton.  In  Grantia  the  inter-canals  are  small,  and  the  skeleton  bridges 
i iv.  r  them.  In  Dermatreton  the  inter-canals  are  too  large  to  be  bridged  over,  and 
a  reticulated  cortex  results. 

In  Wh  the  species  in  this  genus  the  sponge  is  in  the  form  of  a  tube  more  or  less 
I M-nt,  of  circular  cross-section,  the  maximum  diameter  being  near  the  middle.  The 
tube  tapers  gradually  to  the  base,  which  is  very  small,  and  also  to  the  upper  end, 
which  terminates  in  the  oscule.  The  interior  of  the  tube  forms  the  gastral  cavity. 
The  inner  <>r  gastral  layer  is  supported  by  a  special  skeleton  of  Urge  quadriradiates 
regularly  arranged,  with  the  basal  ray  pointing  downwards  and  the  apical  ray 
projecting  into  the  gastral  cavity.  Outside  the  gastral  layer  stand  the  flagellated 
cliaml>ers,  pointing  radially  outwards  and  linked  into  a  meshwork  pattern.  They 
communicate  with  the  gastral  cavity  either  independently  (D.  chartaceum)  or  in 
groups  through  excurrent  chambers  (D.  hodgsoni).  The  distal  ends  of  the  flagellated 
chambers  are  covered  by  a  reticulated  cortex,  which  follows  the  "  linked  "  pattern  of 
the  chambers.  Many  of  the  dermal  triradiates  lie  in  inclined  positions,  more  or  less 
eml>raciiig  the  rounded  tops  of  the  flagellated  chaml>ers.  It  thus  happens  not 


22  0.   F.  JEXKIN. 

infrequently  that  spicules  may  be  found  with  one  of  the  paired  rays  pointing  almost 
radially  inwards,  and  at  first  sight  suggesting  that  sub-dermal  triradiates  are  present 
(cf.  Fig.  59).  The  peculiar  shape  of  the  dermal  triradiates,  however,  makes  it  easy 
to  prove  that  it  is  always  a  paired  ray,  and  not  the  basal  ray,  which  is  centripetally 
directed. 

DERMATRETON  CHARTACEUM. 
(Plate  XXVIL,  Fig.  5,  and  Plates  XXXI.  and  XXXII.,  Figs.  59-64.) 

There  is  only  one  specimen  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  It  was  found  at 
a  depth  of  180  fathoms.  It  is  nearly  straight,  23  mm.  long  x  3  mm.  maximum 
diameter,  quite  white  as  preserved  in  alcohol,  and  has  the  appearance  of  a  delicate  paper 
tube  (see  Fig.  5).  The  walls  are  only  0  •  32  mm.  thick  at  their  thickest  point.  The 
reticulated  pattern  on  the  surface  is  too  small  to  be^readily  seen  with  the  naked  eye. 

The  structure  of  the  body  wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  59.  The  flagellated 
chambers  open  directly  into  the  gastral  cavity  through  contractile  apopylcs  (see 
Fig.  60).  The  skeleton  of  the  flagellated  chambers  consists  normally  of  a  single 
row  of  sub-gastral  triradiates,  but  there  is  occasionally  a  smaller  triradiate  half-way 
between  the  gastral  and  dermal  layers.  There  are  also  fine  hair  oxea,  not  shown  in 
the  figure,  surrounding  the  flagellated  chambers.  The  distal  ends  of  the  flagellated 
chamber  skeletons  are  strengthened  by  oxea,  which  project  a  short  distance  beyond  the 
dermis.  The  distal  ends  of  the  chambers  are  covered  by  a  reticulated  cortex  with  a 
skeleton  formed  of  curved  triradiates  (see  Fig.  63). 

The  gastral  skeleton  (Fig.  62)  is  formed  of  large  quadriradiates,  among  which 
there  are  a  very  few  which  appear  to  have  no  apical  ray. 

The  oscular  skeleton  is  shown  in  Fig.  61.  The  edge,  which  is  slightly 
everted,  is  formed  of  small  quadriradiates.  There  is  a  very  short  fringe  of  hair  oxea, 
amongst  which  are  a  few  stout  oxea  similar  to  those  in  the  body  wall.  The  dermal 
triradiates  extend  up  to  the  edge. 

Spicules  (Fig.  64). 

Oxea. — There  are  two  sorts  of  oxea  : — 

(a)  Projecting   oxea,    slightly  crooked,    slightly  hastate,    130/u  to  270  n  long 

x  11/u  to  16/x  thick. 
(ft)  Hair  oxea  about  1  /j.  thick. 

Triradiates. — The  triradiates  are  of  two  sorts  : — 

(c)  Alate  sub-gastral  triradiates  forming  the  tubar  skeleton.  Basal  ray  straight, 
tapering  to  a  moderately  sharp  point,  320  p.  to  700 /«  long  x  9/*  to  10/u 
thick.  Paired  rays  nearly  equal,  slightly  crooked,  100,u  to  160/«  long 
X  9  M  to  12  M  thick,  bluntly  pointed.  Oral  angle  variable  from  170°  to 
120° ;  strongly  folded  ;  angle  of  fold  120°  to  130°. 


CALCAREA. 

(d)  Alate  trinulintcs  from  the  dermal  corUsx.  Basal  ray  nearly  straight,  bluntly 
pointed,  80 /»  to  140  M  long  x  DM  to  10  M  thick.  Paired  rays  unequal, 
slightly  curved  upwards,  often  longer  than  the  basal  ray,  65 it  to  ISO/* 
long  x  SM  to  10  M  thick  Oral  angle  100°  to  110°. 

The  Qiinilrmulitites  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(f)  A  late  quadriradiates  from  the  gastral  layer.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 
uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  500  M  to  700  M  long  x  10  M  thick.  Paired  rays 
usually  equal,  slightly  bent  in  either  direction,  100 M  to  230 M  long  x  SM 
to  11  M  thick.  Oral  angle  130°.  Apical  ray  nearly  straight,  sharply 
pointed,  70  M  to  100  ft  long  x  6/u  thick. 

Oscular  spicules. — The  fringe  is  formed  of  oxea  of  types  (a)  and  (b). 
The  oscular  edge  is  formed  of  small  quadriradiates  similar  to  (f),  but  smaller. 
Basal  ray  lOOyu  long  x  8/1  thick.     Paired  rays  about  100/x  lotig. 

DKRMATRETON  HODOSONI.* 
(Plate  XXVII.,  Fig.  1,  and  Plate  XXXII.,  Figs.  65-74). 

There  is  only  one  specimen  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.     It  is  lient  and 
irregularly  swollen  (see  Fig.  I),  the  length  being  60  mm.  and  the  maximum  diameter 
14  mm.,  tapering  at  both  ends  to  about  3  mm.     It  is  quite  white  as  preserved  in 
alcohol.     To  the  naked  eye  the  surface  appears  to  be  smooth  and  minutely  reticulated 
The  walls  are  delicate,  only  1  mm.  thick  at  their  thickest  point 

The  structure  of  the  body  wall  is  partly  shown  in  Fig.  73.  The  flagellated 
chambers  open  through  contractile  apopyles  into  excurrent  chambers,  three  or  four  into 
each,  and  these  in  turn  communicate  with  the  gastral  cavity  through  large  irregular 
ports.  The  excurrent  chambers  have  no  proper  skeleton,  but  are  merely  spaces  left 
between  the  proximal  ends  of  the  chaml>ers  and  the  gastral  layer.  Four  of  the 
flagellated  chambers  opening  into  an  excurrent  chamber  arc  .shown  in  Fig.  66. 
The  skeletons  are  drawn  and  the  interior  linings  indicated  by  dotted  lines.  A  cross 
section  of  the  same  excurrent  chamber  is  shown  diagrammatically  in  Fig.  67.  The 
form  of  the  excurrent  chambers  varies  widely,  they  are  often  much  deeper  than  the 
one  illustrated.  The  flagellated  chaml>ers  have  ordinary  articulated  skeletons  of  many 
joints,  strengthened  at  the  distal  ends  by  oxea,  which  project  a  short  distance  beyond 
the  dermis,  and  also  by  long  hair  oxea,  which  project  with  the  thicker  oxea  and  extend 
inwards  nearly  to  the  gastral  layer.  The  "  linked  "  arrangement  of  the  flagellated 
chambers  is  shown  in  Figs.  68,  69  and  70.  Fig.  68  shows  the  ports  in  the  gastral  layer, 
Fig.  69  the  flagellated  chambers  just  above  the  gastral  layer,  and  Fig.  70  the  same 
chambers  higher  up,  arranged  in  a  "linked"  pattern.  All  three  figures  are  drawn 

•  The  author  venture*  to  name  this  specie*  after  Mr.  T.  V.  Hodgson,  the  biologist  of  the  Expedition,  to 
whose  untiring  industry  and  ingenuity  the  magnitude  of  the  collection  is  due. 

vou  iv.  2    L 


24  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

from  corresponding  portions  of  a  series  of  tangential  sections.  Several  of  the  chambers 
are  numbered,  and  may  be  traced  from  one  section  to  another.  The  distal  ends  of  the 
flagellated  chambers  are  covered  by  a  reticulated  cortex  with  a  skeleton  formed  of 
curved  triradiates  (see  Fig.  71). 

The  gastral  skeleton,  formed  of  large  quadriracliates,  is  shown  in  Fig.  72. 

The  oscular  skeleton  is  shown  in  Fig.  65.  The  quadriradiates  at  the  edge 
are  smaller  than  the  gastral  quadriradiates.  There  are  a  few  stout  oxea  and  hair  oxea 
projecting.  The  dermal  spicules  extend  to  the  edge. 

Spicules  (Fig.  74). 

Oxea, — There  are  two  sorts  of  oxea  :— 

(a)  Projecting  hastate  oxea,  slightly  crooked,   150 /A  to  240  p.  long  x  12  p.  to 

16 /A  thick,  bluntly  pointed  at  each  end. 
(i>)  Hair  oxea  of  considerable  length. 

Triradiates. — The  triradiates  are  of  two  sorts  : — 

(c)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  tubar  skeleton,  of  very  variable  size.     The  largest 

are  in  the  proximal  joint  of  the  skeleton,  and  they  diminish  towards  the 
distal  end,  where  they  change  into  type  (d).  Basal  ray  straight,  sharply 
pointed,  330 /A  long  x  9 /A  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  straight,  120 /A  long 
x  10  p  thick.  Oral  angle  of  sub-gastral  spicules  160°.  Oral  angle  of 
spicules  from  the  middle  of  the  tubar  skeleton  125°. 

(d)  Alate  triradiates  from  dermal  cortex.     Basal  ray  straight,  bluntly  pointed, 

70  p.  to  130  p.  long  x  10  p.  thick,  often  shorter  than  the  paired  rays. 
Paired  rays  equal,  straight  or  slightly  curved  upwards,  bluntly  pointed, 
forming  a  short  curve  in  the  centre  where  they  join  the  basal  ray,  130 /A 
to  140 /A  long  x  10  LI  thick.  Oral  angle  105°  to  110°,  strongly  folded; 
angle  of  fold  116°  to  130°. 

The  Quadriradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(e)  Alate  quadriradiates  from  the  gastral  layer.     Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 

uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  500  p.  to  850  p.  long  x  10  p.  to  llti  thick. 
Paired  rays  sometimes  very  unequal  in  length,  straight,  or  slightly  curved 
downwards,  150  p.  to  400  p,  long  x  9  M  to  12  p.  thick,  bluntly  pointed. 
Oral  angle,  135°  to  145°.  Apical  ray  sharply  pointed,  nearly  perpendicular 
to  the  facial  rays,  slightly  bent  orally  near  the  point,  7  p.  or  8  p.  thick. 

FAMILY  CHIPHORID^E.     nov. 

Definition. — Flagellated  chambers  elongated,  arranged  radially  around  a  central 
gastral  cavity,  their  ends  projecting  more  or  less  on  the  dermal  surface  and  not 


CALCAREA.  25 

covered  over  by  a  continuous  dermal  cortex.     The  tubar  skeleton  is  articulate,  the  first 
Joint  Itfinij  fortntd  of  chiactines. 

The  above  only  differs  from  Dendy's  definition  of  Syctttidse  by  the  addition  of  the 
words  in  italics. 

STRITTOOONUS. 

Chiphorids  in  which  the  radial  chamlwrs  are  usually  more  or  less  united  at  places 
where  they  come  in  contact  with  one  another,  and  are  always  crowned  at  the  distal 
extremity  with  tufts  of  oxeote  spicules.  The  tubar  skeleton  is  articulate,  the  first 
joint  being  formed  of  chiactines. 

The  definition  of  this  new  genus  in  the  Chiphoridse  corresponds  to  that  of  Sycon 
in  the  Sycettidee. 

STREPTOCONUS  AUSTRALIA 
(Plate  XXVII.,  Fig.  3,  and  Plates  XXXII.  and  XXXIII.,  Figs.  75-80.) 

There  are  three  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection  ;  all  are  small, 
shaped  like  a  Florence  flask  and  covered  with  long  projecting  oxea,  sec  Fig.  3.  They 
arc  white  as  preserved  in  spirits. 

Their  dimensions  are  between  7  mm.  x  3  mm.  and  10  mm.  x  4  mm. 

The  gastrnl  cavity  terminates  in  a  long  oscular  collar  2  mm.  to  3  mm.  long, 
with  slightly  everted  edge  crowned  with  a  fringe  of  slender  hastate  oxea. 

The  Inxly  wall  is  made  up  of  the  radial  flagellated  chambers  (sec  Fig.  75  ),  which 
touch  each  other  for  most  of  their  length  and  have  large  projecting  distal  cones 
crowned  by  tufts  of  long  slightly  l)ent  hastate  oxea  ;  these  oxea  converge  in  cones  over 
the  chambers,  and  then,  crossing  spirally,  spread  out  and  interlace.  Each  chamber 
opens  separately  into  the  gas t ml  cavity.  In  tangential  section  the  chambers  appear 
more  or  less  regularly  arranged  as  hexagons  with  triangular  intercanals. 

The  Skeleton. — The  whole  gastral  cavity  and  oscular  tul>e  is  lined  with  a  sparse 
layer  of  large  quadriradiates  (see  Figs.  77  and  79),  regularly  arranged  with  the  *Ttiiml 
ray  pointing  downwards  and  the  apical  ray  projecting  into  the  gastral  cavity  ;  the  apical 
ray  is  slightly  bent  orally.  A  few  of  these  large  radiates  appear  to  lack  the  apical  ray. 

The  radial  chambers  have  articulated  skeletons  (see  Fig.  75),  the  proximal  joint 
consisting  of  chiactines,  all  of  which  have  their  apical  rays  turned  towards  the 
flagellated  chamber,  so  that  when  looking  at  the  gastral  surface  the  apical  rays  appear 
to  form  a  protection  to  the  apopyle  (see  Fig.  79).  The  upper  joints  of  the  articulated 
skeleton  of  the  flagellated  chamber  consist  of  triradiates  of  ordinary  form.  The 
unpaired  rays  of  the  outermost  triradiates  project,  with  the  oxea,  forming  the  bases 
of  the  large  distal  tufts. 

The  oscular  collar  has  a  very  fragile  skeleton  consisting  of  large  qu  ad  ri  radiates 
widely  spaced  (see  Fig.  77).  On  the  outside  it  is  thinly  covered  with  long 
oxea  which  project  downwards  and  outwards  at  an  angle  of  about  45°  from  the  axis. 

2  L  2 


26  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

The  rim  of  the  tube  is  formed  by  a  ring  of  small  quadriradiates  regularly  and  closely 
packed,  with  the  unpaired  ray  downwards  and  apical  ray  inwards.  The  rim  is 
crowned  by  a  fringe  of  long  nearly  straight  hastate  oxea.  (See  Fig.  78.)  The  sharply 
defined  line  of  the  small  quadriradiates  forming  the  rim  of  the  collar,  standing 
above  the  widely  spaced  quadriradiates  which  form  the  lower  part  of  the  skeleton, 
produces  the  effect  of  a  vacant  space  with  no  spicules  between  the  two.  The  space 
is  however  no  wider  than  between  other  rows  of  the  collar  skeleton,  and  occasionally 
one  of  the  big  quadriradiates  is  found  in  the  rim  itself.  No  diaphragm  can  be  seen. 

Fig.  80  represents  a  longitudinal  section  through  the  junction  between  the 
oscular  collar  and  body.  The  gastral  skeleton  is  continuous  and  the  flagellated 
chambers  grow  outside  it.  The  first  is  very  minute,  with  no  skeleton ;  the  second  is 
larger,  with  a  primitive  skeleton.  The  length  of  the  chambers  continues  to  increase 
down  to  the  base  of  the  sponge. 

Spicules  (Fig.  76). 

Oxea.     There  are  three  sorts  of  oxea  :— 

(a)  Stout    projecting    hastate    oxea,    usually    straight,    but   occasionally   bent 

sharply  through  an  angle  of  about  120°,  varying  irregularly  in  thickness  ; 
300  n  to  1,250 /x  long  x  9  A*  to  15  M. 

(b)  Thin    projecting    oxea,    quite    straight,    faintly   hastate,    maximum    size 

1,020  ju,  x  6yu. 

(c)  Small  hastate  oxea  140/x  x  8  A*. 

Triradiates.     There  are  two  sorts  of  triradiates  :— 

(d)  Large  alate   triradiates    from    the    gastral    layer.      Basal    rays   straight, 

tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point  from  190/u  to  300 /x  long  x  6/u  to  8/t 
thick.  The  paired  rays  are  nearly  equal,  nearly  straight,  from  80/t*tol50jw 
long  X  6  M  to  8  /X  thick.  Oral  angle  130°  to  140°. 

(/)  Small  alate  triradiates  from  the  tubar  skeleton.  Basal  ray  straight, 
100/u  x  6M,  tapering  to  a  sharp  point.  Paired  rays  irregularly  bent, 
70/u  x  6/x.  Oral  angle  120°  to  135°.  Considerably  folded. 

Quadriradiates.     There  are  two  sorts  of  quadriradiates  :•— 

(g)  Large  alate  quadriradiates  from  the  gastral  layer.  Basal  ray  straight, 
tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  230  A*  to  430  M  long  x  6/*  to  12 /x 
thick  ;  the  larger  sizes  occur  in  the  oscular  collar.  Paired  rays  bracket- 
shaped,  nearly  equal  in  length,  140/u  to  215/x  long  x  8  M  to  10/x  thick. 
Apical  ray  thin  and  sharply  pointed,  bent  orally.  Apparent  size  seen 
facially,  32  M  x  4ju.  Oral  angle  varying  from  110/u  in  body  to  150°  in 
oscular  collar. 

(A)  Small  chiactines  from  the  tubar  skeleton.  Basal  ray,  140/«  to  220  n 
long  x  4  it  to  6  tt  thick,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  appearing 


r  ) 


CAIA'AREA.  27 


straight  in  facial  view,  but  often  slightly  U'lit  in  side  view  at  a  point  a 
short  distance  from  the  junction  with  the  paired  rays.  Tliis  ln-inl  i> 
eonnected  with  the  close  manner  in  which  jours  of  these  sjiicules  lie 
together.  Paired  rays  lx;nt  slightly  downwards,  nearly  equal  in  length, 
sharply  pointed,  70  M  to  110  p.  long  x  3ft  to  5  ft  thick.  Oral  angle  140° 
to  150°.  Folding  considerable,  angle  of  fold  115°  to  125°.  Apical  ray 
thin,  50  p.  to  65  ft  x  3ft,  considerably  set  over  out  of  line  with  the  Imsal 
ray.  Angle  between  apical  and  basal  ray  alx>ut  170°. 

Oscular  ftpicult-H.     The  fringe  flomhtii  of  :— 
(i)  Hastate  oxea,  nearly  straight,  240ft  to  700ft  long  x  5  ft  to  8  ft  thick. 

The  edge  wnthtff  of  :— 

(k)  Small  quadriradiates.  Basal  ray  straight,  uniformly  tapering  to  a  sharp 
point,  110ft  to  170 p.  long  x  5  p.  to  8 ft  thick.  Paired  rays  equal, 
considerably  curved  downwards,  sharply  pointed,  GO  ft  to  100  ft  long  x  SM 
thick.  Oral  angle  about  160°. 

HYPODICTYON. 

Chiphorids  in  which  the  radial  chamtars  with  freely  projecting  distal  cones  are 
linked  so  as  to  form  a  reticulated  pattern  round  the  large  intcrcauals.  The  tulmr 
skeleton  is  articulate,  the  first  joint  being  wholly  or  partially  formed  of  chinctines. 

This  new  genus  in  the  family  Chiphoridee  corresponds  to  the  genus  Terithrenodes  in 
the  family  Sycettidx. 

There  is  only  one  species  in  this  genus. 

HYPODICTYON  LONGSTAFFI. 
(Plate  XXVIL,  Fig.  10,  and  Plates  XXXIII.  and  XXXIV.,  Figs.  81-97.) 

There  are  four  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  All  are  in  the  form 
of  longish  tubes  more  or  less  bent,  stouter  in  the  middle  and  tapering  towards  each 
end ;  the  upper  ends  terminate  in  short,  smooth,  oscular  collars,  and  the  lower  ends 
are  rounded  off.  The  whole  sponge,  except  the  oscular  collar,  is  covered  by  a 
meshwork  of  projecting  spicules  which  give  the  surface  a  bristly  honeycombed 
appearance  (see  Figs.  10  and  81). 

The  dimensions  of  the  four  specimens  are  as  follows  :— 

Length.  Maximum  diameter. 

60  nun.         ....          15  nun. 
37  mm.         ....  7  mm. 

50  mm.         ....  5  mm. 

37  mm 9  mm. 

All  the  specimens  are  white  in  colour  as  preserved  in  spirits. 


C.  F.  JENKIN. 

The  body  walls  are  formed  of  the  long  branching  flagellated  chambers 
(see  Fig.  89),  which  are  roughly  oval  at  their  proximal  ends  and  are  packed 
closely  together  on  the  gastral  cortex ;  each  chamber  opens  directly  into  the  gastral 
cavity  through  an  irregular  apopyle.  Following  the  flagellated  chambers  outwards 
by  means  of  serial  tangential  sections  (Figs.  83  to  87  and  92-97),  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  chambers  usually  divide  into  two  branches  close  above  the  gastral  layer,  and  that 
these  branches  often  divide  a  second  time  near  their  distal  ends.  At  the  same  time  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  irregular  arrangement  of  the  flagellated  chambers  on  the  gastral 
layer  gradually  changes  till  at  the  outer  surface  it  assumes  the  regular  linked  pattern 
which  is  typical  of  the  genus. 

The  Skeleton. — The  gastral  skeleton  consists  almost  entirely  of  large  tri-  and 
quadriradiates  irregularly  arranged,  with  the  basal  ray  pointing  more  or  less  down- 
wards (see  Fig.  91).  In  addition  to  these  there  are  the  paired  rays  of  the  chiactines 
which  occur  occasionally  round  the  apopyles. 

The  gastral  skeleton  continues  into  the  oscular  collar  and  is  modified  near  the 
oscular  rim,  as  shown  in  Fig.  88.  The  junction  of  the  oscular  collar  and 
body  wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  82,  in  which  the  gradual  growth  of  the  flagellated 
chambers  may  be  seen.  Near  the  rim  the  triradiates  almost  or  entirely  disappear, 
and  the  quadriradiates  are  much  smaller.  There  is  a  fringe  of  hair  oxea  (these  are 
absent  in  one  specimen)  amongst  which  are  a  few  stout  oxea,  apparently  of  the  same 
sort  as  those  on  the  distal  ends  of  the  flagellated  chambers.  There  are  a  few  thin 
bent  oxea  scattered  irregularly  near  the  edge. 

The  skeleton  of  the  flagellated  chambers  is  of  the  ordinary  articulated  type, 
consisting  of  small  triradiates,  which  converge  at  the  top  of  the  chamber  to  form  a 
point  which  is  strengthened  by  a  bundle  of  oxea  of  two  types  which  project  freely. 
Every  here  and  there  in  the  proximal  joint  a  chiactine  may  be  found  replacing  one 
of  the  ordinary  triradiates ;  its  apical  ray  projects  diagonally  into  the  gastral  cavity 
and  across  the  apopyle.  It  is  the  presence  of  these  chiactines  which  has  made  it 
necessary  to  form  the  genus  Hypodictyon  for  this  species  instead  of  putting  it  in  the 
genus  Tenthrenodes. 

Spicules  (Fig.  90). 

Oxea. — There  are  two  sorts  of  oxea  : — 

(a)  Projecting   oxea   from    the    distal   cones,    slightly    irregularly    bent,    some 
slightly  hastate,  from  100  M  long  x  12  M  thick  to  900  M  long  x  26  M  thick. 
(V)  Hair  oxea  projecting  with  (a). 

Triradiates. — There  are  two  forms  of  triradiates  :— 

(c)  Large  alate  triradiates  from  the  gastral  layer.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 
uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  maximum  size,  800 /x  X  10  M-  Paired  rays, 
nearly  straight,  of  uniform  thickness  all  along,  bluntly  pointed,  usually 


CALCAREA.  29 

of  unequal  lengths,  ISO/*  to  430  M  long  x  10 M  to  16 M  thick.     Oral  ungle 
about  135°. 

(</)  Smaller  alate  triradiates  from  the  tubar  skeleton.  Basal  ray  straight, 
tapering  to  a  sharp  point,  140  M  to  260  M  long  x  8  p.  to  10  p,  thick. 
Paired  rays  nearly  equal  and  straight,  80 /i  to  150 /x  long  x  8/t  to  10  p. 
thick,  slightly  folded.  Oral  angle  130°. 

Quadriradiatea. — There  are  two  sorts  of  quudriradiates  :— 

(f)  Large  quadriradiatcs  from  the  gastral  layer.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 
uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  maximum  length  1,000/i  x  9/i  to  12/x. 
Paired  rays  of  unequal  length,  often  slightly  crooked,  of  irregular  thick- 
ness, bluntly  pointed,  220  p.  to  420  p.  long  x  1 1  p.  to  13 /A  thick.  Apical 
ray  sharply  pointed,  bent  orally,  about  80  ft  x  12  p.  Oral  angle  128° 
to  138°. 

(f)  Chiactines.     Similar  to  (</)  with  the  addition  of  an  apical  ray  90  p.  long  x 
G  p.   thick,   sharply   pointed.     These   are   not   shown   in    the   drawing   of 
spicules. 

Oscular  spicules : — 

(y)  Fine  straight  oxea  from  the  fringe,  3  p.  to  4  p.  thick.     All  are  broken  off,  so 

their  length  is  uncertain.     Among  them  are  a  few  stout  oxea  of  the  same 

sort  as  (a). 
(A)  Thin  zigzag  oxea  lying  tangentially  near  the  oscule.     170  p.  to  300  p.  long  x 

3  p.  to  4  p.  thick,  sharply  pointed  at  both  ends, 
(i)  The  edge  is  formed  of  small  quadriradiates.     Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 

to  a  sharp  point,  130  p.  to  200  p.  long  x  9/t  to  12  p.  thick.     Paired  rays 

nearly  equal,  considerably  bent  downwards,  90  p.  to  150  p.  long  x  9  p.  to  12  p. 

thick.     Oral   angle    150°   to    160°.     Apical    ray   short  and   sharp,  about 

40  p.  long. 

FAMILY  STAURORRHAPHID^. 

Definition. — There  is  a  distinct  and  continuous  dermal  cortex,  completely  covering 
over  the  chamber  layer  and  pierced  by  inhalent  pores.  There  are  no  subdermal  sagittal 
triradiates  nor  conspicuous  subdermal  quadriradiates.  The  flagellated  chambers  vary 
from  elongated  and  radially  arranged  to  spherical  and  irregularly  scattered  ones,  while 
the  skeleton  of  the  chamber  layer  varies  from  regularly  articulate  to  irregularly 
scattered,  but  there  are  always  regularly  disposed  subgastral  chiactines. 

The  above  only  differs  from  Dendy's  definition  of  Grantiidse  by  the  addition  of 
the  words  in  italics. 


30  C.  F.  JENKIN. 


ACHRAMORPHA. 

Staurorrhaphids  in  which  the  elongated  flagellated  chambers  are  arranged  radially 
round  the  central  gastral  cavity ;  they  are  covered  over  by  a  dermal  cortex,  composed 
principally  of  triradiate  spicules,  and  without  longitudinally  disposed  oxea.  The 
tubar  skeleton  is  articulate,  the  ifirst  (and  sometimes  only)  joint  being  formed  of 
chiactines. 

The  definition  of  this  new  genus  in  the  family  Staurorrhaphidse  corresponds  to 
that  of  Grantia  in  the  Grantiidse,  but  omits  the  limitation  introduced  by  Dendy,  which 
transfers  all  Grantise  with  tufts  of  spicules,  including  Grantia  compressa,  to  the 
family  Sycettidse.  This  limitation  appears  to  be  artificial  and  unsatisfactory. 

The  genus  contains  three  species,  Achramorpha  nivalis*  Achramorpha  glacialis* 
and  Achramorpha  grandinis* 

In  all  the  species  the  flagellated  chamber  skeleton  consists  of  the  basal  rays  of  the 
chiactines.  There  is  no  gastral  skeleton  proper  ;  the  gastral  layer  is  supported  by  the 
paired  rays  of  the  chiactines,  except  in  the  oscular  tube,  where  there  are  quadriradiates 
lying  tangentially  in  the  ordinary  position,  i.e.,  in  the  gastral  layer,  with  the  basal  ray 
pointing  downwards.  At  the  junction  between  the  oscular  tube  and  the  body,  the 
quadriradiates  lie  at  all  angles  intermediate  between  the  centrifugal  position  and  the 
tangential  position.  This  remarkable  change  in  position  of  the  quadriradiates 
in  passing  from  the  oscular  tube  to  the  body,  which  is  conspicuous  in  this 
genus,  is  discussed  in  Part  III. 

The  skeleton  of  the  dermal  cortex  consists  of  triradiates  lying  tangentially  with 
the  basal  ray,  pointing  more  or  less  downwards  ;  there  are  also  large  projecting  oxea. 
In  one  species  there  are  also  projecting  hair  oxea,  and  in  the  other  two  there  are 
minute  prickly  hastate  oxea  projecting  round  the  ostia. 

In  two  of  the  species  the  skeleton  of  the  oscular  edge  is  well  differentiated.  It 
consists  of  a  few  rows  of  special  quadrira'diates  closely  and  regularly  packed,  and 
partially  hidden  in  the  dense  fringe  of  oxea.  In  the  top  row  these  quadriradiates  have 
remarkably  snub  apical  rays,  which  usually  hardly  penetrate  through  the  fringe. 
From  these  apical  rays  springs  the  diaphragm  which  closes  the  oscule  (Figs.  100  &  102). 
This  diaphragm  can  be  made  out  in  some  specimens,  but  not  in  others,  probably  owing 
to  defective  preservation. 

In  the  third  species,  A.  grandinis,  the  oscular  skeleton  is  hardly  differentiated 
from  the  body  skeleton  and  there  is  no  fringe. 

In  all  the  species  the  flagellated  chambers  open  one  or  more  together  into  small 
shallow  excurrent  chambers,  which  open  into  the  gastral  cavity  through  ports  in  the 
gastral  membrane. 

*  Ignis,  grando,  nix,  glades  spiritus  procellarum  quir  faciunt  verbum  ejus. 


CAI.C.\I:I:A  31 

ACHKAMORI'HA  OLACIALIK. 
(Plate  XXXIV.,  Figs.  98-102.) 

There  are  six  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  All  are  small, 
slender,  vase-shaped  Sponges,  which  when  examined  with  the  naked  eye  might  easily 
lie  mistaken  for  Ascons.  In  colour  they  are  white  tinged  with  orange,  as  preserved  in 
alcohol.  The  dimensions  of  the  four  perfect  specimens  are  as  follows  :  9  mm.  x  2  mm. ; 
4  mm.  x  '75  mm. ;  8  mm.  x  1'5  mm.  (flattened) ;  9  mm.  x  .1$  mm. 

The  structure  of  the  body  wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  101.  The  flagellated  chamliers 
often  taper  considerably  at  their  distal  ends,  thus  leaving  rather  large  inhalent 
chambers  under  the  dermal  cortex.  The  hair  oxea  lie  in  the  very  thin  mcsoderm 
tatween  the  chambers  and  project  beyond  the  dermal  cortex.  Neither  they  nor  the 
large  projecting  oxea  are  arranged  in  regular  tufts  or  cones,  but  appear  to  be 
irregularly  scattered. 

The  structure  of  the  oscule  is  shown  in  Figs.  100  and  102.  The  section  shows 
the  transition  from  normal  to  centrifugal  position  of  the  quadriradiates.  It  also 
shows  the  diaphragm. 

Fig.  98  represents  a  view  of  the  gastral  layer.  The  section  includes  some  of 
the  gastral  ports  and  some  of  the  apopyles  which  lie  immediately  above  the  ports. 
There  are  a  very  few  minute  oxea  lying  radially  in  the  gastral  layer.  One  of  these  is 
shown  in  Fig.  102.  In  some  specimens  these  minute  oxea  are  scattered  throughout 
the  body  wall.  Several  of  the  specimens  contain  ova  of  the  usual  form. 

Spicules  (Fig.  99). 
Oxea. — The  Oxea  are  of  three  sorts  : — 

(a)  Stout  projecting  oxea,  irregularly  bent,  sharply  pointed  at  the  inner  end, 
and  bluntly  pointed  at  the  outer  end,  280  /*  to  440  ft  long  x  12  ft  to  24  /* 
thick. 

(A)  Minute,  hastate,  slightly  bent  oxea,  some  smooth,  some  spined,  from  the 
dermal  layer,  35  /*  to  40  ft  long  x  2  ft,  to  3  /*  thick. 

(c)  Hair  oxea,  400  /*  or  more  long. 

The  Triradiales  are  of  one  sort : — 

('/)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  dermal  cortex.  Basal  rays  straight,  tapering  and 
sharply  pointed,  200 /x  to  380  ft  long  x  12ft  thick.  Paired  rays  equal, 
nearly  straight,  130ft  to  180/x  long  x  10ft  to  14  ft  thick.  Oral  angle 
varying  widely,  110°  to  160°.  Folding  very  variable. 

(e)  ' Chiactines.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering,  sharply  pointed,  340ft  to  400  p. 
long  x  15ft  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  130 /A  to  180  ft  long  x  16  ft  thick, 
bent  slightly  irregularly.  Oral  angle,  145°  to  165°.  Angle  of  fold,  150° 

YOU.  IV.  g     M 


32  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

to  160°.      Apical  rays  sharply  pointed,  slightly  irregularly  bent,  70  ft  to 

WO  p.  long  X  12  ft  thick;    set-off   slight;    angle    between  apical  ray  and 

basal  ray  165°. 
Oscular  Spicules. — The  fringe  consists  of  hair  spicules,  and  stout  oxea  of  types 

(c)  and  (a)  :— 
(/)  Small  quadriradiates  from  the  oscular  edge.     Basal  ray  straight,  tapering, 

and  rather  bluntly  pointed,   100  ft  to  120ft  long  ftx9fitolOft  thick. 

Paired  rays  about   equal,  bent  downwards,  50  ft  to  100ft  long  x  7  ft  to 

8  ft  thick.     Oral  angle  about  150°. 
(cf)  The  quadriradiates  from   the   oscular   collar   are    similar  to  (/),  but  much 

larger.     Basal  rays  220  p-  or  more  long  ;  paired  rays  up  to  200  /A  long  ; 

apical  rays  up  to  120  p.  long. 

ACHRAMORPHA   GRAKDINIS. 

(Plate  XXVII.,  Fig.  4,  and  Plates  XXXIV.  and  XXXV.,  Figs.  103-104.) 

There  is  only  one  broken  specimen  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection  ;  it  consists 
of  the  upper  part  and  oscular  collar  of  a  sponge  which  probably  was  of  considerable 
size,  judging  by  the  size  of  the  oscule  (see  Fig.  4).  The  specimen  is  straight,  18  mm. 
long,  and  circular  in  section,  tapering  from  4£  to  3  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  oscular 
end.  The  lower  part  is  covered  by  long  oxea,  which  lie  along  the  surface  pointing 
downwards  ;  the  upper  part  is  smooth  and  transparent.  There  is  no  fringe. 

The  structure  of  the  body  wall  is  the  same  as  in  the  other  species  of  this  genus. 
There  are  no  hair  oxea,  but  there  are  a  few  small  prickly  hastate  oxea  in  the  dermis. 

The  oscule  (see  Fig.  104)  differs  considerably  from  the  other  two  species.  There 
is  no  fringe  of  hair  oxea  and  no  special  ring  of  quadriradiates  at  the  edge,  the  skeleton 
being  made  up  of  both  tri-  and  quadriradiates  lying  tangentially.  The  transition  from 
tangential  quadriradiates  to  chiactines  occurs  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  other  species. 
The  basal  rays  of  the  chiactines  project  a  long  way  outside  the  dermis. 

Spicules  (Fig.  103). 
Oxea.     There  are  two  sorts  of  Oxea  : — 

(a)  Very  large  straight  projecting  oxea,  size  of  longest  fragments  3' 5  mm.  x 

23  ft.     Very  sharply  pointed  at  the  inner  end. 

(b)  Small   hastate    oxea,  from    the   dermis.      Slightly  irregularly  bent,  some 

spined,  some  smooth,  65  ft  to  120  ft  long,  3  ft  to  6  p,  thick. 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  sort : — 

(c)  Large,   alate   triradiates   from   the   dermal   cortex.      Basal   rays   straight, 

tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  420  ft  to  500 /*  long  x   12ft  to  15  ft 
thick.     Paired  rays  usually  equal,  straight  or  bent  slightly  downwards, 


CALCAREA.  33 

bluntly  pointed,  220 /t  to  260 /i  long,  x  12/i  to  14  ft  thick.     Oral  angle 
130°  to  160°. 

(</)  Chiactines.  Basal  rays  straight,  tapering  to  a  more  or  leas  sharp  point, 
450/i  to  550 /t  long  x  12  ft  to  16  /i  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  straight, 
240/i  to  270/i  long  x  12/i  to  14/i  thick.  Oral  angle,  155°  to  160°. 
Apical  ray  sharply  pointed,  maximum  length  IGO/i  long  x  14/i  to  16 /i 
thick.  Angle  between  apical  ray  and  basal  ray,  165°  to  180°. 
Oscular  gpiculcs. 

(e)  Quadriradiates  from  the  oscular  tube.  Basal  rays  straight,  tapering 
uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  650 /i  long  x  12/i  thick.  Paired  rays  often 
unequal,  maximum  size  560 /i  long  x  14 /i  thick,  nearly  parallel,  bluntly 
pointed.  Oral  angle  about  160°.  Apical  ray  sharply  pointed,  curved 
orally,  1 20  /i  long  x  9  /i  thick. 

* 

ACHRAMORPHA    NIVALIS. 

(Plate  XXVII.,  Figs.  7  and  8.     Plates  XXXV.  and  XXJCVI.,  Figa  105-112.) 

There  are  fourteen  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  They  vary 
considerably  in  shape,  but  are  mostly  more  or  less  pear-shaped,  with  the  oscule  at  the 
narrow  end  (see  Figs.  7  and  8).  In  some  specimens  the  neck  of  the  pear  is  considerably 
extended,  but  the  actual  oscular  collar  (without  flagellated  chambers)  is  always  quite 
short  There  is  a  dense  fringe  of  long  shining  silver-white  hair  spicules  round  the 
oscule,  which  sometimes  attain  a  length  of  2*5  mm.  The  whole  sponge  is  covered 
with  long  projecting  oxea  which  lie  in  all  directions,  giving  it  a  very  untidy  appear- 
ance. The  base  of  the  sponge  is  rounded. 

The  dimensions  of  the  perfect  specimens  are  as  follows  : — 12  mm.  x  3  mm. 
17  mm.  x  3  mm.  ;  18  mm.  x  9  mm.  ;  20  mm.  x  8  mm.  ;  12  mm.  x  4  mm.  ;  8  mm. 
X  4  ram. ;  11  mm.  x  5  mm.  ;  17  mm.  x  8  mm.  ;  8  mm.  x  2£  mm.  ;  26  mm.  x 
12  inia.  ;  29  mm.  x  10  mm. 

The  structure  of  the  body-wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  106,  where  the  subdermal 
cavities  and  exhalent  chambers  may  be  seen.  The  small  projecting  oxea  are  mostly 
arranged  round  and  over  the  ostia.  This  may  be  seen  in  Figs.  107  and  108  repre- 
senting the  dermal  cortex  in  plan  and  section.  The  very  large  projecting  oxea  are 
scattered  quite  irregularly,  and  often  project  through  the  body-wall  into  the  gastral 
cavity.  The  large  oxea  are  all  broken  ;  the  longest  fragment  found  is  2  •  7  mm.  long. 
They  lie  at  all  angles.  Fig.  109  represents  the  gastral  membrane  as  seen  from  inside. 

Figs.  Ill  and  112  represent  the  oscular  structure.  The  highest  flagellated 
chambers  are  shown  in  Fig.  112,  and  the  short  oscular  collar  projecting  about 
1*3  i ii in.  beyond  them.  Fig.  112  shows  the  junction  of  the  oscular  tube  and 
the  body  to  a  larger  scale.  Above  the  last  chamber  the  skeleton  consists  of  quadri- 
radiates  and  oxea  only  ;  the  triradiates  forming  the  dermal  skeleton  do  not  extend 

2  M  2 


34  C.  F.  JEKKIN. 

beyond  the  last  flagellated  chamber.  At  the  junction  there  are  specially  large  quadri- 
radiates  lying  diagonally,  apparently  strengthening  the  junction  between  the  dermal 
and  gastral  skeletons.  The  basal  rays  of  the  chiactines  are  much  longer  than  the 
thickness  of  the  body  in  the  upper  part  of  the  sponge  and  project,  often  half  their 
length,  outside  the  cortex.  The  regular  arrangement  of  the  oscular  quadriradiates  at 
the  oscular  edge  is  shown  in  Fig.  111.  Side  views  of  these  spicules  are  drawn, 
showing  the  diminution  in  the  length  of  the  apical  ray.  These  spicules  lie  in  the 
middle  of  the  fringe,  so  that  they  are  almost  hidden  from  both  inside  and  outside.  In 
the  same  figure  is  shown  one  of  the  large  quadriradiates  from  the  junction  between 
tube  and  body. 

There  are  numerous  ova  in  some  of  the  specimens. 

Spicules  (Fig.  105). 

O.rea.     There  are  three  sorts  of  Oxea  :— 
(a)  Large  projecting  oxea,  straight,  and  pointed  at  both  ends.     Largest  fragment 

found,  2'7  mm.  long  x  14  p,  thick. 
(/>)  Minute,  spined,  slightly  crooked,  hastate  oxea  from  the  dermal  layer,  75  p. 

te  85  fj.  long  x  5  p,  to  6  p.  thick. 

(c)  Rather  longer,  small,  straight  hastate  oxea,  120  p.  to  140  p.  long  x  4/i  thick. 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  sort :  — 

(d)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  dermal  layer  (these  are  probably  the  same  as 

those  occasionally  found  in  the  body- wall).  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering  to 
a  point,  200 /*  to  380ft  long  x  8/u,  to  10  p.  thick.  Paired  rays  nearly  equal 
in  length,  curving  slightly  upwards,  forming  a  rounded  bend  at  the  centre 
140  p.  to  210  p.  long  x  8  ft  thick.  Oral  angle  102°  to  106°.  There  are 
a  very  few  triradiates  with  an  oral  angle  of  160°.  It  is  doubtful  where 
these  come  from. 

(e)  Chiactines.     Basal  ray  straight  in  facial  view,  but  bent  slightly  in  side  view, 

tapering  to  a  sharp  point,  400  p,  to  600  p.  long  x  8/u,  to  10  p.  thick.  Paired 
rays  about  equal,  sharply  pointed,  nearly  straight,  160  p,  to  200  p,  long  x  8  p. 
to  12  p.  thick.  Oral  angle  160°.  One  of  the  paired  rays  is  sometimes 
deflected  from  its  usual  position  into  line  with  the  opposite  paired  ray. 
(T  type  of  triradiate  system.)  Apical  ray  straight,  or  slightly  bent, 
tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  110/u.  to  130 p,  x  8/u  to  12 //,  thick. 
Set-over  about  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  ray.  Angle  between  basal 
.  ray  and  apical  ray  150°  to  155°. 

Oscular  spicules. 

(/)  Long,  straight  slender  oxea  forming  the  fringe,  2' 5  mm.  long  x  G p.  or  less 
thick,  minutely  hastate  at  the  outer  end. 


CAI.C\I:K\  35 

• 

(</)  Ijirgc  alato  quadriradiates,  lining  the  oscular  tulx?.  These  arc  largest  at 
the  junction  with  the  Ixxly-wall.  liasal  ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly 
to  a  very  sharp  point.  Maximum  dimensions  850  ti  long  x  12  /x  thick. 
Paired  rays  bracket-shaped,  equal  in  length,  450 /i  long,  oval  in  section, 
16 /i  deep  x  6/1  thick.  Oral  angle,  155°;  folded  angle,  150°.  Apical 
ray  curved  orally,  100/i  long  x  10  it  thick. 

These  get  smaller  up  to  the  oscular  edge,  where  their  dimensions  are  as  follows  : 
l>asal  ray,  150/t  long.  Paired  rays,  which  are  bent  downwards,  120 /A  long 
X  10/*  thick.  Apical  ray  reduced  to  a  blunt  cone,  20 /x  long  x  IG/i  thick. 

SUBORNUS  GRANT10PSIS  Dendy. 

The  sponge  has  the  form  of  a  greatly  elongated  hollow  tultc  whose  wall  is 
composed  of  two  distinct  layers  of  about  equal  thickness.  The  outer  (cortical)  layer 
is  provided  with  a  very  strongly  developed  skeleton  of  triradiate  spicules,  and  is 
penetrated  by  narrow  ramifying  incurrent  canals.  The  inner  layer  is  formed  by 
elongated  radial  chambers  arranged  very  regularly  side  by  side.  The  skeleton  of  the 
inner  layer  is  very  feebly  developed.  The  tul>ar  skeleton  is  articulate  and  composed 
of  very  abnormal  sagittal  triradiates,  whose  paired  rays  are  greatly  reduced ;  the  inner 
jirint  of  the  tubar  skeleton  consists  of  chiactines. 

The  above  is  slightly  modified  from  Dendy 's  definition  (7,  p.  73). 

The  sub-genus  contains  only  one  specie*. 

GRANTIOPSI.S  CYLIXDRICA  Dendy. 

(Plate  XXXVI.,  Fig.  113.) 
Grantioptu  rylituirira  IK-ndr  (7),  p.  90. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  found  in  Australia  was  described  by  Dendy 
(7,  p.  90),  who  called  special  attention  to  the  chiartiues  in  its  skeleton.  The  structure 
of  this  species  differs  considerably  from  that  of  the  other  species  in  the  genus 
Achramorpha,  so  that  it  seems  advisable  to  retain  the  sub-genus,  Graiitiopxis,  only 
transferring  it  from  the  Grantiulte  into  the  Slatavrrkepkidtf. 

The  spicules,  which  have  not  hitherto  been  illustrated,  are  shown  in  Fig.  113; 
they  differ  widely  from  any  found  in  the  new  species.  The  sponge  is  fully  dcscril»ed 
in  (7)  and  figured  in  (2). 

MEOAPOGON. 

Staurorrhaphids  in  which  the  flagellated  chambers  are  spherical  or  sac-shaped, 
never  arranged  radially  around  the  central  gastral  cavity,  with  which  (or  with  the 
main  excurrent  canals  derived  therefrom)  they  communicate  by  a  more  or  less 
complicated  excurrent  canal  system.  The  skeleton  of  the  chamber  layer  is  largely 


36  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

composed  of  irregularly  scattered  radiate  spicules,  but  it  always  lias  regularly  placed 
subgastral  chiactines. 

The  above  only  differs  from  Dendy's  definition  of  Leucandra  by  an  alteration  in 
the  last  sentence. 

This  genus  contains  five  species,  four  new,  and  PolejaefFs  "  Leuconia  cruel/era  " 
(Megapogon  cruciferus),  which  is  now  transferred  to  it. 

All  the  species  have  well-marked  gastral  cavities,  but  no  gastral  skeleton 
proper.  The  spiculation  in  all  the  species  is  very  similar.  The  size  and  shape 
of  the  flagellated  chambers  is  very  variable ;  they  are  sometimes  so  long  as  to 
resemble  the  radial  chambers  typical  of  Grantia  or  Achramorpha,  and  at  other  times 
they  are  spherical. 

The  close  similarity  between  Megapogon  cruciferus  found  at  the  Azores  and  the 
new  species  from  the  Antarctic  is  remarkable.  It  is  noteworthy  that  Megapogon 
cruciferus  was  dredged  from  a  great  depth,  450  fathoms.  The  temperature  of  the  sea 
was  not  measured  at  the  station  where  it  was  found,  but  judging  from  the 
temperatures  measured  at  neighbouring  stations  it  must  have  been  about  47°  F.  at 
the  bottom.  It  is  possible  that  successive  larvae  of  this  sponge  may  have  travelled  in 
cool  water  at  great  depths  all  the  way  from  the  Antarctic  to  the  Azores. 

MEGAPOGON  CRUCIFERUS  Pol. 
(Plate  XXXVI,  Fig.  114.) 
Leuconia  crucifera  Poldjaeff  (4),  p.  60. 

The  following  description  is  abstracted  from  PolejaefFs  (4).  Only  a  fragment 
of  the  inferior  part  of  the  sponge  was  found.  The  outer  surface  is  bristly,  the  inner 
slightly  roughened  by  the  apical  rays  of  the  gastric  quadriradiate  spicules  [chiactines]. 
These  are  all  more  or  less  cruciform,  all  the  rays  lying  in  the  same  or  almost  the  same 
plane.  By  this  characteristic  the  species  can  be  very  easily  distinguished  from  all 
other  Leuconidse.  Leuconia  crucifera  and  Leuconia  blanca  are  of  peculiar  interest,  as 
forms  inhabiting  the  greatest  depth  (450  fathoms)  from  which  Calcarea  have  been 
hitherto  obtained. 

Skeleton.— The  skeleton  consists  of  gastral  quadriradiates  [chiactines],  of 
parenchymal  triradiates  [of  minute  spined  oxea  *],  of  dermal  triradiates  and  of  stout 
acerate  spicules,  piercing  the  parenchyma  obliquely  and  projecting  with  their  free  end 
from  the  outer  surface,  and  of  slender  acerate  spicules  scattered  here  and  there  on  the 
outer  surface  in  small  bundles.  The  spicules  (omitting  the  hair  spicules)  are  shown  in 
Fig.  114  drawn  from  spicule  preparations  made  by  the  author.  For  description  and 
dimensions  see  (4). 

*  These  spicules  were  overlooked  by  PoWjoeff.     They  are  included  in  the  new  drawing  of  the  spicules. 


'  ALCARBA.  37 

MfCUAPOGON    VILLOHUS. 

(Plate  XXXVI.,  Figs.  115-119.) 

There  are  four  specimens  of  this  uew  species  in  the  collection,  but  only  one  ia 
perfect,  the  other  three  being  broken  pieces  only.  All  are  white  as  preserved  in 
alcohol,  and  are  covered  with  a  dense  mat  of  very  long  oxea.  The  following 
description  applies  to  the  perfect  specimen  (see  Fig.  117). 

The  sponge  is  in  the  form  of  a  nearly  straight  circular  tube,  a  good  deal  distorted 
at  the  base,  where  it  has  its  maximum  diameter.  It  tapers  gradually  to  the  short 
oscular  collar  which  terminates  the  large  gastral  cavity. 

The  structure  of  the  body-wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  115  ;  it  gets  gradually  thinner 
towards  the  oscule. 

Canal  System. — The  dermis  is  pierced  by  numerous  ostia  which  lead  into 
luge  incurrent  canals  which  extend  radially  inwards  nearly  through  the  body-wall. 
The  excurrent  system  consists  of  large  radial  chambers  or  canals  which  do 
not  appear  to  be  branched,  each  opening  through  a  large  port  into  the  gastral 
cavity. 

The  flagellated  chambers  are  very  variable  in  size  and  shape ;  they  are  mostly 
more  or  less  thimble-shaped,  opening  by  apopyles  directly  into  the  excurrent  chambers 
round  which  they  are  grouped.  Some  of  the  flagellated  chambers  are  nearly  spherical, 
some  are  so  long  that  they  reach  almost  across  the  whole  thickness  of  the  wall ;  these 
long  chambers  are  often  branched. 

Skeleton. — The  skeleton  of  the  body-wall  is  made  up  of  the  chiactines 
which  reach  completely  through  it  and  often  project,  and  a  few  scattered  triradiates 
whose  basal  rays  also  often  project  It  is  pierced  at  variable  angles  by  the  very  long 
projecting  oxea.  All  these  oxea  are  broken  in  the  specimens  ;  the  longest  fragment 
measured  is  15  mm.  long.  Chiactines  occasionally  occur  at  the  top  of  the  excurrent 
chambers,  and  may  thus  appear  to  be  in  the  middle  of  the  thickness  of  the  wall.  There 
is  no  gastral  skeleton  proper;  the  only  supports  to  the  gastral  wall  (see  Fig.  118)  are 
the  paired  rays  of  the  chiactines,  amongst  which  are  a  few  minute  oxea,  some  smooth 
and  some  spined.  The  dermal  skeleton  is  formed  of  a  thick  layer  of  triradiates 
(Fig.  116)  lying  in  all  directions,  with  a  few  minute  oxea  standing  semi-erect 
round  the  ostia. 

Oscule. — The  oscule  is  at  the  end  of  an  oscular  collar  about  1  mm.  long  which 
has  the  appearance  of  a  thin,  almost  transparent  extension  of  the  body.  The  skeleton 
of  the  oscular  collar  consists  of  quadriradiates  lying  tangentially  on  the  inside,  with 
the  basal  ray  downwards  and  the  apical  ray  projecting  into  the  gastral  cavity.  Outside 
are  triradiates,  also  regularly  arranged,  with  the  basal  ray  downwards.  The  edge  is 
made  up  of  both  types  of  spicule,  with  a  few  special  oxea  which  lie  horizontally,  but 
do  not  project  beyond  the  edge,  which  has  no  fringe.  The  junction  between  the 
oscular  collar  and  the  body-wall  is  very  similar  to  that  shown  in  Fig.  110. 


38  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

Spicules  (Fig.  119). 
Oxea. — There  are  two  sorts  of  Oxea  :— 

(a)  Enormous  straight  projecting  oxea  more  than  15  mm.  long  x  36  p.  to  43  p. 

thick.  The  inner  end  tapers  gradually  to  a  very  sharp  point,  the  outer 
end  is  hastate. 

(b)  Minute  irregularly  bent  hastate  oxea,  some  spined,  some  smooth,  from  the 

gastral  and  dermal  layers,  80ft  to  160  p.  long  X  6 /A  thick. 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  sort  :— 

(c)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  body-wall  and  dermal  layer.     Basal  rays  straight, 

tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  220  p.  to  700  p.  long  x  10  p.  to  16  p. 
thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  nearly  straight,  170  p,  to  300  p,  long  X  12  p.  to 
14  p.  thick.  Oral  angle  135°  to  155°. 

(d)  Chiactines. — Basal  ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point  from 
600  p,  to  1120j«,  long  X  10  p.  to  16  p.  thick.     Paired  rays  equal,  straight, 
tapering  to  a  sharp  point,  240  p.  long  x  13  p.  thick.     Oral  angle  155°  to 
160°.     Slightly  folded,  angle  of  fold  175°  to  150°.     Apical  ray  straight, 
slender,  sharply  pointed,  140/i  to   220  p.  long  X  8  p.  to  16  p,  thick,  set-off 
small ;  angle  between  apical  ray  and  basal  ray  170°  to  180°. 

MEGAPOGON  RARIPILUS. 
(Plate  XXXVI.,  Figs.  120-124.) 

There  are  three  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection.  The  natural  shape 
appears  to  be  that  of  a  straight  tube,  enclosing  the  gastral  cavity,  slightly  thicker  in 
the  middle  and  circular  in  section.  The  lower  end  is  closed  very  squarely,  and  the 
upper  terminates  in  an  oscule  without  a  collar.  The  largest  specimen,  which  is  much 
distorted,  is  30  mm.  x  11  mm.  ;  the  next,  which  has  the  shape  described  above,  is 
19  mm.  x  4  mm.,  and  the  smallest  specimen  2£  mm.  x  1  mm.  They  are  white  as 
preserved  in  alcohol,  their  surface  is  hispid. 

The  structure  of  the  thick  body- walls  is  shown  in  Fig.  122. 

Canal  System. — The  stout  dermal  cortex  (Fig.  124)  is  pierced  by  small 
ostia  leading  into  small  incurrent  chambers,  from  these  run  incurrent  canals  branching 
and  getting  smaller  as  they  approach  the  gastral  cavity.  The  excurrent  canals  are 
connected  in  groups  of  three  or  four  to  excurrent  chambers  which  open  into  the  gastral 
cavity  through  large  ports. 

Skeleton. — The  body  skeleton  consists  of  the  chiactines,  amongst  which  are  a  few 
large  subgastral  triradiates  and  a  few  scattered  small  triradiates ;  the  basal  rays  of  the 
latter  often  project  beyond  the  dermis.  There  are  also  dense  tufts  of  hair  spicules  with 
a  few  stout  bent  oxea  among  them,  which  project  and  make  the  surface  hispid.  There 
are  minute  spined  hastate  oxea  scattered  all  through  the  body.  There  is  no  gastral 


CALCABEA. 

skeleton  proper;  the  gastral  cortex  is  supported  by  the  paired  rays  of  the  chiactines 
and  suhgastral  triradiates  (see  Pig.  120).  The  dermal  cortex  is  formed  of  a  thick  layer 
of  irregularly  scattered  triradiates  (Fig.  124). 

The  osc.ule  is  shown  in  Fig.  121.  There  is  a  ring  of  small  quadri  radiates  lying 
tangcntially  round  the  inner  edge,  with  short  pointed  apical  rays  from  which  springs 
the  diaphragm.  There  is  a  thick  fringe  of  hair  oxea,  outside  which  there  is  an  open 
fringe  of  large  oxea.  The  oscule  is  thick  and  the  Hagellated  chambers  reach  almost  to 
the  edge.  Near  the  oscule  they  are  only  in  a  single  layer,  but  in  the  middle  of  the 
sponge  they  are  ten  or  twelve  layers  thick. 

Spicules  (Fig.  123). 
Oxen. — There  are  four  sorts  of  Oxea  : — 

(«)  Large  projecting  oxea,  pointed  sharply  at  the  inner  end,  and  very  bluntly  at 
the  outer  end,  wluch  is  thicker.  Curved  all  along,  more  sharply  near  the 
thicker  projecting  end.  Length  fairly  constant  about  700  p.,  thickness  30  p. 
to  35  ft. 

(/<)  Hair  oxea,  projecting  in  dense  tufts,  quite  straight,  length  over  500ft, 
thickness  about  1  ft. 

(c)  Minute  spined  hastate  oxea,  scattered  all  through  the  body-wall.  Slightly 
bent,  with  the  largest  spines  in  a  ring  round  the  "  set-over  "  of  the  spear- 
head. Usual  length  60  ft,  occasionally  150ft,  thickness  4  ft  to  5  p.. 

(</)  Small  irregular  oxea  from  the  body-wall  al>out  350  p.  X  20  ft,  often  set-over 

in  the  middle  of  their  length. 
Tri radiates.— There  are  two  sorts  of  Triradiates  : — 

(?)  Large  alate  subgastral  triradiates.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly 
to  a  sharp  point,  about  700  p  long  x  16  p.  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  nearly 
straight,  200  p,  to  320ft  long  X  20ft  thick  ;  oral  angle  160°. 

(/)  Smaller  alate  triradiates  from  the  dermal  cortex  (probably  the  same  as  the 
rare  ones  in  the  body-wall).  These  vary  widely  in  size.  Basal  ray 
straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  170  p.  to  700  ft  long  x  10  ft 
to  18  ft  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  forming  a  rounded  bend  at  the  centre, 
but  straight  for  the  rest  of  their  length,  120  ft  to  270ft  long  x  10  ft  to  16ft 
thick.  Oral  angle  very  constant,  108°  to  112°. 

(y)  Chiactines.  Basal  ray  straight,  sharply  pointed,  600ft  to  750  ft  long  x  14  ft 
thick.  Paired  rays  bent  more  or  leas  forwards,  200  ft  to  280  ft  long  x  1 6  ft  to 
20  ft  thick.  Oral  angle  variable,  1 35°  to  1 60°.  Apical  ray  about  80  ft  x  1 2  ft. 

Oscular  spiculfs. 

(h)  Large  oxea  like  (a),  but  shorter ;  380  ft  to  480  ft  long  x  18  ft  thick.  These 
form  an  external  fringe.  The  inner  fringe  is  formed  of  hair  oxea  of 
unknown  length, 

TOL.  IV.  2     N 


40  C.    F.  JENKIN. 

(i)  Small   alate   quadriradiates    forming    the    edge.     Basal    ray 

straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point.  Paired  rays  bent  slightly 
downwards,  about  70  ^  x  10  /A.  Apical  ray  short  and  conical,  20 /x  long  x 
8  /A  thick  at  base,  perpendicular  to  facial  plane.  Oral  angle  nearly  180°. 

MEGAPOGON  POLLICARIS.* 
(Plates  XXXVII.  and  XXXVIII. ,  Figs.  125-130.) 

There  are  two  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection  ;  the  larger  one  is  fixed 
in  osmic  acid  and  is  consequently  brown  ;  the  smaller  one,  which  is  fixed  in  alcohol,  is 
white  ;  both  are  hispid.  The  larger  specimen  is  in  the  form  of  a  flattened  tube  15  mm. 
long.  The  diameter  at  the  widest  part  near  the  middle  is  3  mm.  The  smaller 
specimen  is  ovoid,  2£  mm.  x  l£  mm.  There  is  a  large  gastral  cavity  which  terminates 
in  the  oscule,  which  in  both  specimens  is  bent  to  one  side.  The  larger  specimen  has  an 
oscular  collar  about  1  mm.  long. 

The  structure  of  the  body -wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  126.  The  space  between 
gastral  and  dermal  layers  is  filled  up  with  three  or  four  layers  of  flagellated  chambers. 
Each  flagellated  chamber  is  surrounded  by  a  slender  skeleton  of  minute  prickly  hastate 
oxea  (see  Figs.  129  and  127)  ;  these  oxea  often  lie  together  in  small  bunches  of 
three  or  four,  and  as  they  may  lie  partly  on  one  and  partly  on  another  chamber,  they 
build  up  serpentine  lines  of  minute  spicules  threading  about  between  the  chambers. 
Some  of  these  minute  oxea  also  lie  in  the  gastral  and  dermal  layers,  and  also  in  the 
columns  supporting  the  dermis. 

Canal  System. — There  is  an  incurrent  chamber  under  the  dermal  layer  which  is 
probably  continuous  round  the  whole  body  of  the  sponge.  The  dermal  layer  is 
supported  over  this  chamber  by  columns  of  spicules  consisting  partly  of  the  basal  rays 
of  the  chiactines  and  partly  of  oxea  which  project  outside  the  dermis.  The  incurrent 
canals  lead  inwards  from  the  incurrent  chambers.  The  excurrent  canals  are  connected 
in  groups  to  excurrent  chambers  which  open  into  the  gastral  cavity  through  large 
ports  ;  these  are  more  or  less  surrounded  by  the  apical  rays  of  the  chiactines  (see 
Fig.  125). 

The  Skeleton. — The  dermal  skeleton  is  formed  by  a  dense  layer,  five  or  six 
spicules  thick,  of  triradiates,  pierced  at  intervals  by  the  projecting  bunches  of  oxea. 
The  body  skeleton  consists  of  chiactines  and  a  very  few  scattered  triradiates.  The 
basal  rays  of  the  chiactines  are  bunched  more  or  less  together  at  their  distal  ends  and 
occasionally  project  through  the  dermal  layer ;  with  each  bunch  are  grouped  a  number 
of  the  oxea,  which  project  with  their  thicker  bent  ends  about  one-third  of  their  length 
beyond  the  dermis.  There  is  no  special  gastral  skeleton ;  the  gastral  cortex  (see  Fig. 
130)  is  supported  by  the  paired  rays  of  the  chiactines,  and  a  few  minute  oxea 
irregularly  scattered. 

*  Pollicaris  =  "like  a  thumb,"  uamed  from  the  shape  of  the  oxea, 


CALCAREA.  4 1 

The  oscular  rollar  in  thick  and  densely  packed  with  spicules.  On  the  inside  arc 
(juadriradiates  lying  tangentially  with  the  Iwisnl  rayg  downwards,  and  outside  are 
triradiates.  The  rim,  which  has  no  fringe,  is  formed  of  tri-  and  <juadriradiatcs,  with 
oral  angles  of  nearly  180°.  There  is  a  diaphragm  in  one  specimen. 

Spicules  (Fig.  128). 

Oxea. — There  are  three  sorts  of  Oxea  :— 

(a)  Large  projecting  oxea,  straight  for  about  two-thirds  of  their  length,  then 

bending  smoothly  to  one  side.  The  inner  (straight)  end  tapers  gradually 
to  a  point  The  outer  end  is  blunt,  shaped  like  the  end  of  a  thumb. 
Most  of  the  oxea  are  alxmt  the  same  size,  460ft  long  x  24  p.  thick. 
Maximum  size,  640ft  x  25  p.  There  arc  a  few  smaller,  imperfectly  formed, 
possibly  young,  oxea. 

The  minute  spined  oxea  scattered  throughout  the  body  and  forming  the  flagellated 
chaml»er  skeletons  are  of  two  forms  :— 

(b)  Straight,  refringent,  thin,  slightly  spined,  50ft  x  2ft. 

(c)  Curved,  hastate,  thicker  and  well    spined,  50ft  to  00 ft  x  2*3 ft  to  3'lft. 

The  junction  of  the  spear-head  is  marked  by  a  ring  of  four  or  more  large 
spines. 

The  Triradiates  are  of  one  aort  :— 

(rf)  Alate  triradiates  from  the  dermal  cortex  and  body-wall.  These  vary  very 
much  in  size  and  proportions.  Most  have  the  paired  rays  only  slightly 
shorter  than  the  basal  ray,  but  occasionally  there  is  great  disparity.  Hasal 
ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  130ft  to  330  ft  long  x 
8  ft  to  15  ft  thick.  Paired  rays  equal,  nearly  straight,  but  slightly 
irregular,  90  ft  to  320ft  long  x  8ft  to  14  ft  thick.  Oral  angle  108°  to  115°. 

(e)  C/tiacthieft. — Basal  ray  straight,  tapering  uniformly  to  a  sharp  point,  400  ft 
to  580/x  long  x  14ft  to  18ft  thick.  Paired  rays  straight,  bluntly  pointed, 
160ft  to  280ft  long  x  14ft  to  16  ft  thick.  Oral  angle  160°.  Angle  of  fold 
155°  to  165°.  Apical  ray  nearly  straight,  pointed,  100  ft  long  x  12  ft 
thick.  Set-over  small.  Angle  Instwecn  apical  ray  and  Itasal  ray  175°. 

MEOATOGON  CRISPATUS.* 
(Plat*  XXVII.,  Fig.  2,  and  Plate  XXXVIIL,  Figs.  131-136.) 

There  are  four  specimens  of  this  new  species  in  the  collection,  all  found  together. 
The  sizes  are  9  mm.  x  3  mm. ;  6  mm.  x  2  mm. ;  6  mm.  x  3  mm. ;  4  mm.  x  2  mm. 
They  are  vase-shaped,  white  or  pale  orange  as  preserved  in  spirits,  with  a  curly  surface 

,  early-haired. 

2  N  2 


42  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

due  to  the  bent  projecting  oxea  (see  Fig.  2).  The  gastral  cavity,  which  is  nearly 
constant  in  diameter  throughout  its  whole  length,  terminates  at  the  oscule,  which  is  at 
the  top  of  an  oscular  collar  about  l£  mm.  long. 

The  structure  of  the  body-wall  is  shown  in  Fig.  131. 

Canal  System. — There  is  an  incurrent  chamber  under  the  dermal  layer  which  is 
probably  continuous  round  the  whole  body  of  the  sponge.  The  dermal  layer  is 
supported  over  this  chamber  by  columns  of  spicules,  consisting  partly  of  the  basal  rays 
of  the  chiactines,  and  partly  of  oxea  which  project  in  spreading  tufts  outside  the 
dermis.  The  incurrent  canals,  which  are  small  and  irregularly  branched,  lead  inwards 
from  the  incurrent  chamber.  The  excurrent  canals  are  large  and  extend  radially  from 
the  gastral  cavity  nearly  through  the  body-wall,  often  branching  once.  The  flagellated 
chambers  are  grouped  round  these  large  excurrent  canals,  the  larger  number  opening 
directly  into  them,  the  remainder  being  connected  by  short  branches. 

The  Skeleton. — The  skeleton  of  the  body-wall  consists  of  chiactines.  There  are 
also  a  few  triradiates  scattered  irregularly,  and  numerous  minute  spined  oxea.  There 
is  no  gastral  skeleton  proper;  the  gastral  cortex  (see  Fig.  132)  is  only  supported  by 
the  paired  rays  of  the  chiactines.  The  dermal  skeleton  is  made  up  of  triradiates,  which 
are  approximately  equiangular,  and  lie  tangentially  to  the  surface.  There  are  also  tufts 
of  oxea  which  project  for  most  of  their  length  and  give  the  sponge  its  characteristic 
"  curly  "  appearance. 

Oscule. — The  thin  oscular  collar  is  about  l£  mm.  long  and  the  same  diameter 
as  the  gastral  cavity  (see  Figs.  133  and  134).  On  the  inside  are  quadriradiates  lying 
tangentially  with  the  basal  ray  downwards,  and  outside  are  triradiates  and  oxea. 
There  are  numerous  minute  spined  oxea  scattered  amongst  the  radiates.  At  the 
rim  (see  Fig.  131)  the  collar  is  slightly  thickened.  There  is  a  ring  of  small 
quadriradiates  forming  the  edge  on  the  inside  ;  they  do  not  appear  to  be  very  closely 
or  regularty  packed.  The  diaphragm  extends  from  the  apical  rays  of  these  spicules. 
There  is  a  scanty  fringe  of  prickly  hastate  oxea  of  small  size.  On  the  outside  the 
oscular  collar  is  thickly  covered  by  large  bent  oxea  of  the  same  type  as  those  forming 
the  tufts  on  the  body,  but  shorter.  They  stick  in  the  collar,  often  projecting  through 
it  into  the  interior,  and  are  directed  upwards  usually  at  about  45°  with  the  axis  of  the 
sponge  ;  some  lie  tangentially  along  the  surface. 

At  the  junction  of  the  oscular  collar  and  the  body  the  collar  thickens,  a  few  small 
flagellated  chambers  appear,  the  quadriradiates  begin  to  turn  their  basal  rays  outwards, 
and  the  oxea  project  more  radially,  a  few  even  pointing  downwards. 

Spicules  (Figs.  135  and  136). 
Oxea. — There  are  three  sorts  of  Oxea  :— 

(a)  Large  projecting  oxea,  irregular  but  nearly  straight  for  about  three-quarters 
of  their  length,  then  bending  (at  the  outer  end)  considerably  to  one  side 
by  two  or  three  angular  deflections.  The  inner  end  is  sharply  pointed  and 


CALTAREA.  43 

usually  slightly  Ix-nt  to  the  opposite  side  from  the  outer  end,  giving  the 
spieule  an  8  Hhapo.  The  uutor  end  in  slightly  swollen  uud  roughened. 
The  thickness  varies  very  irregularly  throughout  the  length,  550  ft  to 
950 /t  long  X  20 ft  to  28  ft  thick.  Many  of  those  spicules  have  long 
Hattened  areas  just  below  the  outermost  licnd,  looking  as  if  the  spicule 
had  been  diverted  by  contact  with  a.  plane  surface. 

There  are  minute  spiued  oxea  of  two  types  :— 

(b)  Straight,  refringent,  and  thin,  50ft  long  x  1  '2  ft  thick. 

(c)  Curved,  hastate,  and  thicker,  55  ft  long  x  4  ft  to  5  ft  thick. 

The  triradinte*  are  of  two  sorts  :— 

(il)  Approximately  regular  tri radiates  from  the  dermal  cortex  and  body-wall 
with  straight  rays,  tapering  slightly  to  near  their  extremities,  then  sharply 
pointed.  The  rays  and  angles  are  nearly  but  not  exactly  equal.  Kays 
UO/i  to  220  ft  long  x  8/i  to  12  ft  thick. 

(«)  Large  alate  triradiates  from  the  Ixxiy-wall.  Basal  rays  .straight,  tapering 
moderately,  then  fairly  sharply  pointed,  400  p.  to  500 /x  long  X  12ft  to 
14  ft  thick.  Paired  rays  nearly  straight,  tapering,  then  sharply  pointed, 
160 /x  long  x  12  ft  to  14  p.  thick.  Oral  angle  120°  to  145°. 

(/)  Chiactines.  Basal  rays  straight,  tapering  slightly  to  near  the  end,  then 
sharply  pointed,  300  p.  to  500  p.  long  x  1 1  ft  to  1 2  p.  thick.  Paired  rays 
straight,  120 p.  to  IGO/x  long  x  10  ft  to  12  ft  thick.  Oral  angle  115°  to 
150°.  Angle  of  fold  very  variable,  115°  t«  100°.  Apical  ray  nearly 
straight,  sharply  pointed,  100  p.  long  x  8  p.  thick.  Set-off  moderate. 
Angle  between  apical  my  and  Iwisal  ray  165°. 

Oscular  spicules. — Near  the  osculc  type  (</)  spicules  get  smaller,  330  p.  long  x 
20  ft  thick. 

(y)  Straight,  strongly  hastate,  thin,  spined  oxea  forming  the  fringe,  100  ft  to 
200  ft  long  x  1  ft  to  3  ft  thick.  The  spear-head  is  swollen  at  the  junction 
and  very  sharply  pointed.  These  spicules  are  also  found  in  the  oscular 
collar  a  short  distance  below  the  edge  lying  tangentially  and  occasionally 
projecting. 

(h)  Small  quadriradiates  from  the  oscular  edge.  Basal  ray  straight,  pointed, 
50  ft  to  90  ft  long  x  6ft  thick.  Paired  rays  equal  and  l»ent  slightly  down, 
30ft  to  GO  ft  long  x  5ft  thick.  Apical  ray  straight,  pointed,  20  ft  long  x 
5ft  thick.  Oral  angle  160°. 

(i)  Large  quadriradiates  lining  the  oscular  collar.  Basal  ray  straight,  tapering 
uniformly  to  a  fine  point,  sometimes  bent  backwards  in  side  view.  Length 
near  oscular  edge  200  ft,  increasing  considerably  lower  down.  Thickness 
7  p  to  9  fu  Paired  rays  equal,  straight  or  slightly  bracket-shaped,  110  ft 


44  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

to  130 /n  long  x  9 /*  thick.  Oral  angle  155°  to  1GO°.  Apical  ray  sharply 
pointed,  50  p.  to  70  ft  long  x  10  p  to  13  p.  thick,  pointing  considerably 
upwards.  Angle  with  basal  ray  130°. 

PART  III. 

'HISTOLOGY. 

The  specimens  are  not  sufficiently  well  fixed  to  enable  many  histological  details  to 
be  made  out  satisfactorily,  but  as  most  of  them  are  unique,  it  seems  advisable  to  record 
all  that  can  be  determined  with  reasonable  certainty  and  accuracy. 

PORES,   OSCULES,  ETC. 

Several  different  methods  are  found  among  calcareous  sponges  for  regulating  the 
circulation  of  water  and  preventing  the  entry  of  dirt  or  enemies. 

Ostia. — The  admission  of  water  to  the  incurrent  canals  is  regulated  in  many 
species  by  the  opening  and  closing  of  the  ostia.  These  pores  are  inter-cellular,  and  are 
closed  by  the  action  of  the  surrounding  cells.  Fig.  48  shows  a  closed  ostium  at 
the  end  of  the  short  passage  leading  through  the  dermal  cortex  into  the  incurrent 
chamber.  The  same  passage  is  shown  in  tangential  section  in  Fig.  49. 

Incurrent  Canals. — So  far  as  the  author  is  aware,  there  is  no  species  in  which 
the  incurrent  canals  close. 

PrOSOpyles. — It  is  probable  that  the  prosopyles  can  be  closed  in  all  species. 
Considerable  discussion  has  taken  place  as  to  whether  prosopyles  are  inter-  or  intra- 
cellular.  The  explanation  appears  to  be  simple.  The  prosopyle  is  an  opening  in  a 
pore  cell  *  (intra-cellular)  which  leads  into  the  flagellated  chamber  between  the 
flagellated  cells  (inter-cellular).  As,  however,  the  flagellated  cells  are  always  much 
more  conspicuous  in  a  surface  view  than  the  epithelial  cells,  the  pore  when  seen  in  this 
view  presents  the  misleading  appearance  of  being  an  inter-cellular  opening. 

In  most  of  the  Heterocoela  (excepting  some  species  of  Lcucandra)  the  gelatinous 
mesoderm  is  very  little  developed,  so  that  the  walls  of  the  flagellated  chambers  appear 
to  consist  of  epithelium  lined  with  flagellated  cells.  The  pore  cells  are  special  cells  in 
this  epithelium.  In  the  Homocoela,  where  there  is  a  certain  thickness  of  mesoderm 
containing  the  spicules,  Minchin  has  shown  (1)  that  the  pore  cells  reach  through  this 
to  the  level  of  the  flagellated  cells,  thus  forming  pipes  through  the  wall.  In  the 
very  thin  walls  of  the  flagellated  chambers  of  most  species  of  LeucanJm  the  pore  cells 
have  no  appreciable  length,  the  opening  appearing  as  a  hole  through  a  thin  membrane, 
see  Figs.  36,  37  and  38. 

In  Leucandra  gelatinosa,  the  gelatinous  mesoderm  is  so  much  developed  that  the 
flagellated  chambers  appear  as  spherical  spaces  lined  with  flagellated  cells,  and  situated 

*   Vide  Minchin  (1). 


CALCAREA.  45 

in  the  middle  of  a  solid  jelly.  There  is  no  epithelial  Hack,  l>ut  the  epithelium 
appears  as  the  lining  of  the  iiicurrent  canals,  which  are  more  or  less  circular  pipes 
through  the  jelly.  The  pore  cells  have  not  been  made  out  with  certainty  in  this 
species,  hut  the  cells  lettered  p.c.  in  Figs.  51  and  53  arc  prol>ably  the  pore  cells, 
which  of  course  are  closed. 

Apopyles. — The  apopylc  usually  has  the  appearance  of  an  oval  opening  in  a 
thin  elastic  membrane  stretching  across  the  end  of  the  flagellated  chamber.  It  is 
probable  that  the  apopylcs  can  be  closed  in  all  species. 

Excurrent  Canals. — In  Leucandra  <jeltitint>m  the  excurrent  canals  close  by  the 
contraction  of  the  epithelial  lining.  When  the  canal  contracts,  the  spiculcs  arc  left 
in  their  normal  position,  and  the  lining  cells  stretch  the  gelatinous  mesoderm  behind 
them,  so  that  it  is  drawn  into  the  canal.  The  apical  rays  do  not  appear  to  interfere 
with  this  action.  In  cross-section  the  contracted  canal,  therefore,  appears  as  an 
irregular  ring  of  spicules  filled  up  with  jelly,  in  the  centre  of  which  lies  the  contracted 
group  of  lining  cells  (see  Figs.  45  and  46).  It  is  probable  that  similar  contractility 
may  be  possessed  by  other  species  which  have  a  strongly  developed  mesodcrm ; 
as  a  rule,  however,  the  excurrent  canals  do  not  close. 

Gastral  Cavity. —  In  some  Homocwla  the  gastral  cavity  <«n  lie  closed  solid.* 
The  author  does  not  know  of  any  instance  in  which  this  occurs  among  the  Ifi'trrocorla. 

Osculum. — The  osculum  may  be  closed  in  a  variety  of  ways  :— 

(1)  By  simple  contraction  of  the  surrounding  mass  (»v/.,  Lnu'andra  primiijcnm). 

(2)  By  the  folding  inwards  of  the  oscular  collar  (>'.<).,  h-iuxindra  f/flatiiwsa),  etc. 

(3)  By  means  of  a  diaphragm  across  the  mouth  (>:</.,  Megapogon  raripilm). 

Diaphragms  have  been  found  in  several  of  the  new  species,  but  not  in  good 
enough  preservation  to  enable  their  structure  or  method  of  closing  to  be  investigated. 

SPICULES. 

The  dimensions  given  for  the  spicules  in  the  detailed  descriptions  of  the  several 
species  in  Part  II.  have  generally  l>een  taken  from  the  drawings,  which  were  traced  by 
camera  lucida  accurately  to  scale,  and  show  as  far  as  possible  a  representative  selection  ; 
they  must  not  !>«•  understood  to  !>••  cither  limiting  (maximum  and  minimum)  dimen- 
sions or  accurate  average  dimensions.  To  ascertain  the  true  limiting  and  average 
dimensions  would  require  a  detailed  examination  of  a  large  numl>er  of  specimens  and 
great  care  in  the  preparation  of  the  spiculc  slides,  in  order  to  insure  that  all  the 
spicules  from  each  specimen  were  mounted.  There  appeared  to  l>e  no  advantage  to 
be  gained  in  the  present  instance  by  attempting  such  accuracy,  which,  indeed,  would 
only  have  been  possible  in  the  few  cases  where  a  sufficient  number  of  specimens 
existed. 

When  the  facial  rays  of  a  triradiatc  or  quadriradiate  spicule  arc  "  folded,"  /.»•.,  do 

Minchin  (1). 


46  C.   F.  JENKIN. 

not  lie  in  one  plane,  foreshortening  always  produces  an  apparent  distortion  which 
affects  both  the  relative  length  of  the  rays  and  the  angles  between  them.  No  attempt 
has  in  general  been  made  to  correct  the  measurements  for  this ;  the  figures  given  are 
the  apparent  lengths  and  angles  as  the  spicules  lie  in  various  positions  on  the  slide. 
The  distortion  is  large  in  such  cases  as  Streptoconus  australis,  where  the  folding 
angle  is  120°. 

The  position  of  the  spicules  relatively  to  the  other  parts  of  the  sponge  body  is 
of  some  interest.  It  may  be  stated  as  a  general  rule,  and  probably  as  a  universal  rule, 
that  spicules  do  not  pass  through  flagellated  chambers.  They  usually  lie  entirely 
within  the  mesoderm,  except  such  parts  as  project  beyond  the  dermal  or  gastral 
layers.  They  occasionally  project  into,  or  cross,  the  incurrent  and  excurrent  passages. 
They  appear  in*  these  cases  often  to  be  surrounded  by  a  considerable  amount  of  body 
substance ;  if  this  is  covered  with  an  epithelial  layer  of  cells  the  spicules,  strictly 
speaking,  still  remain  within  the  mesoderm.  The  minute  spicules  ("  Mortar  spicules," 
Haeckel),  which  in  Leucandra  often  appear  to  be  scattered  irregularly  through  the 
whole  body-wall,  all  lie  in  the  mesoderm  surrounding  the  flagellated  chambers,  and 
thus  build  up  what  may  be  described  as  a  flagellated  chamber  skeleton  (see  Figs.  127 
and  129).  The  very  thin  hair  spicules,  which  extend  in  straight  lines  through  the 
body-wall  of  some  species,  all  lie  within  the  mesoderm.  The  enormous  projecting  oxea, 
which  pierce  the  body-wall  at  all  angles  in  some  species  and  appear  to  be  quite 
independent  of  the  flagellated  chamber  structure,  all  lie  in  the  mesoderm  between 
these  chambers.  Similarly  the  regularly  arranged  tubar  or  body  skeleton  lies  in  the 
mesoderm. 

The  complex  adjustment  between  the  different  spicules  and  flagellated  chambers 
must  be  arrived  at  during  the  growth  of  the  sponge.  It  therefore  seems  probable 
that  the  longer  spicules  are  formed  before  the  flagellated  chambers  and  are  pushed 
about  by  the  latter  as  they  grow.  The  mortar  spicules,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
probably  formed  after  or  during  the  growth  of  the  flagellated  chambers. 

r  spicules. — The  Greek  letter  T  has  been  used  to  designate  malformed  triradiatc 
systems  in  which  the  paired  rays  are  in  line. 

T  spicules. — The  Greek  letter  T  has  been  used  to  designate  a  type  of  oxeote 
spicule  in  which  the  end  is  bent  over  sharply  through  about  a  right  angle. 

The  hastate  ends  of  the  oxea  in  Leucosolenia  discoveryi*  amongst  which  T 
spicules  are  found  are  formed  by  two  angular  bends  close  together  in  the  axis  of  the 
spicule.  The  r  spicules  may  arise  owing  to  the  absence  of  the  second  bend. 

Chiactines. — -The  facial  rays  of  these  spicules  are  very  similar  to  those  of 
ordinary  quadriradiates.  The  basal  ray,  which  is  the  longest,  is  usually  straight,  but 
sometimes  bent  slightly  at  a  point  not  far  from  its  junction  with  the  paired  rays  (see 
Fig.  76)  and  is  round  in  section.  The  paired  rays  are  usually  slightly  curved  and  are 
often  oval  in  section,  being  flattened  in  the  facial  plane.  Viewed  along  the  axis  of  the 

*  r  spicules  also  occur  in  Leucotolenia  minchini  and  Leucosolenia  lieberkuehni. 


CALCAREA.  47 

basal  ray,  the  paired  rays  arc  .seen  to  Iw  folded  to  one  side  ;  the  fold  appears  in  some 
cases  to  occur  sharply  ncnr  the  IMI.SC  of  the  rays,  which  arc  otherwise  straight ;  in  other 
OMBn  the  fold  is  gnulual,  the  rays  being  curved  for  the  greater  part  of  their  length. 
The  apical  ray  springs  from  the  junction  of  the  facial  rays  on  the  side  to  which  they 
arc  folded,  but  is  immediately  bent  down  nearly  into  line  with  the  baaa!  ray.  Viewed 
from  the  side  the  apical  ray  appears  as  a  continuation  of  the  Imsal  ray,  with  a  sharp 
"set-over"  at  the  junction.  The  amount  of  the  set-over  varies  widely  (see  Streptocomut 
australta  and  Meyapogon  crucif(rus).  The  axis  of  the  apical  ray  is  usually  slightly 
inclined  to  the  axis  of  the  basal  ray,  sloping  towards  the  side  to  which  the  paired  rays 
are  folded.  In  facial  view  the  chiactine  does  not  differ  much  from  the  ordinary 
quadriradiate,  since  the  apical  rays  of  the  latter  are  usually  curved  orally,  but  in  side 
view  the  difference  is  wide. 

The  ordinary  position  of  quadriradiates  in  calcareous  sponges  is  tangential  to  the 
gastral  surface,  with  the  l»sal  ray  downwards  and  the  apical  ray  projecting  into  the 
gastral  cavity,  so  that  the  paired  rays  lie  circumfcrcntially  embracing  the  gastral 
cavity.  In  Amphoriscu*  and  Syculmis  there  are  quadriradiates  which  lie  tangent ially 
to  the  gastral  surface  with  the  apical  ray  pointing  radially  outwards,  and  in  all  the 
Amphori»cidat  there  are  quadriradiates  which  lie  tangentially  to  the  dermal  surface  with 
the  apical  ray  pointing  radially  inwards.  The  chiactines  lie  in  a  plane  perpendicular 
to  all  these  positions.  Their  l>asal  ray  is  directed  radially  outwards,  the  paired  rays 
lie  in  the  gastral  cortex  and  the  apical  ray  poiutu  radially  inwards  and  projects  into 
the  gastral  cavity.  The  plane  of  the  facial  rays  is  therefore  perpendicular  to  the 
gastral  and  dermal  surfaces.  The  position  of  the  paired  rays  is  no  longer  fixed  ;  they 
may  lie  circumferentially  as  l>efore,  but  they  may  turn  round  the  axes  of  the  Itasal  ray 
to  any  extent  without  coming  out  of  the  gastral  cortex,  and  in  fact  they  are  found 
lying  in  all  positions  between  circumferential  and  longitudinal. 

The  relation  between  the  chiactines  and  the  ordinary  quadriradiates  is  an 
interesting  problem.  All  the  nine  new  species  containing  chiactincs  have  ordinary 
quadriradiates  lying  taugcntially  round  the  oscule,  and  also  lining  the  whole  oscular 
collar,  if  any.  In  six  *  of  the  new  species  the  ordinary  quadriradiates  cease 
entirely  at  the  base  of  the  collar  and  are  replaced  by  the  chiactines  which  form 
the  body  skeleton.  At  the  junction  between  the  oscular  collar  and  the  body-wall 
there  is  a  short  space  in  which  quadriradiate  spicules  are  found  in  every  intermediate 
position  between  tangential  and  centrifugal.  This  fact  suggests  most  forcibly  that  the 
spicules  turn  round.  The  top  of  the  body  appears  to  be  the  most  recently  developed, 
and  the  spicules  formed  in  the  oscular  collar  might  !»•  supposed  to  !•«•  turned  round 
by  the  development  of  flagellated  chambers  under  their  basal  rays.  A  very  similar 
tipping  up  of  dermal  triradiates,  due  to  the  growth  under  them  of  the  flagellated 
chambers,  occurs  at  the  base  of  the  oscular  collar  in  Tenthrenodet  antarcticu*.  There  is 

•  In  three  of  the  new  specie*  the  ordinary  qnadriradiates  in  the  oscular  collar  continue  throughout  the  whole 
gutral  cavity  in  conjunction  with  the  chiactines  in  the  body. 

VOL.  IT.  2     O 


48  C.  F.  JENKIN. 

one  serious  objection  to  this  theory.  The  apical  rays  of  the  ordinary  quadriradiates 
would  have  to  be  bent  down  and  straightened  while  the  spicule  turned  round.  The 
shape  of  the  apical  ray  in  the  chiactines  suggests  that  this  does  occur,  but  it  is  difficult 
to  realise  how  an  actually  formed  spicule  can  be  altered  in  shape. 

Hair  Spicilles. — In  many  of  the  new  species  there  occur  long  straight  spicules 
of  extreme  thinneSs,  varying  from  about  •  7  /A  to  about  2  /u,  in  diameter  ;  they  are 
called  hair  spicules.  Their  length  is  always  difficult  to  determine.  When  they 
occur  in  the  oscular  fringe  the  outer  ends  are  usually  broken  ;  when  they  occur  in  the 
body-wall  they  are  usually  so  crowded  together  that  it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  the 
ends  of  individual  spicules.  It  is  probable  that  they  often  attain  to  lengths  of  500  fj. 
or  1,000/i.  They  often  project  from  the  body-wall  with  the  ordinary  thick  oxea.  The 
hair  spicules  are  usually  omitted  in  the  drawings  of  spicules,  since  their  thickness  is 
too  small  to  draw  to  scale  and  their  length  is  uncertain. 

Flattened  Spicules.— In  two  of  the  new  species  (Leucamlra  cirrata  and 
Megapogon  crispatus)  the  large  projecting  oxea  are  marked  near  their  distal  ends  by 
curious  flattened  areas  situated  on  the  convex  sides  of  the  curved  ends.  Their 
appearance  might  suggest  that  the  spicule  had  come  in  contact  with  some  flat 
obstruction  which  had  diverted  its  growth  and  caused  the  mark.  This,  however,  does 
not  seem  to  be  possible,  and  no  explanation  of  the  origin  of  the  marks  has 
been  found. 

REPRODUCTION. 

Larvae  similar  to  those  of  Sycon  ciliatum  were  found  in  Tentkrenodes  acotti  and 
Megapogon  pollicaris. 

Ova  of  the  ordinary  type  were  found  in  Ilypodictyon  and  in  Achramorpha 
glacialis. 

Duplicate  ova  of  a  remarkable  type  were  found  in  Achramorpha  nivalis  and 
Megapogon  raripilus;  no  satisfactory  explanation  of  their  structure  has  been  found. 
They  were  in  large  numbers  in  three  specimens  of  Achramorpha  nivalis ;  the  best 
preparations  were  made  from  one  of  the  specimens  which  had  been  fixed  in  osmic  acid. 
None  of  the  specimens  of  Megapogon  raripilus  were  as  well  fixed,  nor  could  the 
structure  of  the  ova  be  made  out  so  satisfactorily  ;  it  appears  to  differ  slightly  from 
that  of  Achramorpha  nivalis. 

The  following  description  applies  to  the  ova  of  Achramorpha  nivalis: — 

Each  ovum  (Fig.  110)  appears  to  be  made  up  of  two  unequal  parts;  the 
larger  part  (a)  is  very  similar  to  the  ordinary  large  ovum  cell  and  contains  a  large 
transparent  nucleus  (b)  and  small  strongly  staining  nucleolus  (c) ;  the  smaller  part 
appears  to  be  a  multicellular  structure,  consisting  of  a  large  inner  cell  .surrounded  by  a 
sheath  of  small  cells  (d) ;  (but  it  is  possible  that  it  may  be  a  single  cell,  the  central 
portion  (a)  being  the  nucleus).  The  inner  cell  (</)  contains  two  structures  ;  one  (/«) 
strongly  staining  like  the  nucleolus  of  the  larger  part,  the  other  a  hyaline  sphere  (i) 


49 

packed  with  alxmt  a  dozen  grains  (X-)  of  one  colour  and  one  odd  one  (b)  (nucleus, 
nuclcoUis  ?),  which  stains  a  different  shade.  The  outer  sheath  of  rolls  each  has  a  small 
nucleus  (• )  and  minute  nucleolus  (/).  This  sheath  appears  in  some  cases  to  surround 
the  inner  cell  entirely,  and  in  other  cases  only  to  surround  the  outer  part,  and  not  to 
exist  between  the  inner  cell  (</)  and  the  other  half  (<i)  of  the  ovum. 

It  is  possible  that  the  smaller  half  of  the  ovum  may  be  a  feeding  cell,  supplying 
nourishment  to  the  larger  half.  The  hyaline  sphere  of  grains  may  I  PC  food  material. 

In  the  ovum  of  Meynpoytm  mripihis,  the  smaller  half  has  a  somewhat  different 
appearance,  which  suggests  that  it  is  made  up  of  several  concentric  sheaths  of  cells 
round  a  central  one.  These  ova,  however,  are  not  well  enough  fixed  to  repay  detailed 
examination. 


REFERENCE   LIST   OF   MEMOIRS  CITED. 

1.  Mix.  HIV.  E.  A.— A  Treatise  on  Zoology.    Edited  by  E.  Rny  Lankeatcr.     Part  II.     The  Porifcra  and 

(VlmUr.i.     Chapter  III.     Sponges,  by  E.  A.  Mint-bin,  M.A.     1'JIK). 

2.  DKHDY,  A..— Studies  on  the  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Sjionyts.    V.    Obwrvatioiw  on  the  Structure  and 

Classification  of  the  Calcarea  Heterococla.    Q.  J.  M.  8.,  vol.  85  (1893),  pp.  169-257,  PI.  X.-XIV. 
New  Sum* 

3.  HABCKBU— Die  KaUuchtcamme.     Berlin.     1872. 

4.  PmMAKrr.—Challfnffer  Rep.  VIII.     1883. 

5.  BKMTruss.— Zool.  Jahrbuch,  Syst.  XI.    (1898.) 

6.  LKNDKJJKKLU,  R.  VON. — Die  Spongim  tier  Adria.     I.  Die  Kalkachwamme.    Zeit.  f.  wisg.  ZooL  LI  1 1. 

(1891.)    pp.  1-212. 

7.  DuiDT,  A. — Synoptit  of  Australian  Calearea  Heterototla .-  irith  a  proponetl  clattification  of  the  group  and 

dfMriptiont  of  tome  nfir  genera  and  sj)ff  iff.    Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Victoria.   Vol.  V.  (1892),  pp.  69-116. 

8.  SIiHCHlH,  E.  A. — The  Char  otter »  and  Synonomy  of  Uu  British  ^jierifs  of  Sponget  oftheyentu  Leucotolenia 

Proc.  ZooL  Soc.  Lond.  1904,  Vol.  ii.,  p.  349. 


2  o  2 


DESCRIPTION   OF  PLATES   XXVII.    TO   XXXVIII. 


The  figures  on  Plate  XXVII.  are  reproduced  from  photographs  made  by  the  Author  ;  the  rest  of  the 
figures  are  reproductions  of  drawings  made  by  the  Author  with  the  Abbe  drawing  apparatus.  All  the 
figures  are  reduced  from  these  drawings,  most  of  them  to  two-fifths  of  the  size  of  the  originals ;  the 
final  magnification  is  marked  on  each  figure. 

The  letters  on  the  Spicule  drawings  correspond  with  those  used  in  the  text  to  indicate  the  different 
sorts  of  spicules. 

N.B. — Hair  spicules,  which  occur  in  many  of  the  sponges,  are  not  shown  in  the  figures. 

The  significance  of  the  letters  on  the  other  drawings  is  given  in  the  following  list : — 


ost.  Ostia. 

pros.  Prosopyles. 

ap.  Apopyles. 

p.  Ports. 

».  ch.  Incurrent  chambers. 

i.  ca.  „        canals. 

e.  ch.  Excurrent  chambers. 

e.  ca.  „        canals. 

osc.  Oscule. 


osc.  e.  Oscular  collar. 

osc.  e.         „       edge. 

g.  c.  Gastral  cavity. 

d.  Dennis. 

ft.  ch.  Flagellated  chamber. 

ov.  Ovum. 

sp.  Spicule. 

a.  r.  Apical  ray. 


LIST  OF  FIGURES. 


1.  Dermatreton  hodgsoni. 

2.  Megapogon  crispatus. 

3.  Streptoconus  australis. 

4.  Achramorpha  grandinis. 

5.  Dermatreton  chartaceum. 

6.  Leucandra  frigida. 
7-8.  Achramorpha  nivalis. 

9.  Tenthrenodes  scotti. 

10-11.  Hypodictyon  longstaffi. 

12-18.  Leucosolenia  discovery  i. 
14-15.  „  mimhini. 

16-27.  Tenthrenodes  scotti. 
28-82.  „          antarcticus. 

83-34.  Leucandra  primigenia    var.   lep- 

t  or  aphis. 

85-40.  Lewandra frigida. 
41-48.  brumalis. 


44-58. 

54-66. 

57-58. 

59-64. 

65-74. 

75-80. 

81-97. 

98-102. 

103-104. 

105-112. 

118. 

114. 

115-119. 
120-124. 
125-130. 
181-186. 
137. 


Leucandra  gelatinosa. 
„        cirrata. 
„        hiberna. 
Dermatreton  chartaceum. 

„  hodgsoni. 
Streptoconus  australis. 
Hypodictyon  longstaffi. 
Achramorpha  glacialis. 

„          grandinis. 

„          nivalis. 
Orantiopsis  cylindrica. 
Megapogon  cruciferus. 

„       villosus. 

„       raripilus. 

„       pollicaris. 

„       crispatus. 
Sycon  tenellum. 


Of   - 


\^c 


nat  size 


Antarctic  'Discovery)  Exp. 


Sponges  PI. 27 


J«nk?n  photo  Hignley  hth 


Ml 

<  /'B-  » 

i,       15  .100 


Antarclic(Discovery)  Exp. 


Sponges  PI  28. 


Jenkin  del    Hiyhley  hth 


•  • 

UNIVERSITY 


o  e 


<  4BO 


AntarcUc(Discovery)Exp 


Sponges  PI.  2 9 


Jenlon  <U1  HujhUv 


or  THE 
[    UNIVERSITY  ) 

OF 


51  ««•« 


I  .  .1 


f 


f  1  ch 


..V-'H- 

«  J       F 

^      . 


ca 


Antarcuc  (Discovery;  Exp 


52 

4M 

Sponges  PI. 30 


e*  f  oa 

53  >?4« 


Antarctic  (Discovery )  Exp 


Sponges  PI.  31 


JtnkmtUl  Highley  hth 


I 


100 


72    .    «. 

Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp 


Sponges  PI  32 


Jenkm  <kl    ILqhlwy  lith 


Or   rH£     *     ' 

UNIVERSITY 


(».    .• 


AmarcUc  (Discovery)  Exp 


Sponges  PI .33 


Jenkuvdsl. 


•'IV 


103    »    100 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Spor.yes  PL  34 


Jenkindel   Highley 


of 
I    UNIVERSITY 


!>-..         ( 


104    x    so 


\ 
// 


\rT' 


- 

'     V          AQ 


109 ''  x      68 


105     x      100 


i  . 


ci.st 

I     \ 

107    x    aoo 


T 


108       x       100 


osc.e . 


Large  quidnradi&te 
from  junction  of  tube 


andbooy 


111  X  100 


no 


720 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp 


Sponges  Pi  35 


Jenkindal  Highl«/lithi 


-'    • 


117  inat 


114     x       100 


112»  '  x         23 


112*     x     65 


115        x       2* 


119       X       50 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp 


Sponges  PI  3 6 


Jenkin  del  Highley  hth 


127         x        zse 


128  (part)  x  100 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp 


Sponges  PI  37 


Jentan  del.  Highley  ktH 


OF  THE 

f    UNIVERSITY 


c  b  c 


Antarctic  (Discovery)  Exp. 


Sponges  Pi  38 


Jenlnr  del  Highlev  luh 


OF  THE      ' 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


INI)  i:  \. 


Afhrniiitir/tfiii,  80. 

ylarialu,  81. 
„  ijranilinin,  82. 

„  nicaJif,  88. 

table,  2. 

antarrtifii*,  TtnUurmod»»t  12. 
Apopy]«,  defined,  5. 

•„       histology,  45. 
Atffila  roriiifta,  6. 

„     pnmordialif,  6. 
aiuiralu,  Strrptotoniu,  25. 
Maura,  Leveonia,  86. 
brumalu,  Lttttandra,  16. 
Chiactincs,  8. 

„          histology,  46. 
Chiphoriiiaf,  chiactines  in,  25. 
„         definition,  24. 
„         new  family,  8. 
cirrata,  Ltutandra,  18. 
Clathrina,  2,  6. 

„        foriatxa,  6. 
„        primordial™,  6. 
Clathnnfiiif,  2,  6. 
rompliftita,  Ltitevtolftiia,  6. 
foriafta,  Clathrina  (A»c«tta\  6. 
critpafu*,  Mrgapogon,  41. 
ertififrrut,  Mtgapogon  (Ltiifonia),  86. 
cylindrica,  Orantioptit,  85. 
Drrmalrtion  thartactum,  22. 
„  hodgtoni,  23. 

Uble,  2. 

ducortryi,  Lnitosoltnia,  6. 
Drawing  of  gpicules,  45. 
Duplicate  ova,  6. 
rfuni,  Ltwttta,  14. 
Excnrrent  chamben,  5. 
„        canals,  5,  45. 
friyida,  Ltwandrn,  15. 
>Wb>M,  Lntrttta,  14. 
Gamma  spicoleB,  7,  9,  46. 
Gastral  cavity,  histology,  45. 
ytlattnota,  Lfiifandra,  17. 
glariali*,  Arhramorpha,  81. 
gnmdinit,  Achramorpka,  32. 
Orantiidae,  2,  14. 


Graittiop*i»  rylitulrica,  3,  8A. 

table,  2. 
Hfltrofotla,  2,  '.». 
hilvrna,  Lnu-andra,  19. 
lli-i'iliiL'v.  44. 
hodgwni,  Dfrmatrrton,  28. 
Homoetela,  2,  C>. 
Honeycomb  patU-rn,  10. 
Hyixxliflyon,  definition,  2. 

„  longitaffi,  27. 

Incurrent  canals  defined,  5. 

„       canals,  huttology,  44. 

..        cbambcra  defined,  5. 
Jelly  in  L.grlatinoM,  17. 
Irptoraphi*  var.  Lrtitamlra  primigrnia,  14. 

nilii,  16. 

i,  2,  14. 
„         l>r  a  inn!  i*,  16. 
„        firmta,  18. 
,.       friyida,  15. 
,.        »/'/"/"'""'.  17. 
„         hibfrna,  19. 
„        primiyrnia,  14. 
Lfitffttn  dura,  14. 

„       f rut  if ota,  14. 
Ltwonia  blawa,  86. 

„         rrtitifrra,  86. 
Lfitcoxolrnia,  2,  6. 

.,          rompHrata,  6. 
„  ilinfovrryi,  6. 

„          liebtrkuhnii,  46. 
„          minrhini,  8. 
LfuroMlfiiiuhif,  2,  6. 
litberkUhni,  Ltueotoltnia,  46. 
"  Linked  "  chambers,  definition,  4. 

„  „         in  Tmthrmodm,  9. 

„  „         in  Dtrmatrtton,  21. 

Mtgapogon,  table,  2. 

„  rri*patu*,  41. 

„          frveiftrun,  85. 
„          poUieari»,  40. 
raripilut,  3M. 
„  rillnnu,  5,  87. 

mirroraphu  var.,  14. 
minrhini,  Lfueotoltnia,  8. 


52 


INDEX. 


New  families,  2,  3. 
New  genera  described,  4. 

„        table,  2. 
Oscular  collar  defined,  5. 
Oscule  defined,  5. 

„      closed  in  different  ways,  45. 
Oscnles,  histology,  44. 
Ostia  defined,  5. 

„      histology,  44. 
Ova,  48. 

„    duplicate,  6,  48. 
pollkaris,  Megapogon,  40. 
Ports  defined,  5. 
Pore  defined,  5. 
Pores,  histology,  44. 
primigenia,  Leucarulra  (Leucetlti),  14. 
primordialis,  Clathrina  (Ascettci),  6. 
Prosopyles  defined,  5. 

„         histology,  44. 
pumila,  Leucaltis,  ref.,  14. 
Quadriradiates,  turning  round,  30,  47. 
raripilus,  Megapogon,  38. 
Kefringent  spicules,  7,  9. 
Reproduction,  48. 


Reticulated  cortices  in  Dermatreton,  21. 
scotti,  Tenthrenodes,  10. 
Spicules,  histology,  45. 
„        hair,  48. 
,,        folding,  45. 
„        flattened,  48. 

gamma,-  7,  0,  46. 
„        how  drawn,  45 
„        position  in  sponge,  46. 
„        tau,  46. 
Staurorrhaphidse,  definition,  29. 

„  new  family,  2,  3. 

Streptoconus  australis,  25. 

„         table,  2. 

Sycant/ta  tenella,  described,  4. 
Sycettidse,  2,  9. 
Tau  spicules,  46. 
Terminology,  definitions,  5. 
Tenthrenodes  antarcticus,  9,  12. 
„          scotti,  10. 
table,  2. 

Thumb-shaped  spicules,  40. 
villosus,  Megapogon,  37. 


MMBI 

raiimai  IT  «n  I.UK  ruiww  AXD  -•»«.  Liimtn. 
«r>En.  xTAMrum  (run.  .«  r.  **»  o«*»r  «I*I>»ILL  «rmur.  w. 


FOURTEEN  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 


LOAN  DEPT. 


This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


General  Library 

University  of  California 

Berkeley 


--  -  - 


•   '        ,;      •     ; 
',',-'•'.  m  '•• 

n  •  I  m  •  jB  "";:'"^ 

•  •  •  /•  i "' 


•  I 


A 


r         s 

L/^I 


-- 1  B   -'-"  '  - 
.',.-••      • 

mm 


• 

• 

•••    •  . 


H      • 


•. 


H  m  s  -,  •  :    g 


...         „        , 

I  P   i  •  •••..•  i       '     ; 

'        j  ":,  •  :         £  I 

-        .  '"''".' 


,    -     - 

• ._